diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 20:00:18 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 20:00:18 -0700 |
| commit | 70e077a5a5402e5c506f3b40d94aabca90879d71 (patch) | |
| tree | c00bc6ee1294d25ac4c3ab350510e37524882381 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-8.txt | 6384 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 138703 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 582442 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/33835-h.htm | 6674 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/images/fig001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 58557 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/images/fig026.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29024 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/images/fig048.jpg | bin | 0 -> 25924 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/images/fig061.jpg | bin | 0 -> 34355 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/images/fig062.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35904 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/images/fig083.jpg | bin | 0 -> 37158 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/images/fig113.jpg | bin | 0 -> 43665 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/images/fig123.jpg | bin | 0 -> 31725 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/images/fig132.jpg | bin | 0 -> 37629 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/images/fig153.jpg | bin | 0 -> 29819 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/images/fig177.jpg | bin | 0 -> 37702 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835-h/images/fig210.jpg | bin | 0 -> 35696 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835.txt | 6384 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 33835.zip | bin | 0 -> 138693 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
21 files changed, 19458 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/33835-8.txt b/33835-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e169ced --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6384 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Journal of Voyages, by Jacob Dunham + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Journal of Voyages + Containing an Account of the Author's being Twice Captured + by the English and Once by Gibbs the Pirate... + +Author: Jacob Dunham + +Release Date: October 3, 2010 [EBook #33835] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOURNAL OF VOYAGES *** + + + + +Produced by Robert Cicconetti, Stephen H. Sentoff and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net +(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + + + + + + +[Illustration: CAPT. JACOB DUNHAM.] + + + + +JOURNAL OF VOYAGES: + +CONTAINING AN ACCOUNT OF +THE AUTHOR'S BEING TWICE CAPTURED BY THE ENGLISH +AND ONCE BY +GIBBS THE PIRATE; + +HIS NARROW ESCAPE WHEN +CHASED BY AN ENGLISH WAR SCHOONER; + +AS WELL AS HIS BEING +CAST AWAY AND RESIDING WITH INDIANS. + +TO WHICH IS ADDED + +Some account of the Soil, Products, Laws and Customs of Chagres, +the Musquitto Shore, and St. Blas, at the Isthmus of Darien. + +With Illustrations. + +BY CAPTAIN JACOB DUNHAM. + +NEW-YORK: + +PUBLISHED FOR THE AUTHOR, +And Sold by Huestis & Cozans, 104 and 106 Nassau-street. + +1850. + + + + +Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year of our Lord one +thousand eight hundred and fifty, by JACOB DUNHAM, in the Clerk's Office +of the District Court of the Southern District of New-York. + + + D. Fanshaw, Printer and Stereotyper, + 35 Ann, corner of Nassau-street. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + + page. + + AUTHOR'S APOLOGY, 9 + + EARLY LIFE OF THE AUTHOR, 11 + + CHAPTER I.--Sloop Rover + Capture by the English--Sale and sinking of the Sloop Rover, 13 + + CHAP. II.--Sloop New-York + Second capture by the English--Exchange of Prisoners, 30 + + CHAP. III.--Sloop Biddle + Captain's Mitchell and Lafitte, the Pirates, 37 + + CHAP. IV. + Casting away of the Sloop Biddle near Waa-waa River--with + some account of the Indians, 52 + + CHAP. V. + Pearl Key Lagoon, and more of the Indians, 70 + + CHAP. VI. + Runaway Negroes among the Indians--The Sookerman, 77 + + CHAP. VII.--Visit to Corn Island, 89 + + CHAP. VIII.--Visit to Bluefields + Permit of George Frederick, King of the Musquitto Nation, 92 + + CHAP. IX.--Mode of Taking Turtle + Musquitto Laws--Produce--Customs, &c. 98 + + CHAP. X. + Some description of the country and inhabitants of the + Musquitto Nation, 105 + + CHAP. XI.--Sloop Governor Tompkins, 111 + + CHAP. XII.--Schooner Price, First Voyage + Leading the dance in Old Providence--A ball at St. Andreas, 115 + + CHAP. XIII.--Schooner Price, Second Voyage + Landing at St. Blas, 120 + + CHAP. XIV. + The harbor of Little Cordee--Trading with the Indians, 125 + + CHAP. XV.--Schooner Price, Third Voyage + A fleet of Patriots (or pirates) at Old Providence, 140 + + CHAP. XVI.--Schooner Price, Fourth Voyage + Our Boats fired into at Corn Island, 151 + + CHAP. XVII.--Schooner Enterprise, 160 + + CHAP. XVIII.--Schooner Felicity + Republicans and Royalists of Port-au-Prince, 162 + + CHAP. XIX.--Schooner Felicity, Second Voyage + The smartest Padre (or priest) in the West Indies, 167 + + CHAP. XX.--Schooner Combine + Captured by the Pirates--Placed in the ring to be + shot--Capture of the Aristides by Pirates, 170 + + CHAP. XXI.--Schooner Combine, Second Voyage + Our trade in Horses--The Yellow Fever at + Port-au-Prince--Counterfeit Coin--Arbitrary Laws, 187 + + CHAP. XXII.--Schooner Combine, Third Voyage, 194 + + CHAP. XXIII. + Capture of the Piratical Vessels by + Lieutenant Commandant Allen, 199 + + CHAP. XXIV.--Schooner Allen + Chased by an English Schooner--Horrible attrocities + committed by Pirates on the Spanish Main, 205 + + CHAP. XXV.--Schooner Frances + Trading Voyage to Musquitto Shore, Chagres, + Porto Bello, &c.--The Author officiates at a christening, 216 + + CHAP. XXVI.--Voyage to New Orleans + The Hospital--Direful visitation of the + Yellow Fever--Disposal of the Dead, 226 + + CHAP. XXVII.--Schooner Horizon + Peak of Teneriffe--Queer Carpenter, 236 + + CHAP. XXVIII.--The Sloop First Consul + Sinking of the Sloop--and return home penniless, 240 + + + + +AUTHOR'S APOLOGY. + + +_In presenting the following Voyages to the public, I must inform my +readers that I have had but a common school education, and am +unaccustomed to composition. I can only tell my story in a plain +straight forward way, not being able to ornament it with flowery +language._ + +_My Voyages were all written by myself. I employed competent persons to +copy the work from my manuscript, and they corrected the small +inaccuracies that had escaped my observation._ + +_I thought, that although my book might contain many defects, if +composed by myself, that it would still gain more than it lost, by being +the production of the very person who had seen and taken part in the +scenes he related, and could vouch for the truth of all he had +witnessed. It is not given to the public as a specimen of the beautiful +in style, but as the story of an old sea captain who had lived in one of +the most eventful periods of our country's history; and one who had +nearly arrived at his last anchorage._ + +_With this brief outline of my life, and this short explanation, I +commit my little book, with confidence, to an indulgent public._ + + _Jacob Dunham._ + + + + +RECOMMENDATIONS. + + +Captain Jacob Dunham, having applied to the Congress of the United +States, for relief, on account of losses sustained by him by piratical +robbery, We, the undersigned, do hereby certify that we are well +acquainted with the said Jacob Dunham, have known him for many years +past, that he is a man of truth and veracity, and that his statements +are entitled to full faith and credit: + + Thomas O'Hara Croswell, + Post-Master, Catskill. + Abel Bruce, M. D. + Robert Dorlon, Esq. + Orrin Day, + President of Tanner's Bank, Catskill. + Hon. Malebone Watson, + Judge of Supreme Court, New-York. + Hon. John Adams. + Caleb Day, Esq. + J. D. Beers, + President of Bank of North America, New-York. + Jacob Haight, + Treasurer of State of New-York. + Hon. Zadock Pratt. + T. K. Cooke, + Member of New-York Assembly. + James Powers, + State Senator. + Calvin Balis, + Alderman of New-York City. + W. P. Hallett, + Clerk of the Supreme Court of State of New-York. + Edwin Croswell, + State Printer, Albany, New-York. + +_Catskill, New-York, December 30, 1839_ + + + + +EARLY LIFE OF THE AUTHOR. + + +On the twenty-seventh day of April, 1779, in the town of Colchester, in +the State of Connecticut, I was launched into the world, and entered on +the tempestuous voyage of life. + +While yet an infant at the breast, FATE snatched me from my mother's +arms, viewed me with a scornful eye, and exclaimed, "I doom this babe _a +slave to hardships, dangers, and disappointments_." + +The following pages will show how far the prophecy has been fulfilled. +My father, Samuel Dunham, was a Warrant Officer in the American Navy +during the Revolutionary War, and followed the sea during almost his +whole life-time. Whether the occupation of my father before me has had +anything to do in shaping my course in life, the author is not wise +enough to say, but leaves it to those who make greater pretensions than +himself. + +In the year 1785, the Author emigrated, along with his father, to where +the village of Catskill now stands. The whole village contained but +seven houses, and was cut up into cultivated fields and gardens. My +father having bought half an acre of ground situated about where the +Greene County Hotel now stands, built himself a small house. After +living in Catskill about one year, my uncle sent for me to come to +Connecticut and live with him, which I did. I returned to Catskill in +the Spring of 1793, and then went as an apprentice to the Messrs. Thomas +O'H. & Mackay Croswell, Printers, who then published a small newspaper +called _The Catskill Packet_. I lived with the Croswell's about six +years and a half, where I was well treated. Having a great desire to see +some of the world, I went to Charleston, South Carolina, where I found +employment in a Printing Office for a few months. During that winter I +witnessed a large funeral procession in that city in commemoration of +the death of General Washington. In the Spring of 1800, I returned to +Catskill, and found some employment in the coasting trade, on the Hudson +River. During the summer and the winter following, I made three voyages +to Charleston and Savannah, and then returned to Catskill and worked at +the Printing business about two years. I then made one voyage to the +Island of St. Croix as a seaman. During this time I was married, in +Catskill, in August, 1801, to a young woman named Fanny Morgan. I then +found employment in the coasting trade in different vessels for one or +two years, when I entered the employment of Messrs. T. B. & A. Cooke, as +one-fourth owner of a packet sloop which sailed between Catskill and +New-York, where we did a good business for many years. Not being content +in doing well and making money in a moderate way, and a war breaking out +between England and America, I determined to try my luck again on the +Ocean; picturing to myself a rapid increase of the little property I had +gained by hard and slow earnings. + +From the time I left this safe business to embark on the Ocean, my +adventures predicted by dame Fate, commenced. Since that time I have +been rudely driven by winds and storms, captured by enemies, robbed by +pirates, and have made many hair-breadth escapes both by sea and land, +until the present time. I have now brought my poor old sheer hulk to +anchor in the harbor of Catskill. + +Not having much to occupy my mind, I frequently take a survey of my past +life, which has been checkered with many frightful scenes. + +Being strongly urged by many old friends, for several years past, to +publish some account of my unfortunate adventures, I have reluctantly +yielded to their request. In so doing, I must crave the indulgence of my +readers. + + + + +CAPTAIN DUNHAM'S +NINETEEN VOYAGES. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + + "The sailor ploughs the raging main, + "In hopes a competence to gain, + "And when his toil and danger's o'er, + "Safe anchors on his native shore." + +Sloop Rover. + + +About the middle of May, in the year 1813, having a great desire to +engage in some adventure; and hoping that fortune would smile upon my +undertakings, I purchased of Messrs. Coddington & Thorp, of New-York, +one quarter of an old Sloop called the Rover; for which I paid one +hundred and twenty-five dollars. Messrs. Coddington & Thorp, and Captain +Silus S. Vail, were owners of the other three-quarters. + +The Rover was an old condemned sea vessel, having old thin sails, two +deck beams broken, without top-mast, and a large piece of leather two +feet square nailed over a rotten plank in her bottom. + +As this was during the last war between the United States and England, +the port of New-York and our whole north-eastern coast was closely +blockaded by English shipping. It therefore became necessary for our +citizens to transport large quantities of flour and other commodities +from Baltimore and adjoining towns, to New-York by land; and from thence +to be conveyed to the Eastern markets. The expense of transporting flour +and other heavy articles by land, caused speculators and traders to seek +shipments by water to Eastern ports. Freights of course were high, and +but little attention paid by merchants to the crafts they chartered. A +number of old vessels were offered for freight, the Rover rating No. 1 +among them. The carrying business being well up, and much in that line +offering, I embraced a proposal of one dollar per barrel for +transporting 500 barrels of flour and 70 barrels of bread from New-York +to Providence, Rhode Island. + +I sailed from New-York about the 20th of May, intending to run through +the most exposed places in the night, watching the movements of the +blockading vessels closely, and when I got into a good harbor I intended +to remain there until another dark night. + +In heavy gales of wind the blockading ships generally put to sea for +their own safety; which gave me an opportunity to make my passage +unmolested. + +I arrived, after a passage of forty-eight hours, at Stonington, +Connecticut, without discovering any of the vessels of the enemy. I +found a number of vessels had taken shelter in that harbor to avoid an +English frigate which was cruising between Block Island and Newport. I +remained at Stonington a few days, when a dark night appearing, I again +made sail, and arrived at Providence, my port of destination, in safety. +We landed our cargo, and Mr. Thorp, one of the owners, who had +accompanied me for that purpose, was left to dispose of it. + +Two or three days after unloading my vessel, I again sailed for +New-York. We anchored at the mouth of Newport harbor for the purpose of +awaiting an opportunity of returning when the blockading frigate should +stand out to sea. I had to wait but a few days; as soon as I saw she was +far enough from the port I made sail, and by keeping near the shore, +arrived at Stonington without molestation from the enemy. Here I learned +that New London, a port between me and my destination, was closely +blockaded by a British fleet consisting of two 74 gun ships and two +frigates. There were ten or twelve sail of coasting vessels then lying +in the harbor at Stonington, most of which had been East with cargoes, +and were waiting for dark nights or other favorable opportunities to +pass the blockading squadron. I remained here eight or ten days. During +this time the inhabitants of the town were much alarmed, fearing the +enemy would send in armed boats to cut out our vessels, and by that +means annoy the inhabitants and fire the town. + +To show our patriotism and courage, a meeting was called of the officers +and crews of all the vessels in the harbor. We volunteered our services +to stand night watches, and do all in our power in case an attack should +be made. Our means of defence were scanty; a few fowling guns being the +only weapons we had on board our vessels. + +Some of the inhabitants finally procured for us an old ship gun, which +we loaded with powder, but could not procure balls to fit it. We at +length found one which we imagined we could force into the gun. After a +long time, with a sledge and crowbar, we succeeded in driving it within +six or eight inches of the cartridge. + +The captains drew lots for the first watch, which fell upon me. I took +charge of the watch until 12 o'clock that night, and was much pleased +that we were not annoyed by the enemy, as I concluded that the firing of +our own gun would make more havoc among us than all the enemy could +bring against us. At the close of my watch I learned that two Sag-harbor +vessels were getting under weigh, intending to pass through Plum Gut, +which would conduct them some distance from where the enemy lay at +anchor. As it was a dark night, and not being myself a good pilot +through that passage, I concluded to follow them. The wind being light, +they outsailed my vessel until I lost sight of them. About break of day +it was so calm that I could not pass the fleet or get back to +Stonington. I soon discovered a barge in pursuit of me, but there was no +way of escape. The boat had on board a lieutenant, a midshipman, and +twelve armed men. They left a prize master and two men to take charge of +my sloop, and then proceeded to capture another small vessel at that +time in sight. They soon overhauled her; but as she had nothing of value +on board, having only some household furniture, and women and children, +they let her pass. Three of the British vessels after firing a number of +guns toward the shore proceeded to sea, while my vessel was taken within +a small distance of the commodore's ship, which remained at anchor. + +And here, as I deem it will not be altogether uninteresting to my +readers, I will make a slight digression, in giving a brief description +of the personal history of Commodore Hardy; for such was the name of the +officer who had command of the fleet which had captured us. Although +some Americans are under the impression that nothing good can come from +British officers, which idea in many instances has been justified; yet, +with regard to Sir Thomas Hardy, it might truly be said, that he was +"One of Nature's noblemen;" for such his conduct to myself and crew +fully showed him to be. He appeared to be a man about forty-five years +of age, about six feet in height, elegantly formed, and possessing a +benign expression of countenance, scarcely to be expected from one who +had been following, from his youth, a sea-faring life, and had been +engaged in some of the most bloody naval battles on record. When a poor +boy he was taken on board the English fleet by Lord Nelson, continued +with him during his various engagements, and became Nelson's principal +fighting commander. At the battle of Trafalgar the admiral died in his +arms. + +On a signal being made we were ordered on board the commodore's ship. My +vessel being old and shabby, I thought it best to keep on my working +clothes to show my apparent poverty, which would excite some sympathy, +but I had a good suit of clothes in my chest. When I got on board I +found I was in his majesty's ship Ramillies, Sir T. W. Hardy, commander. +I cast my eyes about in as awkward a manner as I could; the officers +gathered round to have a little sport with a poor Yankee. They commenced +their conversation by asking me if I were ever on board of a +seventy-four before; I answered in the negative. The captain of marines +then, taking hold of my striped cotton pantaloons, asked me if we made +such fine cloth as that in our country. I told him a little, just to +cover our nakedness during the war. Soon after a message came for me to +go aft to see the commodore. I thought I would show myself very +submissive by taking off my hat and putting it under my arm. The first +salutation I had from him was, "Put on your hat, sir. Did you know that +we were lying here." "Yes, sir," was my reply. He said, "How dare you +venture out." I answered that I had been lying at Stonington a number of +days, waiting for a dark night to get past him. He then told me he must +burn my vessel and send me to Halifax. I told him if the sentence was +irrevocable, I had nothing to offer. I then left him and went forward +and sat down on a gun in a pensive manner. He soon accosted me by asking +me to go and get some breakfast, saying, "If I keep you I will not +starve you to death." I thanked him, but told him I had taken breakfast +before I left his prize. I kept my seat on the gun for a long time, +until I excited the attention of the sailors, one of whom accosted me by +saying, "Captain, don't look so sorrowful, our captain is a damned +clever fellow; I guess he will give up your old serving mallet," as he +called my sloop. "Yes," said another, "I would willingly give up my +share, for it will not be enough to make more than a glass of grog +apiece." The officers made themselves merry by passing many jokes with +me, supposing they had a green Yankee to sport with. In the afternoon +the commodore said, pointing towards my vessel, "That is a fine large +sloop of yours; can't you give me fifteen hundred dollars for her; I am +going to send two officers on board to prize her." I told him that was +three times more than she was worth, and five times more than I was +worth; that she was an old condemned vessel; that he could not send her +to Halifax or Bermuda. I told him I thought if I could get on shore I +could raise one hundred dollars, and perhaps that would be a +compensation for the trouble he had in capturing her; that I presumed he +would make a target of her to fire at if he retained her. He then left +me: about half-an-hour after he called me into his cabin and said that +he wanted to raise a little money to distribute among his crew; that he +had not enough to allow one dollar apiece to them. Said he, "I want to +use your old sloop for about three days. If you think you can raise one +hundred dollars by going on shore, you can take your boat and go; and if +you return in three days with the money, you shall have your sloop +restored to you." + +My two men immediately hauled the boat alongside ready for embarking. I +bid the commodore good-by, and was going over the ship's side, when he +called me back, saying, "I must parole you before you go!" "Just as you +please," said I. "He said he was only doing me a favor, for then my own +countrymen could neither draft nor impress me after I landed." I then +took my boat and proceeded to Stonington, and arrived there that +evening. I found most of the vessels that I left there before my +departure. The captains assembled around me, eager to learn the news. I +related my story and the bargain I had made with the commodore. Some +thought I had made a good bargain, while others thought me foolish; +saying, that if I returned on board he would keep my hundred dollars and +send me to Halifax as a prisoner. The next day I negotiated with a +merchant of that place for a loan of eighty dollars, by giving a draft +on my friend in New-York for eighty-six dollars, and pledging my watch, +quadrant, charts, &c. and a note I held against a merchant in New-York +of one hundred dollars, as a security for the payment of the draft. +This, with thirty dollars in bills, which I had in my pocket, was more +than sufficient to ransom my vessel. + +I returned to the Ramillies that afternoon. The boatswain, a grave +looking old gentleman, very hospitably took me by the hand and asked me +to go and live with him. He conducted me down two or three pair of +stairs into his own room, which I found well furnished, but had no other +light than a lamp, as his room was below the water. He told one of his +boys to make a clean cot for me to sleep in, and to wait on me if I +wanted anything. He treated me with some old rum he said he had kept on +board for three or four years. He lamented much that England and America +were at war with each other; that he never could realize us as +prisoners, because we both spoke the same language and sprung from one +nation. + +The next morning I rose early, put on my best suit of clothes and went +on deck. I saw the first lieutenant on the starboard side of the deck +with his hands in his breeches pockets, walking very gracefully to and +fro. To amuse myself I put my hands in my pockets, and commenced walking +the opposite side of the deck in the same manner. He immediately stopped +and looked at me with some surprise, exclaiming, "Is that you? Damn it, +you have better clothes than I have. When we captured and brought you on +board you had on an old short jacket and cotton trowsers, and looked so +pitiful that most of the crew offered to give up their share of your old +shallop if the commodore would let you go. But I give you credit for it. +You have Yankeed us better than any one we have taken yet." I looked +about to see my old vessel which I left at anchor about half a mile from +the ship, but she was missing. He asked me if I was looking for my old +sloop. I told him I was. He said that I would never see her again. I +told him I was not alarmed about it, for I had the commodores word for +it. He said he would be damned if I ever got her again. I told him the +commodore had promised me to give her up in three days, and if he did +not keep his word I would take my boat, land at New London, and get a +warrant for him. He was pleased with the joke and soon after called his +brother officers around him, who took me into a room and treated me with +wine, segars, &c. They were very polite to me during my stay on board. + +New London appeared from the deck of the ship to be four or five miles +distant. Fishing boats came every day from the town and fished within a +mile, without interruption. On their return they were often hailed from +the ship to come on board, and the officers and crew purchased what fish +they wanted, and paid a liberal price. I could see from the deck, with +the spy glass, colors flying, and troops marching and re-marching in the +city of New London. Above the city were the frigates United States and +Macedonia, and the sloop-of-war Wasp, at anchor. During my stay of four +or five days on board, the commodore would every afternoon send for me +to come into his cabin, for the purpose of having some humorous +conversation, which caused the time to pass very agreeably. The +remainder of my time was passed among the officers, some of whom had +relatives living in the city of New-York, with whom I had formerly +traded. We became familiar, and they insisted on taking my name and +number of my boarding house, saying, that when they took the city of +New-York they would come and take a bottle of wine with me. I told them +if ever they saw me in the city of New-York after they had captured it, +it would be without a head. + +The day before my departure from the ship, finding the commodore in good +humor, I told him that I was a poor man and had a large family to +support with my old sloop, that flour was worth only seven dollars per +barrel in New-York, and was worth fourteen dollars in Boston, and that +it would do him no harm to give me a passport to carry a cargo to Boston +or neighboring ports. He paused for awhile, and then with a smile said, +"You look like a pretty clever fellow, and if you go to New-York and +take in a cargo, and come back here before I leave this station, which +will be in about three weeks, I will then give you a passport. But if +you attempt to run by me in the night, I shall make a prize of you." +The next day my old sloop returned to the Ramillies with a quantity of +beef on board. I made some complaint to the first lieutenant that the +sailors had eaten up all my provisions and lost my lead-line, and +hand-saw, &c. He remunerated me by giving me five times the value of +what I had lost. I paid the commodore the ransom money, received their +best wishes for a prosperous voyage, and departed. + +On my arrival in New-York I was much interrogated to know why I had not +obtained a license from Commodore Hardy; to which I gave evasive +answers. Congress having about this time passed some stringent laws +requiring our vessels of war to overhaul and search all vessels bound +to, or coming from an enemy's ship, I thought best to keep my own +secrets. An acquaintance of mine called on me and asked me if I thought +it safe to take a cargo to Boston or some of the Eastern ports. I told +him if I were able to purchase one, I would try it. He told me to call +on him in a short time, as he thought he could procure a freight for me. +He soon obtained five hundred barrels of flour, and seventy barrels of +bread, at one dollar per barrel for freightage, and three per cent +commission for selling. I was to remit the proceeds by mail, or pay it +to their correspondents in Boston. + +About the 20th of June I sailed from New-York and arrived within about +five miles of the Ramillies, where I anchored. At daylight I found a +barge coming towards us. My seamen were frightened, and attempted to +make their escape to the shore, a distance of two miles; by threats and +persuasion I prevented them. Soon after the barge came alongside. The +commanding officer asked me what cargo I had on board, and sundry other +questions. He then said, "You must be crazy. It was only last week we +had you prisoner, when we pitied you so much that we volunteered to give +up our shares in your old sloop if the commodore would let you go." I +told him I thought the commodore would let me pass. He replied, "You +need not expect any favor from him, as he has sworn vengeance against +all Americans. Yesterday morning we discovered a schooner lying at +anchor near where you now are. I was ordered to go and capture her. I +proceeded towards her, and saw the crew take her boat and pull for the +shore; when I boarded her I found no person on board. In the cabin I +found a manifest of her cargo, and in the list, some naval stores which +we wanted for the ship's use. We got the schooner under weigh, beat her +up within half a mile of the ship and came to anchor. Mr. Collingwood, +our second lieutenant, whom you well know, was sent to relieve me, and I +went to report to the commodore. The hatches were taken off and the +tackle hooked on to a barrel of naval stores, when the schooner blew up. +There were fourteen men on board, and all were killed except three +seamen who were furling the fore-topsail. Those three were thrown some +twenty rods, when the fore-mast was blown out of her. You cannot expect +any favors of the commodore." Before leaving New-York I learned that +some persons who had been captured by the commodore, ascertained, while +on board, that he was in want of naval stores; as soon as the news got +abroad, some merchants purchased by subscription an old schooner, and +placed thirty casks of powder in her hold. Some machinery was attached +to the powder by a string, which was also fastened to a barrel of naval +stores, and when it was raised had caused the explosion, as related by +the lieutenant. + +[Illustration: Blowing up of the old Schooner near the Ramillies.] + +My sloop was soon brought and anchored within half a mile of the ship. I +was taken on board the ship and conducted to the commodore, who spoke to +me in a pleasant manner. "Well, sir," said he, "I see you have arrived +here again. What does your cargo consist of? Where are you bound?" I +told him my cargo was flour, and that I was bound to Boston and some of +the neighboring ports. He gave me a passport to protect me from capture +by the English ships, and told me I could proceed on my voyage. I then +steered for Portsmouth, New Hampshire, where I sold some of my flour at +sixteen dollars per barrel. Finding the market dull, I proceeded to +Newburyport, where I found an abundant supply. From thence I proceeded +to Boston, where I sold the remainder of my flour at auction, at +fourteen dollars per barrel. + +After my flour was disposed of I purchased a cargo of boards to carry +to Providence, Rhode Island. I loaded the sloop, intending to be ready +to sail in the morning, but the tide receding during the night, the +Rover was left aground at the Long Wharf. When I awoke in the morning I +found my vessel had fallen over on her side, and had five feet of water +in her hold. I procured a caulker, who, with myself and crew, went into +the mud and water and commenced stopping the leaks, while the water was +running out from her bottom from almost every seam. We caulked the +largest with table knives, wooden wedges, &c. We then took four pounds +of candles and a quantity of wood ashes and made a kind of putty, with +which we stopped the remainder. In the mean time my two seamen were +arrested for stealing and sent to jail. I hired a number of men and +bailed and pumped out the water. I then shipped a new crew and proceeded +to Providence. On my arrival there I was cordially greeted by the +inhabitants, and disposed of my cargo very advantageously. In +consequence of my good fortune a number of Quaker, and other persons, +who were strangers to me, urged me to take charge of a good brig; +supposing that I could protect their property. I declined taking another +vessel, as my passport would not protect me with any other than the one +I had. I, however, did not state to them the reason. + +The rage for shipping in the Rover was so great that I could get about +five times more for freightage than I could in time of peace. I took on +board 31 pipes of brandy, 20 hogsheads of sugar, and 100 ceroons of +tallow, and sailed for New-York. When I arrived at Hell Gate and was +attempting to pass it, the wind being light, the sloop drifted upon the +rock called the Hog's-back, and the tide falling, her bottom was left +half out of water. At about 11 o'clock at night I made out to remove her +off from the rocks, having four feet of water in her hold. She drifted +back out of the Gate, when I succeeded in hauling her on shore and made +her fast to the rocks. As it was dark and rainy, we could not tell at +the time where we were. On groping my way into the cabin I found the +water six inches deep on the cabin floor. I then lay down with clothes +wet through to my skin. At daylight I found the Rover, the tide having +left her, some rods high and dry upon the rocks, and the water running +from most of her seams. I called all hands and went to caulking with +table knives, &c. We then applied a few pounds of putty and ashes to the +seams. At high water she again floated. After hiring four negroes to go +with us to New-York to assist in pumping and bailing, we proceeded on +our course. + +When we got to the city we hauled her into Coenties Slip, where the +bottom is soft and muddy. The mud having filled up her seams in a few +hours, she ceased leaking, and passed for a tight craft. I notified my +consignees of our arrival and then landed the cargo. Five hogsheads of +sugar were damaged in consequence of the leaking of my vessel. The +consignees paid me for all the freight, and threw the loss of the +damaged sugar upon the underwriters in Providence, who insured a +considerable amount in the cargo. + +As I had now been some time absent from my family, who resided in +Catskill, I concluded to make them a visit. I agreed with my partners in +the sloop to sell her at auction during my absence. The Rover was +visited by multitudes of people, who pronounced her the most lucky +vessel in the harbor. Many of them, I suppose, thought her to be a +phantom ship. For myself, I felt well satisfied, as I had over two +hundred dollars per month during the three months I sailed her, on a +capital of one hundred and twenty-five dollars. + +The fame of the Rover was so great that she sold for $480. The purchaser +took her up the Sound to Long Island, and laid her on shore at high +water. He then loaded her with wood by driving alongside at low water. +But when the tide rose he found her sides broken in and her hold filled +with water. My hand trembles while I write of the untimely end of the +charming sloop Rover. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +Sloop New-York. + + +About the first of November, 1813, having added a little to my small +capital by my late adventure in the Rover, and feeling eager to add +more, again trusting to the smiles of fickle fortune, I purchased a +small sloop called the New-York, of 28 tons burden. Soon after I sold +one-fourth of her to Messrs. T. B. & A. Cook, merchants in Catskill, and +one-half of her to two merchants in the city of New-York. They +considered it a kind of lottery adventure. One of the new owners in +New-York had correspondents in Norfolk, Virginia, who informed us of the +high prices of Northern produce in that city, and the situation of the +English squadron in Lynhaven Bay, and advised us to procure a small +vessel of light draught of water, and that by sailing in over a shoal +called the Horse-shoe, in a dark night, we might avoid coming in contact +with the enemy's fleet. + +The American coast was closely blockaded by the English vessels, but +heavy gales of wind frequently drove them off the coast for a short +time, which offered some chance of making passages by keeping near the +land. + +The high prices of Northern produce in Southern markets held out great +inducements to shippers to engage in exporting it. Our correspondents +at Norfolk, stated potatoes to be worth one dollar and fifty cents per +bushel; onions, sixteen dollars per hundred ropes; salt, two dollars and +fifty cents per bushel, and cheese twenty-five dollars per cwt. + +We loaded the sloop with four hundred bushels potatoes, two hundred +bushels salt, three thousand four hundred and fifty ropes onions, and +eight thousand six hundred pounds of cheese; all shipped on the joint +account of the owners. + +I was to purchase and sell the cargo, and when I arrived at Norfolk was +to buy three or four old brigs or schooners, load them with coal, and +when a favorable opportunity occurred by the enemy being driven to sea +by the wind, send them to New-York. Vessels could be purchased in +Norfolk at that time for one-third of their real value in time of peace; +and the price of coal in New-York was three or four times as much as in +Norfolk. + +My wages, as master, was one hundred dollars per month, and I drew +one-fourth of the profits of the whole concern. + +On the 14th of November I sailed from New-York and proceeded to Sandy +Hook, where I discovered an English frigate close in with the land, in +chase of an American schooner, which she compelled to run ashore near +Shrewsbury. I sailed into Mosquitto Cove, and took shelter among some +thirty American gun-boats, the crews of which went as volunteers to +protect the wreck of the schooner from being plundered by the English +frigate, which they accomplished. + +After tarrying two days at Mosquitto Cove, we weighed anchor and +proceeded to sea, keeping as near the land as we could without being in +danger of running aground, until we were some distance south of Cape +Henlopen, when a violent gale of south-east wind commenced, and with our +utmost exertions we succeeded in running into the bay. + +Here I ascertained that my pilot, whom I had taken much pains to obtain, +and who at the time I employed him had informed me he was well +acquainted with that coast, had deceived me; he now for the first time +informed me that he knew nothing of the different shoals and inlets on +the Southern coast. I had now no alternative but to run by chance and +keep a sharp look out for breakers. My little sloop was literally buried +under water. The gale kept increasing until near night, when she struck +upon a shoal. She thumped terribly, and almost every sea was breaking +entirely over us when a seaman exclaimed, "She is bilged, a plank has +come up from her bottom." On examination we found it was the shoe of her +keel. We tried the pump and found we could keep her free of water by +pretty hard labor. Soon after, she thumped over the shoal into nine feet +water, where she did not strike so often, and remained there until dawn. +At daylight we cast out the anchors and succeeded in getting her into +three or four fathoms water. + +We then commenced repairing damages in the best manner we could. Her +false keel had been broken and had swung across her main keel, which we +could not repair. We then made sail for Chesapeake Bay and arrived that +day about sun-set, without any material mishap. + +Soon after, a light easterly wind sprung up, and we made sail for +Norfolk. After entering the bay the wind slackened. About 11 o'clock in +the evening it became a dead calm, with a thick fog: a strong tide set +in, which prevented my going out to sea again. Soon after midnight we +heard the cry, "Past 2 o'clock, and all's well," which I afterwards +ascertained proceeded from His Britanic Majesty's ship Dragon, 74 guns, +commanded by Commodore Barry, lying at anchor in the bay. + +We continued drifting into the bay until about sunrise, when a light +breeze sprung up and dispersed the fog, and we found ourselves drifting +directly towards an English 20 gun brig called the Sophia, and the Acton +of 16 guns, both lying at anchor within a mile of us. We were soon +boarded from the Sophia, and we and our baggage taken on board of her. +The brigs then got under weigh and proceeded up the bay, taking my sloop +in tow, and anchored at the mouth of the river Severn. + +During the next night they fitted out an expedition of four or five +boats, and sent them up the river to cut out two or three of our vessels +which were lying in the harbor, but they soon returned without +accomplishing their design, having only obtained a quantity of plunder. +They told me the inhabitants gave them a warm reception, by firing from +behind trees and fences, and caused them to abandon the vessels. They +weighed anchor the next morning, and after cruising about the bay, again +took their station near Watt's Island. Here they made their rendezvous +for some time; the officers occasionally going on shore, some days +cruising about, and returning to the usual anchorage at night. They +procured an abundance of cattle, sheep and poultry from the Island, and +in about nine or ten days captured eight old schooners loaded with +flour, from the Rappahannock, and bound to the Eastern markets. They +sailed from there and anchored in Lynn Haven Bay, where we were sent on +board the commodore's ship Dragon. I found twelve American captains +prisoners on board the commodore's ship, who had been captured by the +Squadron. The prizes which they had taken were small old vessels, some +of which they stripped of their rigging and sails and set on fire; some +parted their cables in a gale of wind and drifted to sea, my vessel +among them. But my sloop, the New-York, and one or two others were +afterwards towed back by the frigate and sent to Bermuda. + +The American captains were quartered with the petty officers, such as +midshipmen, captain's clerks, &c. and were treated with gin, segars, &c. +and passed their time very jovially in telling stories, bragging of our +naval engagements, &c. I must here tell a story related to me by one of +the officers of the Dragon. + +He said the Americans ought to be damned if they did not make an admiral +of one Captain Turner, who commanded a Baltimore schooner. He said that +while they were blockading the coast of France they captured him and his +schooner; they put a prize-master and crew on board, and the crew of the +schooner were put on board the Squadron, except Captain Turner and the +cook, who remained on the schooner, which was ordered to sail for +England. The next day Turner succeeded in getting the prize-master and +crew drunk, killed the prize-master and part of the crew, and confined +the remainder. He then returned to France with his vessel, shipped a new +crew, and put to sea again. One morning they discovered from the +Squadron, a schooner in company with two frigates, being between the +schooner and the land. The Dragon steered directly for the schooner, +while the frigates steered in different directions, to prevent the +schooner from going back again into port. The Dragon by setting all her +light sails was fast coming up with her, and commenced firing her bow +guns, to which the schooner paid no attention. They soon came within +musket-shot and fired a number of volleys which riddled the schooner's +sails. The captain of the Dragon then gave orders to cease firing, as he +considered it cold-blooded murder. On coming within a few rods of the +schooner they saw but one man on board, and standing at the wheel. When +within a short distance he suddenly put down her helm, which brought her +broad side across the ship's bow, intending that the ship should run +over her. But the ship's helm was immediately put up, which caused her +to strike the schooner near the bow and brought her alongside of the +ship. They then hailed, "What schooner is that?" To which the man at the +helm replied, "The Prize, Captain Turner, the very man you are looking +for." On boarding the schooner, they found the crew all below, except +the captain, who said he did not wish to expose his crew to their fire. +He said the excitement was great on board the ship: that all the +officers signed a petition to mitigate Turner's punishment. + +While we were lying in Lynn Haven Bay, the Dragon had captured a small +vessel, put on board of her a cannonade or short nine-pounder, a +quantity of small arms, and called her the "Snap Dragon." They sent her +out in pursuit of plunder and slaves, about one hundred and fifty of +whom were captured as runaways from their masters. But on one of the +expeditions of the Snap Dragon, she was captured by the Americans, +having thirty men on board, and the prisoners sent to Baltimore. Soon +after an exchange was agreed upon by which the prisoners of the Snap +Dragon were exchanged for the Americans on board the ship. When the crew +of the Snap Dragon were brought on board the ship we were all +discharged, which caused no little rejoicing among us. We then returned +to Baltimore, took leave of each other and made our way to our +respective homes. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +Sloop Biddle. + + +Soon after my unfortunate adventure in the New-York, I took command of a +schooner called the Caty Ann, and made a voyage to Savannah and back to +New-York, without capture. Although Sir James Yeo, in the South Hampton +frigate, was closely blockading Savannah at the time, I made a second +attempt to proceed to the same port. After sailing a few miles south of +Sandy Hook light-house we were chased back by an English frigate, and +the schooner narrowly escaped being captured. The whole coast was so +closely blockaded that I abandoned going to sea again until after peace +was proclaimed. + +About the first of May, 1813, I took charge of the brig Cyrus, of +New-York, and made one voyage to Georgetown, South Carolina, and back, +and then made another to Bermuda and Turk's Island. + +Ever ready to sacrifice my personal comfort for the prospect of +increasing the means of gaining an honest living--being in the prime of +life and enjoying good health, and that huge monster, Fear, seldom +throwing his dark shadow across my path--I engaged again to open a +trade with the Indians on the Musquito Shore, on the borders of South +America, now called New Greneda, or Central America. This country +formerly belonged to the government of Spain, which still tried to +exercise authority over it, although rebellions had broken out both in +the North and South of it; and, the then called government of Columbia, +under General Bolivar, aided by a number of Americans and others, with +vessels commissioned as privateers, and land forces, made a strong +resistance to the Spanish government. They fought many desperate battles +with the royalists, under what was then called the Patriot, or Columbian +flag. Carthagena, their largest sea-port, was taken and re-taken three +several times, and every man in it put to death. + +The king of the Musquito Indians claims the sea-coast of that country +from the False Cape, lat. 15° 14' N. to Port Boro Toro, lat. 9° 29' N. +The government of Old Spain likewise claimed it, but never had been able +to dispossess the Indians. The sea-board of this country is very level, +interspersed with lakes, rivers and creeks. From May until November the +country is visited with heavy showers of rain. In many places I have +from time to time walked in water some inches deep to go from one house +to another. The Indian towns are mostly built some distance up the +rivers or creeks, to secure them from any attacks from the sea-board. +They have no roads inland, their whole travel being in canoes, by which +means they can visit the different tribes, hauling them across narrow +necks of land that separate one lake or river from another. + +The Spanish government, under an old blockading decree had declared that +any person found trading with these Indians, if captured, should lose +his cargo by confiscation, and be sent to the mines for life. The +government of Spain likewise claimed three small islands near the +Musquito Shore, viz: Old Providence, lying in lat. 13° 27' N. long. 80° +39' W. This island I found inhabited by about thirty families of free +people of different nations and colors, and from five to thirty slaves +to every free person in the island. St. Andreas, lying in lat. 12° 33' +N. long. 81° W. It contains about seventy-five families of free people, +and about eight hundred slaves; it was lately the residence of a Spanish +Governor named Gonzales. This place had a small fort, garrisoned with +about thirty soldiers. I shall hereafter give the reader a further +description of the island, related to me by Captain Mitchell, commonly +called Mitchell the Pirate.[A] Great Corn Island lays in lat. 12° 19' +N. long. 82° 11' W. about forty miles from the main land. Little Corn +Island, lying about ten miles from the great one, is inhabited, and +produces large quantities of cocoa nuts and wild fruits. + + [A] The only account I have ever read of Mitchell is, that he + was a partner with Lafitte, the Pirate, when they took + possession of Baratara, where they carried their prizes. They + kept possession of the place for some considerable time, + bidding defiance to the authorities on that coast. Governor + Claibourne, of Louisiana, afterwards issued a proclamation, + offering these pirates a free pardon on condition that they + would join the army then under command of General Jackson, for + the defence of New Orleans. They accepted of the Governor's + terms, repaired to that place with all their men, and put + themselves under the command of the General, who placed them in + the hottest part of the battle, where they fought in the most + gallant manner. Lafitte and Mitchell both held commissions + under the government of the Republic of Columbia at this time. + +The staple produce of the above named island is cotton. The soil is +fertile and produces plantains, yams, sweet potatoes, and Tropical +fruits in abundance. The inhabitants raise plenty of hogs and poultry, +which they fatten on cocoa nuts, the oil from which, while fresh, is +equal to lard for cooking fish, &c. and after it becomes rancid burns +well in lamps. + +About the first of January, 1816, I made a contract with the Messrs. +Cotheal & Hoff and Mr. A. S. Hallett, merchants of New-York, to take +charge of a small sloop called the Biddle, of thirty-two tons burthen. I +was to proceed to Musquito Shore, land at the island of Old Providence, +(if I saw no suspicious looking vessels in the harbor;) and open a trade +with the Indians for the purchase of tortoise shell, which was very +valuable at this time; these Indians furnish large quantities of that +article. I likewise had orders to exchange my goods for hides, +deer-skins, cochineal, gum elastic or India rubber, gum copal, cotton, +fustic, sarsaparilla, &c. + +I took on board an assorted cargo, calculated for a barter trade. As I +was totally unacquainted with the trade, this voyage was considered an +experimental trip. On my arrival the inhabitants informed me that they +had not seen the American flag flying there for the last fourteen years. + +I could not procure any correct charts of that coast. I found many +shoals that never had made their appearance on any chart, so little had +these seas been surveyed. I suppose young mariners have less difficulty +in that respect now, as Queen Victoria has become god-mother to the +young king of Musquito Shore, and taken him under her parental care, to +assist him in robbing his neighbors' territories. + +I will here give the reader a short description of the country, the +undertaking, and some account of the disasters which befell me in the +prosecution of the voyage. Having loaded my little sloop, (about the +size of a clam boat,) I soon shipped a crew, which consisted of a North +River captain, who had never been out of the sight of land, to act as my +mate; and two old broken-down sailors, one acting as seaman and the +other as cook. We sailed about the first of February, with a fair wind, +and made our passage in twenty-two days to the Island of Old Providence, +where we hoisted our flag for a pilot. I soon discovered a fishing +canoe, having one white man and three or four negroes on board, who +volunteered to pilot us into the harbor. I inquired of the white man, +whose name was John Taylor, one of the largest planters in the island, +for a Mr. Hoy, to whom I had a letter of introduction. Mr. Taylor +replied that Mr. Hoy was dead, that he was his father-in-law. He took +the letter, promised me friendly assistance, and piloted my vessel into +the harbor. The inhabitants soon came on board and commenced a brisk +trade with me. Previous to leaving New-York, I was advised not to enter +the harbor of Old Providence if I saw any vessel looking like a +privateer or man-of-war in sight of the place. In the afternoon I kept a +good look out with my spy-glass, until near sun-set, when I discovered a +schooner beating up under the lee of the island. I immediately applied +to my new friend, Taylor, to pilot me out of the harbor, promising him +to return again in a few days, which he utterly refused. He told me that +the vessel in sight was a privateer belonging to Captain Mitchell, who +commanded her--that Captain M. kept his (Taylor's) daughter as a wife, +and that Mitchell was a clever fellow and would not molest me. As the +channel of the harbor was narrow and difficult to pass through, I +decided to remain at anchor rather than run the risk of getting the +vessel on shore, considering it was best to keep quiet and trust to +fortune. I felt somewhat agitated as the privateer approached the land, +it being a dark night. + +About 12 o'clock she anchored a short distance from us, when I was +hailed from her, asking, "What sloop is that, and from whence come you?" +I answered, "Sloop Biddle, from New-York." In a few moments a boat came +alongside with the captain and eight men, all armed. I showed the +captain my papers, and assured him my cargo was _bona fide_ American +property. He answered me, saying, "We shall see more about that +to-morrow morning." He then left me and returned to his own vessel. Soon +after I heard the report of a large cannon from the privateer, which was +mounted on a circle, filled with chain and grape-shot, and pointed +towards the shore, where it cut a decent road through the small trees. +The next morning Captain Mitchell told me the gun was loaded full to the +muzzle, and that when he loaded it he intended to fire into my vessel +without hailing her, supposing she was Spanish, to whom he showed no +quarter. On a second reflection he thought it best to hail the sloop +before he fired. He said, "Had I fired into you, I should have cut your +vessel all in pieces." He discharged the gun toward the shore as a +signal to send a horse to convey him to Mr. John Taylor's, whom he +called his father-in-law, as he kept his daughter Sarah as a wife. + +Mitchell appeared to have full control over the island, and no one dare +question his authority. He had made this place his rendezvous for some +time past, bought all the provisions they could spare, both from masters +and slaves, and paid them liberally, having plenty of money on board, +and, like most seamen, was lavish in its expenditure. He had lately +escaped from Carthagena, and brought a few half-starved passengers from +that city. In running past one of their forts, a cannon ball had struck +the schooner's fore-mast and cut it half off. + +One of the passengers informed me that Carthagena was so closely +besieged by the royalists at that time, that cowhides were sold at +twelve dollars apiece, for food, and that he was obliged to pay three +dollars for a pilot-biscuit, to prevent starvation. Some time after, I +learned that the city was taken and all the inhabitants put to death. + +The next morning after my arrival I was visited by Captain Mitchell, +John Taylor, and most of the inhabitants of the island, who were much +pleased to see an American vessel in the harbor, saying it was the only +one that they had seen there in many years past. I was invited on shore +to dine at Mr. Taylor's, in company with Captain Mitchell, where a good +dinner was provided for us, consisting of roast pig, poultry, &c. My +plate was plentifully supplied by Captain Mitchell. On looking over the +table I did not discover any bread. Soon after a plate of roasted +plantains was set before me. I took one, not knowing how to use it, this +being the first I had ever seen of this kind of food. I soon found it to +be the common bread of the country. We were politely waited upon, having +a negro boy, from ten to fourteen years old, without one rag of clothing +about him, standing behind the chair of each person at table, with a +bush in his hand to keep the flies from annoying the company. The +following day I was invited to dine on board Captain Mitchell's vessel. +His boat was sent for me at the proper hour, and I was politely +received on board and soon after conducted to the table, which was +elegantly furnished with silver platters, plates, knives, forks, spoons, +pitchers, tumblers, &c. and with the exception of knife-blades, every +other article on the table was pure silver. He showed me many valuable +diamonds, and large quantities of old gold and silver; and the least +valuable article I saw on board his vessel was the schooner's ballast, +which consisted of brass cannon. + +I opened a good trade with the inhabitants, selling goods at retail, +from one to three hundred per cent profit. In ten days I sold over +eighteen hundred dollars' worth; about one-half was received in money, +and the remainder in cotton. I took part of the cotton on board, and the +balance was to be paid on my return to that port. + +Captain Mitchell visited me daily, and told me some of his adventures. +He said that a few months previous he had captured a small trading +schooner, armed her for a privateer, and appointed one Captain Rose to +the command of her, who was then on a cruise. A short time before, Rose +had been with him in Old Providence. "While laying here," said he, "I +made up my mind to sail for New-York, and there sell my vessel and cargo +and retire to private life, thinking my means would support me. One +morning, while contemplating my future enjoyments when I got well +settled in New-York, I thought it would much disturb my mind to think +that old Gonzales should boast that he had frightened Mitchell, who +dared not attack him. He had sent me many saucy messages, by trading +vessels, saying, I dare not come to St. Andreas, to annoy him, as I had +the inhabitants of Providence, who were afraid to resist me. These +reflections so affected my mind that I immediately ordered my boat +manned and went on board of Rose's vessel. I told Rose that we would +never leave these seas until we had made an attack on St. Andreas, and +that he must prepare himself to join me on the morrow. The next day we +made the necessary preparation and sailed for that island, a distance of +about sixty miles, where we arrived early in the evening, ran into the +harbor and came to anchor. All hands on board, being only forty-six, +including officers and seamen, had volunteered to make an attack on the +island. We all landed, about 11 o'clock at night, except one man in each +vessel. Being well acquainted with the local situation of the island, I +proceeded to the plantation of Mrs. Lever, and captured her +negro-driver, whose name was Frank, and told him to conduct me secretly +to his young master William, if he did not I would kill him instantly. +Frank soon led me to William's house, where we found him in bed. We +seized him without making any alarm, and told him that death was his +portion if he did not go with us without making any noise and strictly +obey my orders. I had often heard of the boastings this young Lever had +made of what he would do if he could catch Mitchell, and thought the +present a good opportunity to retaliate upon him. I then told him he +must conduct me to the house of Governor Gonzales without making any +alarm, call the governor from his bed and tell him that Captain Mitchell +was near the island with two privateers; that you imagine the island in +great danger, and think it necessary to prepare for immediate defence. + +"We marched directly to the house, where we found the governor in bed. I +kept my men still, not allowing a loud word to be spoken. Lever obeyed +my orders punctually, calling the old man out of bed by telling him his +alarming tale. As soon as the old man opened the door I took hold of him +and conveyed him on board of my vessel. We landed a six-pound brass +cannon during the night, unroofed the governor's house, and mounted the +gun on the second floor of the building. I sent a party to the fort, who +put to death a few soldiers they found sleeping there. A number having +taken lodgings with their families prevented their sharing the same +fate. + +"I took possession of the governor's house for my head quarters, where I +issued a proclamation, addressed to the inhabitants, inviting them to +surrender their arms, and by complying with the request, all private +property should be respected. About ten o'clock the next morning I +discovered a collection of about sixty men with two nine-pound carriage +guns, on their way to my head quarters. Immediately beating up for +volunteers, sixteen men agreed to follow me. On marching towards the +enemy they abandoned their field-pieces and dispersed in great haste. We +dismounted the guns and spiked them, burnt the carriages, and returned +to our head quarters unmolested. Three days after, the inhabitants +accepted of the proposed terms, and all opposition to my command ceased. +I took the governor's negroes, money, plate, &c. and repaired on board, +where I remained some days, treating the old fellow politely at my +table, feeding him on the best the island produced, furnishing him with +wine at his dinner, and plenty of Spanish segars. In a few days he +appeared cheerful, composed, and conversed with me in a familiar manner. +On the tenth day after his capture I gave him a good dinner, took a +glass of wine with him, and told him I was going to hang him that +afternoon. He laughed, supposing it a joke, and that I had no intention +of harming him. He was sitting in an armed-chair near the cabin door, on +deck, smoking a segar, when I ordered one of the seamen to reave a +yard-rope from the fore-yard, bring the end aft and put it round his +neck. He was soon dragged from the chair to the fore-yard-arm." + +[Illustration: Captain Mitchell hanging Governor Gonzales.] + +After Captain Mitchell had related his story, I asked him what he did +with his body; he replied, "I let him hang about an hour, and then cut +the rope and let the old devil go adrift." I said he should have spared +his life, he being an old man who could never do him much harm. He +replied, "I have served him the same as they will serve me when they +catch me." + +Captain Mitchell told me he was now bound to New-York, which he intended +to make his permanent residence, but he must go by the way of New +Orleans, as he had fourteen negro slaves he wanted to sell there. I told +him the laws of the United States strictly forbid the carrying of slaves +into that country; if he was caught in the act his vessel and cargo +would be forfeited. He said he was well acquainted with one Sisson, a +New Orleans pilot, who would smuggle them on shore for him. I cautioned +him against the attempt, by saying, "Captain Mitchell, be careful that +those negroes do not sell you before you do them." He has often, since +the loss of his vessel and cargo, repeated to me the caution I then gave +him. He made a contract with me to return to Providence, after I had +been to Musquito Shore and disposed of my cargo, and take Miss Sarah +Taylor (whom he called his wife) and her servant to New-York, agreeing +to pay me three hundred and thirty dollars for their passages; saying he +intended to proceed along the coast of Cuba in search of Spanish +vessels, and in all probability would have some hard engagements, and +did not want a woman sniffling about him; and that he would eventually +meet her in New-York. + +Miss Sarah Taylor was educated in Jamaica, and had the appearance of a +lady of some accomplishments, although she was living as a concubine. + +Captain Mitchell was a man of some education, about five feet six inches +high, dark hair and eyes, and had the appearance of a gentleman; was +very liberal to unfortunate seamen, and one of the greatest tyrants to +exercise authority over them that I have ever heard of. He had at that +time two sailors lying in the stocks near Taylor's house, with their +ancles two feet above the ground, they lying out of doors on their +backs, their bodies exposed to the sun for two or three days. He +informed me that he had captured a prize some time previous, and the +prize-master and crew had run away with the vessel; that he then took an +oath to shoot any of the crew if he ever saw them again. A few months +after, he visited Corn Island, where one of the crew happened to arrive. +Some of the inhabitants cautioned the man to keep out of his sight. He +boastingly replied that Mitchell dared not shoot him. Mitchell said he +hoped the man would not appear in his presence, as he did not want to +kill him. "But," said he, "one day when I was taking a walk on the +island he (knowing I had made the threat) presented himself a short +distance before me, when I took a musket and shot him dead." + +Some of the inhabitants informed me that the negro cook belonging on +board his vessel asked him one day what he should cook for his dinner. +Mitchell told him to kill a pig which they had on board. The cook did +not understand his answer, and knowing his ungovernable temper, dared +not ask him a second time, but built his fire and had his water +boiling. At twelve o'clock Mitchell asked him what he was cooking for +dinner, to which the cook replied, "I did not understand what you wanted +for dinner." Mitchell seized him by the hair of his head with one hand, +and with a ladle in the other poured the boiling water on him until he +scalded him to death. One of the sailors told him he thought that was +hard usage. Mitchell immediately drew a pistol from his belt and shot +the sailor dead and then threw him overboard. + +Captain Mitchell informed me that some years since he was cast away on +the shore of the Pacific Ocean, and found it necessary to cross over the +country by land to the Atlantic coast to get home, that he was arrested +for not having a passport to travel. He was thrown into prison and for +some misdemeanor was put into the stocks, where he had to lie on his +back for some months, and while thus confined he had taken an oath that +he would never die in peace until he had killed one hundred Spaniards +with his own hands. Some three years after this time I accosted him in a +humorous manner, by saying, "Mitchell how many have you due now?" He +replied, "Seventeen, by G--d, Dunham, I have killed eighty-three with my +own hands." + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + + +After ten days successful trade at Old Providence, I got under weigh and +proceeded towards Musquito Shore, and in the day-time ran in near the +land, but could not discover any settlements. I kept beating to the +northward, keeping as near the shore as safety would admit, with a good +look-out for houses or canoes. By my observations I found a strong +current setting to the southward. After beating up three days, we +discovered a number of Indian houses near the entrance of a bay which +appeared like a good harbor. From my reckoning I supposed this place to +be Cape Gracios a Dios, (mercy of God.) I carefully sounded my way into +the harbor and anchored. + +Soon after we anchored, a canoe containing six or eight Indians, having +a stripe of hair about three inches broad, extending from one ear to the +other across the top of their heads, which were shaved close to the +skin, came out to our vessel. They spoke to us in broken English. I +asked them if this place was called the Cape. They answered "Yes." We +discovered an English Island flag flying on shore near the largest +house, and asking them who owned the house where the flag was flying; +they answered "Admiral Dalby;" looking at me with some surprise, they +exclaimed, "Don't you know Admiral Dalby?" + +Supposing I had to appear before some great chief, whose name sounded +so loud in my ears, I put on my best go-a-shore suit, to use an old +sailor phrase, and treating the Indians with rum, &c. went on shore with +them, and was conducted to the house of Admiral Dalby, whom I found +dressed in a clean shirt and white pantaloons, a cotton handkerchief +tied on his head, and an old English Admiral's red vest, with some old +lace trimmings, having long skirts extending nearly to his knees, and +without shoes. Seeing his _majestic_ appearance, I approached him with +all the politeness of a French dancing-master. After the ceremonies were +ended, he asked me what country I came from, and what articles I wanted +to purchase. I replied that I came from New-York, in North America, and +that I belonged to the same continent that he did; that I wanted to +purchase tortoise-shell, cow-hides, deer-skins, gum elastic, gum copal, +cochineal, &c. We spent some time in ascertaining the Indian names of +the gums, &c. before he understood what articles I wanted to purchase. +He said, "Indian man and American man all one country belongs to, all +the same as brothers, me right king's officer, all white men must help +um; me good man, have good head, savy good? this place all me belong to. +To-morrow I send plenty men to fetch you skins, gums, and every thing +you want." + +After all our arrangements were completed, it being the first time I +ever had the honor of negotiating with an _admiral_, I invited him to go +on board my vessel and drink tea with me; which invitation he readily +accepted. On our arrival on board, my little table was soon placed on +deck under an awning. The cook supplied us with the best our little +sloop afforded; the _admiral_ was seated at the head of the table, and +waited on in the politest manner. After he had finished his tea, he +drank a few glasses of rum and returned to his home. + +When the cook set his table the next morning, he missed his tea spoons. +Diligent search was made for them, but they could not be found. We +charged the poor old cook with throwing them overboard in shaking out +his crumbs of the table-cloth, which he strongly denied. The spoons cost +about two or three cents apiece. The next day I called at the admiral's +house, where I saw his children playing with my spoons. On inquiring I +found the admiral had carried them on shore in his breeches pocket. + +I remained at the Cape about one week, where I purchased a small +quantity of tortoise-shell, some hides, deer-skins, tiger-skins, gums, +&c. My owners had given me orders on my arrival in that country to +procure an Indian pilot who was well acquainted with the coast. + +My old friend, Admiral Dalby, procured me a pilot to conduct me to Pearl +Key Lagoon, where most of the inhabitants spoke good English. I had a +letter of introduction to an inhabitant of that place, whose name was +Edward Patterson, a native of Curracoa, who had lived with the +Musquitoes many years, and intermarried with them. The pilot and his +son-in-law came on board. I was compelled to hire the latter that he +might assist his father-in-law in returning with his canoe. The price +agreed on was ten yards of Osnabergs to each; no difference in the +price, whether the voyage was performed in one week, or I detained him +three months: it was all the same. + +We weighed anchor and proceeded to the southward, intending to stop at +every settlement between the Cape and Pearl Key Lagoon. The next day we +anchored at Sandy Bay. Soon after, we were visited by Governor Clemente, +Admiral Hammer, General McLean, and many petty officers and citizens. +After treating with a few gallons of rum, by way of introduction, I +opened a brisk trade with them, bartering my goods for the same kind of +articles I had bought at the Cape. The governor brought on board with +him one of his nine living wives. After remaining here three days, we +got under weigh and steered southward, keeping near the land, under the +direction of the pilot. In the evening I began to doubt his skill, and +often hove the lead to satisfy myself, the pilot being stationed forward +to keep a good look-out. About ten o'clock I heard the sound of out, +out, out. I looked under the lee of the boom and discovered we were near +the breakers. We attempted to tack ship, but found it impossible. In a +few moments we were driven upon the reef, unshipping our rudder and +thumping so hard that I expected she would break in pieces. About an +hour after, she beat over the shoal into nine feet water, where we came +to anchor. The next day I sounded a passage out between the shoals. In +heaving the vessel through the passage we broke our largest anchor, and +finding it impossible to save her, hoisted the jib and ran her on shore. +When the wind abated we landed our sails, dry goods and hardware. We +built a comfortable tent, which protected our goods from the rains which +visit that country almost every day from May until November. We found +ourselves near the mouth of a river called Waa-waa, some fifteen miles +from the residence of Governor Clemente. After remaining here a few days +I sent the pilot to the governor's residence, claiming his protection +and requesting him to furnish me with men and canoes to transport my +goods to Pearl Key Lagoon, and I would pay them a liberal compensation +for their services. The messenger returned with an answer, that the +governor had gone on an excursion through his dominions, and was not +expected to return in less than two or three weeks. We passed our time +in shooting deer, conies, parrots, boobies, gulls, &c. and catching +fish, which we found in abundance. + +After we had remained here four weeks, the governor arrived, accompanied +by forty or fifty Indians. I provided a good dinner for the governor, +his lady and officers, who were invited to my table. Rum, gin, and +Catalonia wine, were served out in abundance. The governor promised me +protection and assistance; but his business required his return home +immediately, but added that he would send me relief the next day. Before +we had finished dinner the mob of Indians commenced stealing our +tumblers from the table, likewise knives, forks, some empty kegs, and a +fine pig, which we had fattened, as well as most of the loose articles +about our premises. I had made the governor many presents for his +promised protection, and I remonstrated with him against this wanton +outrage, without obtaining any redress. + +About sunset the Indians all left my camp, except four canoes of country +Indians, who lived four days paddle up some of the rivers: and according +to the pilot's interpretation, they did not associate with the +governor's gang, who treated them with contempt. After the governor and +his tribe had left us, these Indians came to my tent, whom I treated +with hospitality, and they encamped near us that night. The next morning +my mate advised me to hire these Indians to take me to Pearl Key Lagoon +in their canoes, taking my money, dry goods, and all my valuable +articles with me, and he and the two sailors would remain by the wreck +and take care of the heavy goods until I could procure some vessel or +large craft to transport them to that place. Fearing an attack from the +governor's party, I employed the pilot to negotiate a bargain with these +Indians, as they could not speak English. He soon made an agreement by +which I was to give two officers, captains of towns, ten yards of check +shirting cloth each, and the soldiers, as he called them, five yards +each, and five yards for the hire of a large canoe. + +The bargain being closed we loaded the four canoes, together with the +pilot's, with dry goods, cutlery, &c. In the large canoe I put my chest, +charts, quadrant, clothing, nine hundred dollars in specie, and a ten +gallon keg of rum, knowing it would stimulate them to perform the voyage +with despatch, by giving them a drink on arriving at certain places we +could see ahead. The cook had boiled me a piece of salt beef to carry +with me, and put up two or three pounds of sea-bread. I took a jug of +rum in addition to the ten gallon keg, on board of the canoe in which I +embarked, and put a tea-cup in my pocket to serve as a tumbler. As soon +as the canoes were loaded I measured ten yards to each of the officers, +according to our contract, and then measured off five yards and gave it +to one of the soldiers, who threw it on the ground, when the Indians +commenced unloading the canoes. I called on the pilot for an +explanation, and was informed that the soldiers said they had to work as +hard as the officers, and would not proceed with me unless I gave them +ten yards each. I was unable to avoid the extortion, and gave them the +same quantity I had given the officers. In complaining to the pilot of +the treatment I had received from the Indians, and the crime they had +committed in stealing from me, he replied, "Tief man can't go and live +wit God, Devil must catch um." After I had given the check to each of +the twelve Indians who were to convey me to Pearl Key Lagoon, one of +them seized his and escaped to the woods, which was the last I saw of +him. + +All things being ready, we made sail, myself taking charge of the large +canoe, with orders for them all to keep close company, by shortening +sail when necessary, so that they could assist one another should any +accident happen. I now began to reflect on my forlorn situation, having +five canoes under my control, twelve Indians, and only one that could +speak English, the naked ocean on one side, the wilderness on the other, +and a passage of one hundred and twenty miles to make before I could +find a civilized habitation. We proceeded about ten miles on our way, +when we ran our canoes on shore and drew them up on the beach, which was +performed in great haste to prevent their filling with water and wetting +the goods, to avoid which, I covered all the cargoes with cowhides. + +Having secured our canoes, the Indians took cutlasses and dug a spring +of fresh water, which after bailing out two or three times appeared +clear, and we drank it with a real good will after we had mixed it with +rum. I had made an agreement with them, by interpretation of the pilot, +that I would treat them every time I drank myself, and at no other time, +which was considered a fair bargain. They then took my meat and bread, +and ate it all at one meal; after which they made a large fire on the +ground to keep away tigers, panthers, &c. + +I landed two chests, one containing my money and clothing, the other my +most valuable goods; and wrapping myself in an old bed quilt, which +protected me from the mosquitoes, took lodging on my chests, the Indians +taking their station near the fire. The next morning we had nothing to +eat. About nine o'clock the Indians went into the woods, _progging_, as +they termed it, and after being gone some time returned with a few small +oysters and some wild honey, which was all the food we got that day. The +next morning we got under weigh and proceeded a few miles, when the wind +rising created a heavy sea, and we were obliged to run our fleet on +shore and remain until the following day. + +In the afternoon the Indians unloaded two of the small canoes, (the wind +having ceased blowing,) paddled out some distance and caught a large +quantity of fish. At night they boiled three or four pots full, setting +up until twelve o'clock and devouring all the fish they had caught. I +thought they consumed five or six pounds each. The next morning we got +under weigh and proceeded on our voyage until the afternoon, when the +wind increasing, it was found necessary to lighten my canoe. I made a +signal for the pilot to come alongside, he immediately obeyed, calling +one of the captains of a town to join: when, after a short consultation, +it was agreed to take some boxes of check shirting and the ten gallon +keg of rum out of my canoe and put them on board of theirs. Strict +orders were again given to keep close together, that assistance might +be rendered to each other if necessary, the sea running high at the +time. The captain's and pilot's canoes soon out-sailed the rest of the +fleet. I made signals for them to shorten sail, which they paid no +attention to, and at sun-set they were so far ahead that we could not +discern them. + +We then landed with the three canoes, made our fire and brought my two +chests ashore, as on the night previous. Not having had any food that +day I went a short distance into the woods, where I found some old +cocoa-nuts, of which I made a poor supper. Not having any one to +converse with, I laid down on my chests near the fire, my eight Indians +near me. They soon commenced a long conversation, and being somewhat +anxious to learn the subject of it, I lay listening very attentively. +Having a fire-light I could see all their movements. I heard one of them +repeat the word "_Buckra_" at the same time drawing his hand across his +throat. I then imagined they were concocting some plan to kill me. In +the morning they went into the woods, caught a land-tortoise, and laying +him on a large fire with his back down, kept him there until he was +dead, and then cutting a hole in his side, took out his inwards and +roasted him in the shell, from which we made our breakfast. + +[Illustration: Indians making motions to kill Captain Dunham.] + +I had discovered that these Indians had but little strength of body, in +loading and unloading canoes; in handling heavy chests and boxes, it +always took three Indians to carry one end when I could carry the +other. Wishing to try their strength, by signs I introduced wrestling, +jumping, &c. I found I could throw three of them on the ground at one +time without much trouble. I then took my pistols from my chest, fired +at targets, and performed many other exercises in order to show them my +strength was much greater than theirs, that they might be cautious how +they attacked me. + +[Illustration: Indians Cooking an Alligator for breakfast.] + +In the afternoon we got under weigh and proceeded a few miles, when we +encamped for the night. The next morning the Indians went into the swamp +after some food, and returned in a short time with a young alligator +three or four feet in length, which they had caught: having tied up his +mouth with a bark rope, they dragged him along on the ground by it. They +also brought some alligator's eggs, which we boiled. They placed the +middle of the alligator on the top of the fire, one holding the rope +which secured his mouth, another his tail, (he being yet alive,) and +burned him to death; after which they cut him to pieces and boiled his +flesh in the pot, from which we made our breakfast. I ate some of the +eggs, which I found very tough. Our jug of rum had been exhausted two or +three days, and the Indians had lost all their ambition. I tried to make +them understand, by signs, that when we arrived at Great River we should +find our comrades who had left us in the two canoes, and get rum and +provisions for the remainder of our voyage. Soon after, they showed me a +point of land some distance ahead, and repeated the words, "Great +River." I took a paddle in my hand and assisted them, at the same time +making signs, by lifting the jug to my mouth, giving them to understand +that they should have plenty of rum when we arrived there. When we were +within two miles of the mouth of the river the Indians suddenly ran the +canoes on shore, hauled them up on the land, unloaded all my goods and +ran toward the woods, leaving me alone on the beach. I felt much +surprised at being left in this sudden manner, half starved with hunger, +and my strength exhausted for want of sleep. After piling up all my +goods in the best manner I could, I re-loaded my pistols and prepared to +defend myself. Hunger now prompted me to look for something to eat. I +saw a large green turtle, some four feet in length, laying upon his back +a few rods from my goods. I then walked in a different direction from +the turtle, in pursuit of something to allay my hunger. Suddenly I +discovered a large, strange Indian approaching toward me, having two +small ropes in his hand, with eyes spliced in the ends, which he was +slipping backward and forward as he approached near me. I slowly +retreated some distance, casting my eyes over my shoulder, looking for +some weapon to defend myself, when I discovered a stick of wood about +the size of a man's wrist, which I quickly secured. He, advancing, asked +if I was captain of the American vessel that was cast away on the coast +a few weeks since, and if I was hungry. I told him yes: he still +approached me during this conversation; upon which I raised my club and +told him if he came any nearer to me I would kill him. He said if I +would go with him to Admiral Drummer's house, which was but a short +distance, I could get plenty to eat. I informed him that the Indians I +had hired to carry my goods to Pearl Key Lagoon, had thrown them on +shore here, left me, and that I dare not leave my goods unprotected on +the beach. He said he would tell the Admiral of my situation, and +informed me that two days ago two canoes, having some of my goods on +board, arrived at the mouth of the river, that one of them had upset in +passing the bar and lost one keg of rum and one box of dry goods, which +had sunk, and that they had been fishing for them but could not find +them. He then took his leave, and going to the turtle put the ends of +his rope on his flippers, placed the middle across his breast and +dragged him off. + +Admiral Drummer hearing of my arrival here, sent an Indian slave with a +gold headed cane, which he considered as a badge of his office, inviting +me to his house to take some breakfast. I returned my reasons for not +accepting his invitation, by saying "I dare not leave my goods +unprotected." Soon after the admiral brought me some warm cocoa, smoked +meat and roasted plantains to eat. My appetite being good I made a +hearty dinner. After some time my Indians returned from the woods with +some coarse food they had gathered in the swamps. I told the admiral I +had paid these Indians in advance to transport my goods to Pearl Key +Lagoon, that they had broken their contract, and that they appeared +determined to leave me here. After conversing with them some time, he +told me they said they were half starved, had not any provisions to +proceed with, and would not go any farther. He also said they were +mountain Indians, living in the interior of the country, and were not +under his control, but ordered them to put the goods into their canoes +and carry me into the mouth of the river, where I would find the two +boats which had left me some days before. + +In the afternoon I was visited by the admiral, his two wives, and a +number of his tribe. I made him and his wives many presents, and he +promised to meet me the next day at the mouth of the river, when he +would furnish me with men and canoes to carry me to the Lagoon. He left +me soon after to return to his home. We proceeded with our three canoes +into the mouth of the river, where I found the other two, one of them +belonging to the pilot, who told me that, in crossing the bar at the +mouth of the river, the captain's canoe had turned over and lost one box +of check cloth, the ten gallon keg of rum, and they had both sunk, that +they had fished for them a long time, but could not find them; also, +that the captain had lost his dinner-pot by upsetting his canoe, and I +must pay him for it, because he was at work for me. Another Indian had +wrapped himself in his canoe-sail, and had laid so near the fire he had +burnt a hole in it, and I must pay for it because he was in my employ. + +Soon after my arrival in the mouth of the river the pilot told me he +would go to the admiral's house and procure me some provisions; he left, +followed by the whole gang, except one sick Indian who remained with me, +with whom I could not converse except by signs. Knowing that a keg of +rum would not sink in the water, I thought it best to search the shore +and see what discoveries I could make. After walking about one-fourth of +a mile I discovered a cow-hide secreted in the edge of the woods, which +drew my attention to it. By removing the hide I discovered the box of +dry goods and the dinner-pot for which he had demanded payment. I walked +back to our landing place, took one of the canoes and carried the box, +pot, &c. to my camp, where I opened the box and found some of the check +a little wet, but not from the upsetting of the canoe. I searched the +beach for some time, but could not find any traces of the rum-keg. +Having no companion left with me except my sick Indian, and no food to +eat, I was obliged to pick up old cocoa-nuts or any other articles I +could swallow to satisfy my craving appetite. + +On the evening of the third day after my arrival here my Indians +returned much intoxicated, without the pilot. They picked up their +baggage and prepared for their departure; then laid themselves down +near the fire, and soon fell asleep. I piled up my goods as compactly +as I could, loaded my pistols and laid myself down on the top of them, +supposing they would attempt to rob me, and escape with their plunder. I +did not shut my eyes until about four o'clock and then fell asleep, +which continued about half-an-hour, when I awoke and found they were +taking their departure. I took a hasty look at my goods and found they +had only taken from me one empty jug and a few small articles of little +value. + +A few hours after, the pilot, accompanied by Admiral Drummer, his two +wives, and thirty or forty Indians arrived, bringing me some provisions, +which I ate greedily. After making the admiral and his wives many +presents, I asked his price to carry me and my goods to Pearl Key +Lagoon. He told me I must pay him the same price I had paid the Indians +who had left me here--ten yards of check cloth to each man, and ten +additional yards for the hire of a large canoe belonging to himself. The +bargain being closed, the admiral and his party all left me, except +those I had employed to carry me to the Lagoon. + +After the pilot had returned from the admiral's I asked him the cause of +their tarrying so long, knowing my destitute situation. He said they had +been to a drink-about of pine-liquor--a custom I did not then +understand. During my residence at the Lagoon I have been an invited +guest to drink-abouts. Pine-apples are raised in abundance in this +country, which the inhabitants of a number of settlements from time to +time collect in large quantities, and assemble at some central place, +where they convert them into a kind of pulp and then press out the +juice, put it into some old cask and let it remain a few days, when it +becomes the most palatable liquor I ever drank, and produces +intoxication when taken in large quantities. + +Some months after, I learned the deception these Indians had practised +upon me. The pilot and his comrades, who had run away from me with the +keg of rum and box of dry goods, arrived at Great River two days before +me. They poured some water on the box of dry goods, and then carried the +keg of rum to the admiral's house. After our arrival at Great River they +left me on the beach, half starved, as stated above, and returned to the +admiral's, where they remained drunk about three days. + +The contract being finished, we loaded the canoes and I paid the men in +advance, according to the custom of the country. I urged them to launch +the canoes and proceed on our voyage immediately, which they refused to +do, saying that night would overtake us before we could arrive at the +Lagoon. They said they would sail the next morning at daylight, and then +laid themselves down near the fire for the night. I wrapped myself up in +the old bed-quilt and took lodging on my chests as usual, the mosquitoes +so thick about us that we could not see any thing at a distance; they +annoyed the Indians so much that they lost all patience. At eleven +o'clock they launched their canoes and we proceeded on our voyage. +Before we took our departure I had given them orders to keep the canoes +near together for mutual safety. After we had gone a short distance, I +discovered by the stars that the captain of my canoe had lost his +course, and was running from the land into the ocean. I remonstrated +with him by making signs. About two o'clock I made out to convince him +of his error, when he steered towards the land, which brought us into +the trough of the sea, and I was compelled to bail water without +intermission until daylight, when I found we were within three miles of +the land, but could not discover any canoes in sight of us. We steered +our boat in near the land where the water was not so rough, and kept in +close to the shore. When we came to the mouth of Pearl Key Lagoon we saw +smoke a short distance from the mouth of the harbor, and going to the +place from which it proceeded found our comrades cooking some fish, they +had caught, for breakfast. We joined with them and took a scanty meal. +Soon after, we all got under weigh and proceeded about three miles, when +we arrived at the village of Pearl Key Lagoon, to my great joy, after a +passage of ten days. I was so thoroughly exhausted that I could not walk +from the canoe to the house without assistance. + + + + +CHAPTER V. + + +Pearl Key Lagoon lies in latitude 12° 10' N., longitude 82° 54' W. The +village is situated about four miles from the entrance of the Lagoon, or +_Lake_, into the sea. The village contains thirteen houses; the +inhabitants generally speak English, and are more civilized and +hospitable than the neighboring tribes. This place is the centre of +trade for the whole coast, and is often visited by English traders. + +I was hospitably received by Edward Patterson, a native of Curracoa, who +had resided here many years. He had three wives living with him, all +enjoying peace and good will towards each other. Patterson gave me a +hearty welcome to his house, and provided me a room in it to retail my +goods. He furnished his table with the best food the country produced, +cleanly cooked in English style. Two days after my arrival here my mate +and the two seamen arrived from the wreck of the sloop. They informed me +that a large number of Indians had encamped near the wreck and commenced +plundering the vessel, and they considered it unsafe to remain there any +longer. They repaired the sloop's boat, put their clothing and some +light goods on board, and after a few days' hard rowing reached this +place, with health and strength much exhausted. Two or three days after +a small English schooner arrived here, and I gave the captain two +hundred dollars to carry me to the wreck and bring back all the goods we +could save from it. We sailed the next day, and arrived there two days +after. We found the shore white with cotton, the Indians having cut open +the bales and carried away the sacks, leaving the cotton loose on the +beach, which the winds had scattered all along the shore for a great +distance. They had emptied two pipes of Catalonia wine on the ground and +carried away the casks; also emptied some cases of Holland gin and +filled the bottles with rum, cut many holes in the vessel to get out the +iron, and committed many other depredations. On inquiry I found that +most of the goods had been carried to Governor Clemente's house, about +thirty miles up the Waa-waa river. We employed some Indians to carry us +in their canoes to the governor's residence, there being no roads for +travelling by land in the country. When we arrived at his excellency's +dwelling we found a collection of forty or fifty Indians assembled +there, raving with intoxication; a hogshead of rum placed in the middle +of the house, with the bung taken out and the Indians filling their +calabashes by pouring it out of the bung-hole, wasting one-half in +pouring it out. The governor's invitation to spend the night with him +was readily accepted. He promised me he would restore all my goods that +could be found about his premises. The next day I found one pipe of gin +and one hogshead of rum unopened, which he consented to restore to me. +Here a difficulty arose: the distance from his house to the landing +place at the river was about one and a half miles, and no way of +conveyance except rolling the casks. I requested the governor to furnish +me men, and I would pay them liberally for their services in conveying +the goods to the landing place. He said he could not compel them to +assist me. My mate and two men I had brought with me succeeded in +rolling the casks to the shore after a tedious job of one and a half +days. I found sixteen barrels of salt belonging to me about the +premises, which we undertook to roll to the landing, but the governor +pursued us with his axe and broke the staves of the casks, when we +abandoned them. I then picked up all the remaining goods I could find +belonging to me, sent them on board the canoes, and putting my mate and +seamen on board as sentries for the night, took lodgings at the +governor's house. In the morning my attention was drawn towards the +governor's nine wives, who were seated round a fire outside of the +house, eating their breakfast in perfect harmony. From appearance their +ages were from sixteen to sixty years. I afterwards learned that eight +of the Indians had died from the effects of the liquor which they had +stolen from the wreck. + +The governor and his gang had destroyed and robbed me of about eighteen +hundred dollars' worth of property, for which I could not obtain any +redress. We embarked in our canoes and proceeded to the schooner, where +we took the goods on board, and the next day landed them at the Lagoon. +My property being all collected together, I fitted up my store and +received calls from all parts of the country, having that load-stone +_Rum_ to attract them. + +Among the visiters who came to console me in my unfortunate situation, +was a Sookerman, named Hewlett, who brought me a present of two +pine-apples, for which I offered him twelve and a half cents in payment, +he refused it, saying, "I was a poor cast-away thing, and all Indians +must help me." I placed a bottle of gin upon the table and invited him +and his comrade to drink, which they readily accepted, remaining with me +until near night, when they had emptied the bottle; then taking an empty +bottle from his pocket, he had the modesty to ask me to fill it for him +to carry home. I was selling gin at this time for fifty cents per +bottle. Pine-apples are considered of little value in this country, +being worth from one to two cents apiece. + +A Sookerman practices as a physician in sickness, but always abandons +his patient before the approach of death; he tells fortunes, can +discover thieves, and when the hurricane months are near approaching, he +resorts to some hill with his cutlass in his hand, which he waves in the +air to prevent the gales from destroying their crops of vegetables. He +collects an annual tax from all the inhabitants of his district, for his +services in cutting the breeze as they call it. If they refuse to pay +his tax the laws of the country allow him to seize upon any property he +can find, not excepting a man's dinner-pot. If a gale of wind happens to +sweep over the country and destroy their crops, he screens himself by +saying, "Some rascals have neglected the payment of their tithes." He +cannot see a woman in child-bed, or the woman or child under nine months +after the birth of it. He is prohibited from seeing any dead corpse, as +he imagines the sight of either of these would cause his immediate +death. The Sookerman makes all his journies in canoes, accompanied by +some of his friends. When they approach any village, he lays down in the +bottom of his canoe, and a sail is covered over him to protect his eyes, +while some of his comrades visit the houses of the villagers to +ascertain whether there are any of those dread sights in their houses. +When his wife shows signs of pregnancy she retires to a house built in +the woods, where she must remain nine months after her accouchment, +before she can return to her husband. + +My landlord, Patterson, informed me that he knew a Sookerman who landed +at a village in a canoe, without sending a messenger before him to +discover the object of his danger; it being stormy weather he landed in +great haste and ran to the nearest house for a shelter, and opening the +door quickly, the first object he saw was a woman holding a child in her +arms. The shock was so great that he fell down on the threshhold of the +door and died the third day after. + +Two miles from the village where I had located myself was another +settlement called Bigman Bank, a village of some renown, being the +residence of General Bigman and Admiral Walkin. Soon after I had my +store arranged to receive company I was visited by a number of young +ladies from Bigman's Bank who were considered the belles of the village. +The Indians residing in villages on the sea-coast imagine themselves far +superior to the inland tribes. They form the same opinion that a fopish +city dandy does of a country farmer, supposing him to be destitute of +common sense because he does not put all his earnings on his back and +cheat the tailor and shoemaker out of more. + +After the young ladies were all seated in the house, my friend Patterson +introduced me to them, and requested me to fill some glasses with gin +and pass them round, saying, "They had never drank any gin before, and +did not know the strength of it, that we should soon see sport." After +remaining some time and drinking freely, they attempted to depart, when +one of them, named Betsey Young, a girl possessing a pleasant and +beautiful countenance found herself unable to walk, and her comrades +took her on their backs and departed apparently much mortified as I was +myself. After they returned to their homes Betsey's mother gave her a +severe reprimand for her intoxication. The next morning she bent the top +of a small tree to the ground, tied a handkerchief to it and putting one +end round her neck let the tree straighten up, which hung her in the +air. Soon after her mother discovering her unfortunate situation cut +her down and restored her to life. A few months after she became one of +the king's wives. + +I was visited by a respectable Frenchman, named Ellis, residing thirty +miles up a river called Waa-waa-han, which empties into the Lagoon a few +miles from this place. The Musquito king had given him a tract of land +seven miles in length, bounded on the river, a well cultivated +plantation, producing coffee, sugar-cane, corn, yams, sweet potatoes, +all kinds of tropical fruits, and bread-stuffs in abundance. He owned +twenty or thirty slaves, and cultivated a good garden. He informed me +that he had fought for my country in the Revolution, under Count de +Grass. His nearest neighbor, named Gough, resided twelve miles from him, +who had a grant of land extending twelve miles along the river, and +owned a few slaves, but paid little attention to cultivation. I found +Mr. Ellis a very honest man, and a true friend to me. He kept a mulatto +woman as his wife, whose name was Fanny. He sent many orders to me to +bring out such articles as he wanted. He told me that one evening he was +making out an order for goods and asked his wife if she wanted any thing +added to the order. She answered by saying, "Tell Captain Dunham to +fetch me out one man-goose and one woman-goose." Mr. Ellis often sent me +garden vegetables, cucumbers, water-mellons, tropical fruits, &c. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + + +Among my new neighbors I found eight runaway negro slaves who had +deserted from the Island of St. Andreas, in canoes, a distance of about +two degrees, and took refuge here. To make the reader understand the +tragic scenes that follow, I shall describe them by giving the names of +the tribes they belonged to in their native country. Two of them being +called Jim, I shall be obliged to attach to the name of each that of the +tribe to which he belonged, to distinguish the parties. + +The English traders from Jamaica, who have monopolized the trade of this +country, frequently visit this place, stopping at St. Andreas and Corn +Island on their passage. They are often commissioned to apprehend +runaway slaves, return them to their masters, and receive their rewards. +These negroes were well apprised of this custom, and took great +precaution to arm and defend themselves if they were attacked. On the +arrival of any English vessel in the harbor, they retreated to the woods +and remained until the vessel left the port before they made their +appearance among us again, when they returned to the house which they +occupied when I first landed in the place, situated about fifty rods +from my store. When they went upon any excursion they were each armed +with a loaded musket and plenty of ammunition, determined never to be +taken prisoners alive. In addition to their armament, they purchased +from me five cutlasses, which they ground very sharp and carried with +them daily. Scotland and Jim belonged to the Ebo tribe in Africa, their +native country. Moody and the other Jim to the Mandingo tribe in the +same country; another negro, named Prince, was a native of Jamaica. +Scotland had a daughter with him, Moody and Mandingo Jim, both had their +wives with them. There always appeared a national antipathy existing +between the Ebo and Mandingo negroes, which caused many disputes between +them. Prince always tried to remain neutral between the parties, often +acting as umpire in the settlement of their difficulties. On the arrival +of any vessel, or any dangerous report, they compromised all their +private quarrels and united for the common defence. + +The negroes soon discovered that I had no means to annoy them, and that +the English traders were very jealous of me as a trespasser on their +exclusive right to trade here, I being the first American who had +attempted to open a trade with the Indians within the last fourteen +years. These negroes soon commenced trading with me, having fifty or +sixty dollars in money, and earnestly solicited my friendly aid, by +informing them of any plot I should discover from the English traders, +or the Mosquito king's officers to apprehend them, promising on their +part to sell me all the tortoise-shell they could catch, and purchase +all their goods from me. I readily ratified the treaty for my own +safety. To use an old adage, "Those who live in glass houses must never +throw stones." + +My goods were poorly protected against robbers, my store being covered +on the outside with thin slips of wood, resembling lath wove together +like a basket and admitting light through the spaces sufficient to read +or write without windows. A man could kick a hole through it in two +minutes. + +Soon after I purchased a mahogany canoe, made a sail to fit her, and +took a number of excursions to the neighboring villages, purchasing +shell, gum, &c. It frequently happened that I did not see a white man in +two or three weeks. The negroes often got alarmed by hearing false +reports about their apprehension, and finding that I sometimes did not +reach home until after dark, they came to my store and requested me to +wear a white chip hat when I went on any excursion, or appeared out +after dark, that they might know me, as they had agreed to shoot any +strange white man who should approach them in the night. I complied with +their request for my own safety. I have frequently called at their house +in the night to procure a light, always calling them by name before I +approached their door, and always found them laying on their arms, ready +to repel any attack. + +Some weeks after, my landlord purchased from me a quantity of goods, +and I advanced him about six hundred dollars in cash, which he agreed to +pay me in tortoise-shell, at two dollars per pound, it being worth at +that time seven dollars in New-York. He embarked in a large canoe on a +trading voyage, along the southern coast of that country, a distance of +about two degrees. Most of the able-bodied men of this and the +neighboring villages fitted themselves out for a three months' voyage to +the southward, to catch turtle. After they had all embarked I found +there was no male inhabitant left except myself, my five negroes, two or +three old infirm Indians, and a whole village of women and children. The +negroes gave me the title of governor, and agreed to submit to such laws +as I should prescribe for them. One of the laws I passed was to sell +them only one bottle of rum per day, which they agreed to, and behaved +themselves well for two or three weeks, caught some shell, and sold it +to me. Ebo Jim I found to be a good marksman with a gun, and I furnished +him often with powder and shot, with which he killed a great many wild +parrots for me to eat, from which I had a number of good meals. + +After a few weeks the negroes imagining there was a plot laid to entrap +them, agreed to retire to a house they had found in the woods, where +they thought themselves secure, and live in peace together. Scotland, +Moody and the two Jims, took their leave of me and departed. Prince, the +neutral negro, remained in the village. He was a coarse carpenter, and +made some tables and sundry little articles for the Indians, and had +many friends among them. Scotland and his party visited me two or three +times after they had gone to their new habitation, and were supplied +with their one bottle of rum per day, according to agreement, when they +would depart peaceably to their new home. The fourth time they visited +me they asked me for their bottle of rum, as usual, which was furnished +them. They then left for a short time and returned with a request that I +would fill the bottle again for them, which I refused to do, by telling +them it was a breach of our agreement; but on their promising me +faithfully if I would let them have another bottle they would not broach +it until they got home, I filled it; they left, and as I supposed, had +gone home. About one hour after, a number of women and children appeared +at my door, where I had laid myself down in my hammock, reading, and +making a most hideous noise, called on me to come out, as Scotland was +killing Moody. I ran as fast as I could until I came near to the +combatants, when I saw Scotland thrust his cutlass into the thick part +of Moody's thigh, near the bone, the point running at least one foot +through. Moody being vanquished, Mandingo Jim, his comrade, then rushed +forward with cutlass in hand and struck at Scotland's head, who dodged +the blow, at the same time returning a blow with his cutlass which +struck Jim near the wrist, severing his hand from his arm, leaving it +hanging by a small string of skin and flesh. Ebo Jim then ran into the +battle with his gun cocked to shoot down his conquered adversaries, when +I interfered, and by threats and persuasion prevented any further +effusion of blood. The battle being ended, I proposed to cut off the +wounded hand, but my opinion was overruled by the company, who decided, +to use their own language, that "The hand could be mended up again." My +landlord's oldest wife, whose name was Sally, and who was considered a +great doctress among the inhabitants of this region of country, procured +some splinters of wood, dressed the wound with wild honey and bound it +up, Sally acting as head surgeon among the company. I furnished them +with candles, which they made great use of as salve to dress the wounds. +On the third morning after, Sally came to my store and told me that +Jim's hand was all spoiled, that she had ground up her butcher knife to +cut it off. She repaired to the room and requested Jim's wife to open +the wound that she might dress it, which she complied with. Sally +instantly drew her knife, which was concealed behind her, and cut the +hand off, to the great surprise of all the spectators. She continued the +application of honey and tallow for three or four weeks, when Jim so far +recovered as to be able to shoot parrots for me again. After the battle, +Scotland and Ebo Jim retired to their habitation in the woods, and in +the course of three or four weeks Moody and Mandingo Jim removed to +Bigman's Bank, about two miles from this place. + +[Illustration: Triangular fight between three Colored Men.] + +A few weeks after, Moody and his partner Jim came to my store on some +errant. My provisions getting short, I agreed to accompany them home to +Bigman's Bank and procure a fresh supply of such articles as I stood in +need of. I got on board of their canoe, which had but two seats, and +placed myself by the side of Moody, who commenced a long negro story +which absorbed our attention. On the way I discovered a pelican sitting +in a tree near by, and called on Jim to shoot it; he drew up his gun and +cocked it: at that instant the pelican flew from the tree before he had +time to fire: the old negro laid his gun down on the seat along side of +us, and proceeded on with his long story, carelessly holding his hand +over the muzzle. By some accidental movement, unobserved by me, the gun +was discharged, and having a lead slug in it, cut a large piece of flesh +from the thick part of his hand, and took off three of his fingers, +leaving them hanging by small pieces of skin. We made the best way we +could to the village, where I procured a pair of scissors and severed +the fingers from the hand. + +Some time after, another report was circulated that some of the king's +officers had received orders to arrest these negroes, which gave them +great alarm. Ebo Jim implored me to write to Mr. Ellis, my old friend, +begging his protection until he could procure a passage back to his +former owner, which Mr. Ellis readily granted, and making me a visit +soon after, he took Jim home with him and afterwards sent him back to +his former mistress. I was much pleased to see Mr. Ellis, he being the +first white man I had seen within the last three weeks. + +Moody, Mandingo Jim and Scotland, had a meeting soon after, and agreed +to forgive and forget all their former difficulties and return to their +old retreat for safety, and there unite for the defence of each other. +All their former contests being settled, I advised them to retire and +live peaceably together, and not annoy me or the Indians any more with +their private quarrels, which they faithfully promised to adhere to. + +I now employed myself cheerfully in reading and other amusements for a +few days, when suddenly an Indian called at my door and told me that +Scotland wanted me to come down to the landing place, that he was lying +in his canoe badly wounded. I repaired to the place, where I found his +sail spread over his canoe, and he lying on the bottom. I perceived that +the blood had covered the whole bottom of the canoe, apparently one inch +or more deep. On examination of his body I found he had received a large +charge of shot in his right breast, which had cut out about one pound of +flesh; and another in his thigh, which had severed the bones, and cut +the flesh to pieces in the most shocking manner. I asked him how this +misfortune happened to him. He answered me by saying, "Captain, Jim and +Moody do me too bad. This morning Jim and me go a hunting together, we +come home about eleven o'clock, I feel tired and lay down on my crawl +and go to sleep; first I know, I hear a gun go pow, I look at the door +and see Jim stand there, I say, 'Jim, see what these Indians do me;' Jim +say, Moody give it to him, Moody fire his gun and break my thigh, and +then both run away and left me. By and by one Indian come, and I give my +gun to paddle me here to see you. Now I want you to get Sally and the +other woman to mend me up again." + +I called on my hospitable Sally, who hastily declared she would not try +to mend Scotland up, or have him left in the village, and I must send +him back to his house in the bush: if she should mend him up again he +would kill Moody and Jim, and that she would have no farther trouble +with these negroes. There being no white person to advise with, I called +Prince, the neutral negro, and told him he must take Scotland back to +his house, help him on his crawl or bed, set a calabash of water within +reach, and leave him. Prince hesitated some about obeying my orders, but +by persuasion and some reward, he embarked in the canoe and paddled him +back to his house, helped him into it, placed him on his crawl, and at +his request built a fire, set water within his reach, loaded his gun, +and placed ammunition near him, for he was determined to defend himself +as long as he had breath. + +After they had departed, I sat down on the beach and reflected on the +forlorn situation of this unfortunate desperado. He well knew he must +die from his wounds, or be murdered by Moody and Jim, or destroyed by +tigers, his hut having no doors to protect him from wild beasts. When +Prince returned I asked him if he had any conversation with Scotland on +the passage. He replied, "Yes, I told Scotland that Moody and Jim would +kill him this night. He replied, then they will say, there is a _man_ +dead." + +At night I retreated to my lodgings in my store, where I slept for the +protection of my property. At this time I had learned that the English +traders on the coast had held a meeting and entered into an agreement, +pledging themselves never to carry me, nor take any letters to Jamaica +or elsewhere, to help me to get away from this coast. Having no white +friends to console me, and being more than two thousand miles from my +family and friends, I retired to bed with solitary feelings. Not having +much inclination for sleep, I remained awake until about twelve o'clock, +when I heard the report of a gun, which I imagined had ended the +tragedy. + +At daylight I arose and called on an old negro who had resided here with +his family many years, the Indians called him _darmer_, equivalent to +grandfather in the English language, who conducted me to Scotland's hut. +I found the old negro laying dead on his crawl, or bed, a musket ball +having passed through his body. Having met Moody and Jim, before our +arrival at Scotland's house, I compelled them to go back with me. I +accused them with having committed the murder, and endeavored to impress +upon their minds the enormity of the crime. They denied the firing of +the last fatal shot, by saying, Scotland had tied the trigger of his gun +to the side of his house, placed the muzzle against his side, and by +pulling the gun discharged the contents, becoming his own executioner. I +selected a place to bury the remains of the old negro, but having no +shovels to dig with, we were obliged to use wooden paddles, my only help +being Moody and Jim, and they both cripples, we made but slow progress. +Soon after Prince arrived, when I sent him to an Indian house some +distance from the place, to borrow a hoe, to assist in digging the +grave. The woman of the house refused to lend it, saying, "Her daughter +was sick, and if she lent the hoe to dig a grave the doctor or +_sookerman_, who attended her, would forsake the house if he knew the +hoe had been used for that purpose." We finally succeeded in digging two +or three feet deep, when I sent home and got a saw and cut Scotland's +canoe in two pieces, then placing the corpse between them, put him, +together with all his clothes in the grave, according to the custom of +the country. Previous to interring the corpse, I offered to give away +his clothes, but no person would accept of them, because the owner was +dead. The funeral ceremonies being ended, I returned home, hoping to +enjoy some repose after the long annoyance from these negroes. + +Fresh reports were soon circulated that the king had commissioned one of +his officers, called Sambo Tom to arrest Moody and Jim. They hearing of +this report, determined to leave this part of the country, and pass +through a border settlement inhabited by a tribe of Indians called the +Woolwas, adjoining the Spanish settlements, and seek protection from the +Spaniards. Sambo Tom pursued, but not daring to arrest them himself, he +employed the Woolwas to do so. The negroes having arrived among the +Woolwas, hired some of them to transport them in their canoes to the +Spanish settlements; but being well armed, and having plenty of +ammunition, the Indians were afraid to attack them, and therefore +professed great friendship, agreeing to convey them where they wished to +go. Two canoes joined in this expedition, and while passing a fall in +the river the Indians upset the one containing the negroes, which wet +their guns and ammunition, when the Indians in the other canoe threw +their lances and killed them in the water. Their wives were given up to +their former owners at St. Andreas. + +Little did I think when I landed in this country among a mixed race of +Indians, that I should find some _blood_ relations, so called by the +natives, among them. An Indian woman, calling her name Sally Bryant, the +wife of Scipio, one of the king's quarter-masters, called on me and told +me she was a blood-relation of mine, and claimed some present as an +acknowledgment of it on my part. I asked her what evidence she had of +our relationship. She replied, "That her father was an American." The +argument was so conclusive that I did not think it necessary to +contradict it, but gave her some small presents, which were well repaid. +Sally often volunteered to assist me in selling my goods, and brought me +many customers by saying to the Indians, "My countryman's goods are +better and cheaper than them Englishman's, and he no rogue, like them +English traders." + +Soon after, a Curracoa man arrived from Bluefields, one of the +wealthiest men of that place, who brought a message from his wife, known +by the name of Mrs. Peggy, requesting me to furnish her with some goods +to sell on commission, and she would deal honestly by me, having heard +of my misfortune in losing my vessel, &c. that she wanted to see me very +much, and pitied me more because I was a relative of hers, her father +being an American. I forwarded Mrs. Peggy two or three hundred dollars' +worth of goods to sell on commission, the greatest part of which she +sold, made good returns, and I found her more honest than white +relations generally are in their trade with each other. + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +Visit to Corn Island. + + +I sold the Biddle's sails, which I had saved from the wreck, for eighty +pounds of tortoise-shell, payable at Corn Island, which lies in the +wide ocean, forty miles from the main land. I soon received a message, +saying the shell was ready for delivery, but I must come and receive it. +Having been advised of the danger of leaving it there, and that delays +were dangerous in dealing with those I had bargained with, and fearing I +should lose my debt if I neglected it, I determined upon making the trip +in my canoe, the only conveyance I had for getting there. The easterly +trade-winds constantly prevail here, except the westerly land breezes, +which blow during the night, and extend out a few miles from the shore. +My canoe was fitted in Indian style, having a number of small holes +bored in her sides near the top, and small cords attached to them, to +which we tied our dinner-pot, gun, or any other articles we wished to +carry with us, which I found a safe plan for preserving the necessaries +we carry on board. If the canoe happens to turn over, such accidents +having frequently happened to me, the whole crew swim along side, turn +her up, and by rolling her quickly soon discharge most of the water. +This being done, one man gets into the canoe and bails out the remainder +with his hat or paddle, while the goods remain hanging by the ropes. +After this is accomplished all hands get on board and go on. + +I hired three Indians, took some provisions, a jug of rum and a +dinner-pot on board, and proceeded on the voyage. After losing the land +winds we had to paddle our canoe directly against the wind and a rough +sea. We paddled about fifteen miles, when we landed on a small desolate +island or sand bank, having no vegetation on it except half-a-dozen +small trees about the size of a man's leg. It being nearly dark, we +hauled our canoe up the beach, cooked and ate some fish, and then laid +ourselves down on the ground to sleep. Soon after, it commenced raining, +when the Indians got up and stripped themselves naked, turned the canoe +bottom upwards and put their clothes under it. I followed their example, +and we all sat down naked on the ground, leaning against some small +trees, and remained in that situation until about daylight, the rain +pouring down in torrents during the night. As the sun arose the weather +became pleasant, and we proceeded on our voyage, arriving at Corn Island +that evening, after a hard days' paddle. + +Great Corn Island lies in latitude 12° 10' N., longitude 82° 11' W. and +is about six miles in circumference. The soil is fertile, producing good +cotton, abundance of provisions, and all kinds of tropical fruits; +breeds good horses, cattle, hogs, poultry, &c. and has abundance of +fish. The Island contains about twenty-five dwelling houses, and from +one to two hundred slaves. Little Corn Island lays about ten miles north +of the Great one, is uninhabited, but produces an abundance of +cocoa-nuts. + +I remained at Corn Island two days, where I was treated with the +greatest hospitality, being furnished with plenty of provisions, fruits, +&c. and having collected my shell, I embarked early in the morning, +with a fair wind, for Pearl Key Lagoon. The wind soon died away and left +us with a dead calm, and we were obliged to paddle under a burning sun +during the day, which blistered my cheeks and ancles, not having any +stockings on my feet. We arrived at our home about eleven o'clock that +night. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +Visit to Bluefields. + + +Bluefields lies about twenty-five miles south of Pearl Key Lagoon on the +main land, and has a good harbor for small vessels, the water on the bar +at the mouth being about nine feet deep. + +The English government took possession of it many years ago, but +afterwards exchanged their possessions here with the Spanish government +for the Bay of Honduras. Colonel Hudson, an English planter from the +Island of Jamaica, settled here with a number of negro slaves. By the +exchange of the country, he found it difficult to remove his slaves, who +had intermarried with the Indians, and he was obliged to sell them their +freedom and take their security for the payment of the debt, which was +to be paid in yearly instalments. From what I could learn from these +negroes, he never realized much from them. The inhabitants of +Bluefields are mostly called Samboes, being a mixture of negro, Indian, +and white blood. + +After remaining a few months at the Lagoon, and receiving many +invitations, I concluded to make a visit to Bluefields, form some new +acquaintance, and call on my _countrywoman_, Mrs. Peggy, who claimed to +be a relation of mine because her father was said to be an American, and +ascertain what progress she made in disposing of the goods I had sent to +her to sell on commission. + +I fitted up my canoe, hired three Indians, put our dinner-pot, gun, +fishing spears and some provisions on board, and launched out into the +broad ocean again. After we had proceeded about fifteen miles the wind +increased, which caused the sea to run so high that we were obliged to +run our canoe on shore, and hauling her up we built a fire, a precaution +necessary in travelling in this country to avoid being attacked by wild +beasts, and after cooking a scanty meal took lodging on the ground. We +were much annoyed during the night by musquittoes and small gnats, or +sand-flies, which allowed us but little sleep. The next morning, the +wind having moderated, we got under weigh and proceeded to Bluefields, +where we arrived about sunset. + +Here we learned that a negro man had lately been employed in cutting up +a large green turtle on the shore near that place, and while stooping +down to accomplish his undertaking, a tiger sallied out of a thicket of +bushes, sprang upon his back and struck one of his claws into the back +of his neck, inflicting a mortal wound which caused his death the third +day after. + +I was joyfully received by Mrs. Peggy, my countrywoman, and all her +family: also received invitations to visit most of the families of the +town. A good supper was provided for me, and I was treated with the best +food and fruits that the country afforded. The usual lodgings in this +country is hammocks, suspended across the house, in which a person +accustomed to them can sleep very comfortably. Mrs. Peggy wishing to +treat me with extraordinary kindness, I being a kinsman of hers, +furnished me with what she called a crawl, fitted up in a spare bedroom, +for my lodging. + +A crawl is made by cutting four small crotched sticks of wood, three or +four feet in length, which are driven into the ground, (the house having +no floor,) and two sticks some three feet in length, placed across the +ends, then a number of round sticks, much resembling hoop-poles roughly +trimmed with the bark on them, are laid closely together, resting on the +cross-poles and covered over with a piece of Indian cloth, which forms +the sacking of the bedstead. I retired to my lodging at an early hour, +as I had not enjoyed much sleep the preceding night, and laying myself +down on the crawl thought to take some repose, but I soon found the +knots in the poles were harder than my flesh. "So coy a dame was sleep +to me, with all the weary courtship of my care-tried thoughts, I could +not win her to my bed," and I was glad to _crawl_ off the crawl and take +up my lodgings on the ground under it. + +The next day Mrs. Peggy wishing to treat me with the best food the +country afforded, procured a large fat monkey, had it neatly dressed, +and roasted in good style for dinner. As it was roasting before the fire +it looked so much like a human being that I felt my appetite crawl off, +and told my good countrywoman that I had made an engagement to meet an +Indian at a village about two miles from that place, at 12 o'clock, to +purchase a quantity of shell, and wished to be punctual in my promise. +This excuse for absence obtained her reluctant consent to let me go, and +I lost my dinner. I left Bluefields the next day and returned to Pearl +Key Lagoon. + +I must here relate a humorous conversation I heard at Bluefields between +two of the most respectable young ladies of that place, named Mary and +Mauger. A vessel having arrived there from Curracoa, the captain and two +others came on shore, and setting down along side of these young ladies, +commenced a vulgar conversation with Mauger. Mary having more modesty +than her companion, immediately called Mauger away from them, and said, +"Mauger, you fool gal, why you talk them Curracoa Buckras, mind by and +by, mouth fly off." + +The father of the present Musquitto king must have been fond of women, +as he had no less than fourteen wives. He was a great tyrant, and was +murdered by his subjects for his tyranny over them. The English +government ordered his two eldest sons to be carried to Jamaica and put +under the care of the Duke of Manchester, then governor of that island, +where they remained about six years and obtained a fair English +education. The present king, who calls his name George Frederick, was +furnished with a large outfit from the duke, consisting of a suit of +clothes worth eighteen hundred dollars, repairs of his father's crown +fifteen hundred dollars, and four thousand dollars' worth of goods and +presents to distribute among his subjects. A sloop of war was fitted out +to carry him to the Bay of Honduras, where he was crowned, and from +thence conveyed to his own dominions. + +Soon after my return from Bluefields I was visited by the new king, it +being his first visit to the Lagoon. After my introduction I told him +the English traders on the coast were determined to prevent my opening a +trade with his subjects, and solicited his protection. He readily agreed +to give me a permit, which he himself signed, and is as follows: + + "Pearl Key Lagoon, _July 20th, 1815_. + + "Permission is hereby given to Captain Jacob Dunham, a citizen + of the United States of America, to touch and trade in all + parts of my dominions in any vessel from North America. + + "GEORGE FREDERICK, + King of the Musquitto Nation." + +I made the king a few presents, and the inhabitants gave us a ball, +where we amused ourselves by dancing on a ground floor. The king left us +a few days after. + +I soon became familiar with the Indians, by joining in their amusements +and obtaining a knowledge of their laws, customs, &c. I received an +invitation to go to what they call "a drink-about of pine-liquor." I +quickly dressed myself in Indian fashion, having my face ornamented with +red paint, forming curls and other figures, and my hat ornamented with +beautiful plumage plucked from the birds of the forest. I proceeded +about two miles in company with most of the inhabitants of our place to +the village of Bigman's Bank, where we were joined by the principal +inhabitants of the neighboring villages within five or six miles of that +place, who had previously brought their pine-apples, pealed them, grated +them up fine and squeezed out the juice into a sixty gallon cask, which +was full, and had been in a state of fermentation for some days past, +but had now become pure, and contained spirit sufficient to intoxicate +all those who drank much of it. Before the drinking commenced the men +gave up their knives and other weapons to the squaws. The men remained +there two or three days, but I returned home the first evening, fully +satisfied. I continued my trade with the Indians, bartering my goods for +tortoise-shell, cow-hides, deer-skins, tiger-skins, gum copal, India +rubber, &c. + +Having much leisure time, I devoted a great part of it to learning +their language, customs, laws, manner of taking turtle, fish, birds and +different animals; mode of agriculture; births, marriages and burials, +of which I shall endeavor to give the reader some information. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +Mode of Taking Turtle. + + +There are three kinds of turtle inhabiting these seas: the first and +most valuable are the hawk-bill, they are caught for the beauty of their +shell, which contains thirteen pieces, covering the thick callipach of +the turtle, which is from two to four feet long. The outer shell is +taken from the carcase by setting it up before a warm fire, when it +peels off. The second is called loggerhead turtle, having a shell much +resembling the hawk-bill, but not worth anything for manufacturing. The +third is the green turtle, whose flesh is very delicious, and so well +known that I consider any description unnecessary. The Indians take them +by what they call striking, having a pole about the size of a fishing +rod, with a small spear, two or three inches long, well barbed at the +point, to which one end of a small cord, about sixty feet long, is made +fast and wound round a piece of cork-wood, resembling a weavers spool. +He then stands up in his canoe, and by taking aim hits his mark and +secures his prey. + +Another mode of taking turtle is by making set nets, about thirty feet +square, from large twine, they then carve imitation turtle out of soft, +light wood, which are smoked over the fire to give them a turtle color, +and then attached to the upper side of the net, where they float on the +surface of the water as buoys, while the bottom is anchored with stones. +The turtle resort to the nets to play with the wooden decoys, and during +their sport generally get one of their flippers entangled, and by +struggling to extricate themselves get into the net and are easily +taken. + +The next operation of catching them is performed by three or four +Indians going to the resort of the turtles, where they build a temporary +hut to live in, each takes possession of his ground, say one quarter or +half a mile; on which he walks backwards and forwards like a sentry on +guard during the night, watching the movements of his game; and when the +turtles crawl up the beach to deposit their eggs, during the laying +season, he turns them over on their backs, where they remain until he +wants to take possession. When ready, he removes them at pleasure. + +The turtle generally crawls up about ten rods from the sea-shore on the +soft beach-sand, making a large track with its flippers, and digging a +hole in the sand about two feet deep, lays forty eggs, and returns to +the sea again the same night. About fifteen nights after, the identical +turtle returns to the same nest and lays forty more eggs, then retreats +into the sea again and returns there no more during that season. + +The manatee, or sea-cow, is from ten to fourteen feet long, and has a +head much resembling our common cow without horns. They often get asleep +on the surface of the water, when the Indians very carefully paddle +their canoes to them, and by throwing their small spears into them, +capture them in the same manner they do the turtle. The beef when cut up +is twelve or fourteen inches thick, having a strip of fat and lean +intermixed about every inch, being the handsomest beef I ever beheld or +tasted, and having no kind of fish taste or smell. + +The coast here abounds with a variety of good fish; the larger ones are +mostly taken by spearing. + +The Indians have often brought me beef of the mountain-cow, which I +found of a very good flavor. I never saw but one young one of that +species, and cannot give a very good description of them. The young one +I saw, much resembled a young fawn. They are killed by shooting. + +Parrots, when cooked, taste much like our wild pigeons, and are taken in +abundance by shooting. A few tame ones are kept about the houses, which +fly into the shade-trees near the premises, and serve as stool-pigeons +to call down the wild flocks that are daily passing over the villages. + +The armadilla also inhabits this country, and is considered very +palatable food. The guana, resembles the common lizard in shape and +color, and is from two to four feet in length, in this country its flesh +is considered delicious meat. + +The cattle are much larger than those of the United States. They seldom +milk the cows, which run in herds, and are not domesticated. Each +inhabitant marks his calves when young; and when he wants to kill a beef +he shoots one of his own mark. They domesticate but few horses, having +scarcely any roads, the country being cut up with lakes, rivers, and +creeks, without bridges. The principal travel is performed in canoes. +The horses are well formed, but a kind of tick eats the gristle out of +their ears, which causes them to fall down on their head, giving them +the appearance of lopped eared hogs. + +They have abundance of hogs and poultry, which are cheaply fed on +cocoa-nuts that grow wild along the sea-coast, and are gathered in large +quantities. The first work of the morning, performed by the Indian +women, is breaking cocoa-nuts for the hogs, and cracking some for the +dogs, then cutting up fine for the poultry. They grate up a large +quantity with tin graters, put it in pots and extract the oil, which +makes good lard for frying fish; and when it turns rancid becomes very +fair lamp oil. Forty cocoa-nuts will produce one gallon of it. + +The forests abound with wild hogs of two different species, called Warry +and Pecara, having a small tit or navel on their backs. When they are +shot the Indians immediately cut out the tit to prevent its scenting the +meat. I have ate the flesh of it often, and found it equal to other meat +of the pork kind. + +Plantain is the principal bread food of the country, and easily +cultivated. It also produces yams, cassauder, sweet potatoes or eddies, +and many other vegetables; but the natives are too indolent to cultivate +them. I lived seven months among them without tasting a mouthful of +bread, or even craving it. + +I will now give a small extract of Musquitto laws, viz: If a man commits +adultery with his neighbor's wife, and it comes to the knowledge of her +husband, he takes his gun and goes to the forest where he finds a herd +of cattle belonging to the neighborhood; he shoots a good fat bullock +and calls on the neighbors to assist him to dress it and convey it home, +where he makes a great feast, inviting the man who committed the +offence, and all the neighbors to partake with him, when the offender, +who is bound by law, pays for the bullock and all is amicably settled. + +If a man prevails on another man's wife to leave her husband and live +with him, the law compels him to pay a fine of four backs of +tortoise-shell, worth six dollars each, amounting to twenty-four +dollars, and a receipt in full is verbally acknowledged, without any +hard feelings between the parties. + +I once witnessed a settlement between two men in a cause of this kind, +both parties appeared well satisfied, and parted on the most friendly +terms. + +They have a singular law for the collection of debts. If I trust an +Indian goods, he belonging to another town or settlement, and he +neglects to pay me, and I find another Indian belonging to the same +town, having tortoise-shell or other produce in his canoe, I can take it +away from him for the debt, and he must look to the man who was indebted +to me, for remuneration. + +Marriage contracts are made by parents while the children are infants. +Two families living in one neighborhood, one of them having a son and +the other a daughter, enter into a contract that they shall be +considered man and wife. When they are of a proper age to be joined +together, all the inhabitants of the place assemble together, build them +a house, help them to a hammock to sleep in, and a dinner-pot for +cooking, and they commence as house keepers. After living together for +some years as man and wife, the husband receives a present of a female +child from _its_ parents, which he carries home, and calls it his _young +wife_, the first wife taking the same care of it she would of her own +children until it becomes of proper age, when the husband builds a new +house for the first wife to live in, and takes the young wife for a +house-keeper. I have often been invited into Indian houses and +introduced to the family in this manner: "This is my old wife," pointing +to an elderly woman, and "This is my young wife," pointing to a girl +from six to ten years old. The old wife would smooth her hair and +appear to feel a great deal of pride in being presented to me. + +On the day a woman is delivered of a child she goes to the sea-side, +wades into the water knee depth, washes herself and infant, and the next +day slings the child on her back, gets into a canoe and paddles two or +three miles to visit her friends. + +I here take my leave of Musquitto laws and customs for the present. + +As the plan of cutting a canal from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean, +by the way of the River St. Johns, which leads from the Atlantic into +the Lakes Nicaragua and Leon, has so much engaged the attention of the +public latterly, my thoughts have been carried back to a conversation I +had with an old Musquitto Indian about thirty-five years since. + +He said, "The Indians frequently paddled their canoes up the St. John's +River, through Nicaragua Lake into Lake Leon, where they found a small +river, and proceeded to the head of it, which brought them so near the +head of another river which led into the Pacific, that they hauled their +canoes over by land from the head of one river to the other, and then +passed through into the Pacific Ocean." + + + + +CHAPTER X. + + +The bite of many of the snakes of this country is so poisonous as to +cause death in a few hours. During my residence at the Lagoon I was +visited by an Indian admiral, named Drummer, who resided at Sandy Bay, +some forty miles north of the Lagoon; he related the following story, +which happened a few weeks before. "He sent an Indian slave to his +plantain walk, distant two or three miles, to cut some bread-stuffs; not +returning that night, he the next morning sent his son-in-law to look +after the slave. He not returning, the following morning a number of the +inhabitants proceeded to the plantain walk, where they found the dead +bodies of the two men, and the snake which had caused their death lying +near them." + +Some hurricanes occasionally visit this coast, which destroy their crops +of bread-stuffs, and cause temporary famine in certain districts. + +While cruising along the coast some months after the occurrence of one +of these tornadoes, I landed within a few miles of the residence of +Admiral Hammer, in company with a man named Benjamin Downs, who was well +acquainted with the admiral. We proceeded to his house and asked for +something to eat, when he told us his bread-stuffs had all been +destroyed by a gale of wind, and addressed Downs as follows: "Ben Downs, +don't you think the Almighty little bit too bad this time?" "Why, and +what do you mean?" asked Downs. The admiral replied, "He send too much +strong breeze and broke all the plantain walk." + +The country is infested with numerous insects, &c. such as mosquittoes, +sand-flies, fire-ants, chigoes, centipedes, scorpions, cock-roaches, and +an immense number of alligators. The ground in many places is overrun +with large ants, called the travelling army, which destroy whole fields +of vegetation. It is also infested by insects called dog-fleas, which +are a great annoyance at night; and the sea-coast abounds with sharks of +a very large size. + +To give the reader a short description of the country and inhabitants I +shall quote from a late writer. "The Musquittoes are a small nation of +Indians, never conquered by the Spaniards, the country being so situated +as to render any attempts against them impracticable; for they are +surrounded on all sides by land, by morasses or impassable mountains, +and by sea with shoals and rocks; besides, they have such an implacable +hatred to the Spaniards, for inhumanity and cruelty in destroying many +millions of their neighbors, that they would never have any +correspondence with them; for whenever they sent any missionaries or +other agents amongst them, they _hid them_, that is, put them to death. +The king has little more than the title, unless the nation is at war; +having no revenues, and few prerogatives; being obliged in time of peace +to fish and fowl for the support of himself and family. He hath indeed +some distinction shown him, and now and then presents made him by the +governor of Jamaica, and the English traders, who frequently touch and +trade there." + +I occupied my time in selling goods and purchasing shell, skins, gums, +&c. and during my leisure hours partook of the sports of the Indians, +that I might pass away the time as agreeably as my situation would admit +of, not knowing how I could get away from the country, as the English +traders [the only people who visited the Musquittoes] had agreed never +to carry me to Jamaica, or take any letters that would assist me to get +to my family, fearing I should become a rival in the trade, and be the +means of introducing others into it. + +About the first of November a Captain Humphreys, one of the Jamaica +traders, arrived in the harbor, and came on shore and took supper with +me. The Indian ladies got up a ball on the occasion. After dancing was +over, Captain H. and myself took a walk together. During which he said +to me, "Dunham, your case is a hard one, the old English traders on this +coast, myself among them, have agreed never to carry you to Jamaica, or +to assist you to get away from here, or take any letters from you to +Jamaica or elsewhere, notwithstanding we consider you a very clever +fellow; but if we assist you to get home, you will lead down twenty +Yankee traders and destroy our business with the Indians." Captain H. +appeared to possess the feelings that one seaman should have for +another, and continued, "Dunham, if you can get ready to go with me in +two days I will carry you to Jamaica; but I will not carry your shell, +or any other articles you have bought of the Indians." I expressed my +sincere thanks for his kind offer, but told him I did not wish to be +taken there for nothing; that I had money, and was willing to give him +one hundred dollars for my passage. I informed him that I had kept one +half barrel of pork and a case of gin hid away for some months, +intending to purchase a large canoe with them to carry me to the Bay of +Honduras, if no other conveyance offered. He refused to accept any +compensation whatever for my passage. + +The next day I packed up my shell, amounting to five hundred and +seventy-two pounds, and the remnants of my goods, and sent them thirty +miles up the river Waa-waa-han to be left with my worthy old French +friend, Mr. Ellis. I then called on my landlord for his bill for the +rent of my store, and board for two or three months. He laughed at my +being so simple as to suppose he would charge anything for it, and +peremptorily refused; but as he was indebted to me for goods, I deducted +forty dollars from his account, which he reluctantly accepted. The +vessel being now ready for sea, the inhabitants of the village all +escorted me to the beach, bringing me many presents of fruits, and +shaking me by the hand, with downcast eyes bade me a hearty farewell. + +Captain H. had to proceed to the coast of St. Blas to settle with his +traders, having left goods with three or four Indians, at different +settlements, to sell for him. This circuitous route made the distance to +Jamaica five or six hundred miles further, stopping at a number of +places on the Musquitto Shore, viz: St. John's River, Boco Toro and +Crekimala, where we took on board a quantity of sarsaparilla and sundry +other articles, and then proceeded to St. Blas. On our arrival there we +were visited by a large number of Indians in canoes, who commenced +trading with us. One of them acting as clerk took charge of the goods +and dealt them out to the others by fathoming them off with his arms, +this being their custom of measuring cloth. The goods being mostly +staple articles, the prices there seldom varied. Shell had a fixed price +of one dollar per pound. The captain paid little attention to the trade. +A small pump was left in a hogshead of rum, from which the clerk filled +the bottle and passed it round as often as it was called for, and every +few hours he would call the captain and give him a handful of money, +saying, "Here is so much," which he would put in his pocket, neither of +them counting it, nor would the captain ask anything about the trade. +Often the captain and myself took a canoe and went off fishing, leaving +fifty or sixty Indians on board dealing with the clerk, who had the sole +control of the trade. When we had finished trading at one place the +Indians piloted us to another harbor on the coast, where we proceeded in +the same manner. We sailed along the coast more than one hundred miles, +touching and trading at the different towns. Two of the natives took +passage with us for Jamaica, where we arrived about the first of +December. Here I tasted bread for the first time in eight months, having +lived on Indian bread-stuffs during that time, and seldom thinking of +any other, being well satisfied with that food. On our arrival at +Montego Bay the captain took me home to his house, and treated me very +politely. + +Soon after my arrival in Jamaica I found a brig bound to Baltimore, and +took passage in her; I arrived there after a voyage of twenty-five days, +and sailed for New-York, where I had an interview with my owners, and +obtained a furlough from them for a few days, that I might visit my +family; after which I returned to New-York and proceeded back to the +Musquitto Shore. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +Sloop Governor Tompkins. + + +In February, 1817, I took charge of the Sloop Governor Tompkins, of +thirty-four tons, belonging to the same owners that the Biddle did; +being promoted two tons in the size of the vessel. I took on board an +assorted cargo, bound for Old Providence, Corn Island, and Musquitto +Shore. I took with me a young man named Samuel B. Warner, to serve as +clerk of our store at Pearl Key Lagoon, where I intended to resume the +trade I had left. My crew consisted of a mate, two seamen, and a cook. +In the Gulf-stream we encountered a violent gale of wind, shipped a +heavy sea, which swept our deck and washed the cook overboard, and I +never saw him again. I made a passage of seventeen days to Old +Providence, where I met with a heavy sale of goods; from thence I went +to Corn Island, and to Pearl Key Lagoon. There I hired part of an Indian +house, landed some goods, and Mr. Warner opened a store. From thence I +sailed for Cape Gracios a Dios, and visited the king, who entertained me +with a ball and other amusements. I then proceeded back to the Lagoon, +touching and trading at Sandy Bay, where I was visited by a large number +of Indians, who brought on board tortoise-shell, tiger-skins, +deer-skins, India rubber, gum copal, &c. which I bought in exchange for +goods. The chiefs and their subjects got very drunk on the occasion, and +as it was difficult to suppress the quarrels that arose among them, I +was obliged to get my vessel under weigh to rid myself of them. I +returned to the Lagoon, where Mr. Warner had opened a very good trade +with the Indians, and appeared well pleased with the country. + +I hired three Indians to man my canoe, and took a trip up the river +Waa-waa-han, to visit my old friend Mr. Ellis, with whom I had left the +tortoise-shell and other articles previous to my embarking with Captain +Humphreys for Jamaica. On my passage up the river I called on Mr. Gough, +an Englishman, whom I have spoken of in a former chapter; I remained but +a few hours with him, having but little leisure to view his plantation, +which had the appearance of a good soil, but lacked cultivation. When I +arrived at the house of Mr. Ellis I was received with a hearty welcome, +and treated with the best the country afforded. After taking some +refreshments we took a walk over his grounds, which were well +cultivated, having a beautiful orange walk, with two rows of trees set +out in straight lines for nearly half a mile, forming a most +delightfully shaded road. I purchased two or three tons of coffee from +him, which he had raised on his place, and kept on hand for want of +purchasers, the Jamaica traders always refusing to buy it. He told me +he had plenty of cattle on his premises, which could be made very useful +in clearing the ground, by breaking them in to work with ploughs. I told +him to make out a memorandum, and I would bring him out ploughs, chains, +ox-yokes and such other articles as he wanted. He gave me a list of what +he needed, which I furnished him on the next voyage, when he broke in +his cattle, cleared up new lands, and used his ploughs with very good +success for many years afterwards. Mr. Ellis agreed to send my shell, +goods, and coffee, down to the Lagoon in canoes, which promise he +punctually performed. I remained with him during that night. In the +morning, soon after I arose, I heard the bellowing of a cow near the +house, and running out of the door a laughable scene attracted my +attention. Mr. Ellis had domesticated a large ring-tailed monkey, and +raised a long pole near the house, on the top of which was put a box for +the monkey to sleep in; having fixed a small chain around his neck, with +the end fast to the pole, jocko was furnished sufficient length of chain +to go up and down at his pleasure. Mr. Ellis kept two or three docile +milch cows about his premises, and one of them having ventured near the +monkey's pole, he ran down and seized the end of her tail, taking a +couple of turns round the pole and holding fast to the end of her +switcher; the poor cow struggled and bellowed to get her liberty, but +jocko held on until his master appeared with a cane, when he reluctantly +gave up his sport. + +[Illustration: Jocko amusing himself with a Cow.] + +I took leave of my old friend and proceeded down the river. The weather +being clear and warm, the woods and banks swarmed with macaws, parrots, +bill-birds, and others of variegated plumage. An immense number of +monkeys, chattering and jumping from one tree to another with great +rapidity, formed a most pleasing and lively scene; added to which was +the fragrance of countless flowers. + +I arrived at the Lagoon that evening. The next day I took my coffee, +shell, &c. on board, arranged my business with Warner, took leave of my +Indian friends, and sailed for home. + +Nothing very material happened on the way except contrary winds, which +prolonged our passage. We arrived in New-York after an absence of one +hundred and one days from the time we left that city, having made a +profitable little voyage, which always procures a captain a good +reception from all concerned in it. I then returned to Catskill, where I +found my family and friends all well. Finding the Tompkins too small and +uncomfortable, I requested the owners to purchase a larger craft. After +remaining six days with my family, I received a letter from them, saying +they had exchanged the Tompkins for a more commodious vessel, and +requesting me to come to New-York as soon as circumstances would permit. +Two days after the receipt of the letter I arrived there. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +Schooner Price.--First Voyage. + + +About the last of May, 1817, my former owners of the Biddle and Tompkins +purchased the Schooner Price, built at Baltimore, sixty-eight tons +burden. On my last two voyages I found all the harbors along the Spanish +Main so destructive to a wood-bottomed vessel, that in a few months it +would be entirely destroyed. The fresh water emptying into the sea at +these places make the water brackish, which increases the quantity of +worms. The Price being iron fastened, obliged us to cover her bottom +with zinc instead of copper, which was accomplished in a few days. We +then put an assorted cargo on board suited to that market. + +On the second day of June I sailed from New-York, bound to Old +Providence, St. Andrews, Corn Island, and Musquitto Shore. Nothing +worthy of notice took place on the passage. We arrived at Old Providence +in seventeen days, where I commenced a brisk trade. The inhabitants +urgently requested me to give them a ball. I had on board a drummer and +a cook who played the flute; they had a fiddler and triangle player on +shore. I complied with their request, they agreeing to make all the +necessary arrangements, as my time was occupied in selling goods, (such +as calicoes, jackonets, muslins, shoes, ribbons, jewelry, cologne water, +pomatum, beads, liquors, &c.) having an invoice of one hundred and sixty +different articles to be sold at retail. During the day the managers of +the ball came on board, and I furnished them with coffee, sugar, +crackers, cheese, &c. Soon after sunset I went on shore, where I found a +motley group of English, Spanish, and Curracoa natives of all colors. I +was introduced to a young white lady as a partner, who had been educated +in Jamaica, and understood the rules of country dances. According to the +custom of the place, the person giving a ball is expected to lead the +figure during the whole night. I conformed to the fashion of course. On +examining the room, I soon found it had no floor, but being an old +sailor, thought I could beat my way, which I accomplished in as gallant +a manner as did Lord Nelson when he fought through the combined fleet. + +I had a trunk full of sheep skin morocco ladies' shoes on board, which +cost at auction thirty-one cents per pair, I sold most of them here at +two dollars per pair; many of them were danced out in one night. I sold +many other articles at about the same per centage. + +By the custom of the Island, every person invited to a ball must give +one in return. One of the ladies who attended my ball gave one two +nights after. Her outlay for goods bought from me was over sixty +dollars. + +Two or three days after the second ball I sailed for St. Andrews, where +we arrived the same evening. Immediately on our anchoring a large number +of the inhabitants of the Island came on board, ours being the first +American vessel they had seen there in fourteen years. I commenced a +heavy trade with them. This Island contains three times the population +of Old Providence. As these Islanders had heard that I gave a ball at +Providence, it would not do to refuse them one. It being agreed upon, I +told them to appoint their own managers, and then send on board and get +such articles as they required to treat their company with, not wishing +to be annoyed until they were ready; and as I was a stranger, I did not +want to have anything to do with giving the invitations. At the +appointed hour I went on shore, a horse and servant were waiting to +convey me to the ball-room, where I found a polished English lady, who +was to act as my partner, and lead the figure during the night, which I +was compelled to submit to until the ball ended. There was a floor in +the ball-room here, which made our dancing less laborious. We kept it up +briskly until 12 o'clock, and then partook of some refreshments. We then +recommenced dancing, and kept perseveringly at it until sunrise next +morning. But my trouble had just commenced. More than one half of the +free inhabitants were colored, whom I afterward found to be my best +customers, none of whom had been invited to the ball except an old man, +by the name of Bent, the wealthiest man on the Island, owning about +ninety slaves, whom the whites dare not overlook. I satisfied the +colored people that it was no fault of mine that they had not received +an invitation to my ball, at the same time treating them with the +greatest politeness, inviting them on board to partake of refreshments. +They, in order to be revenged on their white neighbors, gave a ball two +or three nights afterward, passing a resolution that no white man except +Captain Dunham should be invited. + +At the appointed time a horse and waiter were sent to convey me to the +dance, which I knew it was my interest to attend. On arriving at the +place I found everything in good order, and was received with the most +facinating flourishes of high life, and introduced to a partner +three-fourths white, dressed in silk. I was called upon again to lead +the figure for the night. At 12 o'clock partook of refreshments, and +retired at four next morning, highly delighted with my prowess in +dancing. + +By this introduction I secured all the trade of the colored population, +and retained it until I left, which was several years after the dance. + +We next sailed for Corn Island, having parted with all the inhabitants, +both white and black, on the most friendly terms. We arrived in two +days, and commenced trade, as usual; we procured hogs, poultry, and +fruits in abundance. Our trade was unexpectedly interrupted by a gale of +wind which parted my largest cable. I lost the anchor, was driven over +a reef of rocks, broke the rudder, and found myself at sea in a gale, +which lasted about three days; after which we rigged a spar to act as a +substitute for a rudder, by which means we regained the harbor. There we +repaired the damage, and sailed for Pearl Key Lagoon, where I found Mr. +Warner in good health and spirits, and my Indian friends overjoyed to +see me. I landed many goods here, that I might get at my assortment and +recruit our store, and sold some articles to the inhabitants. + +We then sailed for Cape Gracios a Dios. On our arrival, the king, who +had built himself a new house, came on board, with some of his admirals +and other great men, whom I treated with liquor until they were all +badly intoxicated. I bartered some goods in exchange for shell, skins, +gums, &c. and proceeded down along the coast to Bluefields, touching and +trading at the different harbors, and then returned to the Lagoon, where +I landed the remainder of my goods at our store, and then sailed for +New-York. Nothing material happening on the passage, I shall omit a +description of it. On arriving in the city I was well received by my +owners and friends, having made a prosperous voyage. After discharging +my cargo, I visited my family in Catskill, where I spent ten days, and +then returned to New-York to prepare for another voyage. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +Schooner Price.--Second Voyage. + + +Finding our trade increasing, my owners and myself thought it would be +much advanced by sending out a small vessel to be stationed on the +coast, and employed in running along the shore selling goods, and +collecting return cargoes for the Price, viz: tortoise-shell, hides, +skins, gums, sarsaparilla, &c. The owners of the Price then purchased a +small sloop, called the Traverse, of near nineteen tons burden, having a +mast fifty feet long. We sheathed her bottom with zinc, and rigged her +for sea. My old mate, Captain N. Soper, volunteered to take command of +her; a man from Troy, named Thomas Teft, shipped as mate, and a man from +Staten Island as seaman. I had an Indian boy who was bound to me as an +apprentice, who volunteered as cook. The Price was armed with a +six-pound cannon, well mounted, and the Traverse with a swivel. We soon +got our cargoes on board, and insured both vessels. The intention was to +keep company as long as the weather would permit. Both were placed under +my control. The weather being very cold, and our little vessels deeply +loaded, a heavy sea in the harbor had coated them with ice. + +On the nineteenth day of February, 1818, we got under weigh, the +wharves being lined with spectators to see a vessel of eighteen tons +commencing a voyage of over two thousand miles. They gave us three +hearty cheers, which we answered by discharging our cannon. A fair wind +carried us to sea, where we kept company for three days, when a violent +gale separated us. I cruised the whole of next day in search of the +Traverse, without finding her. Thinking it useless, I resumed my course +and proceeded to the Island of Old Providence, where we arrived after a +passage of seventeen days, and opened my trade as usual. The Traverse +arrived four days after, having sprung her mast near the deck. + +The next day we hauled the Traverse along side of the Price, raised her +masts with the schooner's purchases, sawed off the broken part, about +five feet, took her sails on shore and shortened them to fit the mast, +put them in good order for sea, exchanged part of her goods and gave her +a suitable cargo to retail along the coast. Two or three days after I +gave the captain orders to proceed to the Main and stop to trade at +sundry ports, named in his instructions, and from thence proceed to St. +Blas, where he would meet me in the Price. I took Henry T. Smith with me +to Lagoon, to act as clerk in our store, in place of Mr. Warner, who +wished to return to New-York. I remained here two or three days, and +then sailed for the Lagoon. On my arrival Mr. Warner was in good health, +and much pleased to find himself released by Mr. Smith's taking his +place as clerk in the store. We landed the most of our heavy goods, +made every necessary arrangement for business, and giving the proper +directions, I proceeded to Bluefields, sold a few goods, cancelled some +old debts, and procured a pilot for the coast of St. Blas, for which we +soon after sailed. + +I obtained information at Corn Island, at the Lagoon, and at Bluefields, +of the English traders having heard that I intended to extend my trade +to that coast. They had employed an agent whom they had supplied with +the necessary articles of trade, and told the inhabitants that if they +traded with that Yankee captain they would withdraw from them; and also +told them that the Yankee captain might sell them some articles a little +cheaper at first, but that he was a worthless fellow, and could not +continue the trade long, when they would be left destitute, as no +Englishman would supply them. The English traders urged the Indians to +put myself and crew to death, and burn our vessel. My friends who gave +me the information, strongly remonstrated against my going to St. Blas, +saying that my life would be sacrificed in so doing. In a conversation +afterwards with one of the English traders, I spoke of the cold-blooded +murder they wished the St. Blas Indians to be guilty off, which he +denied, but admitted that they told the Indians to destroy our goods. + +However the minds of the Indians might have been operated upon at the +time of hearing their murderous proposals, they made no attempt to harm +me. + +[Illustration: Captain Dunham landing at St. Blas.] + +On our arrival on the coast of St. Blas, not knowing the channel, we +came to anchor near an island, where we discovered a number of canoes, +and thirty or forty Indians on the shore. Being short of water, I +concluded to take a small water-keg into my canoe and land among the +Indians for the purpose of procuring some, and also to get a pilot, if +possible, to take the vessel into the harbor. Before leaving the vessel +I told the mate that the Indians had such an inveterate hatred against +the Spaniards, that if any of their vessels were cast away on this coast +they would massacre every person on board; that I thought they had never +seen the American flag, and bade him keep a good look-out with the +spy-glass, and not hoist our colors until he saw me safe among the +Indians, fearing they might suppose it to be Spanish, or some enemy's +flag. My mulatto pilot and sailor, and myself, then proceeded toward the +island where we had seen the Indians. When within about one hundred rods +of the shore there were about thirty bows and arrows pointed towards us. +On looking back to the vessel I saw the colors hoisted and streaming +with the wind. It being too late to retreat, and perceiving that the +water was only about two feet deep, I jumped overboard, and told my men +to follow; having no other clothes on save our shirts and pantaloons, +the water was not particularly annoying. I took my hat in my hand and +extended my arms full length, showing thereby that there were no weapons +about me. As I approached the shore they all laid down their bows and +arrows and met us with a hearty welcome. The Indian arrows are made of +strong reed, four or five feet long, pointed with nails or spikes about +fourteen or fifteen inches in length, which they sharpen with files or +cold chissels. With these they kill wild beasts, fowls and fish. When +shot into the water the reed is so buoyant that the light end swims +about one foot above the surface. + +Previous to my departure from the Price, my Mate took a scissors, a +knife, and some other articles out of the goods belonging to the cargo, +and left them lying carelessly about the vessel. I requested him to put +them back into the packages, together with any articles he might use; +but he told me very abruptly that _he_ purchased them in New-York. Some +angry words passed between us. As he was an intemperate, bad +dispositioned man, I had reason to suppose that he hoisted the colors +for the purpose of revenging himself on me; thinking, doubtless, that +the Indians would murder me, though he excused himself by saying he +thought I had landed before he hoisted them. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + + +St. Blas has no king, but is a kind of Patriarchal government, being +ruled by the old men and the sookerman of the Island, whose laws are +obeyed in the strictest manner. The sookerman acts as physician, and +also foretells future events. Theft or adultery is seldom known in that +country. The civilized world talk of liberty, but these savages alone +truly enjoy it. They pay no tithes or taxes, require no locks to protect +themselves from thieves, have neither taverns nor boarding houses, every +traveller being made welcome at whatever house he may happen to stop. +There he will receive such entertainment and fare as is provided for the +family. Their hospitality is the same, whether he remains a day, a +month, or longer. I never heard of but one woman of that tribe who had +issue by a white man. The father of the child was a captain of a Jamaica +trading vessel. When the Indians discovered her situation, she was +separated from the tribe, placed in a house built for her in the woods, +entirely deprived of all kind of intercourse with them; being considered +as an outcast. When the child was three or four years of age it was put +on board of a Jamaica vessel and banished from the country. + +In describing my next voyage I shall narrate many of the customs and +manners of this region. The Indians brought their canoes alongside of +our vessel and piloted us safely into the harbor, called Little Cordee, +where we found good anchorage; we were immediately visited by some +thirty or forty canoes. One of the Indians asked the privilege of +trading for me. I told him he might if he got permission from the old +men and sookermen, as we had not yet their leave so to do. He paddled to +the shore, and returned in a short time with three old men and a +sookerman, from whom we received the license which we desired. + +I gave them plenty to eat and drink; they in return invited me on shore, +where I was well entertained. My Indian trader then commenced the +business for me by fathoming off cloth, many articles of staple goods, +such as shirting, check, powder and shot, &c. all of which had been sold +at one uniform price for many years. The Indians also had always +received one dollar per pound for tortoise-shell. When any goods +differed from such as the English traders had sold them, my Indian agent +would ascertain the price from me and proceed in his usual way in +bartering and selling. It was entirely unnecessary for me to trouble +myself about his bargains. He would come to me with his hands full of +silver change, saying, here captain, is so much money, and without +further remark would again turn to his business of salesman. + +After remaining three or four days, my clerk asked me if he might be my +trader during the season of taking turtle, which lasted four or five +months. His price was ten pounds Jamaica currency, about thirty dollars. +This being pretty reasonable, I answered him in the affirmative, telling +him to select such goods as he wished for his trade, I at the same time +taking an account of them, although I dared not let him know that I had +done so. I furnished him with the means of preserving his goods from the +rain, supplied him with steelyards, and every article necessary for the +trade on that coast. The goods amounted to about six hundred dollars. He +then volunteered to pilot us along the coast free of expense, except his +board and liquor. + +We at length got under weigh, having about twenty canoes in tow, +proceeded a few miles and came too at night under the lee of an island. +In the morning we started again, and arrived at the River Caledonia; +here we obtained permission to trade, the inhabitants giving us a hearty +welcome. After remaining here two or three days we sailed for the River +Mona, opening our trade immediately on our arrival, having obtained such +license from the proper authorities, remained but a few days, and sailed +for the River De Ablo, or River Devil. Here I engaged an Indian named +Billy, who had sailed with Captain Humphrey, an English trader, some two +years before. Billy was much pleased to see me, and immediately +commenced trading in my service, upon the same terms as those on which I +had engaged the former Indian, Campbell; he selected his goods and took +about the same quantity as Campbell had, and was fitted out much in the +same manner, having everything necessary to carry on the trade during +the season. After remaining here three or four days, we sailed back to +the River Cordee, where I had ordered Captain Soper to meet me with his +sloop. + +I remained at Cordee about two weeks, waiting for the appearance of the +vessel. On her arrival we took out all the cargo she had collected along +the coast, and put it on board the Price, and took what was left on +board the Price and put it on board the Traverse, and, according to my +letter of instruction, gave Captain Soper command of the Price, with +directions to proceed to New-York; he took Mr. Warner with him. On +taking charge of the Traverse myself, I retained Mr. Tefts, my Indian +apprentice boy, also an Indian lad who was one of the Musquitto king's +brothers with me, and one of the St. Blas Indians, who acted as seaman. +The schooner soon sailed for New-York, and we for Corn Island, where we +arrived in four days. After touching at Corn Island, we sailed from +thence to Cape Gracios a Dios, where we were visited by the king, who +invited us to his house, which I accepted of. Remaining here some days, +my little sloop was overloaded with Indians, eating and drinking, the +king being constantly intoxicated. He gave me directions not to trust +any Indian on his account without a written order from him. He came on +board one day and asked me for the amount of his account, which was +near one hundred dollars. He examined it silently, then ordered his men +into his canoe and abruptly left the vessel. I felt somewhat surprised +at his leaving in this manner without an explanation. + +In the afternoon some Indians came on board who had been in the habit of +bringing the king's verbal orders for goods, and said the king had sent +them to get a ten gallon keg of rum for him; not wishing to offend him, +I asked the Indians where he, the king, was, they replied, "We must +paddle up the river a little bit, and then ride horse a little bit." +Determined to know if there was any fraud in the verbal order, I started +with the Indians to see the king. + +We paddled up the river about four or five miles, when we landed. A +horse was brought for each man; our leader mounted, taking his ten +gallon keg up before him; each was supplied with a bunch of plantain +leaves for a saddle. The night being dark, and the rain falling in +torrents, we groped our way through thick woods, my horse acting as my +guide. I kept my hand extended before my face to protect my eyes from +the limbs of the trees for some distance, when we arrived at a small +creek; we dismounted and crossed over in a canoe, the Indians swimming +their horses across. Being mounted again we rode about three miles +further through a level prairie land. The foot-path being covered with +water about four inches deep, and the rain falling incessantly. At +length we arrived at the king's house, his majesty not having a dry +thread of clothes about him. On entering I found an Indian by the name +of Thompson, an old acquaintance, acting as door-keeper, who conducted +me into the house and presented me with a hammock; and being very much +fatigued, begged him not to tell the king that I had arrived. He +promised he would not. Soon after I got in my hammock, the king, who lay +in an adjoining room, called for a drink of water, which was brought. +The servant at the same time telling him that the American captain had +arrived (that being the name by which I was known on the Indian coast.) +He immediately arose, told his servants, called quarter-masters, to +bring the women for a dance. To please him I had to put on an Indian +dress, have my face painted, and my head ornamented with feathers. The +king took the lead in the performances, which lasted until morning; he +ordered a bullock to be killed for breakfast, which made a very good +repast, after which I retired, much fatigued, to a hammock, where a +sound sleep soon refreshed me. The king retired to rest, slept until +dark, when, springing up suddenly, he ordered his quarter-masters to +bring the horses. I remonstrated with him, saying, "For pity sake, king, +do not take me through that wilderness this night." Rubbing his eyes, he +declared, "It is not night, but morning." After some time, being +convinced of his mistake, he ordered the quarter-masters to collect the +women again for another dance, which was kept up until 11 o'clock that +night, when I begged permission to retire. + +Next morning the king apologized to me by saying, since he had detained +me so long, I should be remunerated with some tortoise-shell, for "I +know," said he, "you would willingly stop any where, two or three days, +if you could get a few pounds of tortoise-shell." Our horses were soon +brought, rigged as usual, with a bunch of plantain leaves for a saddle, +and a bridle made of bark. The king mounted, one of his queens being +placed behind him on the same horse; the gristle of his horse's ears +being removed, caused them to lap down on his head much like a +long-eared hog. I mounted the other. The mud and water was at least four +inches deep on the road, being the rainy season. We proceeded about a +quarter of a mile, when the king dismounted, and getting up behind me, +called to his waiters to get him a large stick, which he applied to my +poor old horse's flank without mercy; off we went in a smart gallop, the +mud and water flying in every direction. Having proceeded about a mile +we came to a small lane leading from the main road, which we were +travelling, along which were three small houses to be seen. The king +halted, saying to me, "Go up here and I will get you some shell." I rode +with the king to the front of the house, where a young Indian girl, +apparently eighteen years of age, stood near the door. The king +addressing me, asked if I did not think her handsome. My answer, of +course, was in the affirmative. The king then commanded his +quarter-masters to catch her and throw her on behind me. The girl having +an old dress on, ran into the house and returned with a clean one, the +quarter-masters then lifted her on behind me astride the horse. The king +kept in the rear to drive my horse into a canter, the mud and water +flying into our eyes at such a rate that I could hardly keep the road. +When we came to the creek the horses swam across, while the king, the +two women, and myself crossed in a canoe; the king trying to upset us, +which I prevented almost by main force, as the creek swarmed with +alligators. Having passed it, we travelled through woods for two or +three miles, when we embarked in a canoe for the Cape. Gladly did I +return to my vessel. The king, not unmindful of his promise to make me +some remuneration for my detention, sold me some thirty or forty pounds +of shell, which he owed to an English trader. + +[Illustration: Mosquito King and Captain Dunham taking an airing.] + +There was at the time two English trading vessels lying in the harbor. I +had one passenger on board, belonging to Corn Island. One day the +English captains, my passengers, and myself, being overtaken by a rain +storm on shore, took shelter under an old woman's roof, where she was +engaged in frying fish for her dinner. Her house was built like many +houses in that country, simply of a thatched roof, supported by +crotches, having no sides. As we were assembled here, the notion got +into our heads to try the old lady's temper and placing ourselves at +the four corners of her domicile, clapped our shoulders under the +roof and bore it off, leaving the poor old woman frying her fish in the +rain, which soon put out her fire, while we received a volley of curses +for our sport. We, however, returned it to its proper place, breaking +the poor old creature's crockery in so doing, which was all she +possessed. We invited her on board our vessels the next day, telling her +we would make good her loss; nor were we unmindful of our promise when +she made her appearance. We supplied her with plates, cups, saucers, +knives, forks, &c. so that her house was better furnished with these +articles than any in the town. We also threw in a bottle of rum to make +the affair perfectly satisfactory to her. + +After remaining at the Cape a few days, where I purchased some shell, a +considerable quantity of India rubber, gum copal, deer and tiger-skins, +and deer-horns, paying for them in goods, we proceeded to Sandy Bay, +where, after bartering four or five days for such articles as we got at +the Cape, we next sailed for Great River, continuing our bartering for +the same articles, and then started for Corn Island, intending to take +in provision there, it being decidedly the best place for that purpose +in the country. From thence we sailed for the Lagoon, where having +landed such goods as were needed to keep a good assortment in our store, +we proceeded along the coast, touching at Bluefields, Martina, +Buckatora, and some other small ports, and then returned to Corn +Island. Here I met the schooner Price, which had arrived two days +previous, direct from New-York, with a new supply of goods. Captain +Soper informed me that he had lost one man overboard on his passage +home. I found on board the Price a man named Mores, who had some +interest in the cargo. I gave the command of the sloop to Mr. Tefts, and +took charge of the schooner again. I supplied Captain Tefts with a new +assortment of goods, and ordered him to proceed along the Musquitto +coast and procure all the return cargo he could, and from thence to St. +Blas, where he could meet me in the Price. I proceeded with the Price +direct to St. Blas, where I repainted her. Here Mr. Morse was taken sick +and died, and we buried him on an uninhabited island, and then sailed +for the harbor of Cordee, where I found my Indian trader, Campbell, who +came on board and brought the returns for the goods I had left with him +to sell. He brought on board a quantity of shell, a few bags of cocoa, a +purse of money, and the remnants of the goods, and told me he had three +or four canoe loads of fustic, laying on the beach, which he had +purchased for me. He laid the shell, cocoa, return goods, and the purse +of money down on the deck, telling me that was all he had. I asked him +if he had taken out his wages. He said he had, and we considered all +accounts between us settled, without making any figures. We remained +here two or three days, and purchased a few thousand cocoa-nuts, and +then sailed for the River De Ablo, where I met my other trader, Billy, +who came on board with his returns, which being the same as Campbell's, +I settled his account in the same manner, with one exception. I asked +him if he had taken out his wages, he answered, "Not all," when I handed +back the purse of money to him, and he took out fourteen dollars, and +then returned it, saying, "Now we are even," which was as good as a +receipt. + +Campbell was on board acting as pilot, and he and Billy told me they +must go and see my country, which request I readily granted. I purchased +more cocoa-nuts, and took them on board when the Traverse arrived. I put +all the goods I had left of her cargo on board the schooner Price, and +prepared to sail the next morning. That evening we were visited by all +the old men and sookermen in that vicinity, together with forty or fifty +young men; the bottle of rum was passed round among them often during +the night by Campbell or Billy, the old men relating stories and giving +their charge to my traders, who were going to New-York with me. The St. +Blas Indians have a peculiar custom about talking: when an old man is +speaking, all the company are silent, not one lisp is heard from any +other person, except at the end of every sentence, when each listener +says, "Ah!" When one old man has ended his story another commences +without any interruption. I laid down to sleep at eleven o'clock and +slept till five in the morning, when I awoke and found them talking. +Some time after, I called one of the Indians aft who spoke English, and +asked him why this talk had continued all night: he answered me by +saying, "The old men had told Campbell and Billy that they would be the +first of their tribe whoever visited my country; that they must keep +sober and honest, and conduct themselves like gentlemen." + +Having all things ready for sea, I took leave of the old patriarchs by a +hearty shake of the hand, and proceeded on my voyage. + +Nothing material occurred until we got into the latitude of 24°, when +our main-mast was carried away and we rigged a temporary jury-mast: +having a long fore-sail, we were enabled to keep the schooner on her +way; and being a sharp Baltimore clipper, she made pretty good headway +under her fore-sail. Three days after, while laying too in a gale of +wind, we lost one of our seamen, named William Latch, overboard. After a +passage of thirty-five days we arrived in New-York. My Indians knew not +what cold meant, and having some flannel on board, I made them some +shirts on the passage, and gave them some old cast-off woollen clothing +to protect them from the wintry weather of our coast. When we approached +the cold latitudes we had a warm south-east wind, which brought us into +the harbor of New-York without experiencing much of the severity of the +weather. The first night after our arrival I went to my boarding house, +where I tarried until early next morning, when I went to visit the +schooner. As I approached the wharf where she lay, I saw Campbell +looking at his fingers, turning his hands over and viewing them very +closely. I accosted him in his accustomed manner of speaking, saying, +"Campbell, what de matter?" he replied, "My God! captain, somet'ing bite +me and I can't see 'im." His own country being infested with +musquittoes, sand-flies, fire-ants, and sundry insects, which he could +see, this invisible sting of cold he could not account for. I took them +to a clothing store and rigged them with winter dunage. I then took them +to a boarding house, and in the evening the mate escorted them to the +play-house, thinking he could astonish them. The next morning I asked +Campbell how he liked the play, he replied, "Too much fight; one old man +go dead." In spite of all my efforts to the contrary, they would follow +me at a distance. One day being near the City Hall, my two Indians +following, as usual, I thought I would stop and let them overtake me, +and have a view of the building, knowing that Campbell had never seen +even a frame house, previous to his arrival in New-York. As they came up +with me the keeper came out, and invited us up into the picture gallery, +where we saw full-length portraits of all the governors of the State, +and many other distinguished men, which the Indians viewed without any +manifestation of surprise. We soon after went down Broadway, and as we +approached St. Paul's Church, Campbell observing the covered figure of +the Saint, set in the wall of the building, stopped, and looking at it +some time, said, "Captain what dat old man tand dare for?" We passed on +a little further, when I met my old acquaintance, Doctor Samuel L. +Mitchell, who had visited me on my return from every voyage since I had +been in this trade, in consequence of my furnishing him with roots, +plants, and Indian curiosities. He was pleased at seeing the Indians, +and asked what country they came from, their customs, manners, &c. I +gave him a brief explanation, and he then insisted upon my going home +with him, saying, "Mrs. Mitchell must see them," to which I consented. +We repaired to his house, where I made a short visit, and he agreed to +let me retire, provided I would come to the college at two o'clock that +day, as he was to lecture there at that hour. On my return from the +doctor's I passed through Maiden Lane, where many of the windows were +decorated with toys. My Indians stopped to view them, and I could not +get them any further until I entered the stores and purchased some +whistling birds, swimming geese, &c. which they looked upon as the +greatest curiosities in the whole city. At two o'clock I repaired to the +college with my Indians. The doctor felt of their heads, looked down +their throats, &c. and said they belonged to the same species as those +who inhabit the Sandwich Islands and a part of Asia. The students gave +them a donation of eight dollars, and we returned to our respective +boarding houses. + +A few days after, General Jackson visited New-York, which caused +considerable noise and bustle. My Indians called on me to conduct them +to the place of his landing, which was Whitehall, saying, "Me want to +see dat big big American gineral." I conducted them to the place of +landing, and the first object which attracted their attention was the +military officers forming the procession, with long feathers on their +hats, and they begged me very hard to go purchase some of those feathers +for them. These Indians had every temptation to get intoxicated, having +plenty of money given them by the owners of the Price and myself, and a +donation of eight dollars from the students of the college: in addition +to which the cartmen daily put up six-penny pieces for them to shoot at +with their bows and arrows, which they generally got. We made them +acquainted with a number of pleasant liquors which they had never before +tasted, such as wine, cordial, beer, &c. but nothing could induce them +to get drunk, having received a strict charge from the old men of their +own country before they left home to keep sober until they returned. + +After going through the necessary forms at the Custom House, the vessel +was unloaded, and I obtained a furlough of two weeks to visit my family +at Catskill, whom I found in good health. At the appointed time I +returned to New-York and made the necessary preparations for another +voyage. + + + + +CHAPTER XV. + +Schooner Price.--Third Voyage. + + +Having purchased a suitable cargo for the trade, and got it on board, we +were prevailed upon to take as passengers, a man and his wife, with two +small children and a black servant, whom we tried hard to get rid of, by +charging them an exorbitant price; but the man insisted on going, having +been formerly a resident of Old Providence, and one of my old customers +in that island. My cabin was not larger than a farmer's hen-roost, +having only four berths, and those so narrow that one could hardly turn +over in them. At night we covered the floor of the little cabin +completely; the man and his wife, two children, the black servant, my +two Indians, cabin boy, the mate and myself, all lodged in one nest. We +sailed from New-York about the third of March, 1819, bound to Old +Providence, St. Andreas, Corn Island, Musquitto Shore, and St. Blas. +When we arrived in latitude 32° we were overtaken by a violent gale of +wind, which obliged us to heave the vessel too. As the gale abated (the +sea running very high) we shipped a sea which swept our deck, taking the +cook and caboose, which was well served down to ring-bolts, drove into +the deck, but they were drawn out by the violence of the waves. Our +boat, oars, and other articles on deck were all swept overboard. By +means of some spare running gear the cook was hauled on board. The next +day the sea moderated, when we opened the hatches and got out a new +caboose. On my departure from Corn Island I had taken an order from an +English trader to bring out two patent American cabooses for him, which +I then had on board. We rigged our new caboose and proceeded on our +voyage, meeting with no further disasters worthy of notice. On our +arrival at Old Providence I found a small fleet of vessels there, called +patriots, (another name for pirates,) who had taken possession of the +island, and had hoisted the Columbian flag. On my entering the harbor +they laid an embargo on my vessel for a few days. The expedition was +commanded by a man who called himself Aurey, assisted by another, styled +Admiral Bogar, and the third went by the title of Commodore Parker. +Their squadron consisted of two small gun brigs, and two or three +privateer schooners. Their land force amounted to two or three hundred +men: they had what they called an English camp, a French camp, and an +American camp. They had hanged one American, and severely flogged +another for some crime, giving him one hundred lashes under the gallows. +They pretended to hold some commission under General Bolivar. I demanded +a return of my vessel, which they reluctantly granted me, and I sailed +for the Island of St. Andreas, where I found another squadron of vessels +from England, consisting of a twenty-gun brig, commanded by Captain +Hudson, with three transport ships, having about five hundred officers +and soldiers on board, bound to Porto Bello, all under the command of +Sir Gregor McGregor. On my arrival I was visited by an old English +officer, named Rafter, who was apparently a gentleman, he acted as +commander in the absence of Sir Gregor McGregor, who had not arrived at +that time; he wanted to purchase a pipe of gin from me for the use of +the troops, and give me a bill on London in payment. The next day Sir +Gregor arrived from St. Domingo, in company with an old Spanish +gentleman, named Lopes, from whom he had borrowed about twelve thousand +dollars, and promised to make him governor of the first city he should +capture. + +The next day Commodore Hudson came on board the Price, and offered me +one hundred dollars per day and a handsome present for myself, to join +the fleet and go on an expedition with them for a few days. I told him +that my vessel was insured, and that it would be a total breach of my +orders to comply with his request. In the afternoon they laid an embargo +on the Price. The following day was appointed for a great celebration, +which was to take place at the house of Mrs. Lever, a respectable widow +lady. I visited the place where they landed the troops from the vessels, +raised a flag staff and hoisted the New Grenadian flag. Silk cushions +were brought into the house and placed on the table where General +McGregor, Governor Lopes, and other officers, took the oath of +allegiance to the government of New Grenada; most of the officers being +under half pay from the English, looked sad when they renounced their +allegiance to their own country. Three days after, they sailed for Porto +Bello, taking Colonel Woodbine as pilot, and proceeding within a few +miles of that place, they landed in a thicket of woods; then taking a +foot-path, they entered the city undiscovered by the inhabitants, and +took possession of the place without the loss of a man. Most of the +inhabitants fled from their houses and left them to the conquerors. Old +Lopes was appointed governor, and the officers taking possession of the +vacant dwelling houses which the Spaniards had left, sat themselves down +like private gentlemen. Soon after the soldiers revolted and refused to +do duty, alledging that the general had promised them twenty dollars +bounty for the first city they should capture. Before the insurrection +could be put down, the general raised eight dollars per man and +distributed it among them, and then issued a proclamation to the +inhabitants, inviting them to return to their habitations and take the +oath of allegiance to the new government, when private property would be +respected. Most of the people complied with his request, by taking the +oath required of them. In the meantime information was secretly sent +over to the Pacific by these Spaniards, where they raised an army of +eight hundred men, who marched across the Isthmus, and lay encamped in +the woods three or four miles back of the city; while those who had +taken the oath of allegiance were keeping up a regular communication +with them. The soldiers who had possession of the city having procured +an abundance of liquor, all got intoxicated, and the officers retired to +their beds without placing any sentries on duty. The Spaniards in the +city sent spies to the royalists, informing them that the patriot +soldiers were all drunk, and totally off their guard. During the night +the royalists marched into the city and took possession of the forts, +which were very strong, (one in particular is said to mount three +hundred and sixty-five guns,) without meeting with any resistance, or +the loss of a single man. They killed about thirty of the patriots and +made the remainder prisoners, only twelve escaping. I here give you a +sketch of the complete success of the Spaniards, as recited by the +General's right hand man. Lieutenant Cookley, aid-de-camp to General +McGregor, about three weeks after the loss of the army, said, "That on +the night of the re-capture of the city by the royalists, he was +quartered in the second story of the government house in Porto Bello, +General McGregor occupying one room, and Governor Lopes another, and +being himself very unwell, he was obliged to get out of his bed and walk +the room. Between three and four o'clock he heard some persons coming up +stairs. Feeling alarmed, he seized his sword and pistols and ran to the +door of the room, where he met three men well armed; he shot one, and +killed another with his sword, the third one retreated with a slight +wound; in the meantime he cried out, 'General McGregor, you are +betrayed.' The general sprang from his bed, and taking his mattrass, +dropped it from the window on the ground; then letting himself down to +it, ran for the shore, and jumping into the sea attempted to swim to the +commodore's vessel; but being unskilled in swimming, he was picked up by +a boat and carried on board, having no clothing on except his shirt. +Another division of Spaniards ascended the stairs of the government +house, and proceeding to the room of Governor Lopes, killed him in his +bed." + +Those taken prisoners were marched across the Isthmus to the South Sea, +where they were compelled to work in chains on the fortifications. Some +months after I learned that these prisoners, in trying to effect their +escape, were most of them butchered by the Spaniards. + +After my release from the embargo at St. Andreas I sailed for the coast +of St. Blas, where I arrived without any further molestation, at the +harbor of De Ablo. My vessel was soon surrounded with canoes, filled +with old men and young ones. No ambassador returning from a foreign +mission to his own country was ever received with a more hearty welcome +than my Indians were by their own countrymen. Liquor was soon passed +around, and a long conversation commenced, which lasted, with little +intermission, until the next morning; and my traders seemed to be +absolved from the injunction laid upon them by the old men, not to get +drunk during their voyage, as I discovered that Campbell was so drunk +before twelve o'clock, that he could not rise from his seat without +help. While relating his adventures he gave his hearers a long +description of the white rain he had seen in New-York, (meaning snow,) +and sundry other wonderful events and curiosities. + +The Andes mountains on this coast extend near the sea-shore, and are +inhabited by baboons and other large monkeys, who keep up a hideous +noise during the night, which was a great annoyance to our slumbers, as +the echo passes from mountain to mountain. The next day after our +arrival here we experienced a violent thunder storm, the noise of the +thunder echoed in a most tremendous manner from different hills, which +appeared like a cannonading along the whole coast. I sat amazed at the +sound, when an old Indian who was intoxicated, broke silence, by saying, +"That thunder is great rascal, he make too much quarrel here." + +My traders now applied for another outfit of goods for the coming +season, which I readily supplied them with, they taking about the same +quantity as on the previous voyage. + +The men of St. Blas are of small stature, generally about five feet two +or three inches high; wearing their hair long on the back of the head, +cued down on their backs with a cotton ribbon of their own manufacture, +the hair cut straight across the forehead, high cheek bones, and of a +light copper complexion. They dress in check or flannel shirts, with +linen trowsers. The young men are not allowed to wear their shirt flaps +inside of the waist-bands of their trowsers until they are about forty +years old, when they assume the character of old men. The women are +small and delicately formed, having very small feet and hands, and are +remarkably modest in their behaviour. Their dress consists of a piece of +blue cloth, about four feet long, wrapped around their bodies under the +arms, and extending to their knees, a string or two of coral beads tied +around their legs, below the knee, and another around above the ankle. +The women all wear a piece of pure gold wire of large size, in the form +of a triangle, stuck through the inside of the nose. The old men wear a +number of strands of coral beads around their necks, and hanging down on +their bosoms. The sookerman wears two or three pounds of large coral +beads hanging closely about the neck, and the old men wear their shirt +flaps inside of their waist-bands as a mark of their dignity. From the +best information I can obtain, St. Blas is the oldest Republic on the +Continent of America, and should be a model government for Mexico and +the South American Republics, which are constantly driving their rulers +out of the country and changing Republics into Empires. + +The soil of St. Blas produces an abundance of bread-stuffs, such as +yams, sweet potatoes, cassader, eddies, plantains, &c. Also cocoa-nuts, +lemons, oranges, sugar cane and cocoa. They here breed a great number +of hogs, poultry, &c. The country abounds with large quantities of wild +hogs, mountain cows, armadillas, deer, conies, and innumerable wild +fowl. The whole coast swarms with turtle, craw-fish, manatee's, and a +great variety of shell-fish. There are some four hundred islands, lying +from two to four miles from the main land-shore, which forms an inland +sea, making the whole coast a good harbor. Every one of these islands +produces limes, or lemons, bird, cayenne, gourd and squash peppers. When +a table is set in this country a green pepper and lemon are placed by +the side of your plate, which serves for pepper and vinegar to season +your meat or vegetables. After clearing up half an acre of ground, ten +days labor of one man in each year would produce bread-stuffs sufficient +for a family of fifteen persons. Plantains set out on good soil will +yield a crop, every nine months, for twenty years. Yams and sweet +potatoes require planting and digging yearly. + +Having given the reader a short description of St. Blas, which may +appear somewhat imperfect, I hope it will be recollected, should there +be any imperfections, that I have no history of that country to refer +to; most of my information having been obtained from the natives, who +speak broken English. On taking leave of St. Blas I proceeded to St. +Andreas, at which place I arrived after a passage of two days. Here I +met General McGregor, who appeared much dejected, having among other +losses left all his clothing behind, which fell into the hands of the +enemy. Lieutenant Coakley came on board my vessel and related to me all +the particulars of the expedition which I have narrated. Of the land +forces, only twelve returned out of five hundred who left here some +three weeks before. After remaining here three or four days, we sailed +for Cape Gracios a Dios. On my arrival there I commenced trading, as +usual. The next morning, it being the Fourth of July, and being in a +strange port, I thought I would not make any preparations for +celebrating the day. I told the mate, however, that he might release the +crew from work and give them some extra rations of grog, &c. Before I +had finished giving my orders to the mate, the king came on board with a +large canoe, loaded with Indians, and saluting me with a loud voice, +said, "Blast your eyes, why don't you fire a salute, hoist your colors +and celebrate your country's holyday." I answered him, by saying, "I +have nothing good to eat." He replied, "You shall soon have something;" +when getting into the canoe with the Indians, they paddled him on shore, +and killing a beef, soon returned with two quarters. We then hoisted our +colors and fired a salute; and a number of the king's officers coming on +board, we partook of a good dinner; and not forgetting plenty of liquor, +we made ourselves delightfully merry. At night the king and company +retired very peaceably. + +The king had frequently solicited me to take him home with me, but never +got himself ready to embark, and he now renewed the conversation on the +subject. I told him that my family did not reside in the city of +New-York, but lived two degrees north of it, at a small village called +Catskill, near a mountain of that name. He replied, that would suit much +better, as he wanted to see the country and my home. He then said, +"There is one condition in the bargain; if I go home with you, you may +call me major, or colonel, or some other officer; but if you call me +king I will be the death of you, for I am not going home with you to be +made a damned puppet-show of." + +Having finished my trade here, I sailed down along the coast, touching +and trading at the different harbors, as usual, until I arrived at the +Lagoon, where I landed the goods from the vessel at the store, and +taking in all the exchange goods collected there, sailed for Corn +Island, where we took in some more return cargo. While at Corn Island +Captain Mitchell gave me an order to bring him a new boat, thirty feet +long, to row with six oars, &c. + +We now sailed for New-York, where we arrived without meeting with any +occurrence worth recording. After discharging our cargo I again visited +my family at Catskill, whom I found in good health. I remained with them +about eight days, and then returned to New-York. In the course of a few +days we had procured another cargo, which taking on board, together with +the new boat for Captain Mitchell, we were again ready for sea. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +Schooner Price.--Fourth Voyage. + + +The Price being now ready for sea, about the first of August we got +under weigh and proceeded on our voyage towards Old Providence, St. +Andreas, Corn Island and the Main. We made our passage to Old Providence +in seventeen days, where we remained about three days bartering off +goods in our usual manner. We then sailed for St. Andreas. On the +passage we, in a squall, carried away the head of the schooner's +main-mast, above the eyes of the shrouds. On our arrival at that port I +repaired the mast-head by cutting off five or six feet, and forming a +new one. This altered the appearance of the vessel very much, when +viewed from a distance. We remained some time at St. Andreas, selling +goods, collecting debts, taking in all the cotton and other freight we +could procure. Here I took on board a captain and crew belonging to +Jamaica, whose schooner had been upset in a squall and lost near this +island. I agreed to carry them to the Main, where they expected to get +on board of some of their own country vessels. We got under weigh and +sailed for Corn Island with a light breeze. When we arrived within seven +or eight miles of Great Corn Island the wind died away to a dead calm, +and we lay drifting at the mercy of the sea. I was in great haste to +get on shore at the island, as I had ordered Captain Teft, who commanded +the sloop Traverse, to meet me there in the Price on the tenth of +September, which time had expired some days before. Fearing he would be +discouraged by waiting, and sail for some other port, which would cause +a great delay in our meeting, and there being no signs of a wind that +would carry the Price into the harbor that night, I was advised to hoist +out the new boat which we carried out for Captain Mitchell; having a +double boat's crew with the Englishmen, we could man her with six oars +and soon row in. The boat was accordingly hoisted out and manned, and we +proceeded toward the shore. It being a star-light evening, and the +harbor having some rocks and stones on the bottom, I seated myself on +the taffrail of the boat, which raised my head some two feet above the +heads of the crew, and enabled me to see any dangerous rocks, and steer +clear of them, it being what seamen call a bright bottom. I had on my +head a large brimmed white Panama hat, of course a good mark to shoot +at. A few days previous to my leaving Corn Island, on my last voyage, it +was currently reported there that the United States man-of-war Schooner +Fire Brand was cruising in these seas. We approached the harbor about +nine o'clock in the evening. As we came near the shore we were hailed by +one of the gang who were there, saying, "What boat is that?" My schooner +always carried canoes instead of boats, which we found much better to +land in the surf, and for that reason I had abandoned the use of the +latter in this trade, for the last three years, and all the inhabitants +of that island knew it. My boat being long, and much resembling what is +called on board of a man-of-war the captain's gig, I answered, "United +States Schooner Fire Brand." They said, "pull in then." At that instant +fourteen men fired into us, the shot whistling past my head so close +that it appeared to deafen me for a moment. As soon as they hailed us, I +told the men in the boat to stop rowing, so that the questions and +answers could be distinctly heard. As soon as they had fired, a favorite +old sailor in the boat, who pulled the after oar, with his back toward +the shore, being between me and those who fired at us, spoke to me in a +very mild tone, saying, "Captain, I am wounded." I then told the crew to +pull away, they all gave way upon their oars except this man, who laid +still in the bottom of the boat; this irritated me so much, thinking +that my favorite old tar should be the first to skulk from danger, not +supposing from the mildness of his expression that he was much wounded, +I jumped from the tiller of the boat in great haste, caught him by the +collar and gave him a shake, saying, "Pull away, you skulking fellow." +You may imagine my astonishment when I found that he was a lifeless +corpse. In the meantime I heard the company on shore ramming down their +cartridges into their guns, preparing for another fire. All the time +keeping a bright look-out alongside of the boat, for fear of running +her on the rocks, I discovered that we had got into two or three feet +water, and were not more than one hundred and fifty feet from those who +were preparing to fire a second time. I ordered my men to stop rowing +and follow me, which they immediately did. I jumped overboard into the +water, my crew following me. We then made our way to our assailants, +when I found my own clerk, and Captain Tefts, of the little sloop +Traverse, who were here waiting for my arrival, Captain Mitchell, for +whom I brought the boat, and Benjamin Downs, father of a colored +apprentice boy I had then on board. In short, they were all old +acquaintances of mine. I was highly excited on the occasion. They made a +long apology by saying, that the royalists in Porto Bello had fitted out +two armed schooners to scour the coast, and that they had captured two +English vessels found trading with the Indians: that they mistook the +Price for one of them, her appearance being so much altered by the loss +of the head of her main-mast, that they supposed I had been captured by +one of these vessels and was a prisoner in the boat, and compelled to +answer their questions, as they all knew my voice, and that if they +suffered a crew to land they would all be butchered, as they had given +aid and shelter to the patriots for a long time. I landed the body of my +unfortunate man and placed it under the care of some of my friends, +procured a pilot, went on board the Price, and brought her into the +harbor the next morning. I then buried the poor sailor in as decent a +manner as the country would admit of, collecting most of the inhabitants +of the island to join the funeral procession. There being no clergymen +in the island, I read the burial service at the grave, this being my +usual custom at sea on committing dead bodies to the ocean. + +[Illustration: Captain Dunham landing at Corn Island.] + +I fitted out the Traverse for another cruise by giving Captain Teft a +new supply of goods, when he proceeded on a trading voyage to the Main. +I took Mr. Smith, the clerk of the store on board, and sailed for the +Lagoon, when we took on board all the goods we had there, and proceeded +to a small harbor, called Salt Creek, supposed to be a better place for +our trade. I also took a few Indians to assist in building the store, +which I landed there, with myself and crew, and erected a comfortable +building in less than four days, modeled after the houses of that +country, landed a supply of goods, and left Mr. Smith to dispose of +them, sold the Sloop Traverse, and took Captain Teft and his crew on +board. Having learned that the royal governor of Porto Bello had fitted +out one or two man-of-war schooners, which had captured two English +traders on the coast of St. Blas, where it was necessary for me to +proceed, I hired three men in addition to Captain Tefts and his little +crew, to proceed with me to that place. My schooner being armed with a +six-pound cannon, with about thirty fowling guns, plenty of cutlasses, +and some boarding pikes, we proceeded to the coast of St. Blas, where +we were advised by the Indians to put the schooner into a small river, +about two hundred feet wide, and wait a few days before we proceeded to +the River De Ablo, our port of destination. We warped the schooner into +the mouth of the river, in shoal water, where we supposed the enemy's +vessels could not come near enough to injure us, and prepared ourselves +for an encounter with their boats if they sent them to attack us, by +making cartridges of musket-balls and buck-shot, put up in bags of six +pounds each, in addition to round balls and cannister-shot. I likewise +supplied about thirty Indians with ammunition, who promised to come to +my assistance if the enemy disturbed me. I divided my men into two +watches, and kept a good look-out four days and nights. About the fifth +night we heard the sound of a horn a number of times; about 12 o'clock +all hands were called to quarters. We soon discovered, however, that the +sound proceeded from a canoe, which when we had let it approach within +hail, we found to contain the crew of an English trader, who had been +captured by a royal privateer and carried into Porto Bello, where they +had escaped from their prison, stolen a canoe, and then paddled to this +place, a distance of about sixty miles, without food. Soon after, we +learned from the Indians that the cruisers had left the coast. We then +proceeded to the River De Ablo, where I found my traders waiting my +arrival. They brought their returns, goods, &c. on board, and a +settlement was made in a satisfactory manner on both sides in less than +one hour. I purchased a few thousand cocoa-nuts and some fustic, which I +took on board, and sailed for Cape Gracios a Dios, touching at Corn +Island. + +On my arrival at the Cape I took on board all the return cargo I could +procure, and proceeded to the Lagoon, stopping at the different harbors, +as usual. When at the Lagoon I made known my intention of leaving the +trade, when a number of sookermen assembled to bestow their farewell +benediction upon me, saying that I had traded a long time with them, and +that they were much pleased with me, and did not blame me for leaving +them, as they supposed I wanted to stop at home and mind my wife and +pickaninies (meaning children) for a time, but should never die until I +returned to that country, and would never die there, but return to my +own country, after I had visited them, and die at my own home. After +taking an affectionate leave of them all, we took our departure toward +home. + +After buffeting the storms and tempests of the ocean for nearly four +years, carrying on an average, a crew of six persons, including the mate +and myself, and having lost six, viz: one by desertion, one by death on +board, one shot, and three by drowning, I thought it best to seek some +more comfortable trade in which to gain a support for myself and family, +and one less exposed to hardships, and such constant risk of health and +life. I was always compelled, while on this trading business, to sleep +on deck, my cabin being small and dark, having no windows. If I laid +down in the cabin I was soon covered with cock-roaches, musquittoes, and +fire-ants, besides being exposed to centipedes, scorpions, &c. which +terrified me so much that I dare not take lodging there while we were in +the tropical climes, although I needed shelter from the excessive rains +which visit that country from May until November. Having a good awning, +which was always spread when the vessel was anchored, we generally ate, +drank and slept on deck until we arrived in the cold latitudes, when +those insects became torpid, and cold weather compelled me to seek +shelter in the cabin. On parting with the Indians I felt distressed, and +could not avoid showing my gratitude toward them for their native +kindness, and the many evidences of friendly intent which they had shown +for me. I had often called at their hovels when out on excursions, being +fatigued and hungry, needing food and rest, when the poor Indian, having +but one plate and one old knife and fork in his house, would place them +on his little table, or some substitute for one, and cook the best meal +he could procure, making me take a seat by the table, and with a hearty +good will urging me to eat, while he, sharpening the end of a stick that +he might take the meat out of the pot with it, would sit down on the +ground-floor and eat his dinner, refusing to come to the table with me, +because he had but one set of dishes. Having but one hammock to sleep in +himself, he invariably left that for me, while he would take his +lodging on a cow-skin placed on the ground-floor. + +The whole furniture of each Indian family would not cost ten dollars. + +We stopped at Corn Island, collected all the return we could obtain, and +sailed for New-York, where we arrived about the first of January, 1820, +without any particular incident worth notice, discharged the cargo, +settled with my owners, and returned to Catskill, where I found my +family in the enjoyment of their usual health. I now determined to +remain at home during the winter, and enjoy some repose from the toils +of the sea, having spent but five or six weeks with my family during the +last five years. + +I now entered into an agreement, in company with Mr. Apollos Cooke, +merchant, of Catskill, to open a trade from that place to the West +Indies. During the winter we purchased a cargo of lumber for that +market, intending to charter or purchase a vessel to carry it there as +soon as the navigation of the Hudson River opened. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +Schooner Enterprise. + + +Early in the month of March, 1820, I proceeded to New-York, for the +purpose of chartering or purchasing a vessel to carry our timber to the +West India market, and spent a few days in the city on that business. +While sitting at the breakfast table one morning, I was asked by a +ship-master, an old acquaintance, if I did not want to take a voyage to +Bermuda. I replied no; that I came to New-York to charter a vessel to go +to Catskill, and take in a cargo of lumber there. He said he thought I +might make some sale or contract for it in that place. Here our +conversation ended, and I thought no more about it. After breakfast he +asked me to take a walk with him. When we had journeyed some little +distance, we met a man with whom he passed the usual compliment of good +morning, and said, "This is Captain Dunham, of whom I spoke to you." He +asked me what wages I would require to take charge of a schooner to go +to Bermuda. I told him fifty dollars per month. He said he had agreed +with a captain to go the voyage for forty dollars per month, but he was +unfortunately taken sick and could not go. I bid him good morning, and +had proceeded a few rods when he called on me to stop, saying he would +split the difference with me. I told him I would go. He then took me +into a store, saying, "There is your mate and crew, and I wish you to +take them to a Notary Public's office in Pine-street, and have the +shipping papers made out, and I will come there with the money and pay +the expenses;" which he soon performed. After this was accomplished we +went to the Custom House and obtained a clearance, and then parted and +went to dinner. He requested me to call immediately after dinner at a +lumber-yard he mentioned, where I would find him on board the schooner, +as he had engaged a passage for New-Haven at four o'clock that +afternoon, where he resided. He handed me a letter addressed to the +captain of the Schooner Enterprise, containing direction for the voyage; +and telling me he hoped I would do for him as I would for myself, took +leave of me. I found the schooner to be one of the large full-built +Eastern vessels, having the deck loaded to the height of eight feet. I +hurried and got some clothing and a small out-fit, and having left some +old clothes and bedding, charts, quadrants, &c. in New-York, on my last +voyage; I had them put on board that afternoon, procured a pilot and +went to sea at eight o'clock the next morning. We made our passage to +Bermuda in seven days, where we discharged our cargo, and taking on +board a ballast of fustic, returned from Bermuda to New-York in seven +and a half days; making the whole time gone only twenty-nine days, being +one of the most pleasant voyages I ever made. My acquaintance with the +owner was so short, that, after my return, when he came on board and +gave me his hand, I looked for some time before I could recollect him. +When I left Catskill I took with me only two or three changes of shirts, +&c. promising my family to return in a few days. In the journey I so +unexpectedly took there was nothing interesting, and I merely insert it +to keep up the chain of my voyages. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +Schooner Felicity. + + +About the first of June, 1820, I chartered the Schooner Felicity in +New-York, and proceeded to Catskill, and took in a cargo for St. +Domingo; returned to New-York, and after shipping a crew, sailed on the +twenty-second of June for Port au Prince, in the Island of St. Domingo, +where we arrived after a passage of eighteen days, without the +occurrence of anything which would interest the reader. I found Port au +Prince to be a large but dirty city, no care being taken to clean the +streets, the yellow fever often raging here, particularly among the +shipping. The government is called a Republic, with a president elected +for life, receiving a salary of forty thousand dollars for his services, +and thirty thousand for his table expenses. The president being a +military chieftain, exercises great power over his subjects, who have +only the shadow of a Senate and Assembly, as they are subservient to his +will. The soil of the Island is very fertile, producing sugar-cane, +coffee, cocoa, and three crops of corn in one year; also, beans, +cabbages, water-mellons, and most kinds of garden vegetables: plantains, +yams, and every variety of tropical fruits in abundance. The Island at +this time was divided into three departments; the northern part was held +by a black royal Emperor, who styled himself Christoff, and exercised as +much power over his subjects as does the Emperor of Russia over his. The +southern part was owned by the Spaniards, as a Republic; the western by +the Republicans called Haytians, who were then at war with the Royalists +under the command of the black emperor. The war between those two +parties had been carried on for many years, and ended in the total +overthrow of the Royalists; the emperor blowing his brains out with his +pistol. + +The president of this Republic lays heavy export duties on the produce +of the Island. The stamp duties on paper are said to amount to over two +millions per annum. All merchants and mechanics pay a heavy tax for +licenses to carry on their business. Whites are excluded from carrying +on their trades in their own names, or from purchasing real estate in +this Republic. A white can take a black partner, male or female, and do +business in his or her name. Most of the white men settled here prefer +the latter. This government has a mint, and coin their own money, which +contains ten per cent of silver mixed with other metal. They coin no +pieces larger than twenty-five cents, none smaller than six and a +quarter. This coin is considered a lawful tender, and the laws strictly +prohibit the carrying of any foreign gold or silver out of the country, +on penalty of forfeiting it. This compels any person selling a cargo +there to lay the returns out in some of the produce of the Island, which +is consequently the cause of heavy losses to the shippers. The +inhabitants are a mixed race of black and white, varying in color from +the blackness of charcoal to almost the whiteness of a snow-ball, and +hundreds of them have to take hard oaths to satisfy the authorities that +they have some black blood running through their veins, which entitles +them to the rights of citizenship in the Island. I have seen many +red-whiskered fair complexioned men pass themselves off for men of +color. Their national religion is Roman Catholic, no other being +tolerated, but strictly prohibited. The president keeps up a standing +army of forty thousand men, well uniformed, disciplined and equiped. As +I shall have to refer to their laws, customs and manners in my next +voyage, I shall leave the subject for the present. + +Not being able to sell my timber at Port au Prince without a sacrifice, +my consignee applied to the government agent to purchase it, of which he +acquainted the president, who gave me a letter addressed to the public +administrator of Jerimie, and requesting me to proceed with my vessel +and cargo to that port, which I immediately complied with, after getting +a letter of address from an Italian Jew I found in Port au Prince, but +who resided in Jerimie, addressed to Messrs. Laforet & Brier, to whom I +consigned my vessel and cargo. On my arrival at that place my consignees +sold to the administrator all the timber he wanted, and the remainder at +an under price to individuals. My provisions sold at a saving. Jerimie +contains about two hundred houses, most of them being in a dilapidated +condition, in consequence of the constant alarm in which the inhabitants +have been kept by a troop of banditti, headed by an insurgent colonel, +who had deserted from the army, and had so terrified the people that the +women and children took shelter in the forts during the night, while the +men were kept under arms, being obliged to suspend all agricultural +pursuits, and leave their villages to decay. A few months since, the +chief of the banditti had been killed, his troops surrendered their arms +and received a pardon from the president. The inhabitants were now +making great preparations to repair their buildings and call back their +former trade. + +While in this port, the padre, or priest died; he was carried to the +church in a chair, being tied fast to it, in a sitting posture, a book +placed in his hands. The corpse remained in this situation until about +four o'clock in the afternoon, when a marble slab was taken out of the +floor, an excavation made in the ground, the body deposited in the hole +with the clothes on, and then covered with a thick coat of lime. + +A friend of mine, named Ghio, arrived here from Port au Prince in +company with one Captain Mills, from New-York, and while he and the +captain were walking the streets of Jerimie, Ghio for the first heard of +the death of the padre, when bursting into a flood of tears, he +exclaimed, "Captain Mills the poor padre is dead, and I suppose I shall +have to fill his place again," weeping at the same time. After a moments +pause, he said, "Captain Mills, it is a damned good berth, I can make +ten dollars a day by it." Ghio acted as a substitute in the place of the +deceased padre until his place was supplied by another. + +I remained at Jerimie three or four weeks, employed in selling out my +cargo and obtaining a return freight of coffee, &c. I procured many +orders for house frames and other articles, and was strongly urged to +bring out some carpenters and a blacksmith, whom the inhabitants +promised to aid and assist in their business. Having disposed of all my +cargo and taken on board my return freight, I proceeded to sea, bound to +New-York, where I arrived in safety after a passage of eighteen days, +sold my return cargo, and sailed for Catskill, where I arrived about the +first of November. I then repaired the schooner and prepared for another +voyage. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + +Schooner Felicity.--Second Voyage. + + +At Catskill I procured another cargo, filled up all my orders, and +taking on board four carpenters as passengers, bound to Jerimie, sailed +for New-York, where we remained three or four days employed in shipping +a crew, purchasing stores, &c. We sailed from New-York about the eighth +of December, and arrived at Jerimie about the first of January, 1821. On +my arrival I called on my old friends, Leforet & Brier, where I was +politely received, particularly by Mr. Brier, who escorted me to his +house to take breakfast. After inquiring about the passage of my vessel, +news in New-York, &c. he said he had news to tell me. I told him I +should be pleased to hear it. He said, "Captain Dunham, we have got a +new padre here since you left for home; he is the smartest padre we ever +had; he can beat any man in Jerimie playing at billiards, boxing, +fencing, or jumping; he has killed two men in duels, and I assure you, +sir, he is the smartest padre in all the West Indies." + +Among the orders given me, was one for thirty thousand loose cedar +shingles, which, when landed on the beach, I learned were intended to +re-cover the church. All the ladies in the town soon assembled at the +place where the shingles were landed; rich and poor, some dressed in +silk, and others with fine muslin gowns, having hoops in their hands, +which they stuck full of shingles, and laying them on their backs +carried them to the church, when they were taken by the carpenters, who +put them on the roof, not allowing one of them to be carted; thus +showing great zeal to protect from contamination every thing connected +with their church. + +The negroes on this Island are far more numerous than the mulattoes, +mustees, and other colors. The old mulattoes being the heirs of their +former masters, were many of them sent to France and educated; and the +president being a mulatto, gives them as many offices as he dare; but is +obliged to confer some on the blacks to prevent an insurrection; still I +found there was considerable hatred between them. One day while walking +the streets I heard a quarrel between a mulatto and a negro. The mulatto +commenced, "What are you doing, nigger?" the negro replied, "Who are +you, mulatto? you no got any country; white man got country and negro +got country, mulatto no got any country, he's a damned _mule_." + +My carpenters landed and were seeking some employment, when they were +informed that they could not make any contracts in their own names, +being white men, and not having any license, and the laws of the country +not allowing a white man to obtain one. To obviate this a petition was +drawn up and signed by most of the inhabitants, and sent to the +president, for a special permit for the eldest carpenter to carry on +his trade. Some weeks after the president sent him a license, the rest +of the carpenters working under him. I was very fortunate in the +disposal of my cargo, most of it selling at a good profit, and by paying +a large premium I procured about twenty hundred Spanish dollars, which +were smuggled on board and brought to New-York. + +Coffee being high in that port, I was obliged, in purchasing it, to +dispose of the St. Domingo coin I received in payment for my cargo. +Being ready for sea, I took leave of my friends and sailed for New-York, +where we arrived about the first of May, 1821. The schooner having +proved leaky on the passage, I refused to make another voyage in her. +Soon after my arrival in New-York I received a letter from my old +friend, Mr. Apollos Cooke, of Catskill, advising me to purchase, on our +joint account, a schooner called the Combine, which was now laying in +New-York, and could be procured very cheap. On viewing the Combine I +found her timbers sound, but her decks and upper works badly worn, so I +called on the agent, and after some time spent in chaffering, purchased +her and left for Catskill, where I arrived about the 26th of May. + + + + +CHAPTER XX. + +Schooner Combine. + + "A wolf will not a wolf ensnare, + "And tigers their own species spare, + "Man more ferocious, bends his bow, + "And at his fellow aims the blow." + + +After the arrival of the Combine at Catskill, we had her well examined +by a carpenter, who found her timbers sound. We then agreed to repair +her by laying a new deck, putting in new ceiling, and giving her a +thorough overhauling, so as to fit her for a sea voyage, which was done +at an expense of nine hundred dollars. Large quantities of freight was +offered for shipment, which I advised to take some part of, informing my +partner in the vessel, Mr. A. Cooke, that I had but little over two +thousand dollars, which would fall short of paying for one-half of the +vessel and cargo; but he preferred our owning the whole cargo jointly, +saying, "I will advance you any money you may want until you make the +voyage." We then purchased a suitable cargo and filled up many orders I +had brought from Jerimie. After we had gathered all our bills together, +I found my money exhausted and myself indebted five hundred and +seventy-two dollars to my partner. The vessel being repaired and +loaded, we took on board four passengers, bound to Jerimie, and sailed +for New-York. On my arrival at New-York I made it my first business to +apply to the Marine Insurance Office for insurance, expecting I should +have to pay an extra premium, my vessel being seventeen years old. After +applying at all the offices in the city, and producing a certificate +from old respectable carpenters, and some of our best citizens, that +they considered her timbers as good as any North River vessel of two +years old, my application was rejected, and I had no alternative but to +proceed to sea as my own insurer, having my little all at stake, except +a small homestead. I shipped a crew and made the necessary preparation, +put to sea about the 10th of August, and shaped my course for Jerimie, +where we arrived the sixth of September. + +On my arrival at that port I sold my cargo, as usual, with the +assistance of my former consignees, Messrs. Laforet & Brier. Jerimie +being a dangerous port in heavy gales of wind, I was advised to send my +vessel to Corail, a distance of twenty miles, to remain a few weeks, it +being a safe harbor, while I remained in Jerimie to collect debts and +procure a return cargo. After remaining here some fourteen or fifteen +days, I was attacked with a violent fever, which confined me to the bed +until the vessel was ready for sea, when I was taken on board, hoping +the air would restore me to health. After being at sea some thirty-six +hours, my mate found the fever increasing on me so fast that he gave up +all hopes of my recovery, and asked my permission to return to Jerimie, +to which I consented. The vessel was put about and steered for that +port, we neared the entrance of the harbor early the next morning, when +I thought the fever began to abate, and requested the mate to put to sea +again and proceed toward home. My health improving slowly, I was helped +on deck every morning, where I remained during the day, lying under a +small awning to screen me from the scorching sun, and helped into the +cabin at night to protect me from the heavy dews. My health continued to +improve daily. On the eleventh day of October we discovered land ahead, +which proved to be the south side of the Island of Cuba. Finding it +impossible to beat up against the current, we concluded to run round the +west end of the island. Nothing material occurred until the thirteenth +of October, in the morning, when I discovered land, which I identified +as Cape Antonio; my health by this time was so much improved that I was +able to get on deck without assistance. I told the mate to go below and +get some repose, he having had but little rest during my sickness, and +that I was well acquainted with the passage round the Cape. + +About nine o'clock, while doubling the Cape, we discovered three small +schooners, one small sloop, and a large open boat lying at anchor about +two miles from the land. In about the space of fifteen minutes the whole +fleet got under weigh and bore down for us. One of the largest +schooners ran down within musket-shot of us, fired a gun, and we hove +too, while the rest of the fleet surrounded us. The largest schooner +immediately sent a boat alongside of us, containing eight or nine men, +who boarded us with muskets and drawn cutlasses in their hands, each of +them having a long knife and a dagger slung by his side. Immediately +after getting on deck, one of them cried out, "Foward," two or three +times in broken English, pointing at the same time toward the +fore-castle. The mate, sailors, and two passengers who were on board, +ran forward and jumped into the fore-castle. I being very weak, dragged +along slowly, when the man who gave the order commenced beating me +severely with the broad side of his cutlass. I remonstrated with him, +saying I was sick and could not walk any faster; he answered me, "_No +intende_." I then discovered he was a Portuguese, and not understanding +that language, I excused myself as well as I could in the French +language, hoping he understood me; but I found it did not relieve my +back, as he continued to beat me all the way to the fore-scuttle, and +there giving me a heavy blow on the head as I descended, closed it, +where we remained about half an hour; they in the meantime appeared to +be searching the vessel. After letting us up from the fore-castle they +ordered the sailors to work the vessel in near the land and anchor her, +which was soon accomplished. While beating the vessel toward the shore, +they told me if I would give up my money they would let me go with my +vessel. This I readily complied with, hoping to save the vessel and +cargo. I then gave them all the money I had, consisting of four hundred +and eighty dollars in gold and silver. After they had received it they +broke open our trunks, seized all our clothes, taking the finest shirts +and vests, and putting them on one over another. + +As soon as they had anchored my vessel they hauled their largest +schooner alongside, while the rest of the fleet were laying within a few +rods of us, and then all hoisted the bloody flag, a signal for death. I +was ordered into the cabin, where one of the pirates, having found a +bottle of cordial, took it up in one hand, and drawing his cutlass with +the other, struck off the neck and handed it to me, flourishing his +cutlass over my head, and making signs for me to taste it, which I found +it difficult to do on account of the broken particles of glass. After I +had tasted it he went to a case of liquor standing in the cabin, took +out the bottles and compelled me to taste of them. After this ceremony +was over one of the pirates drew a long knife from its sheath, and +taking hold of the hair on the top of my head, drew the knife two or +three times across my throat near the skin, saying, "Me want to kill +you." Another pirate soon approached me with a dagger, with which he +pricked me lightly in the body, two or three times, saying, "Me kill you +by and by." I was then dismissed from the cabin and driven into the +fore-castle with the sailors and passengers. My cook was put on board +the schooner lying alongside of us. Some of the pirates went aloft on +board my vessel and cut loose her square-sail, top-sail, and +top-gallant-sail, and afterwards took our fore-sail, boat, oars, loose +rigging, one compass, one quadrant, all our beds and bedding, +tea-kettle, all our crockery, knives and forks, buckets, &c. leaving us +destitute of every kind of cooking utensil except the caboose. We +remained some time in the fore-castle, when suddenly the fore-scuttle +was opened and the mate called on deck, and the scuttle again closed, +leaving us in the dark in a state of uncertainty. We soon heard them +beating the mate; after that noise had ceased, we heard the word, +"Fire," given with a loud voice, then after a moment's pause another +voice was heard, saying, "Heave him overboard." I had a desperate +sailor, called Bill, who flew to his chest for his razor to cut his own +throat, saying he would be damned before he would be murdered by them +rascals. The pirates had previously robbed the sailors' chests of all +the articles they contained, and among them Bill's razor. After a little +while the scuttle was again opened, when they called for a sailor. There +were four in the fore-castle, who looked earnestly at each other, when +Brown, a favourite old sailor, arose and addressed me, saying, "Captain, +I suppose I might as well die first as last," then taking me by the hand +gave it a hearty shake, saying, "Good bye." I told Brown to plead with +them in the French language, as I thought I had seen some Frenchmen +among them, and knew that he spoke French fluently. When he had got upon +deck I heard him speak a few words in that language, but soon after we +heard them beating him severely. As soon as they had finished beating +him we again heard the word fire, and soon after, heave him overboard. +Shortly after, the scuttle was again opened and the captain was loudly +called. I crawled up the scuttle, being very feeble; they then told me +if I did not tell them where the money was they would serve me as they +had the mate and sailor, shoot and then throw me overboard. I still +persisted that there was no money on board, and entreated them to search +the vessel. An old Spaniard was pointed out to me who they said was the +commodore. I asked him what he wanted of me, looking him earnestly in +the face. He replied, he wanted my money. I told him I had no money, but +if I had I would give it to him; that the property belonged to him, but +he had no right to take my life, as I had a family depending on me for +support. Previous to this, the man who had flogged me before had made a +chalk ring on the deck, saying, "Stand there," beating me with the flat +side of a heavy cutlass until the blood ran through my shirt. During my +conversation with the commodore, finding all my entreaties unsuccessful, +and my strength much exhausted, I took a firm stand in the ring marked +out for me, hoping to receive a ball through the heart, fearing if I was +wounded I should be tortured to death to make sport for the demons. +Two of the pirates with loaded muskets took their stand and fired them +toward me, when I cast my eyes down toward my feet looking for blood, +thinking that I might have been wounded without feeling the pain. During +this time the man who had beat me before commenced beating me again, +pointing aft toward the cabin door, where I proceeded, followed by him, +beating me all the time: he forced me into the cabin, at the same time +giving me a severe blow over the head with his cutlass. When I entered I +found both the mate and sailor there whom I supposed had been murdered +and thrown overboard. The next person called out of the fore-castle was +Mr. Peck, a passenger, who was immediately asked where the money was; he +told them he knew of no more money on board. One man stood before him +with a musket and another with a cutlass, they knocked him down and beat +him for some time, took him by the hair and said they would kill him. He +was then ordered to set upon the bit of the windlass to be shot and +thrown overboard, as the captain and others had been. He took his +station by the windlass, when a musket was fired at him; he was then +driven into the cabin. They then called up the remainder of the men from +the fore-castle, one after the other, and beat and drove them into the +cabin also, except a Mr. Chollet, a young man, passenger, who escaped +beating. We were kept in the cabin some time, and after repeated threats +that they would kill us, were all driven into the fore-castle again. +They took out all our cargo, consisting of coffee, cocoa, +tortoise-shell, eight kedge anchors, all our provisions, except part of +a barrel of beef and about thirty pounds of bread. After they had taken +all the cargo, spare rigging, &c. of any value, they shifted all the +ballast in the hold of the vessel in search of money, and calling us on +deck, we were told to be off. After getting under weigh we proceeded but +slowly, having no other sails left but the two jibs and the main-sail. +We looked back with a great deal of anxiety, and saw the pirates seated +on the deck of the largest schooner, drinking liquor and making +themselves merry, while we feared that they might change their minds, +pursue us and take our lives. Night beginning to approach, I thought +best to go down into the cabin and see what we had left to eat or drink. +As soon as I had reached the cabin, it being dark, I stumbled against +something on the floor, which I found to be our cook, whom we supposed +we had left behind, having seen the pirates put him on board the +schooner which was lying alongside of us, but knew nothing of his +return. I spoke to him, but received no answer, I hustled him about the +cabin, but could not make him speak. I at last got a light and looked +about for some provisions, cooking utensils, &c. and found about thirty +pounds of bread, a little broken coffee, and most of a barrel of beef, +but no cooking utensils except the caboose, with one or two pots set in +it. The next morning I called all hands into the cabin, showed all the +bread we had left, and told them it was necessary to go on allowance of +one biscuit a day per man, which was agreed to, until we could get +further supplies. I then questioned the cook, (knowing that he was +driven into the hold of the pirate schooner,) as to what kind of a cargo +she had. He said there were calicoes and all kinds of dry goods +scattered about, and more than a hundred demijohns; and "O captain, it +was the best old Jamaica rum that you ever tasted." I told him if the +pirates had caught him drinking their rum they would have killed him. He +said it looked so tempting he thought he would try it. I suppose that +after having drank a large quantity he made his escape on board of the +Combine before he felt the effects of it, as he was not aware of our +release. + +[Illustration: The Pirates' plan of exercising the nerves of Captives.] + +The next day we were boarded by a boat from a Spanish man-of-war brig. I +plead hard with the officer who boarded us to go in pursuit of the +pirates, which he refused to do, saying it was out of their limits to +cruise. I asked him for a supply of bread, which he denied me. In our +crippled state we reached Havanna in nine days, where we put in for +supplies. + +On my arrival at Havanna I was met by Captain Dimond, master of the brig +Harriet, of Baltimore, who had been robbed by these pirates at the same +place, on the 12th of October. Captain Dimond informed me that the +pirates put a rope around his neck and hoisted him up to the fore-yard +of the brig three times, and then let the rope loose, which caused him +to fall on the deck, where he lay insensible for some time. I asked him +why he did not give up his money as I had done. He said that twenty-five +hundred dollars of the money belonged to himself, which was all he was +worth, and having a family to support, he thought he had almost as well +part with his life as his money. After he had recovered his senses they +made another attempt to put the rope round his neck the fourth time, +when one of the pirates told his comrade to let him alone, because he +had children. They hauled their vessels alongside of his brig and took +out all his cargo, also the greatest part of the brig's sails, rigging, +&c. together with twelve thousand dollars, which they found while +removing a quantity of fire-wood, and then let him depart. + +I proceeded to the American Consul's office, having on an old straw hat, +which the pirates had put on my head in place of my own, an old ragged +jacket, one pump, one shoe, and an empty pocket. I entered a protest, +and asked him to render me some assistance, for which I would give him a +draft on New-York at sight. This he refused unless I would bottom the +vessel, but referred me to the house of Grey, Fenandes, & Co. who +attended to my wants in the most friendly manner. Three days after, the +ship Lucies, of Charleston, arrived in the harbor, having a prize-master +on board, who informed me that the United States Brig Enterprise, +Captain Kearney, had re-captured the Lucies from these pirates, and had +taken three of the piratical vessels, (the crews having escaped to the +shore,) and sailed for some port of the United States. I called again on +Mr. Grey, and told him that Captain Kearney would probably steer for +Charleston or New Orleans with his prizes, and I felt anxious to +communicate with him as soon as possible, to reclaim my property. He +said they had a very respectable correspondent in Charleston, named John +Stoney, to whom he would write to claim my property for me if he should +arrive in that port; that I could write to Captain Kearney and enclose +his letter to Mr. Stoney. Fearing he might sail for New Orleans, I +addressed a letter to a friend of mine living there, to claim the +property for me, should the Enterprise arrive at that port. + +I learned here that these pirates had been fitted out in this port, +where most of their cargoes were to be disposed of, and was advised not +to make much noise about my robbery, as they had many friends here who +would assassinate me. I found a number of American vessels here, but got +little assistance from any of them except the captain of a small sloop +from Bristol, Rhode Island, who tendered me a loan of thirty dollars, +for which he got my draft on New-York. He gave me many articles which I +stood in need of, for which I shall ever feel grateful. After my vessel +was under weigh the captain of a Baltimore ship, who had arrived an hour +before, learning my misfortune, sent his boat alongside with a barrel of +beef, some flour, wine, &c. with a message to me, saying, if I wanted +any other articles he would send them on board. We put to sea with next +to no conveniences, having no beds or bedding, and but three or four +knives and forks, some trifling cooking utensils, and all my wardrobe on +my back. Without any additional sails for our vessel we shaped our +course for New-York. The winds proving favorable we performed the +passage in sixteen days. + +For a particular account of the capture of the piratical vessels I refer +the reader to the following letter, published in the papers of the day: + + "_Capture of the Aristides by Pirates._ + + "Copy of a letter from Captain Couthony, late master of Brig + Aristides, to Mr. Edward Cruft, the owner, in this town, giving + the particulars of the capture of that vessel by pirates. + + "_At Sea, United States Brig Enterprise, October 24, 1821._ + + "_Dear Sir_:--The melancholy news which I am about to relate + will be extremely afflicting to you. We sailed from Liverpool + the 28th of August, and had a very pleasant passage till off + the west end of Cuba, which we made on the 15th of October at 6 + P. M. When off Cape Antonio were assailed by five piratical + vessels, three schooners, one sloop, and an open boat; the + latter after firing several shots at us came alongside with + nine men in her; the men mounted the deck, armed with + cutlasses, pistols and dirks; on coming on board one took the + helm, another knocked me down, seized my watch, &c. and the + others ran into the cabin. By this time the other pirates got + close around us, and I discovered they were about to run my + vessel on shore. On begging them to desist from this design, I + was again knocked down; on rising, a musket was pointed at me + and one of the villains made several passes at me with a + dagger, which I avoided by running forward. + + "We were soon in shoal water, when I again begged of them for + God's sake not to run the vessel ashore. They ordered us to let + go the anchor. + + "I then went into the cabin, where I found all my trunks, + chest, &c. on the floor, and the pirates filling bags, + handkerchiefs, &c. with my clothes. They took my chronometer + and everything I had, even robbing me of the jacket I had on, + and leaving me almost naked. They then ordered us to open the + hatches, beating every one of the crew they came across, + declaring they would kill every man on board, beginning with + me, saying they were pirates, and should not be discovered. + During the night our vessel began to strike very hard, when + they compelled us to weigh anchor and the vessel was run on + shore. + + "They then commenced loading their craft with the most valuable + part of our goods, remarking that we should be put to death in + the morning to prevent discovery. They struck me down several + times, beating the mate and threatening him with instant death + if he did not discover where the most valuable goods were. They + nearly strangled the boy, bidding him tell where my money was + stowed. In the morning they had one of their cruisers loaded + with dry goods, and a number of packages in the others; when on + the 16th, at 7 A. M. a sail was discovered coming round the + Cape. They then consulted on the expediency of murdering me; + but one, more humane than the others, dissuaded them from + committing the crime. Perceiving the sail to be a vessel of + war, they took to their boats, pulled for their vessels and + immediately proceeded along shore. + + "They had stove our yawl to prevent our using her, but we + patched her so that she floated, and went on board the vessel + that was approaching. She proved to be the United States Brig + Enterprise, L. Kearney, Esq. commander. I stated to him my + dreadful situation, and pointed out to him the five piratical + vessels in shore; he immediately made all sail in pursuit, but + a reef prevented his getting within gun-shot. He armed all the + boats, and with the crews of the ship Lucies, and an English + brig, which were likewise in the hands of the pirates, gave + them chase, and overhauling them fast, they rowed their vessels + on shore inside the Cape, set the loaded one on fire, and took + to the woods. Lieutenant M'Intosh, who went on the expedition, + took four of the vessels, the boat having escaped. The vessel + sat on fire was entirely destroyed, but few remnants of goods + were saved, and those partly burnt. The pirates had a train of + powder to blow up the vessel on the approach of the boats. + + "On the 17th, at noon, Capt. Kearney brought all the vessels at + anchor near our wreck, and sent his crew to our assistance, the + Combine being in a bilged condition, with seven feet of water + in her hold, and her rudder unshipped. He then loaded three of + the late piratical vessels out of the cargo of the Aristides, + also the American Schooner Bold Commander, of Staten Island, + with goods, one cable, and some of her sails. The brig has on + board some goods, a chain cable and a hawser, the latter taken + from the pirates. + + "Captain Kearney, after having done his utmost, and saved all + he could, in loading the four vessels and his brig, set the + wreck on fire on the 20th, at 7 P. M. and remained by her until + she was burnt to the water's edge. She was in ten feet of water + when I abandoned her, 8 A. M. all in flames. This whole + dreadful calamity has nearly overpowered me. A Columbian + schooner of one long gun and eighty men likewise anchored near + the wreck before she was destroyed, and took a few casks porter + and a few bales goods, which would otherwise have been burnt + with the vessel. This was done with the consent of Captain + Kearney after he had loaded all the other vessels. + + "I shall ever be grateful to Captain Kearney for his kind + assistance, friendship and hospitality. He offered me his own + clothes, as I was destitute of everything. He will call at + Havanna, and from thence proceed to Charleston, where he will + deliver the vessels and goods to the proper authorities." + +Captain Kearney proceeded with his prizes to Charleston, where the +vessels and goods were condemned, and sold within eleven days after his +arrival to accommodate him and his crew, when he sailed on another +cruise. This gave me no opportunity to reclaim my property, Mr. Stoney +having neglected to claim it for me. Some weeks after, having learned +that the property had been carried into Charleston and sold, I proceeded +to that place and applied to the District Judge of the United States, +who, after a detention of thirty days, awarded me about seven hundred +dollars. A large portion of the coffee, and other articles, which were +taken on board my vessel at Jerimie during my sickness, not being +marked, caused much difficulty in identifying them. I saw in the +possession of purchasers at that sale, eight anchors, two saddles, four +bridles, a number of coffee bags, and other articles of mine; also a +quantity of tortoise shell, which cost me eight dollars per pound. The +expenses on what I recovered consumed the greatest part of the goods; +deducting one-fourth for salvage, duties, cartage, storage, commissions, +court fees, &c. the remainder went into the Treasury of the United +States, or should have gone there. I have petitioned Congress for some +remuneration, which claim has been denied. + +On my arrival in New-York (being literally clothed with rags) I was met +on the way to my boarding house by some of my kind friends, who took me +to their houses and fitted me with a temporary suit of clothes, and some +of them advanced me money to purchase more. Mr. Luman Reed loaned me two +or three hundred dollars to pay the wages due my crew, and defray other +expenses. Soon after, I proceeded to Catskill with the schooner, sold +one half of my interest in her; and after paying my old friend, Mr. A. +Cooke, all the money he had advanced on the out bound cargo for me, I +proceeded to Charleston to claim my property, as I have before related. + +On my return from that port we refitted the Combine with new sails, +rigging, &c. and agreed to take out an assorted cargo in her hold, and a +deck load of horses, to the Island of St. Domingo. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. + +Schooner Combine.--Second Voyage. + + +About the middle of May, 1822, we commenced loading at Catskill, and +finished in about ten days, when we sailed for New-York, where I shipped +a crew and left for Cape Francios, in the Island of St. Domingo. We met +with light winds and strong currents on the passage, which carried us +some distance to the leeward of our course, and obliged me to put into +the harbor of Port-au-Prince, where we arrived without any material +incident. I landed my horses, and having procured a stable for them, was +advised to select ten or twelve of the handsomest and proceed with them +to the president's country seat, about six miles from the city, where +he was confined by ill health. This I consented to as a matter of +courtesy, and a black colonel, named Burblong, volunteered to accompany +me. I took my hostler and an interpreter and proceeded to his house. At +his residence there was an extensive park enclosed by a high brick wall, +which we entered after passing two armed sentries, when we drew near to +a large wooden building fitted up in good style, having a piazza all +round it, and six or eight sentries walking on it, well armed and +uniformed. As we approached the outside door of the house we found a +sentry stationed there, who conducted us into the hall, where we found +another who conducted us into the president's room, which was splendidly +furnished, where I was introduced to his excellency by Colonel Burblong. +After the introduction was over, he invited us to take a glass of wine +with him. The horses were then brought near the door, which, having +examined, he said were worth two hundred dollars apiece; but since I had +been so polite as to call on him, he would give me two hundred and fifty +for as many as his groom should select. The president is about six feet +in height, of a mulatto color, rather thin in flesh, and makes a good +appearance on horseback, particularly in reviewing his army, who perform +their evolutions in the most graceful and soldier-like manner. I sold +the president one pair of horses, and disposed of a few to individuals +at a fair profit; the remainder sold at a loss, after deducting +expenses. The slow sale of horses detained me nearly two months, during +which time the yellow fever made its appearance, and raged with unabated +violence until our departure, particularly among the shipping. By the +laws of the country a ship-master is obliged to land all persons seized +with sickness on board of his vessel, and place them under the care of +the nurses of the city, who receive them into their houses at a charge +of two dollars and fifty cents per day for seamen, and three dollars per +day for masters and mates. If a seaman dies on board, the master is +fined five hundred dollars. + +About three weeks after our arrival here my cook and one sailor were +attacked by the yellow fever, I took them ashore and placed them under +the care of nurses; the hostler was next landed with the same complaint, +and the third day after I put on shore another seaman in like condition. +During this day, after a long walk in the hot sun, I retired to the +house of one of the nurses, where I was taken down with the same fever; +my cook dying about the time I became fairly sick. The next day one of +the seamen died. The seamen, hostler, and myself were put under the care +of different nurses, and in a few days such of us as were spared +returned to duty. + +After the death of my cook I hired an English negro, (who had deserted +from Turks Island and taken refuge here,) on condition that he should +serve a few days on trial, and if both parties were suited he was to act +as cook until the voyage was ended, and to receive the same wages I had +given his predecessor. After remaining on board a few days, the mate +sent a message to me on shore, informing me that the cook had threatened +the lives of some of the sailors by attacking them with an axe. I sent a +note to the mate requesting him to send the cook on shore. He soon made +his appearance, when I took him to the store of my consignees and made +out an account of his time, allowing him wages at the rate of fourteen +dollars per month, according to agreement. I read the statement to him +and he appeared well satisfied. I then asked one of the firm to pay the +bill. He said his partner had stepped out with the key of the money +drawer in his pocket, but as soon as he returned it would be paid, and +asked the cook to take a seat; he walked out of the door and was missing +for some time, when he entered the store in company with a black man, +dressed in a sergeant's uniform, with a sword and bayonet hanging by his +side, who introduced himself by saying he had a warrant for me. I was a +little surprised, and asked him if he wanted me to go with him, or +required any security for my appearance. He said he did not, and told me +I must appear in the third ward, No. ----, to-morrow, at 11 o'clock. The +next day I called at the store of my consignees and got the clerk to +accompany me to the court. On our way we met a genteel looking, well +dressed mulatto man, who asked the clerk where we were going. The clerk +related the story to him, and he volunteered his service to defend my +cause, and accompanied us to the court room. After we got inside of the +door I discovered a sentry dressed in full uniform, with side arms, +walking in front of the door. As I entered the court room I took off my +hat to show some respect to the honorable black justice. Soon after, my +antagonist, the cook, entered the door with his hat on his head, when +the sentry approached him without uttering a word and struck him a heavy +blow with his flat hand on the side of his head, which knocked his hat +across the room; this caused the poor fellow to look amazed for a few +moments, when he picked up his hat very carefully. The trial was soon +called on. I related the whole story by my interpreter, and the judge, +without calling a witness on either side, decided that I should pay him +the same amount of money I had offered him, and that he should pay the +costs, which was one dollar and fifty cents, being one-half the sum he +recovered from me. + +When I returned to the wharf to go on board my vessel I found the poor +fellow had been impressed, and sentenced to go on board of a man-of-war, +and was then lodged in the guard house. He sent a message to me +imploring my pardon, and begging my assistance to obtain his release. + +About this time there was a very great excitement raised in the city in +consequence of the circulation of counterfeit coin, in imitation of the +government silver, and a story had been circulated that a considerable +quantity of this spurious silver was expected from Baltimore. As +several vessels arrived from that place soon after, they were strictly +searched, by boring barrels of flour, breaking open boxes and packages +of goods, by custom house officers, and otherwise searching them. After +some days it was discovered that the counterfeit coin was brought from +Jamaica by a Jew, who had been lurking about the city. He was arrested +and brought before the president for trial, and a report circulated that +he would certainly be hanged. The president sent for a silver-smith to +examine the coin, who pronounced it to be one-half pure silver, while +the government coin was only one-tenth part silver: upon which the +president said, "Damn him, let him go, for his money is better than +ours." + +The laws of this country are very arbitrary, although they help to +encourage industry and suppress idleness and dissipation. The president +makes donations from the public lands to all poor individuals who will +cultivate them. After they take possession of a lot he obliges them to +cultivate it. To accomplish this, he sends a small military guard +through the new settlements, accompanied by an officer, who stops at +every house, where he makes the following inquiries: "Is this your house +and plantation?" which being answered in the affirmative, he proceeds, +"How large is your family?" The man answers, a wife and ---- children. +The officer then compels him to go and show him the plantation, and to +point out the number of coffee trees he has planted, &c. If, on +examining the premises the officer finds only a few trees, and is +convinced of the indolence of the occupant, he says, "You cannot +maintain your family by this, and must be a cheat, or steal, you must +therefore go with me," and he is obliged to join the army or navy. + +The farmers being out of the cities and villages, are not allowed to +come to market except two days in each week, say Sundays and Wednesdays, +without a special permit. All persons found drinking or rioting about +public places or grog shops are immediately taken up under the vagrant +act, sent to prison, and then transported to the army or navy as a +punishment. The authorities of cities and villages license a limited +number of butchers in each town, and compel them to keep the market +supplied with meat every day, and limit the price to twelve and a half +cents per pound. + +Since my last voyage to this Island the president, at the head of his +army, had many engagements with the royalists under the emperor +Christophe, whom he conquered, and had obtained possession of all his +dominions. The emperor, fearing he should be taken prisoner, committed +suicide by blowing his own brains out with his pistol. The president +took possession of his castle, where they found about seven millions of +dollars. By their wars with the French, and their internal wars among +themselves, they have reduced the male inhabitants so much that they now +estimate there is eleven females to one male, throughout all their +dominions. + +Having disposed of my cargo and got a return freight on board, I sailed +for the port of Jerimie, where we arrived the twenty-fourth of July. +Here I collected about eight hundred dollars in coffee, which was due +from my last voyage. I sailed for New-York on the twenty-eighth, and +arrived at Staten Island after a passage of twenty-two days, where we +were compelled to perform a quarantine of thirty days, at the expiration +of which time we proceeded to the city, where I disposed of my cargo and +then returned with the schooner to Catskill, when we refitted her +previous to the next voyage. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII. + +Schooner Combine.--Third Voyage. + + +We loaded the schooner's hold with an assorted cargo, and her deck with +twenty-eight horses, about fifty hogs, a number of coops of poultry; and +taking on board three passengers bound for the Island of Trinidad, +sailed from Catskill the tenth of November, 1822, and arrived in +New-York after a passage of two days, where I shipped a crew and +prepared for the voyage. About the seventeenth of November we sailed +from New-York, bound to the Island of Trinidad. After we got under +weigh I found the greater part of my crew so badly intoxicated that they +could not stand upon deck, but having fair wind and good weather I +proceeded to sea; the mate, cooper, and cook, being sober, I thought we +could manage the vessel until the crew could attend to their duty. We +passed the night without getting any assistance from them. The next +morning I ordered the mate to go into the fore-castle, where they slept, +and search for liquor, and if necessary, break open all the seamen's +chests, and if he found any he was to break the bottles or heave them +overboard. He returned to the cabin with one bottle containing about a +pint, being all he could find. We learned afterwards that they had some +more secreted, which he was not able to discover. Towards evening the +second day we were able to get them all at work but one. About eight +o'clock in the evening that one came on deck and appeared somewhat +bewildered with delirium tremens. + +I was then called to my supper, being much fatigued, having stood at the +helm over twenty-four hours, while the mate, cooper, and cook took care +of the stock on deck. Within two minutes after I entered the cabin I +heard the cry, "He is overboard," when I jumped on deck and threw over +many articles of lumber, long lines, &c. but the night being dark, and a +heavy sea running, we soon lost sight of him. This seaman's name was +James Currie, who said he was born in Rhode Island, and I found by the +papers he left, that he had lately been discharged from the Frigate +Constellation. One of his shipmates informed me that he had just arrived +from a three years' cruise, and had received three hundred dollars when +he was paid off, but had spent the whole of it in three weeks, and was +indebted to his landlord about seventeen dollars more. My seamen were +all sober and at their duty in a couple of days, and we proceeded on the +voyage without any other occurrence worth recording, and arrived, after +a passage of thirty-five days, at Port Spain, in the Island of Trinidad, +where we landed our horses, which had stood on their feet the whole +passage. Many of them had the heaves badly when they were taken on +board, but were perfectly cured when they landed. This being the third +time of successful experiment with diseased horses as a veterinarian, I +pronounced a sea voyage a perfect cure for the heaves, whether in horses +or other animals. + +The Island of Trinidad was ceded to the English by the Spanish +government, and by the law of Nations the Spanish laws were to remain in +force for twenty years after the transfer, which time had not expired. A +Spanish governor is clothed with almost as much power as an emperor. Sir +Ralph Woodford had been selected as governor, and was a tyrannical man, +and very unpopular among the inhabitants. The city of Port Spain is one +of the pleasantest places I have ever seen in the West Indies. The +streets are kept very clean and in good order. No man can leave the +Island without a permit from the governor. A merchant of Port Spain +visited the Island of Tobago, a distance of about sixty miles, where he +remained two or three days and then returned, when the governor had him +arrested and committed to jail, where he remained six days: his only +crime was leaving the Island without a passport signed by the governor. + +A Mr. J. Robbins, an American, informed me that he owned a house in one +of the principal streets in the city, which street the governor ordered +to be paved, and a tax laid on the property in that street to defray the +expenses of flagging. The tax on his house and lot amounting to over six +hundred dollars, and not being able to pay it, the property was sold at +a great loss. + +The license to retail liquors in the city is sold annually at auction, +to the highest bidder; one person purchasing the license for the whole +town, gives security, and then divides it as he pleases. The soil of +this Island is rich, producing sugar-cane and cocoa in abundance. +Coffee, and all kinds of tropical provisions and fruits are raised here +in large quantities. The Island abounds with snakes of an enormous size. +I visited an American gentleman, residing in the country about twelve +miles from Port Spain, who had a snake-skin stuffed which was +twenty-three feet long; it was shot by one of his negroes, and on +opening it they found a whole deer. A few hours before we left the port +news was received from the interior of the Island that a snake had been +shot containing the bodies of a black woman and child. The principal +currency of the country is Spanish dollars punched through the centre, +making a hole about the size of a five cent piece; the dollar still +passing for the same value in the way of trade, and the plug which is +taken out passes for one-eighth of a dollar. After passing through a few +hands they find their way to some Jew, who reams the hole so large that +you can pass a twenty-five cent piece through them, but they still pass +for a dollar by way of trade. To prevent deception and loss, most +bargains are stipulated to be paid in whole dollars. + +The English government has made a strong effort to introduce the +cultivation of tea into this Island, by importing a number of Chinese +laborers; it has proved to be a thorough failure. After their arrival in +the country they became so indolent that it was found impossible to make +them cultivate the land. They intermarried with the negroes, and became +useless to society, laboring only to supply their daily wants. + +Having sold all my cargo, and taken on board over a hundred hogsheads of +molasses, I sailed for New-York, where we arrived about the first of +April, 1823. On the passage home we experienced a heavy gale of wind, +which caused the loss of one thousand gallons of molasses. + +On selling the cargo we found the West India trade unprofitable, in +consequence of the low prices of the produce of the Islands, which +caused heavy losses on return cargoes. I held a consultation with my +partners in the vessel, when it was agreed to sell the Combine at +auction and abandon the trade. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. + + +The following, copied from the _Northern Whig_ of December 3d, 1822, is +a correct account of the capture of the piratical vessels by Lieutenant +Commandant Allen, who lost his life during the engagement: + + "It becomes our painful duty to record the death of Lieutenant + William Howard Allen, of the United States Navy. He commanded + the United States Schooner Alligator, and on the 11th of + November last, while leading his brave tars in the Alligator's + boats to attack a nest of pirates near Matanzas, was shot by + them in the head and breast, and survived but four hours. + Undaunted, even in death, he cheered his men, and had the + consolation of witnessing the surrender of one of the piratical + vessels, and the re-capture of five merchantmen before he + expired. He was buried on the succeeding day at Matanzas, with + military honors. + + "Lieutenant Allen was a native of this city, (Hudson,) was born + on the 8th of July, 1790, entered the navy in the 20th year of + his age. He was Second Lieutenant on board the Argus, in the + summer of 1813, and during the bloody conflict between the + Argus and the Pelican, the command of the former devolved for a + time upon him. W. H. Watson, the First Lieutenant of the Argus, + a brave and worthy officer, speaks of his conduct in high and + merited terms. He was also in the Congress Frigate during her + cruise in the Chinese Seas. + + "He was attached to his profession, courted glory, and feared + no danger. In the last war he saw much service; and whether in + war or peace, never failed to do his duty. + + "We shall conclude our brief observations with the following + remarks, which have been kindly furnished us at the particular + request of a number of the friends of Lieutenant Allen, and + which were the conclusion of a discourse delivered from the + pulpit, by the Reverend B. F. Stanton, on the Sunday succeeding + the day on which the afflictive news of the death alluded to + arrived here. + + "After a reference had been made to the frequent instances in + which, for a few years past, the inhabitants of Hudson have + been suddenly and unexpectedly deprived of some of their most + respected and valued fellow citizens, it was observed, that, in + addition to all the previous calamities of the nature which we + had experienced, we have recently been called upon by the + righteous Providence of Him whose 'path is in the great deep, + and whose footsteps are not known,' to contemplate another, + which, in some of its features, perhaps, is the heaviest of + all. I shall undoubtedly be readily understood, by most of my + hearers, to refer to the tidings which have lately reached us + of the lamented death of Lieutenant William H. Allen, a native + of this town, and an officer in the United States Navy. + + "It is not any design on this occasion to attempt to do justice + to his memory by pronouncing his eulogy. This will probably be + done by abler pens and more eloquent tongues. My aim at present + is merely to advert to a few of the leading traits in his + character, and to call on those who hear me to listen to the + monitory voice of Heaven which addresses us in this afflictive + dispensation. As a son he was filial, as a brother he was kind + and affectionate, as a gentleman he was amiable and + accomplished in his manners, as a friend he was trusty and + sincere, as a man he was humane and generous: he had a soul + that was indignant at meanness and vice! In his morals, I + believe, he was free from those defilements which are too often + known to tarnish the reputation of those in his profession, and + to which they are so peculiarly liable: In his religious + sentiments, if I am not mistaken, he was a candid believer in + divine revelation: As a lover of his country, he was ardent and + ever eager, when summoned by her call, to be foremost in her + defence; and as an officer he was active, faithful, skilful, + and courageous. In the engagement that terminated his naval + career, he occupied a post most pregnant with danger, and + though mortally wounded in the early part of it, he still + animated his valiant tars, while the life-blood was fast ebbing + from its seat, to persevere till the victory was gained. By + these encomiums, however, it is not intended that he was + exempted from a participation in that polution of our nature + which is common to every individual of the human family. Though + he was possessed of excellencies which _we_ may be allowed to + admire and applaud; in the sight of infinite purity, like every + other human being, he was a ruined sinner, + + "Sprung from the man whose guilty fall, + "Corrupts our arce and taints us all." + + But neither the personal excellencies which so strongly + endeared him to those who knew him, the affections of his + numerous friends, nor the wants of his country, could render + him impervious to the shaft of death. No, his generous spirit + is fled. Though brave, he has fallen a victim to the king of + terrors, who conquers all. A band of piratical marauders, whose + iniquitous occupation is the plunder of the seas, and whose + perfidies and cruelties, which are audaciously committed on the + broad highway of nations, are continually augmenting, and in + our opinion, loudly call for the interfering arm of national + government, to extirpate, if possible, these freebooters, from + the face of the earth; a horde of these unprincipled + miscreants, who are the stigma of the human kind, have deprived + his country of his valuable services. He has lain down and will + rise not. 'Till the heavens be no more he shall not awake, nor + be raised out of sleep. His mangled remains are deposited in a + land of strangers, and far from his family and his home. He + will no more return to alleviate, by his presence, the severe + and long continued afflictions of 'the mother that bare him,' + to meet the embraces of the fond sisters that loved him, and to + receive the gratulations of the inhabitants of this place, who + were proud to claim him as their fellow-citizen. Yes, his + generous spirit has gone! The war song has died away upon his + ear. By the thrilling notes of the clarion, which once prompted + him to deeds of valor, he is now unmoved! His body is silent + and still in 'the narrow house of all living.' He reposes, with + others of his valiant compeers, to await 'the sound of the + archangel and the trump of God.' But it is the consolation of + surviving friends to reflect, that, though he sleeps, and they + shall behold him no more, he has fallen in the arms of victory, + and in the common cause of his country and of mankind. His + memory will be for ever embalmed in the tenderest recollections + of his acquaintances. His loss will be deplored as a national + calamity; and we would reverently trust, that, before his + spirit took its returnless flight, as he had been educated in + the principles of the Christian faith, and knew to whom a + sinner has to go, if his soul is ever saved, from his bloody + bed of glory he raised his dying eyes and his supplicating + voice to that God who is no respecter of persons, but who is + rich in mercy unto all that call upon him, in whose presence + the rich and the poor alike meet together; with whom the high + and the low, the noble and the ignoble, stand upon the same + level, in the effulgence of whose holiness the lustre of the + hero is dimmed, who permits none to glory before Him, save in + the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, and with whom alone can + avail the sacrifice of a broken and a contrite heart." + + * * * * * + + From the New-York Evening Post. + + "With emotions of indignation and unavailing grief, we find + from the following article, that one of our bravest American + officers and most valuable citizens, Lieutenant Commandant + Allen, has fallen by the merciless hands of the sea-robbers who + for several years have roamed the seas unchecked, fearlessly + plundered our vessels, and remorselessly assassinated their + crews with every species of barbarity that hellish ingenuity + could invent." + + * * * * * + + From Relf's Philadelphia Gazette. + + "MELANCHOLY TIDINGS.--We have to-day to record an event which + must excite in the breast of every American, and we may venture + to add, in that of every civilized man, emotions of profound + regret and indignation--Lieutenant Commandant Allen, one of the + rising stars in our national galaxy, has fallen by the hands of + unprincipled pirates. In the earnest and honorable execution of + his duty to his country and to mankind, this gallant and + accomplished young officer has become the victim of a gang of + desperate buccaneers; but in this, as in most of the + occurrences of our naval warfare, he died in the lap of + victory. This melancholy intelligence was received this morning + from an intelligent gentleman, passenger in the Mary Ann, + Captain Cory, from Havanna, (now below,) and is furnished to us + in these words: + + "About the 9th, two masters of American vessels came to + Havanna for the express purpose of raising money for the ransom + of their vessels, bound to Havanna, which with two other + Americans (bound to New Orleans) had been recently captured by + two piratical schooners near Key Romain, and left at anchor in + that neighborhood waiting their return. Captain Allen, of the + Alligator, on coming into port next day, being informed + thereof, started, without coming to anchor, in search of the + pirates, whom on that or the next day he discovered in the + channel of Matanzas. The Alligator drawing too much water, two + boats were manned and stood for them; an action ensued, in the + early part of which Captain Allen received two musket balls, + one in the head, the other in his breast, and soon died, + encouraging his men to do their duty; which they nobly + performed, for after a short contest the pirates abandoned + their vessel and swam to the shore. The vessels were taken + possession of by the victors and carried into Matanzas. + + "They mounted one gun each, amid-ship, with forty men each, + well armed, and considerable plunder on board. Our informant + does not know what became of their prizes. + + "The Mary Ann has despatches on board from the American Agent + at Havanna, furnishing official information in relation to this + disastrous occurrence. + + "Since the above was in type, (says _The Evening Post_,) the + following letter was handed us, confirmatory of the melancholy + truth of the account, with further particulars. We cannot but + express our unqualified admiration of the gallantry of spirit + that impelled the undaunted Allen, undismayed by the bloody + signal of _no quarter_, which waved aloft, to attack an armed + vessel, with a desperate crew in an open boat, and with only a + few men. His virtuous indignation bore away all prudent + reflections, and he rushed into the jaws of death itself to + rescue or avenge his fellow citizens. Captain Allen is a native + of Hudson, in this State, where his mother and sisters now + reside. May we not hope that the vessels in our harbor will + unite in giving at least one outward testimony of their + mourning for his loss, by raising their flags half-mast high + to-morrow. + + "Matanzas, November 11, 1822. + + "To Messrs. G. G. & S. Howland, + + "My dear Sirs:--The gallant Allen is no more! You witnessed the + promptitude with which he hastened to relieve the vessel which + I informed him had been captured off this port. He arrived + just in time to save five sail of vessels, which he found in + possession of a gang of pirates, three hundred strong, + established in the Bay of Lejuapo, about fifteen leagues east + of this. He fell, pierced by two musket balls, in the van of a + division of boats, attacking their principal vessel, a fine + schooner of about eighty tons, with a long eighteen-pounder on + a pivot, and four guns, _with the bloody flag nailed to the + mast_. Himself, Captain Freeman, of marines, and twelve men, + were in the boat much in advance of his other boats, and even + took possession of the schooner after a desperate resistance + which nothing but a bravery almost too daring could have + overcome. The pirates, all but one, escaped by taking to their + boats and jumping overboard, before the Alligator's boats + reached them. Two other schooners escaped by the use of their + oars, the wind being light. + + "Captain Allen survived about four hours, during which his + conversation evinced a composure and firmness of mind, and + correctness of feeling, as honorable to his character and more + consoling to his friends than even the dauntless bravery he + before evinced. + + "The Alligator arrived here to-day, in company with the prize, + and five re-captured vessels. Arrangements are making with the + governor, with the concurrence of the commander of the Spanish + Brig of war Marte, [of whose conduct the officers of the + Alligator speak in the highest terms,] to inter him with the + honors of war to-morrow morning. It is certain that the pirates + are but little weakened by this contest, and there is reason to + fear that our commerce with this Island and New Orleans will be + almost annihilated, unless an effectual force is stationed here + to prevent it. But the best comment I can make is to add a list + of vessels re-taken, and to state that many of the men are + missing, and probably have been murdered. Should any of our + vessels of war arrive, please state these facts, and leave no + efforts untried to procure some additional force to come + immediately here. + + "In great haste, your's very truly, + "Francis Adams. + + "Loss in Alligator's two boats--Captain Allen and two oarsmen + killed; two men mortally wounded; three severely. + + "[By an arrival at Philadelphia we learn that the United States + Schooner Alligator had arrived at Matanzas with the pirate + schooner and the vessels re-taken from the pirates, (the Ship + William & Henry, of New-York, Brig Iris, of Boston, and Brig + Sarah Marael, of New-York, bound to New Orleans; Schooner + Sarah, of Boston, for Mobile, Schooner Mary Ann, of Salem, for + Matanzas,) are all ordered for Charleston. The pirate schooner + has arrived, it is said, at Norfolk.]" + +After the arrival of the piratical schooner at Norfolk she was condemned +and sold to a citizen of that place, who gave her the name of Allen, in +remembrance of the brave but unfortunate commander who lost his life in +capturing her. Some time after she was purchased by Messrs. H. & D. +Cotheal and A. D. Hallett, the former owners of the Price, and I was +employed to take the command of her, and proceed to the Island of St. +Andreas, and from thence to Chagres. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. + +Schooner Allen. + + +About the twenty-seventh of December, 1823, I took charge of the Allen. +She was a small sharp-built schooner, armed with a long six-pound +cannon, mounted on a circle, with a patent slide, and was well fitted +for sea. My crew were three seamen, a mate and cook. We sailed from +New-York the twenty-ninth of December, and made our passage to the +Island of Old Providence in seventeen days, where we stopped and traded +two or three days, and then proceeded to the Island of St. Andreas, +where I met Mr. Henry T. Smith, who had been my former clerk in the +Indian trade. I supplied him with what goods he wanted and then sailed +for Chagres. On my arrival there I wrote a letter to the American Consul +at Panama, informing him that I had a consignment of goods on board for +him. After a few days I received a letter from a Mr. Montaudevert, +informing me that Mr. Craig, the consul had left Panama and departed for +New-York on a visit, leaving him in charge of his business during his +absence. In three or four days after I received his letter he arrived at +Chagres and took lodgings on board with me. The next day he hired a +large canoe to take the goods up the river to a place called Cruses, a +distance of forty-two miles, which is said to be the head of canoe +navigation on that river. The provisions I had on board was all put up +in half barrels for the customary mule transportation over the Isthmus, +by slinging two across each mule's back, two half barrels being a load +for a mule. After all our arrangements were made the canoe was hauled +alongside of the Allen. When she made her appearance there I was struck +with surprise at her length and breadth, she being some feet longer than +my little schooner. I took up a rule and measured her breadth, which I +found was eight feet from one side to the other, and her length over +sixty feet, being dug out of one solid tree, free from shakes or cracks. + +In the morning we loaded the canoe with one hundred and forty-one half +barrels of flour, and twenty half barrels of pork and mackerel, and two +hogsheads filled with firkins of butter. The canoe had a large quantity +of other freight on board before she come alongside of the Allen. After +delivering all the goods consigned to Mr. Craig, I sold Mr. Montaudevert +thirteen hundred and forty dollars' worth of goods consigned to myself, +on a credit of ninety days, and took his note, payable in gold dust, at +two hundred and fifty dollars per pound, or Spanish dollars, at my +option. Mr. Montaudevert told me if I returned there in the Allen next +voyage he would ship on board of her on freight, thirty thousand +dollars' worth of dust. This may show the reader that gold dust has been +gathered in that region for many years; and if that country was as well +searched as California is at this day, no doubt many beds of that +valuable ore might be found. I remained in Chagres eight or ten days, +selling goods from the vessel at retail at good prices. Having four +hogsheads of rum and brandy on board, which I found was a contraband +article in that government, I entered them at the custom house for +exportation, and afterwards sold them to an American captain, who agreed +to meet me a few miles at sea, out of the jurisdiction of that +government, where I delivered them and received my pay. + +The river Chagres is navigable for small vessels about half a mile +inside of the bar, which has about eleven feet of water on it at full +tide. The town contains about fifty huts, called houses, built after the +model of the Indians. The inhabitants are called Samboes, being a +mixture of native Indian, Negro, and white blood. They are a very +indolent, harmless, and inoffensive race; and their customs and manners +are much like the native Indians. + +I got under weigh and proceeded a few miles to sea, when I found the +vessel lacked ballast, so we ran into Porto Bello and purchased a few +tons of fustic, which put her in good sailing trim, when we shaped our +course back towards the Island of St. Andreas, where I took Mr. Henry T. +Smith, and his return cargo on board, consisting of four hundred pounds +of tortoise shell, and five or six thousand dollars in gold and silver, +which he had collected for the owners of the Allen. We soon got under +weigh and shaped our course for New-York. + +As my little schooner was a fast sailor, pilot-boat model, I beat to the +windward, hoping to get sight of the Island of St. Domingo and sail +through the windward passage. After a few days we succeeded in obtaining +sight of that Island and sailed along under the lee of it; keeping a +bright look-out for suspicious looking vessels. Knowing that my vessel +had been taken from the pirates, I was fearful that some of the former +gang who once had possession of her might capture me, when I could not +expect anything but immediate death. + +[Illustration: Schooner Renegade firing into the Schooner Allen.] + +The morning after we got sight of the Island we discovered a suspicious +looking schooner laying at anchor near the land, about five miles to the +windward of us, who got under weigh in great haste. I soon perceived +with my spy glass that her deck was full of men. She bore down towards +us, we hauled close upon the wind, which brought her into our wake about +four miles astern of us. Both vessels had their colors flying. Neither +of us dared to trust the other. Our new neighbor soon after rounded too, +hauled up his fore-sail, and fired a large shot, which we could plainly +discover skipping on the surface of the water some distance from us. I +took the helm myself and kept the vessel close to the wind, fearing my +seamen would be careless about steering her. The strange schooner +continued firing at us about every half hour, while we were going fast +to the windward of him, until about twelve o'clock. In the afternoon the +wind became light, when we discovered that the strange vessel was +gaining upon us. The captain afterwards informed me that he had thirty +sweeps, and most of his men employed in rowing for some hours, being +determined to overhaul us. We kept on our course until about 3 o'clock, +when we found ourselves near the land on the Island of Cuba, and the +suspicious craft gaining fast upon us. We had no alternative but to tack +ship; soon after, he fired a shot which struck under our bowsprit, and +wet our fore-sail up to the gaff, this was followed by another that +grazed our mast-head, and another fell a few feet under the stern. The +fourth shot struck the after leach of the main-sail and cut off the bolt +rope and the after-cloth of the sail, and glancing downwards, struck the +trunk-deck and entered the cabin, passed through my bed, and then +followed the ceiling into the hold, cutting away the plank and three +timbers and landed in a bag of cotton. Although the ball, weighing +thirty-two pounds, passed through the deck within six feet from where I +stood at the helm, being much engaged in giving orders to set the +square-sail, I did not discover that it had passed through the deck +until some minutes after, when the cook came out of the cabin and told +me that Mr. Smith was wounded by a splinter striking him on the head. I +then raised my spy-glass and took a good survey of my antagonist, +supposing him to be a pirate. On looking at him some time, (all hands on +board the Allen being greatly agitated,) I discovered a number of red +coats on her deck, when our grief was turned to joy, being satisfied +that they were English marines. Soon after she approached within hailing +distance of us, when I was ordered to hoist out my boat and come on +board of her. When I got on board I was accosted by the captain with, +"Did you not see the colors flying on board of my vessel." I answered, +"Yes, sir, but I do not trust to colors in these piratical days." He +then said, "You have cost me a great deal of powder and shot this day." +I answered, by saying, "Never mind, King George is able to pay for it." +He then asked me if my vessel leaked badly. I told him that I had but +little time to ascertain how bad she did leak, but knew that she had +some holes in her. He sent a lieutenant, carpenter, and four men on +board of the Allen to examine and pump her out, and invited me into the +cabin to drink with him. I told him I did not drink any ardent spirits; +he then said, "Damn it, you're a Yankee, and can take a bottle of cider +with me." After we entered the cabin and were seated, he looked at me +with a smile, saying, "Curse me if you ain't game, you stand fire well." +In the mean time he called the gunner to the cabin door, saying, +"Gunner, how many shot have you fired at this man this day." The gunner +answered him, "Sixteen thirty-two pound shot, and four long +twelve-pounders." + +He then told me, if I thought it necessary to put into some port for +repairs, he would recommend Kingston, Jamaica, as the best to sail for; +and if I had any valuable articles in her, he would take them on board +of his vessel for safety, and convoy me to that port. I informed him +that I had over eight thousand dollars in specie, and four hundred +pounds of tortoise-shell, worth ten dollars per pound. In the mean time, +the lieutenant arrived from the Allen and reported that he thought she +could be kept perfectly free from water by having the pump well manned. +After some consultation together, he agreed to let his carpenter, +sailing master, and four seamen remain on board the Allen, and he would +hoist lights and signals, and convoy her to Kingston for repairs. He +then gave his name, and a history of himself and the schooner he now +commanded. He said, "About one year since I obtained a furlough from my +government, and took charge of a merchant ship bound from Liverpool to +Jamaica and back to that port. On my passage from Jamaica towards home I +was captured by the pirates, robbed of eight thousand dollars, and many +articles, and most cruelly beaten and horribly tortured. The vessel he +was now in was taken from the pirates by one of his Majesty's ships, and +carried into Jamaica, condemned, and then fitted out under the name of +the Renegade, for the purpose of capturing pirates; and that he was +appointed to the command of her, and was determined to cruise after them +until he had obtained some satisfaction from them." After this +conversation ended I went on board my vessel and followed the Renegade, +who shaped her course for Kingston. Night soon approached, when she +showed her signal light, which we followed. During the night the light +winds and smoky weather caused us to lose sight of her until the next +morning, when we found ourselves near a place called the White Horse, +about twelve miles from Port Royal, which lies at the entrance of +Kingston harbor. Our vessels were now laying becalmed a short distance +from each other. Soon after the sea-breeze arose, both vessels being +under weigh, near together, we set all our sails and steered for the +mouth of the harbor, and the Allen arrived there three miles ahead of +the Renegade. This satisfied me that the use of the sweeps on board of +the Renegade caused the long chase between us, and the loss of his +Majesty's powder and shot. + +On my arrival at Kingston I called on Messrs. O'Hara & Onfloy for +advice, when we applied to the admiral on that station to allow the +Allen to be taken into the king's dock-yard for repairs, which he +refused. We then applied to the collector of the port for leave to take +out her cargo, in order to heave her bottom out of water and repair it. +The collector informed us that he could not grant us that leave without +permission from the governor, who resided at Spanish Town, twelve miles +from Kingston. We had to employ a competent person to draw the petition, +who let us know that we must advance him thirty dollars to purchase a +sheet of stamped paper to write the petition upon. After the article was +drawn I was obliged to hire a man and furnish him with a horse and +carriage to convey it to the governor, who granted my request. The only +favor I had to acknowledge was, the governor's sending me the thirty +dollars which I paid for the sheet of stamped paper, in consequence of +the assault being committed by an English-government vessel. + +The carpenter hove the schooner's bottom out and repaired her in three +or four days; but I was detained eight days in obtaining a permit to +land the cargo for that purpose. The whole of the expenses were about +two hundred and sixty dollars. During this time I often met Captain +Fiatt, the commander of the Renegade, at public houses and elsewhere, +who was a gentleman in all respects. He was profuse in expressing his +regret that the unfortunate occurrence had happened to my vessel; and +was still full of his determination to pursue the pirates until he got +some revenge for the injuries he had received from them. After the +vessel was repaired I took on board four thousand six hundred dollars +belonging to my owners, and returned with the Allen to New-York. About +one year after, I visited Kingston on my way home from the Spanish Main. +When I inquired after Captain Fiatt, whom I left in the Renegade, an +English naval officer informed me that while cruising he landed with his +boat and crew on the Isle of Pines, and was missing for some time, when +another man-of-war's boat was sent in search of him. When the officer +and boat's crew landed on the Island they found the bodies of Captain +Fiatt and his boat's crew strewed on the ground, riddled with balls, and +the captain so horribly and vulgarly mangled as showed that none but +fiends could have been guilty of murdering them. + +To give the reader some idea of the horrible atrocities committed by the +pirates at that time, I have thought proper to insert the following +account, copied from _The Evening Post_ of April 15th, 1822: + + "_Commodore Porter's Squadron._ + + "_Piracies._--The last news that has been received from this + squadron is contained in the New-York papers extracted from the + _St. Thomas' Times_ of March 5. On the 4th the squadron got + under weigh and put to sea from St. Thomas'. Piracies of an + enormity that the bare recital of them make the blood run cold, + are continually taking place. A Dutch Brig was taken in sight + of Moro Castle, at Havanna. The French Brig La Jeune Henrietta + was taken on the 17th of March, the captain, passengers, and + all the crew were most cruelly beaten, and they and the vessel + robbed. The Schooner Success, from Matanzas, bound to New + Providence, was captured and converted into an assistant + pirate, two ladies, passengers, made prisoners, one of whom was + hanged up till life was almost extinct, in order to make her + confess where the money on board was secreted. The Dutch Brig + Minerva was captured and burned. The Brig Columbia, from + Washington, North Carolina, was captured, robbed of parts of + her cargo and sails. The Brig Alert, from New Orleans, was + boarded off the Moro by three boats, the captain and cook + killed, and one man mortally wounded. A brig has lately arrived + from the Balize, belonging to Kennebunk, formerly commanded by + Captain Perkins, she was from Port-au-Prince, via Campeachy, + where he was boarded by a pirate schooner of about forty tons, + manned by forty ruffians. 'They stabbed Captain Perkins in a + cruel manner and cut off one of his arms; he then told them + where the money was, which amounted to two hundred doubloons; + after which they cut off his other arm and thigh, placed oakum + dipped in oil under his body and in his mouth, and set fire to + it, which soon put an end to his life. The mate had a sword + thrust through his thigh, and the vessel was robbed of + everything moveable, such as cables, anchors, charts, books, + rigging, sails, &c.' It would seem by these accounts, which + have all come to hand the past week, that our squadron was of + little or no use in those seas. The true way we think would be + to put armed crews on board of merchantmen, at sea, after they + had left the port they sailed from, and in this way the pirates + could get no intelligence of vessels destined to go against + them. + + "Captain Harding, of the Schooner Aspray, who arrived at Boston + last Monday, from Havanna, in twelve days, informs that he was + chased out of the Bay of Matanzas by two piratical boats, and + running down for Havanna threw off her deck load to get clear + of a piratical schooner. Brig Alert, of Portsmouth, from New + Orleans, had just arrived off the Moro with a deck load of + hogs. She was boarded in the night by two piratical boats, with + six men each, and Captain Charles Blunt was murdered and thrown + overboard; the cook was stabbed, thrown among the hogs and + partly devoured by them. The crew were maltreated, and the + vessel plundered. Captain Harding states, that when she sailed + from Havanna it was hourly expected that orders would be issued + for the detention of French vessels in port." + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. + +Schooner Frances. + + +On the sixteenth day of July, 1824, I made a contract with one Captain +Oliver C. Murray, master of the Schooner Frances, of New-York, to +proceed with him on a trading voyage to the Musquitto Shore, Chagres, +Porto Bello, St. Blas, &c. as a pilot and assistant trader. + +We took on board an assorted cargo, and sailed from New-York about the +last of July. After being at sea some three days Captain Murray was +taken sick, when he called the mate and crew into the cabin and told +them that he had given up the charge of the schooner to me, that they +must obey me accordingly. This was unsolicited by me. We then proceeded +direct to Porto Bello, where we opened a trade with the inhabitants, +remaining there about three weeks, experiencing heavy showers of rain +every day we tarried there, it then being the rainy season on that +coast. We proceeded from that port to Carthagena, a distance of about +two hundred and sixty miles, where we were informed by the inhabitants +that there had not fallen a drop of rain in that place during the last +ten months. + +Carthagena is the strongest fortified city I ever visited, being +enclosed with a wall some fifteen feet high, which is approached by a +slope of easy assent. The wall appears to be from fifteen to twenty feet +thick, having embrasures with heavy cannon mounted on it, about one +hundred feet from one to another, all around the city, with a good road +on the top of the wall. On the outside of the wall there is a deep +trench, where water can be let in five or six feet deep if the city +should be invaded by an enemy. Vessels bound into the harbor are obliged +to keep close to the main land, which brings them near a long tier of +forts. The greatest part of the channel is filled in with large stones, +which appears to have been the work of ages. + +We remained here about two weeks, and were visited by numbers of +captains of Columbian privateers, most of them Americans, who had +obtained commissions signed by General Bolivar; they purchased many +articles from us. Before we got the schooner under weigh we took on +board three members of the Columbian Congress and their servants. A son +of one of the congressmen had been educated in Europe, and spoke good +English. We agreed to convey them to Chagres. They came direct from +Bogata, the seat of government of this Republic, their congress having +just adjourned; they were on their way home, across the Isthmus. The +Columbian Congress had passed a law to raise the duties on imports about +twelve per cent. We had a large assortment of goods on board, which we +sold at retail at every port where we landed. On our passage these +members of congress, who had come direct from the seat of government, +and assisted to pass laws to raise the revenue and prevent smuggling, +purchased over three hundred dollars' worth of goods of us on the +passage, and had them put up in proper packages to pass through the +custom house as their baggage, so as to defraud the government of the +duties. + +A short time before we arrived at Chagres one of them, who had an +English negro servant, ordered him to tell Captain Murray that he could +put some of his goods amongst their baggage if he wanted to smuggle them +on shore through the custom house, as their baggage was considered +sacred, and that no custom house officer dare to examine it. Being well +acquainted with the tricks of these Spanish officers, I prevailed on +Murray not to trust them, telling him this was only a trick to cheat him +out of his goods, as I had heard, from good authority, of a number of +tricks of this kind which had been practised by the collector of Porto +Bello and other ports on the Main. + +We landed our passengers and remained some days at Chagres, where we +sold some goods and then returned to Porto Bello. We purchased some +fustic and other articles, and proceeded to the coast of St. Blas, +touching at a number of small harbors, where we bought fustic in small +quantities. While laying in the mouth of one of these narrow rivers, +called Nombre Dios, (name of God,) I found by inquiry that I was only +about thirty miles from the residence of one of my old traders, named +Campbell, who had visited New-York with me in the Schooner Price, and +was there when General Jackson made his first visit to that city. I told +Captain Murray that I should feel much pleased to visit Campbell, and I +would willingly assist to paddle a canoe thirty miles to see any honest +friend. This pleased him much, as he wanted an introduction to the trade +on that coast. The next morning we fitted out our canoe, by putting a +dinner-pot, fire-works, and some provisions, and a large jug, containing +two or three gallons of gin, on board, to treat my Indian friends on my +arrival among them. We were now well prepared for the trip, having +plenty to eat and drink. If the winds or weather detained us on the +passage we could go on shore, haul up our canoe, build a fire, cook our +provision and then lay down on the ground and get a comfortable sleep, +by keeping a kind of watch amongst ourselves to prevent the fire from +going out, that being our only protection from tigers, panthers, and +other wild beasts, who will never approach a fire. They are very +numerous on this coast. I tried this experiment many years successfully. + +We left the schooner early in the morning and proceeded more than one +half of our journey, when a strong breeze of head wind compelled us to +go on shore and take up our lodging for the night. The next morning, the +wind having abated, we got under weigh, and reached Campbell's house +that afternoon. I was received by my old friend in the most affectionate +manner. He, knowing that I was very fond of craw-fish, wilkes, &c. +despatched a number of young men to fish for them, and others to go and +gather some of their best fruits for us to eat. At the same time the +most of his neighbors visited his house, many of them bringing fruits, +sugar-cane, &c. We were treated to the best supper the country afforded, +and he furnished us with clean hammocks to sleep in. The morning after, +we made a good breakfast; a large assemblage of Indians met at +Campbell's house, when he asked me to christen his children, which I +declined, by saying I had no book with me. I soon discovered that he +felt dissatisfied with my denial, for he had invited all his neighbors +there to witness the performance. He earnestly entreated me a second +time to perform the ceremony. After some further entreaty I yielded to +his request, which seemed to throw a gleam of joy on all the assembly of +Indians, whose eyes were steadily fixed upon me. When I got prepared to +perform the ceremony, I asked Campbell in his usual way of speaking +English, "What him name." He answered me, saying, "Dat General Jackson." +I then sprinkled water on his head, laid my hand upon it, and pronounced +his name with an audible voice; this was the oldest boy. I called for +the next, when he brought forward a younger lad; when I asked his name, +the answer was, "Dat must be your name," so I christened him Jacob +Dunham; then calling for another, he brought me a small girl, when I +asked concerning the name, he answered me, "Dat must be your wife name," +and I christened her Fanny Dunham. The fourth one being called for, +Captain Murray requested Campbell to have it christened after his wife; +he agreed to it, as it was a small girl, and I named her Lucretia +Murray. After the ceremony was ended Captain Murray presented the +children with fifty cents each. A good dinner was prepared on the +occasion, which we partook of in the most jovial and friendly manner, +after which we visited a number of the neighboring houses in company +with my friend Campbell, where we were received with a hearty welcome, +and presented with such fruits as the country afforded. + +In the morning, while we were preparing to return to the schooner, +Campbell called me out to a small store house, where he took up the hind +quarter of a baboon or large monkey, well smoked, and presented it to me +to eat on our passage back to the schooner. I did not like to wound his +feelings by refusing his present. On looking into his store room I +observed a number of large smoked birds about the size of a common +turkey, which I told him suited my taste much better than monkey, which +he readily exchanged, as the natives consider a fat monkey the best +meat that the country produces. He supplied us with bread-stuff and +fruits. We took our departure for the vessel, and arrived on board that +night. + +We continued trading along the coast a few days, when we fell in with an +old schooner under Columbian colors, but American built, said to belong +to a man named Varney, who was on board of her, but could not hold her +papers while sailing under that flag, not being a naturalized citizen of +that government. It appeared he had employed a black citizen of that +country to hold her papers, in the capacity of captain, who was then +laying sick in a canoe on the schooner's deck. + +Captain Murray told me he had heard from Carthagena that a government +schooner was cruising in pursuit of the Frances to capture her for +trading on this coast without license, that we must take the goods out +of her and put them on board of Varney's old schooner as speedily as +possible, and then proceed to sea with her immediately; that I must go +on board of her and take charge of the goods as supercargo. The goods +were transferred that afternoon in great haste, without my having time +to examine the old vessel as I ought to have done. She had a motley crew +of different nations on board. When I took a view of them, I told Murray +that I would not trust my life on board of her without he gave me two or +three of the Frances' crew to go with me, which request he complied +with, when we hurried to sea, bound to the Island of St. Andreas. After +we got out a little from the land we tried the pump, and found she +leaked very badly, but dared not put back, fearing we might be captured. +So we all agreed to pursue the voyage. We were now compelled to try the +pump every fifteen minutes during the passage to St. Andreas, which was +twenty-three days. + +Immediately after our arrival in that harbor I took all the goods on +shore. Two days after, Varney undertook to heave the old schooner out, +to repair her bottom, when the deck slid off, and she sunk, never to +rise again. The negro captain died the second day after we went to sea, +when we committed his body to a watery grave. + +Some time after Captain Murray arrived with the Frances in the harbor +and learned the fate of Varney's old vessel, when he chartered a small +schooner belonging to St. Andreas to take the remainder of his goods on +board, and carry them to St. John's, on the Spanish Main. The next day +they were all put on board of the new schooner. Murray now made up his +mind to send the Frances back to New-York, and wanted me to take charge +of her as master, which I refused to do, knowing it to be a broken +voyage, and if I acted as master of her I could not libel the vessel for +my wages. I told him he could give the mate charge of the Frances, and +that I would assist to navigate her back to New-York, which he agreed +to. He and Varney went on board of the new chartered schooner, and +proceeding to St. John's, took out the goods and transported them up +that river into Nunanger Lake, on a trading voyage. All our arrangements +being finished, both vessels proceeded to sea, when we shaped our course +for New-York. + +Soon after we got to sea I examined the list of return cargo which +Murray had left on board the Frances; it consisted mostly of fustic, +which was selling in New-York at that time at reduced prices, and I +found that the whole cargo would not pay the charter of the schooner, +which was two hundred dollars per month, besides victualing, manning and +port charges. + +The Frances proved to be such a dull sailer that we could seldom force +her more than seven knots per hour, in addition to which her sails and +rigging had been badly injured by the continued rains on that coast, +which rendered her unfit for any voyage. We were beating to the +northward about fourteen days before we made the land, which proved to +be Cape Antonio, we then steered into the Gulf-stream, which assisted us +to work our way to the northward and eastward, and were a number of days +sailing in the Gulf before we reached the latitude of Charleston, where +we encountered a succession of heavy gales of wind which split our sails +and carried away the greatest part of our running rigging. Finding our +water and provisions growing short, we concluded to put into Charleston +for relief, and the next day the wind proving favorable we steered +direct for that port, where we anchored in a crippled condition. After +our arrival there, we wrote to the men whom we supposed were Captain +Murray's sureties for the charter of the Frances, informing them of our +misfortune, when they applied to the underwriters for relief. When we +had waited two or three weeks in Charleston, an agent of the +underwriters arrived there from New-York, bringing with him rigging and +sails, when we made some tempory repairs, and then sailed for New-York, +where we arrived after a passage of two weeks. + +After we arrived in port it was discovered that Murray had not over +twenty dollars when he first undertook the voyage. He was a good looking +man, and belonged to the Masonic order, could sing a good song, and tell +a humorous story, and had a peculiar way of gaining the confidence of +his associates. He had but few personal acquaintances in the city; but +had obtained security from two or three responsible merchants for the +charter of the schooner Frances for a voyage of some months, at two +hundred dollars per month, and they had loaned him money to pay the +advance wages of the mate and seamen, and supplied him with ship stores, +besides making large shipments of goods on their own account. He took +many goods from different people in invoices of from fifty to one +thousand dollars, agreeing to carry them free from freight, and return +them one-half of the net profits. Among the shippers was his landlady, a +poor widow woman, whom he persuaded to make a shipment of crockery +amounting to fifty or sixty dollars, who, no doubt expected it would be +sold at California prices. I have since conversed with many of the +shippers by the Frances on this voyage, who say that they never received +any returns for the goods which they shipped on board the schooner, or +any account of the sales of them. The sureties were compelled to pay the +seamen's wages and all other expenses. Some years after I learned that +Murray died in some part of Central America. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. + +Voyage to New Orleans. + + +About the first of December, 1831, I entered into an agreement in +Philadelphia with a large contractor, who had engaged to open a canal +from the city of New Orleans to Lake Ponekertrain. He had hired about +one hundred and fifty men, and chartered a brig to carry them to New +Orleans. We sailed about the sixth of December, and made our passage out +in twenty days. The captain of the brig was a young man who was but +little acquainted with that coast. As he found that I was more +experienced than himself, he was very civil to me. I gave him +information about this dangerous coast. On our arrival at New Orleans +we were conveyed to some large shantees, built for the accommodation of +the workmen. I was stationed in the store-room, with orders to weigh out +the provisions, keep a daily account of the expenditures, and make +weekly returns to the treasurer. This I found a very disagreeable +situation, as the men were constantly finding fault with their +provisions, although they were furnished with good tea, coffee, sugar, +smoked shoulders, potatoes, salt fish, wheat bread and butter every +Friday, fresh beef twice in the week, and eight glasses of whiskey per +day. Notwithstanding this good treatment, we had riots among the men +every few days, and all deficiency in stores or cooking was laid to my +charge, and they often threatened my life. There were two other +encampments on the same canal, one on the lake side, and one in the +middle station, where they murdered one cook, mortally wounded one +overseer, and severely injured many others. + +A few months after they grew so riotous that the City Guards had to be +called out to suppress them, when they were discharged by the company, +and I was released from my contract. After they had spent all their +wages they returned to their work and were very orderly. This canal is +only six and a half miles long, and eight feet deep, but has added +greatly to the wealth of the city. There was an old canal, formed mostly +by nature, running nearly parallel with this new one, having about five +feet depth of water in it, but it was often so much out of repair as to +make it difficult to navigate, and as it did not answer the desired +purpose, the new one was made. I obtained employment in a little +schooner, which ran between New Orleans and Covington, through the old +canal, crossing the lake and ascending a small river called Chepunkee, +navigable some twenty-two miles. We sailed into the mouth of it about +three miles, and then took in our sails and towed her the remaining +distance to the little village called Covington. The river is so narrow +in many places that vessels have scant room to pass by each other; a +slight current sets down the river the whole time. + +At Covington I found a number of steam sawmills, and abundance of sawed +timber and boards, a few hotels, boarding houses, stores, and a printing +office and several dwelling houses. This place is considered a healthy +resort in the sickly season. Many small vessels find employment here in +transporting lumber, brick, and cotton. We soon took in a cargo of +lumber and returned to New Orleans, where we discharged it; when I +entered on board of another schooner and made a trip to Mobile, which I +found a very handsome city. The houses are built in modern style, the +place has in it a number of large elegant hotels and stores, and many +handsome streets. I was much annoyed with musquittoes while we remained +in port, but soon left for New Orleans, where we landed after a passage +of two days. In a short time I started for another trip across the +lake. On my return I was taken sick. Finding that my small means would +not support me long at a boarding house, and also pay the doctor's +bills, I applied to the collector of the port, who gave me an order to +go to the Marine Hospital, supposing I had a just claim to go there +after paying hospital money to support such institutions over thirty +years. During my stay in the hospital I found it was a private +institution; that the collector and the keeper of it were kinsmen, and +that the collector paid the keeper seventy-five cents per day for the +board of every seaman he sent there. The daily rations allowed each man +were about eight or ten ounces of bread, and five or six ounces of fresh +meat, with the accompaniment of a small bowl of tea. The whole would not +cost per day over twelve cents per man. + +A number of seamen remain here a long time after they are restored to +health, without receiving a discharge from the doctor, who is making +fifty cents per day, or more, for their board. These men leave the +hospital in the morning in pursuit of work, which they generally find, +purchase their dinners at eating houses, and return to the hospital at +night, where they receive their small rations and lodgings, the keeper +pocketing his seventy-five cents per day from government during their +stay here. They are left to decide for themselves when it is best to be +well. In consequence of this, many of the sick in the hospital are +crowded out of comfortable lodgings. + +It will easily be seen that the greatest part of the tax collected from +the hard earnings of seamen is used to enrich political favorites. I +remained in this establishment about sixty days, during that time the +yellow fever raged there violently, causing a number of deaths in the +house. Many patients were brought there who were unable to walk or stand +on their feet, and were most of them soon cured. + +After I left the hospital I found some light employment for a few days, +when I agreed to take another trip across the lake. Previous to my going +on board of the vessel I returned to the hospital, where I had left some +of my clothing, took with me such as I wanted, and left some of my heavy +articles in charge of a sailor named Daniel Dunn, with whom I had formed +a short acquaintance in the hospital, and proceeded over the lake, where +we remained a few days, and then returned to the city. On my return I +found the cholera had broken out and was raging to such an alarming +degree that the inhabitants were terror-struck. The returns of deaths +were over two hundred per day. Laborers wages for digging in the church +burying ground was seven dollars per day. Not being able to procure +laborers sufficient to dig single graves, they dug canals about one +hundred rods in length, of sufficient depth to place three coffins one +above the other, the water in the bottom of it being about eighteen +inches deep. All graves dug in New Orleans are half filled with water +before the coffins are deposited in them. + +The morning after my return I proceeded to the hospital to see after my +clothing. On visiting the building I was much surprised on walking +through many of the rooms without seeing a living soul. In the back yard +I found eight or ten dead bodies laying on the ground in a putrid state. +I then searched the upper stories, and in a room called the small-pox +ward, I found one dead body laying on a bed covered with a woollen +blanket, in a very putrid state, the offensive gas rising through the +blanket like a dense fog. Some few were still alive, but suffering for +want of attendance. On descending the stairs I met the assistant +physician of the hospital, and asked him the cause of this great neglect +of the few who were still living. He told me that Doctor M'Farlane, the +proprietor, was very sick, and that the cook, steward, washer woman, and +the black man who conveyed the corpses to the grave, were all dead, and +that they could not procure any assistance. He asked me if I would try +to hire some help for him. I told him that I would use my best exertions +to procure him some, but if I could not obtain any I would assist him +myself. I then left him and returned to my lodgings. Just before I left +my boarding house to visit the hospital I heard one of the boarders, a +journeyman hatter, who had been on a drunken frolic for some days, say +that he had spent all his money and had not enough left to get his +bitters that morning. Knowing that the want of money in such +circumstances stimulate men to undertake unpleasant jobs sooner than go +without their bitters, I proposed his going to work with me at the +hospital, and rendering the doctor all the assistance in our power, +which he readily agreed to. When we arrived at the place I introduced +the doctor to the hatter. After the introduction was over my partner +showed a great anxiety to fix on the price of our day's work, which was +soon settled at five dollars each. The bargain being closed we were +presented with some antidote, which we were ordered to snuff up our +noses. + +About this time three or four carts arrived at the door, when we were +requested to assist in carrying out the few sick persons that remained +in the building, which we found to be only sixteen, being all that were +left alive out of about sixty inmates that I left there some ten days +before. + +The doctor showed us a number of rough boxes, called coffins, which were +placed in the back yard. Many of them were made very wide, that they +might hold two dead bodies. He requested us to harness up a poor old +half-starved horse, which we found on the premises. After a long search +we found the old harness scattered about the yard, which we gathered up, +both of us being ignorant of the way of putting it together. After a +long consultation we placed it on the horse's back, which was so sore +that he trembled badly during the operation. After we had rigged him and +the cart, we agreed to take on one of the double coffins for the first +load. We opened one of them and placed a large body in it, and then +hunted for a small one to crowd into the same box; when we had +accomplished this we attempted to lift the double coffin on to the cart; +finding that we were not able to accomplish it we were obliged to roll +it on. I asked the hatter if he would drive the horse to the grave-yard, +telling him I was unacquainted with that employment. He told me he was a +stranger to that business, and insisted upon it that I must be the +driver. I mounted the cart and proceeded towards the burying ground, on +the road we found the mud so deep that the cart wheels buried themselves +nearly up to the hubs. After driving nearly a mile we arrived at the +Catholic burying ground, where we found a long canal and twenty or +thirty men employed in digging and receiving dead bodies. Before our +arrival there, a board burst off from the coffin, which caused one arm +to hang out. The Irish laborers employed there commenced a quarrel with +us, swearing that they would be the death of us if we brought any more +coffins there in that situation, and we found some difficulty in +prevailing upon them to receive the present one. They at last agreed to +help lift it off the cart. It was then placed in the canal, where the +water was about two feet deep, two men stood upon it until they put +another coffin on the top of it, when they placed the third one on the +top of the second one, making the tier three deep, laying the coffins +crossways in the canal. When one tier was finished they hove large +quantities of lime upon it and commenced another. + +We now returned to the hospital and took in two more bodies, enclosing +them in single coffins. This time we found a number of chickens busily +employed in the hospital yard picking maggots out of the eyes and ears +of the putrid bodies laying on the ground in the yard. The hatter and +myself had a long consultation about handling the putrid carcases, and +agreed between ourselves to pick out the soundest of them first. We +noticed some cartmen drawing a number of loads of wood and depositing +them on a vacant lot of ground near the hospital. A report was +circulated that the Mayor of the city had ordered the building to be +burned down that night. We proceeded back to the grave-yard, where we +met with a more peaceable reception. On our return we found the fowls +still busily engaged on the dead bodies, which had become more putrid +during our short absence. This was one of the most unpleasant scenes I +ever witnessed. We stopped on our way and took some refreshments, and +then conveyed two more loads to the burying ground, carrying two at each +load. + +About sunset we unharnessed our old horse and put him in his place. +Having satisfied our employer we took our discharge. We agreed between +ourselves to stop at the hospital a short time and see what disposal was +to be made of the remaining dead bodies. Soon after sunset some eight or +ten men made their appearance and took up an old door and bored one or +two holes through it, and putting a rope through the holes, rolled two +of the putrid bodies upon it, and then took hold of the rope and dragged +it to a vacant lot near the hospital, which process they continued until +they had gathered them all into one heap, when they went to the various +rooms and took all the beds and bedsteads containing the dead bodies, +and carried them into the same yard and deposited them on the putrid +heap; they next broke down the fence to more readily kindle the fire on +this offensive mass, when they piled on the three cords of wood which +the Mayor had sent there for that purpose, set it on fire, and consumed +the whole of it. + +On viewing the place, while passing it the next morning, I could not +discover a particle of bone larger than a man's finger-nail left. + +The Cholera raged in New Orleans to a frightful degree for some months +after; the average number of deaths in the city was two hundred per day +for several weeks. + +Soon after this I made a trip in a little schooner to St. Marks, and a +small port called Magnolia, in West Florida, and then returned to the +city, where I remained about two months, when I found employment as a +mate on board of a brig called the Commodore Barry, bound to New-York, +where I was to receive my wages and be discharged. We performed our +passage home without meeting with any occurrence worth recording. + +New Orleans is one of the most immoral cities I ever visited. All kinds +of amusement are indulged in on Sundays: most of the military +companies, both foot and horse, are assembled on that day in a public +square in front of the Mayor's office and drilled. The Sabbath is the +day elected for sham fights. The piazzas of the largest hotels are +filled with bands of musicians, playing enchanting tunes to attract +customers. The doors of billiard rooms are thrown open to public view, +and large sums of money are often bet on the games. Strolling negro +musicians are found playing on their banjoes and tamborines at the +corners of the streets. On Sunday evenings, circuses, play-houses and +gambling rooms, attract a large collection of people. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. + +Schooner Horizon. + + +Having lost all my property except a small homestead, by the many +captures I had experienced, the perils of the sea, and the fluctuations +of prices in the West India produce, and being now out of employment, +and looking upon every man as slothful who remained idle when he could +earn a competence by working for less wages then he formerly received, I +agreed with a young inexperienced captain to perform a voyage with him +in a small schooner of seventy tons, called the Horizon, from New-York +to the Island of Teneriffe. My name was entered on the shipping articles +as mate, although it was verbally understood that I was to be considered +as the navigator and sailing master. + +We commenced loading about the first of January, 1835, with staves and a +few other articles, and went to sea about the eighth, the vessel being +deeply loaded, which made her wet and uncomfortable for a winter's +voyage. We proceeded on the passage without any material accident until +we arrived in the latitude of Teneriffe, when we were overtaken by a +violent gale of wind, which lasted nearly two days; we shipped a number +of seas, which cleared our decks of staves, carried away our bulwarks, +broke our bowsprit, and sprung the head of our fore-mast; rendering the +schooner totally unmanageable. The next day the wind abated, and the sea +became more moderate, when we made all the repairs that our scant +materials would admit of, and in the afternoon discovered the high Peak +of Teneriffe. Finding our water running low, having had our last cask +stove during the gale, we agreed to come upon an allowance of one bottle +of water for each man per day. The weather became mild, with light +variable winds, which rendered the vessel quite unmanageable, as we had +no head sail to keep her before the wind in light breezes. With longing +eyes we viewed the majestic pyramid for fourteen days, the wind +remaining the same during all that time, when we approached so near the +harbor of Oratava that we were boarded by a pilot who conducted us into +that port. Our schooner's cables being only about forty fathoms long, +would not reach the bottom in that harbor, and we were obliged to hire a +cable and anchor to ride by during our stay in port. + +While lying here it is necessary to keep a pilot constantly on board, +that we may be ready to proceed to sea the moment the wind changes so as +to blow towards the land. After we had remained in the harbor some four +or five days, and procured carpenters to repair our vessel, a gale of +wind commenced, and we were compelled to slip our cable and go to sea +again, where we remained about two days, when we put into the Island of +Palmos, at which place we continued three or four days. After the gale +abated we returned to our former anchorage in Oratava harbor. + +The harbor of Oratava is surrounded by high rocks, almost perpendicular, +faced with sharp points, which makes it impossible to ascend them. When +vessels are wrecked in this place they are very soon dashed to pieces, +and their crews meet a watery grave. The anchorage is situated about +twelve miles from the foot of the Peak, where the weather is so mild +that sailors are working on board vessels with no clothing except shirts +and trowsers, while the Peak is covered with snow. Our pilot informed me +that snow fell on the Peak every month in the year except March. The +snow, from the appearance, forms a body of ice, and the brilliant rays +of the sun at its rising are reflected on this ice-capped mountain with +such dazzling light that the beholder is struck with awe as he surveys +this mighty wonder of the world. I had but one opportunity to visit the +shore, where I remained but a few moments while signing a protest. My +short stay prevents my giving the reader any description of the place. + +We employed two native carpenters to repair the damages the schooner had +received on the passage, they came on board early every morning, +bringing their dinners with them, which consisted of a six cent loaf of +wheat bread, one head of lettuce, and a bottle of wine; this being the +only food they had. At twelve o'clock they sat down on deck, made their +meal and drank the wine. They brought on board a few very coarse +carpenter's tools, among which was a hand-saw that attracted my +particular attention, as it had a small hole in the point of it, through +which they put a nail gimblet; when they wanted to split a board they +lined in the usual manner, then placed one end on the deck and raised +the other end up to an angle of about forty-five degrees, being +supported by a saw-bench, when one of them took the saw by the handle in +the common way, while the other put the gimblet through the hole in the +point, which he took hold of by placing his fingers on both sides of the +blade, and assisted in drawing the saw through the board, his comrade +shoving on the other end; this was the first time I ever knew that it +took two men to work one hand-saw. + +The expenses of repairs here are very great. I think one American +carpenter will perform more labor in one day than six of those natives. + +We were detained here a long time in discharging our cargo for want of +lighters, being obliged to land it in small boats, which made but a few +trips on shore each day, the same boats bringing back our return cargo. +Our supply of fire wood getting very short we inquired the price of that +article on shore, and found that they asked twenty dollars per cord for +it. We purchased a few sacks of coal for the return passage. After +remaining here some weeks we sailed for New-York, where we shortly +arrived, all in good health. The cargo was soon discharged, all hands +paid, and I returned to my home. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. + +Sinking of the Sloop First Consul. + + +About the first of September, 1842, two of my friends in New-York +purchased a Sloop called the First Consul, about twenty-five tons +burden, and gave me the charge of her with orders to employ her in any +trade I thought proper to earn a living in. I remained in the city some +weeks seeking employment for my vessel, but after many applications for +freights, without success, I found myself disappointed in my +calculations in obtaining business for her in the city. As a last +resort, I determined to proceed up the Hudson River as far as Rondout, +where I expected to procure some small freights of coal to deliver at +the neighboring villages on the river. + +On the fifteenth of October I left New-York for Rondout, where I +obtained a freight of about thirty tons of coal to be delivered at +Poughkeepsie. We loaded and left for our port of destination, where we +discharged our cargo and agreed to return and take in another for the +same company. Finding the sloop proved leaky I proceeded home to +Catskill, where I procured a caulker and gave her some repairs, when we +returned to Rondout and took on board another cargo of coal. Supposing +the vessel to be perfectly tight in her upper works after the +overhauling she had received, we loaded her deep, in order to take a +full canal boat's cargo on board. After we had proceeded some distance +on our passage we discovered that the vessel leaked badly. We had light +baffling winds during the night, and tried the pump hourly. Finding we +could keep her free without very heavy fatigue, we apprehended no +serious danger, and soon arrived at the same wharf in Poughkeepsie where +we had landed our last cargo, and hauled into a small slip which I +considered a very safe harbor. I had one man on board with me, whom I +told we would get some breakfast, when we would go below and take a +short nap, as we had been on deck all night; after which would find the +owner of the coal and obtain leave to discharge the deck load that day, +although it was Sunday. We then retired into the cabin and laid down to +sleep, it being about eight o'clock in the morning. After laying about +two hours I was aroused by a loud cry, "Come out, come out, you are +sinking." I sprang upon my feet, determined to save my trunk and +clothing, which I was prevented from doing by a column of water rushing +in at the cabin door. I forced myself upon deck, which at this time was +some feet under water, when I found my legs entangled with old rigging +and lumber. While trying to extricate them, the shore being steep the +vessel settled down, which parted the hawser that held her fast to the +wharf, when she slid off into the channel and sunk in thirty feet water, +with all my clothing, &c. and I was compelled to swim on shore, which I +reached in a shivering condition, but was soon furnished with dry +clothing, and treated in the kindest manner by a gentleman living near +by. + +Two or three days after I hired two vessels, procured spars, chains, and +necessary apparatus, together with a number of men, and made an attempt +to raise the First Consul. After several days' hard labor and fatigue we +succeeded in raising her, so as to float her on the flats, when we +bailed the water out and discharged the coal from her hold, the bulk of +the deck load having been washed overboard. I found most of my clothing, +books, papers, &c. in the cabin in a very dirty condition. My troubles +did not end here: before I could receive any assistance from my friends, +the sloop was attached for the expenses of getting her up, and sold for +less than the amount of the bills, when I returned home penniless, my +mind fixed on the distich-- + + Since all things to destruction tend, + My voyage of life will shortly end. + + + + +FINIS. + + + + +Transcriber's Notes. + +There are many spelling irregularities and inconsistencies in this book. +The ones most obviously printing errors have been corrected as noted +below. Others were left as printed in the text. These include: "ancles" +and "ankles;" "alledging;" "armadilla;" "attrocities" and "atrocities;" +"Baratara" is probably "Barataria;" "bed quilt" and bed-quilt;" "Bigman +Bank" and "Bigman's Bank;" possibly "Boro Toro" and "Boco Toro" are the +same place; "Bogata" for "Bogota;" "Britanic;" "callipach" for +"carapace;" "cassader" and "cassauder" for "cassava;" "chissels;" +(Emperor) "Christoff" and "Christophe," presumably the same person; +"Lieutenant Coakley" and "Lieutenant Cookley;" "cocoa nuts" and +"cocoa-nuts;" "cowhides" and "cow-hides;" "errant" for "errand;" +"equiped;" "facinating;" "favourite" and "favorite;" "fopish;" +"gratulations;" "Grenada" and "Greneda;" "guana" is possibly "iguana;" +(Captain) "Humphreys" and "Humphrey", probably the same person; +"journies;" "Leforet" and "Laforet;" "Lynn Haven" and "Lynhaven;" +"mattrass" for "mattress;" "Mr. Mores" and "Mr. Morse", on page 134; +"Musquitto," "Musquito," "Mosquitto" and "Mosquito" (the tribe and +coast); "musquitto," "mosquito" and "mosquitto" (the insect); "out-fit" +and "outfit;" "out-sailed" and "outsailed;" "polution;" "Ponekertrain" +for "Ponchartrain;" "Port au Prince" and "Port-au-Prince;" "practice(s)" +and "practise(d);" "sailer" and "sailor" for a ship (not a seaman, which +is always "sailor"); "shantees;" "St. Andrews" and "St. Andreas;" +"sun-set" and "sunset;" "Captain Teft" and "Captain Tefts;" "temporary" +and "tempory;" "threshhold;" "too," as in "laying too," "hove too," +etc.; "visiters;" "water-mellons;" "wilkes" for "whelks." + +Left "Captain's Mitchell and Lafitte" on page 4, although "Captains" +would have been more grammatical. + +Changed period to comma on page 7: "Corn Island,"; and on page 8: +"Royalists of Port-au-Prince,". + +Changed "Schoouer to "Schooner" on page 8: "English Schooner." + +Changed "Croswel" to "Croswell" on page 10: "Thomas O'Hara Croswell." + +Added comma after "Stonington" on page 14: "Stonington, Connecticut." + +Left "the commodores word" on page 22, although "commodore's" would have +been more grammatical. + +Changed "Ramalies" to "Ramillies" in the caption to the figure for page +26. + +Changed "patatoes" to "potatoes" on page 31: "potatoes to be worth." + +Changed period to comma on page 37, after "blockading Savannah at the +time." + +Changed "sailidg ing" to "sailing" on page 37: "After sailing." + +Changed "blocakding" to "blockading" on page 39: "an old blockading +decree." + +Changed "fustick" to "fustic" on page 40: "fustic, sarsaparilla, &c." + +Changed "he" to "the" on page 50: "made the threat." + +Added closing double quote on page 53 after: "and every thing you want." + +Changed "ran" to "run" on page 68: "who had run away." + +Changed "day-light" to "daylight" on page 69: "until daylight." + +Changed "Coloured" to "Colored" in the caption to the figure on page 88. + +Left "a weavers spool" as is on page 98, even though "weaver's" would +have been more grammatical. + +Changed "licence" to "license" on page 126: "received the license." + +Changed "lea" to "lee" on page 127: "lee of an island." + +Changed "feathes" to "feathers" on page 130: "ornamented with feathers." + +Changed "traveling" to "travelling" on page 131: "we were travelling." + +Left "manatee's" on page 148, even though "manatees" would have been +more grammatical. + +Changed "birth" to "berth" on page 166: "a damned good berth." + +Page 187 refers to "Cape Francios" in the Dominican Republic. Although +this is probably "Cape Francois", it was left as is. + +Removed extra single quote before "in addition" on page 200. + +Left "your's very truly" on page 204, even though "yours" would have +been more grammatical. + +Changed "anothor" to "another" on page 209: "followed by another." + +Changed "throwu" to "thrown" on page 215: "thrown overboard." + +Changed "earnesly" to "earnestly" on page 220: "He earnestly entreated." + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Journal of Voyages, by Jacob Dunham + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOURNAL OF VOYAGES *** + +***** This file should be named 33835-8.txt or 33835-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/8/3/33835/ + +Produced by Robert Cicconetti, Stephen H. Sentoff and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net +(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/33835-8.zip b/33835-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..707e080 --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-8.zip diff --git a/33835-h.zip b/33835-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c020b22 --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h.zip diff --git a/33835-h/33835-h.htm b/33835-h/33835-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac6bd2d --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/33835-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,6674 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<!-- $Id: header.txt 236 2009-12-07 18:57:00Z vlsimpson $ --> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Journal of Voyages, by Captain Jacob Dunham. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + +body { + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; +} + +p { + margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; +} + +hr { + width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; +} +hr.tb { + width:45%; +} +hr.chap { + width:65%; +} +hr.full { + width:95%; +} + +table { + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; +} + +.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; +} /* page numbers */ + +.linenum { + position: absolute; + top: auto; + left: 4%; +} /* poetry number */ + +.blockquot { + margin-left: 5%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + +.sidenote { + width: 20%; + padding-bottom: .5em; + padding-top: .5em; + padding-left: .5em; + padding-right: .5em; + margin-left: 1em; + float: right; + clear: right; + margin-top: 1em; + font-size: smaller; + color: black; + background: #eeeeee; + border: dashed 1px; +} + +.bb {border-bottom: solid 2px;} + +.bl {border-left: solid 2px;} + +.bt {border-top: solid 2px;} + +.br {border-right: solid 2px;} + +.bbox {border: solid 2px;} + +.center {text-align: center;} + +.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + +.u {text-decoration: underline;} + +.caption {font-weight: bold;} + +/* Images */ +.figcenter { + margin: auto; + text-align: center; +} + +.figleft { + float: left; + clear: left; + margin-left: 0; + margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-right: 1em; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; +} + +.figright { + float: right; + clear: right; + margin-left: 1em; + margin-bottom: + 1em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-right: 0; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; +} + +/* Footnotes */ +.footnotes {border: dashed 1px;} + +.footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} + +.footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;} + +.fnanchor { + vertical-align: super; + font-size: .8em; + text-decoration: + none; +} + +/* Poetry */ +.poem { + margin-left:10%; + margin-right:10%; + text-align: left; +} + +.poem br {display: none;} + +.poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + +.poem span.i0 { + display: block; + margin-left: 0em; + padding-left: 3em; + text-indent: -3em; +} + +.poem span.i2 { + display: block; + margin-left: 2em; + padding-left: 3em; + text-indent: -3em; +} + +.poem span.i4 { + display: block; + margin-left: 4em; + padding-left: 3em; + text-indent: -3em; +} + +.tocnum { + position: absolute; + right: 20%; + top: auto; + text-align: right; +} + +/* Non-headings that display like them */ +div.likeheading1 { + text-align:center; + margin-bottom: 2em; + font-weight: bold; + font-size:200%; +} +div.likeheading2 { + text-align:center; + margin-bottom: 2em; + font-weight: bold; + font-size:150%; +} +div.likeheading3 { + text-align:center; + margin-bottom: 2em; + font-weight: bold; + font-size:120%; +} + +.lsoff { + list-style-type:none; +} + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Journal of Voyages, by Jacob Dunham + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Journal of Voyages + Containing an Account of the Author's being Twice Captured + by the English and Once by Gibbs the Pirate... + +Author: Jacob Dunham + +Release Date: October 3, 2010 [EBook #33835] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOURNAL OF VOYAGES *** + + + + +Produced by Robert Cicconetti, Stephen H. Sentoff and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net +(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + + + + + +</pre> + + + +<p class="figcenter"><img src="images/fig001.jpg" alt="" /><br />CAPT. JACOB DUNHAM.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + +<h1> +JOURNAL OF VOYAGES:</h1> + +<div class="likeheading3">CONTAINING AN ACCOUNT OF</div> +<div class="likeheading2">THE AUTHOR'S BEING TWICE CAPTURED BY THE ENGLISH</div> +<div class="likeheading3">AND ONCE BY</div> +<div class="likeheading2">GIBBS THE PIRATE;</div> + +<div class="likeheading3">HIS NARROW ESCAPE WHEN</div> +<div class="likeheading2">CHASED BY AN ENGLISH WAR SCHOONER;</div> + +<div class="likeheading3">AS WELL AS HIS BEING</div> +<div class="likeheading3">CAST AWAY AND RESIDING WITH INDIANS.</div> + +<div class="likeheading3">TO WHICH IS ADDED</div> + +<p class="center">Some account of the Soil, Products, Laws and Customs of Chagres, +the Musquitto Shore, and St. Blas, at the Isthmus of Darien.</p> + +<div class="likeheading2" style="margin-top:2em;">With Illustrations.</div> + +<div class="likeheading2">BY CAPTAIN JACOB DUNHAM.</div> + +<p class="center">NEW-YORK:</p> + +<p class="center">PUBLISHED FOR THE AUTHOR,<br /> +And Sold by Huestis & Cozans, 104 and 106 Nassau-street.</p> + +<p class="center">1850. +</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<p class="center">Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year of our Lord one +thousand eight hundred and fifty, by JACOB DUNHAM, in the Clerk's Office +of the District Court of the Southern District of New-York.</p> + + +<hr class="tb" /> +<p class="center"> +D. Fanshaw, Printer and Stereotyper,<br /> +35 Ann, corner of Nassau-street.<br /> +</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CONTENTS" id="CONTENTS"></a>CONTENTS.</h2> + + + +<div style="margin-right:15em;"> +<ul class="lsoff"> +<li> <span class="tocnum">page.</span></li> + +<li><a href="#AUTHORS_APOLOGY"><span class="smcap">Author's Apology</span></a>, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_9">9</a></span></li> + +<li><a href="#EARLY_LIFE"><span class="smcap">Early Life of the Author</span></a>, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_11">11</a></span></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_I"><span class="smcap">Chapter I.</span></a>—Sloop Rover +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Capture by the English—Sale and sinking of the Sloop Rover, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_13">13</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_II"><span class="smcap">Chap. II.</span></a>—Sloop New-York +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Second capture by the English—Exchange of Prisoners, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_30">30</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_III"><span class="smcap">Chap. III.</span></a>—Sloop Biddle +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Captain's Mitchell and Lafitte, the Pirates, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_37">37</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_IV"><span class="smcap">Chap. IV.</span></a> +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Casting away of the Sloop Biddle near Waa-waa River—with +some account of the Indians, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_52">52</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_V"><span class="smcap">Chap. V.</span></a> +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Pearl Key Lagoon, and more of the Indians, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_70">70</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_VI"><span class="smcap">Chap. VI.</span></a> +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Runaway Negroes among the Indians—The Sookerman, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_77">77</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_VII"><span class="smcap">Chap. VII.</span></a>—Visit to Corn Island, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_89">89</a></span></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII"><span class="smcap">Chap. VIII.</span></a>—Visit to Bluefields +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Permit of George Frederick, King of the Musquitto Nation, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_92">92</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_IX"><span class="smcap">Chap. IX.</span></a>—Mode of Taking Turtle +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Musquitto Laws—Produce—Customs, &c. <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_98">98</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_X"><span class="smcap">Chap. X.</span></a> +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Some description of the country and inhabitants of the +Musquitto Nation, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_105">105</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XI"><span class="smcap">Chap. XI.</span></a>—Sloop Governor Tompkins, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_111">111</a></span></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XII"><span class="smcap">Chap. XII.</span></a>—Schooner Price, First Voyage +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Leading the dance in Old Providence—A ball at St. Andreas, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_115">115</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII"><span class="smcap">Chap. XIII.</span></a>—Schooner Price, Second Voyage +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Landing at St. Blas, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_120">120</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV"><span class="smcap">Chap. XIV.</span></a> +<ul class="lsoff"><li>The harbor of Little Cordee—Trading with the Indians, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_125">125</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XV"><span class="smcap">Chap. XV.</span></a>—Schooner Price, Third Voyage +<ul class="lsoff"><li>A fleet of Patriots (or pirates) at Old Providence, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_140">140</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI"><span class="smcap">Chap. XVI.</span></a>—Schooner Price, Fourth Voyage +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Our Boats fired into at Corn Island, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_151">151</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII"><span class="smcap">Chap. XVII.</span></a>—Schooner Enterprise, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_160">160</a></span></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII"><span class="smcap">Chap. XVIII.</span></a>—Schooner Felicity +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Republicans and Royalists of Port-au-Prince, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_162">162</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XIX"><span class="smcap">Chap. XIX.</span></a>—Schooner Felicity, Second Voyage +<ul class="lsoff"><li>The smartest Padre (or priest) in the West Indies, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_167">167</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XX"><span class="smcap">Chap. XX.</span></a>—Schooner Combine +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Captured by the Pirates—Placed in the ring to be +shot—Capture of the Aristides by Pirates, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_170">170</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XXI"><span class="smcap">Chap. XXI.</span></a>—Schooner Combine, Second Voyage +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Our trade in Horses—The Yellow Fever at +Port-au-Prince—Counterfeit Coin—Arbitrary Laws, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_187">187</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XXII"><span class="smcap">Chap. XXII.</span></a>—Schooner Combine, Third Voyage, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_194">194</a></span></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIII"><span class="smcap">Chap. XXIII.</span></a> +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Capture of the Piratical Vessels by +Lieutenant Commandant Allen, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_199">199</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XXIV"><span class="smcap">Chap. XXIV.</span></a>—Schooner Allen +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Chased by an English Schooner—Horrible attrocities +committed by Pirates on the Spanish Main, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_205">205</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XXV"><span class="smcap">Chap. XXV.</span></a>—Schooner Frances +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Trading Voyage to Musquitto Shore, Chagres, +Porto Bello, &c.—The Author officiates at a christening, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_216">216</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVI"><span class="smcap">Chap. XXVI.</span></a>—Voyage to New Orleans +<ul class="lsoff"><li>The Hospital—Direful visitation of the +Yellow Fever—Disposal of the Dead, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_226">226</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVII"><span class="smcap">Chap. XXVII.</span></a>—Schooner Horizon +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Peak of Teneriffe—Queer Carpenter, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_236">236</a></span></li> +</ul></li> + +<li><a href="#CHAPTER_XXVIII"><span class="smcap">Chap. XXVIII.</span></a>—The Sloop First Consul +<ul class="lsoff"><li>Sinking of the Sloop—and return home penniless, <span class="tocnum"><a href="#Page_240">240</a></span></li> +</ul></li> +</ul></div> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="AUTHORS_APOLOGY" id="AUTHORS_APOLOGY"></a>AUTHOR'S APOLOGY.</h2> + + +<p><i>In presenting the following Voyages to the public, I must inform my +readers that I have had but a common school education, and am +unaccustomed to composition. I can only tell my story in a plain +straight forward way, not being able to ornament it with flowery +language.</i></p> + +<p><i>My Voyages were all written by myself. I employed competent persons to +copy the work from my manuscript, and they corrected the small +inaccuracies that had escaped my observation.</i></p> + +<p><i>I thought, that although my book might contain many defects, if +composed by myself, that it would still gain more than it lost, by being +the production of the very person who had seen and taken part in the +scenes he related, and could vouch for the truth of all he had +witnessed. It is not given to the public as a specimen of the beautiful +in style, but as the story of an old sea captain who had lived in one of +the most eventful periods of our country's history; and one who had +nearly arrived at his last anchorage.</i></p> + +<p><i>With this brief outline of my life, and this short explanation, I +commit my little book, with confidence, to an indulgent public.</i></p> + +<p style="margin-left:50%;"><i>Jacob Dunham.</i></p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="RECOMMENDATIONS" id="RECOMMENDATIONS"></a>RECOMMENDATIONS.</h2> + + +<p>Captain Jacob Dunham, having applied to the Congress of the United +States, for relief, on account of losses sustained by him by piratical +robbery, We, the undersigned, do hereby certify that we are well +acquainted with the said Jacob Dunham, have known him for many years +past, that he is a man of truth and veracity, and that his statements +are entitled to full faith and credit:</p> + +<ul class="lsoff"> +<li><span class="smcap">Thomas O'Hara Croswell</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">Post-Master, Catskill.</span></li> +<li><span class="smcap">Abel Bruce, M. D.</span></li> +<li><span class="smcap">Robert Dorlon, Esq.</span></li> +<li><span class="smcap">Orrin Day</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">President of Tanner's Bank, Catskill.</span></li> +<li><span class="smcap">Hon. Malebone Watson</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">Judge of Supreme Court, New-York.</span></li> +<li><span class="smcap">Hon. John Adams</span>.</li> +<li><span class="smcap">Caleb Day, Esq.</span></li> +<li><span class="smcap">J. D. Beers</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">President of Bank of North America, New-York.</span></li> +<li><span class="smcap">Jacob Haight</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">Treasurer of State of New-York.</span></li> +<li><span class="smcap">Hon. Zadock Pratt</span>.</li> +<li><span class="smcap">T. K. Cooke</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">Member of New-York Assembly.</span></li> +<li><span class="smcap">James Powers</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">State Senator.</span></li> +<li><span class="smcap">Calvin Balis</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">Alderman of New-York City.</span></li> +<li><span class="smcap">W. P. Hallett</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">Clerk of the Supreme Court of State of New-York.</span></li> +<li><span class="smcap">Edwin Croswell</span>,<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 3em;">State Printer, Albany, New-York.</span></li> +</ul> + +<p><i>Catskill, New-York, December 30, 1839</i></p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="EARLY_LIFE" id="EARLY_LIFE"></a>EARLY LIFE OF THE AUTHOR.</h2> + + +<p>On the twenty-seventh day of April, 1779, in the town of Colchester, in +the State of Connecticut, I was launched into the world, and entered on +the tempestuous voyage of life.</p> + +<p>While yet an infant at the breast, <span class="smcap">fate</span> snatched me from my mother's +arms, viewed me with a scornful eye, and exclaimed, "I doom this babe <i>a +slave to hardships, dangers, and disappointments</i>."</p> + +<p>The following pages will show how far the prophecy has been fulfilled. +My father, Samuel Dunham, was a Warrant Officer in the American Navy +during the Revolutionary War, and followed the sea during almost his +whole life-time. Whether the occupation of my father before me has had +anything to do in shaping my course in life, the author is not wise +enough to say, but leaves it to those who make greater pretensions than +himself.</p> + +<p>In the year 1785, the Author emigrated, along with his father, to where +the village of Catskill now stands. The whole village contained but +seven houses, and was cut up into cultivated fields and gardens. My +father having bought half an acre of ground situated about where the +Greene County Hotel now stands, built himself a small house. After +living in Catskill about one year, my uncle sent for me to come to +Connecticut and live with him, which I did. I returned to Catskill in +the Spring of 1793, and then went as an apprentice to the Messrs. Thomas +O'H. & Mackay Croswell, Printers, who then published a small newspaper +called <i>The Catskill Packet</i>. I lived with the Croswell's about six +years and a half, where I was well treated. Having a great desire to see +some of the world, I went to Charleston, South Carolina, where I found +employment <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>in a Printing Office for a few months. During that winter I +witnessed a large funeral procession in that city in commemoration of +the death of General Washington. In the Spring of 1800, I returned to +Catskill, and found some employment in the coasting trade, on the Hudson +River. During the summer and the winter following, I made three voyages +to Charleston and Savannah, and then returned to Catskill and worked at +the Printing business about two years. I then made one voyage to the +Island of St. Croix as a seaman. During this time I was married, in +Catskill, in August, 1801, to a young woman named Fanny Morgan. I then +found employment in the coasting trade in different vessels for one or +two years, when I entered the employment of Messrs. T. B. & A. Cooke, as +one-fourth owner of a packet sloop which sailed between Catskill and +New-York, where we did a good business for many years. Not being content +in doing well and making money in a moderate way, and a war breaking out +between England and America, I determined to try my luck again on the +Ocean; picturing to myself a rapid increase of the little property I had +gained by hard and slow earnings.</p> + +<p>From the time I left this safe business to embark on the Ocean, my +adventures predicted by dame Fate, commenced. Since that time I have +been rudely driven by winds and storms, captured by enemies, robbed by +pirates, and have made many hair-breadth escapes both by sea and land, +until the present time. I have now brought my poor old sheer hulk to +anchor in the harbor of Catskill.</p> + +<p>Not having much to occupy my mind, I frequently take a survey of my past +life, which has been checkered with many frightful scenes.</p> + +<p>Being strongly urged by many old friends, for several years past, to +publish some account of my unfortunate adventures, I have reluctantly +yielded to their request. In so doing, I must crave the indulgence of my +readers.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span></p> +<div class="likeheading1">CAPTAIN DUNHAM'S<br /> +NINETEEN VOYAGES.</div> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I.</h2> + +<div class="center" style="margin-bottom:1.5em;"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="left">"The sailor ploughs the raging main,<br /> +"In hopes a competence to gain,<br /> +"And when his toil and danger's o'er,<br /> +"Safe anchors on his native shore."</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<div class="likeheading2">Sloop Rover.</div> + + +<p>About the middle of May, in the year 1813, having a great desire to +engage in some adventure; and hoping that fortune would smile upon my +undertakings, I purchased of Messrs. Coddington & Thorp, of New-York, +one quarter of an old Sloop called the Rover; for which I paid one +hundred and twenty-five dollars. Messrs. Coddington & Thorp, and Captain +Silus S. Vail, were owners of the other three-quarters.</p> + +<p>The Rover was an old condemned sea vessel, having old thin sails, two +deck beams broken, without top-mast, and a large piece of leather two +feet square nailed over a rotten plank in her bottom.</p> + +<p>As this was during the last war between the United States and England, +the port of New-York <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span>and our whole north-eastern coast was closely +blockaded by English shipping. It therefore became necessary for our +citizens to transport large quantities of flour and other commodities +from Baltimore and adjoining towns, to New-York by land; and from thence +to be conveyed to the Eastern markets. The expense of transporting flour +and other heavy articles by land, caused speculators and traders to seek +shipments by water to Eastern ports. Freights of course were high, and +but little attention paid by merchants to the crafts they chartered. A +number of old vessels were offered for freight, the Rover rating No. 1 +among them. The carrying business being well up, and much in that line +offering, I embraced a proposal of one dollar per barrel for +transporting 500 barrels of flour and 70 barrels of bread from New-York +to Providence, Rhode Island.</p> + +<p>I sailed from New-York about the 20th of May, intending to run through +the most exposed places in the night, watching the movements of the +blockading vessels closely, and when I got into a good harbor I intended +to remain there until another dark night.</p> + +<p>In heavy gales of wind the blockading ships generally put to sea for +their own safety; which gave me an opportunity to make my passage +unmolested.</p> + +<p>I arrived, after a passage of forty-eight hours, at Stonington, +Connecticut, without discovering any of the vessels of the enemy. I +found a number of vessels had taken shelter in that harbor to avoid an +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span>English frigate which was cruising between Block Island and Newport. I +remained at Stonington a few days, when a dark night appearing, I again +made sail, and arrived at Providence, my port of destination, in safety. +We landed our cargo, and Mr. Thorp, one of the owners, who had +accompanied me for that purpose, was left to dispose of it.</p> + +<p>Two or three days after unloading my vessel, I again sailed for +New-York. We anchored at the mouth of Newport harbor for the purpose of +awaiting an opportunity of returning when the blockading frigate should +stand out to sea. I had to wait but a few days; as soon as I saw she was +far enough from the port I made sail, and by keeping near the shore, +arrived at Stonington without molestation from the enemy. Here I learned +that New London, a port between me and my destination, was closely +blockaded by a British fleet consisting of two 74 gun ships and two +frigates. There were ten or twelve sail of coasting vessels then lying +in the harbor at Stonington, most of which had been East with cargoes, +and were waiting for dark nights or other favorable opportunities to +pass the blockading squadron. I remained here eight or ten days. During +this time the inhabitants of the town were much alarmed, fearing the +enemy would send in armed boats to cut out our vessels, and by that +means annoy the inhabitants and fire the town.</p> + +<p>To show our patriotism and courage, a meeting was called of the officers +and crews of all the vessels <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>in the harbor. We volunteered our services +to stand night watches, and do all in our power in case an attack should +be made. Our means of defence were scanty; a few fowling guns being the +only weapons we had on board our vessels.</p> + +<p>Some of the inhabitants finally procured for us an old ship gun, which +we loaded with powder, but could not procure balls to fit it. We at +length found one which we imagined we could force into the gun. After a +long time, with a sledge and crowbar, we succeeded in driving it within +six or eight inches of the cartridge.</p> + +<p>The captains drew lots for the first watch, which fell upon me. I took +charge of the watch until 12 o'clock that night, and was much pleased +that we were not annoyed by the enemy, as I concluded that the firing of +our own gun would make more havoc among us than all the enemy could +bring against us. At the close of my watch I learned that two Sag-harbor +vessels were getting under weigh, intending to pass through Plum Gut, +which would conduct them some distance from where the enemy lay at +anchor. As it was a dark night, and not being myself a good pilot +through that passage, I concluded to follow them. The wind being light, +they outsailed my vessel until I lost sight of them. About break of day +it was so calm that I could not pass the fleet or get back to +Stonington. I soon discovered a barge in pursuit of me, but there was no +way of escape. The boat had on board a lieutenant, a midshipman, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>and +twelve armed men. They left a prize master and two men to take charge of +my sloop, and then proceeded to capture another small vessel at that +time in sight. They soon overhauled her; but as she had nothing of value +on board, having only some household furniture, and women and children, +they let her pass. Three of the British vessels after firing a number of +guns toward the shore proceeded to sea, while my vessel was taken within +a small distance of the commodore's ship, which remained at anchor.</p> + +<p>And here, as I deem it will not be altogether uninteresting to my +readers, I will make a slight digression, in giving a brief description +of the personal history of Commodore Hardy; for such was the name of the +officer who had command of the fleet which had captured us. Although +some Americans are under the impression that nothing good can come from +British officers, which idea in many instances has been justified; yet, +with regard to Sir Thomas Hardy, it might truly be said, that he was +"One of Nature's noblemen;" for such his conduct to myself and crew +fully showed him to be. He appeared to be a man about forty-five years +of age, about six feet in height, elegantly formed, and possessing a +benign expression of countenance, scarcely to be expected from one who +had been following, from his youth, a sea-faring life, and had been +engaged in some of the most bloody naval battles on record. When a poor +boy he was taken on board the English <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>fleet by Lord Nelson, continued +with him during his various engagements, and became Nelson's principal +fighting commander. At the battle of Trafalgar the admiral died in his +arms.</p> + +<p>On a signal being made we were ordered on board the commodore's ship. My +vessel being old and shabby, I thought it best to keep on my working +clothes to show my apparent poverty, which would excite some sympathy, +but I had a good suit of clothes in my chest. When I got on board I +found I was in his majesty's ship Ramillies, Sir T. W. Hardy, commander. +I cast my eyes about in as awkward a manner as I could; the officers +gathered round to have a little sport with a poor Yankee. They commenced +their conversation by asking me if I were ever on board of a +seventy-four before; I answered in the negative. The captain of marines +then, taking hold of my striped cotton pantaloons, asked me if we made +such fine cloth as that in our country. I told him a little, just to +cover our nakedness during the war. Soon after a message came for me to +go aft to see the commodore. I thought I would show myself very +submissive by taking off my hat and putting it under my arm. The first +salutation I had from him was, "Put on your hat, sir. Did you know that +we were lying here." "Yes, sir," was my reply. He said, "How dare you +venture out." I answered that I had been lying at Stonington a number of +days, waiting for a dark night to get past him. He then told me he must +burn my vessel and send me <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>to Halifax. I told him if the sentence was +irrevocable, I had nothing to offer. I then left him and went forward +and sat down on a gun in a pensive manner. He soon accosted me by asking +me to go and get some breakfast, saying, "If I keep you I will not +starve you to death." I thanked him, but told him I had taken breakfast +before I left his prize. I kept my seat on the gun for a long time, +until I excited the attention of the sailors, one of whom accosted me by +saying, "Captain, don't look so sorrowful, our captain is a damned +clever fellow; I guess he will give up your old serving mallet," as he +called my sloop. "Yes," said another, "I would willingly give up my +share, for it will not be enough to make more than a glass of grog +apiece." The officers made themselves merry by passing many jokes with +me, supposing they had a green Yankee to sport with. In the afternoon +the commodore said, pointing towards my vessel, "That is a fine large +sloop of yours; can't you give me fifteen hundred dollars for her; I am +going to send two officers on board to prize her." I told him that was +three times more than she was worth, and five times more than I was +worth; that she was an old condemned vessel; that he could not send her +to Halifax or Bermuda. I told him I thought if I could get on shore I +could raise one hundred dollars, and perhaps that would be a +compensation for the trouble he had in capturing her; that I presumed he +would make a target of her to fire at if he retained her. He then left +me: about half-an-hour <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>after he called me into his cabin and said that +he wanted to raise a little money to distribute among his crew; that he +had not enough to allow one dollar apiece to them. Said he, "I want to +use your old sloop for about three days. If you think you can raise one +hundred dollars by going on shore, you can take your boat and go; and if +you return in three days with the money, you shall have your sloop +restored to you."</p> + +<p>My two men immediately hauled the boat alongside ready for embarking. I +bid the commodore good-by, and was going over the ship's side, when he +called me back, saying, "I must parole you before you go!" "Just as you +please," said I. "He said he was only doing me a favor, for then my own +countrymen could neither draft nor impress me after I landed." I then +took my boat and proceeded to Stonington, and arrived there that +evening. I found most of the vessels that I left there before my +departure. The captains assembled around me, eager to learn the news. I +related my story and the bargain I had made with the commodore. Some +thought I had made a good bargain, while others thought me foolish; +saying, that if I returned on board he would keep my hundred dollars and +send me to Halifax as a prisoner. The next day I negotiated with a +merchant of that place for a loan of eighty dollars, by giving a draft +on my friend in New-York for eighty-six dollars, and pledging my watch, +quadrant, charts, &c. and a note I held against a merchant in New-York +of one hundred <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>dollars, as a security for the payment of the draft. +This, with thirty dollars in bills, which I had in my pocket, was more +than sufficient to ransom my vessel.</p> + +<p>I returned to the Ramillies that afternoon. The boatswain, a grave +looking old gentleman, very hospitably took me by the hand and asked me +to go and live with him. He conducted me down two or three pair of +stairs into his own room, which I found well furnished, but had no other +light than a lamp, as his room was below the water. He told one of his +boys to make a clean cot for me to sleep in, and to wait on me if I +wanted anything. He treated me with some old rum he said he had kept on +board for three or four years. He lamented much that England and America +were at war with each other; that he never could realize us as +prisoners, because we both spoke the same language and sprung from one +nation.</p> + +<p>The next morning I rose early, put on my best suit of clothes and went +on deck. I saw the first lieutenant on the starboard side of the deck +with his hands in his breeches pockets, walking very gracefully to and +fro. To amuse myself I put my hands in my pockets, and commenced walking +the opposite side of the deck in the same manner. He immediately stopped +and looked at me with some surprise, exclaiming, "Is that you? Damn it, +you have better clothes than I have. When we captured and brought you on +board you had on an old short jacket <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>and cotton trowsers, and looked so +pitiful that most of the crew offered to give up their share of your old +shallop if the commodore would let you go. But I give you credit for it. +You have Yankeed us better than any one we have taken yet." I looked +about to see my old vessel which I left at anchor about half a mile from +the ship, but she was missing. He asked me if I was looking for my old +sloop. I told him I was. He said that I would never see her again. I +told him I was not alarmed about it, for I had the commodores word for +it. He said he would be damned if I ever got her again. I told him the +commodore had promised me to give her up in three days, and if he did +not keep his word I would take my boat, land at New London, and get a +warrant for him. He was pleased with the joke and soon after called his +brother officers around him, who took me into a room and treated me with +wine, segars, &c. They were very polite to me during my stay on board.</p> + +<p>New London appeared from the deck of the ship to be four or five miles +distant. Fishing boats came every day from the town and fished within a +mile, without interruption. On their return they were often hailed from +the ship to come on board, and the officers and crew purchased what fish +they wanted, and paid a liberal price. I could see from the deck, with +the spy glass, colors flying, and troops marching and re-marching in the +city of New London. Above the city were the frigates United States and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>Macedonia, and the sloop-of-war Wasp, at anchor. During my stay of four +or five days on board, the commodore would every afternoon send for me +to come into his cabin, for the purpose of having some humorous +conversation, which caused the time to pass very agreeably. The +remainder of my time was passed among the officers, some of whom had +relatives living in the city of New-York, with whom I had formerly +traded. We became familiar, and they insisted on taking my name and +number of my boarding house, saying, that when they took the city of +New-York they would come and take a bottle of wine with me. I told them +if ever they saw me in the city of New-York after they had captured it, +it would be without a head.</p> + +<p>The day before my departure from the ship, finding the commodore in good +humor, I told him that I was a poor man and had a large family to +support with my old sloop, that flour was worth only seven dollars per +barrel in New-York, and was worth fourteen dollars in Boston, and that +it would do him no harm to give me a passport to carry a cargo to Boston +or neighboring ports. He paused for awhile, and then with a smile said, +"You look like a pretty clever fellow, and if you go to New-York and +take in a cargo, and come back here before I leave this station, which +will be in about three weeks, I will then give you a passport. But if +you attempt to run by me in the night, I shall make a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>prize of you." +The next day my old sloop returned to the Ramillies with a quantity of +beef on board. I made some complaint to the first lieutenant that the +sailors had eaten up all my provisions and lost my lead-line, and +hand-saw, &c. He remunerated me by giving me five times the value of +what I had lost. I paid the commodore the ransom money, received their +best wishes for a prosperous voyage, and departed.</p> + +<p>On my arrival in New-York I was much interrogated to know why I had not +obtained a license from Commodore Hardy; to which I gave evasive +answers. Congress having about this time passed some stringent laws +requiring our vessels of war to overhaul and search all vessels bound +to, or coming from an enemy's ship, I thought best to keep my own +secrets. An acquaintance of mine called on me and asked me if I thought +it safe to take a cargo to Boston or some of the Eastern ports. I told +him if I were able to purchase one, I would try it. He told me to call +on him in a short time, as he thought he could procure a freight for me. +He soon obtained five hundred barrels of flour, and seventy barrels of +bread, at one dollar per barrel for freightage, and three per cent +commission for selling. I was to remit the proceeds by mail, or pay it +to their correspondents in Boston.</p> + +<p>About the 20th of June I sailed from New-York and arrived within about +five miles of the Ramillies, where I anchored. At daylight I found a +barge <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>coming towards us. My seamen were frightened, and attempted to +make their escape to the shore, a distance of two miles; by threats and +persuasion I prevented them. Soon after the barge came alongside. The +commanding officer asked me what cargo I had on board, and sundry other +questions. He then said, "You must be crazy. It was only last week we +had you prisoner, when we pitied you so much that we volunteered to give +up our shares in your old sloop if the commodore would let you go." I +told him I thought the commodore would let me pass. He replied, "You +need not expect any favor from him, as he has sworn vengeance against +all Americans. Yesterday morning we discovered a schooner lying at +anchor near where you now are. I was ordered to go and capture her. I +proceeded towards her, and saw the crew take her boat and pull for the +shore; when I boarded her I found no person on board. In the cabin I +found a manifest of her cargo, and in the list, some naval stores which +we wanted for the ship's use. We got the schooner under weigh, beat her +up within half a mile of the ship and came to anchor. Mr. Collingwood, +our second lieutenant, whom you well know, was sent to relieve me, and I +went to report to the commodore. The hatches were taken off and the +tackle hooked on to a barrel of naval stores, when the schooner blew up. +There were fourteen men on board, and all were killed except three +seamen who were furling the fore-topsail. Those three were thrown some +twenty rods, when <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>the fore-mast was blown out of her. You cannot expect +any favors of the commodore." Before leaving New-York I learned that +some persons who had been captured by the commodore, ascertained, while +on board, that he was in want of naval stores; as soon as the news got +abroad, some merchants purchased by subscription an old schooner, and +placed thirty casks of powder in her hold. Some machinery was attached +to the powder by a string, which was also fastened to a barrel of naval +stores, and when it was raised had caused the explosion, as related by +the lieutenant.</p> + +<p class="figcenter"><img src="images/fig026.jpg" alt="" /><br />Blowing up of the old Schooner near the Ramillies.</p> + +<p>My sloop was soon brought and anchored within half a mile of the ship. I +was taken on board the ship and conducted to the commodore, who spoke to +me in a pleasant manner. "Well, sir," said he, "I see you have arrived +here again. What does your cargo consist of? Where are you bound?" I +told him my cargo was flour, and that I was bound to Boston and some of +the neighboring ports. He gave me a passport to protect me from capture +by the English ships, and told me I could proceed on my voyage. I then +steered for Portsmouth, New Hampshire, where I sold some of my flour at +sixteen dollars per barrel. Finding the market dull, I proceeded to +Newburyport, where I found an abundant supply. From thence I proceeded +to Boston, where I sold the remainder of my flour at auction, at +fourteen dollars per barrel.</p> + +<p>After my flour was disposed of I purchased a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span>cargo of boards to carry +to Providence, Rhode Island. I loaded the sloop, intending to be ready +to sail in the morning, but the tide receding during the night, the +Rover was left aground at the Long Wharf. When I awoke in the morning I +found my vessel had fallen over on her side, and had five feet of water +in her hold. I procured a caulker, who, with myself and crew, went into +the mud and water and commenced stopping the leaks, while the water was +running out from her bottom from almost every seam. We caulked the +largest with table knives, wooden wedges, &c. We then took four pounds +of candles and a quantity of wood ashes and made a kind of putty, with +which we stopped the remainder. In the mean time my two seamen were +arrested for stealing and sent to jail. I hired a number of men and +bailed and pumped out the water. I then shipped a new crew and proceeded +to Providence. On my arrival there I was cordially greeted by the +inhabitants, and disposed of my cargo very advantageously. In +consequence of my good fortune a number of Quaker, and other persons, +who were strangers to me, urged me to take charge of a good brig; +supposing that I could protect their property. I declined taking another +vessel, as my passport would not protect me with any other than the one +I had. I, however, did not state to them the reason.</p> + +<p>The rage for shipping in the Rover was so great that I could get about +five times more for freightage than I could in time of peace. I took on +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>board 31 pipes of brandy, 20 hogsheads of sugar, and 100 ceroons of +tallow, and sailed for New-York. When I arrived at Hell Gate and was +attempting to pass it, the wind being light, the sloop drifted upon the +rock called the Hog's-back, and the tide falling, her bottom was left +half out of water. At about 11 o'clock at night I made out to remove her +off from the rocks, having four feet of water in her hold. She drifted +back out of the Gate, when I succeeded in hauling her on shore and made +her fast to the rocks. As it was dark and rainy, we could not tell at +the time where we were. On groping my way into the cabin I found the +water six inches deep on the cabin floor. I then lay down with clothes +wet through to my skin. At daylight I found the Rover, the tide having +left her, some rods high and dry upon the rocks, and the water running +from most of her seams. I called all hands and went to caulking with +table knives, &c. We then applied a few pounds of putty and ashes to the +seams. At high water she again floated. After hiring four negroes to go +with us to New-York to assist in pumping and bailing, we proceeded on +our course.</p> + +<p>When we got to the city we hauled her into Coenties Slip, where the +bottom is soft and muddy. The mud having filled up her seams in a few +hours, she ceased leaking, and passed for a tight craft. I notified my +consignees of our arrival and then landed the cargo. Five hogsheads of +sugar were damaged in consequence of the leaking of my vessel. The +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span>consignees paid me for all the freight, and threw the loss of the +damaged sugar upon the underwriters in Providence, who insured a +considerable amount in the cargo.</p> + +<p>As I had now been some time absent from my family, who resided in +Catskill, I concluded to make them a visit. I agreed with my partners in +the sloop to sell her at auction during my absence. The Rover was +visited by multitudes of people, who pronounced her the most lucky +vessel in the harbor. Many of them, I suppose, thought her to be a +phantom ship. For myself, I felt well satisfied, as I had over two +hundred dollars per month during the three months I sailed her, on a +capital of one hundred and twenty-five dollars.</p> + +<p>The fame of the Rover was so great that she sold for $480. The purchaser +took her up the Sound to Long Island, and laid her on shore at high +water. He then loaded her with wood by driving alongside at low water. +But when the tide rose he found her sides broken in and her hold filled +with water. My hand trembles while I write of the untimely end of the +charming sloop Rover.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II.<br /> + +Sloop New-York.</h2> + + +<p>About the first of November, 1813, having added a little to my small +capital by my late adventure in the Rover, and feeling eager to add +more, again trusting to the smiles of fickle fortune, I purchased a +small sloop called the New-York, of 28 tons burden. Soon after I sold +one-fourth of her to Messrs. T. B. & A. Cook, merchants in Catskill, and +one-half of her to two merchants in the city of New-York. They +considered it a kind of lottery adventure. One of the new owners in +New-York had correspondents in Norfolk, Virginia, who informed us of the +high prices of Northern produce in that city, and the situation of the +English squadron in Lynhaven Bay, and advised us to procure a small +vessel of light draught of water, and that by sailing in over a shoal +called the Horse-shoe, in a dark night, we might avoid coming in contact +with the enemy's fleet.</p> + +<p>The American coast was closely blockaded by the English vessels, but +heavy gales of wind frequently drove them off the coast for a short +time, which offered some chance of making passages by keeping near the +land.</p> + +<p>The high prices of Northern produce in Southern markets held out great +inducements to shippers to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span>engage in exporting it. Our correspondents +at Norfolk, stated potatoes to be worth one dollar and fifty cents per +bushel; onions, sixteen dollars per hundred ropes; salt, two dollars and +fifty cents per bushel, and cheese twenty-five dollars per cwt.</p> + +<p>We loaded the sloop with four hundred bushels potatoes, two hundred +bushels salt, three thousand four hundred and fifty ropes onions, and +eight thousand six hundred pounds of cheese; all shipped on the joint +account of the owners.</p> + +<p>I was to purchase and sell the cargo, and when I arrived at Norfolk was +to buy three or four old brigs or schooners, load them with coal, and +when a favorable opportunity occurred by the enemy being driven to sea +by the wind, send them to New-York. Vessels could be purchased in +Norfolk at that time for one-third of their real value in time of peace; +and the price of coal in New-York was three or four times as much as in +Norfolk.</p> + +<p>My wages, as master, was one hundred dollars per month, and I drew +one-fourth of the profits of the whole concern.</p> + +<p>On the 14th of November I sailed from New-York and proceeded to Sandy +Hook, where I discovered an English frigate close in with the land, in +chase of an American schooner, which she compelled to run ashore near +Shrewsbury. I sailed into Mosquitto Cove, and took shelter among some +thirty American gun-boats, the crews of which went as volunteers to +protect the wreck of the schooner from being <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>plundered by the English +frigate, which they accomplished.</p> + +<p>After tarrying two days at Mosquitto Cove, we weighed anchor and +proceeded to sea, keeping as near the land as we could without being in +danger of running aground, until we were some distance south of Cape +Henlopen, when a violent gale of south-east wind commenced, and with our +utmost exertions we succeeded in running into the bay.</p> + +<p>Here I ascertained that my pilot, whom I had taken much pains to obtain, +and who at the time I employed him had informed me he was well +acquainted with that coast, had deceived me; he now for the first time +informed me that he knew nothing of the different shoals and inlets on +the Southern coast. I had now no alternative but to run by chance and +keep a sharp look out for breakers. My little sloop was literally buried +under water. The gale kept increasing until near night, when she struck +upon a shoal. She thumped terribly, and almost every sea was breaking +entirely over us when a seaman exclaimed, "She is bilged, a plank has +come up from her bottom." On examination we found it was the shoe of her +keel. We tried the pump and found we could keep her free of water by +pretty hard labor. Soon after, she thumped over the shoal into nine feet +water, where she did not strike so often, and remained there until dawn. +At daylight we cast out the anchors and succeeded in getting her into +three or four fathoms water.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p><p>We then commenced repairing damages in the best manner we could. Her +false keel had been broken and had swung across her main keel, which we +could not repair. We then made sail for Chesapeake Bay and arrived that +day about sun-set, without any material mishap.</p> + +<p>Soon after, a light easterly wind sprung up, and we made sail for +Norfolk. After entering the bay the wind slackened. About 11 o'clock in +the evening it became a dead calm, with a thick fog: a strong tide set +in, which prevented my going out to sea again. Soon after midnight we +heard the cry, "Past 2 o'clock, and all's well," which I afterwards +ascertained proceeded from His Britanic Majesty's ship Dragon, 74 guns, +commanded by Commodore Barry, lying at anchor in the bay.</p> + +<p>We continued drifting into the bay until about sunrise, when a light +breeze sprung up and dispersed the fog, and we found ourselves drifting +directly towards an English 20 gun brig called the Sophia, and the Acton +of 16 guns, both lying at anchor within a mile of us. We were soon +boarded from the Sophia, and we and our baggage taken on board of her. +The brigs then got under weigh and proceeded up the bay, taking my sloop +in tow, and anchored at the mouth of the river Severn.</p> + +<p>During the next night they fitted out an expedition of four or five +boats, and sent them up the river to cut out two or three of our vessels +which were lying in the harbor, but they soon returned without +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span>accomplishing their design, having only obtained a quantity of plunder. +They told me the inhabitants gave them a warm reception, by firing from +behind trees and fences, and caused them to abandon the vessels. They +weighed anchor the next morning, and after cruising about the bay, again +took their station near Watt's Island. Here they made their rendezvous +for some time; the officers occasionally going on shore, some days +cruising about, and returning to the usual anchorage at night. They +procured an abundance of cattle, sheep and poultry from the Island, and +in about nine or ten days captured eight old schooners loaded with +flour, from the Rappahannock, and bound to the Eastern markets. They +sailed from there and anchored in Lynn Haven Bay, where we were sent on +board the commodore's ship Dragon. I found twelve American captains +prisoners on board the commodore's ship, who had been captured by the +Squadron. The prizes which they had taken were small old vessels, some +of which they stripped of their rigging and sails and set on fire; some +parted their cables in a gale of wind and drifted to sea, my vessel +among them. But my sloop, the New-York, and one or two others were +afterwards towed back by the frigate and sent to Bermuda.</p> + +<p>The American captains were quartered with the petty officers, such as +midshipmen, captain's clerks, &c. and were treated with gin, segars, &c. +and passed their time very jovially in telling stories, bragging <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>of our +naval engagements, &c. I must here tell a story related to me by one of +the officers of the Dragon.</p> + +<p>He said the Americans ought to be damned if they did not make an admiral +of one Captain Turner, who commanded a Baltimore schooner. He said that +while they were blockading the coast of France they captured him and his +schooner; they put a prize-master and crew on board, and the crew of the +schooner were put on board the Squadron, except Captain Turner and the +cook, who remained on the schooner, which was ordered to sail for +England. The next day Turner succeeded in getting the prize-master and +crew drunk, killed the prize-master and part of the crew, and confined +the remainder. He then returned to France with his vessel, shipped a new +crew, and put to sea again. One morning they discovered from the +Squadron, a schooner in company with two frigates, being between the +schooner and the land. The Dragon steered directly for the schooner, +while the frigates steered in different directions, to prevent the +schooner from going back again into port. The Dragon by setting all her +light sails was fast coming up with her, and commenced firing her bow +guns, to which the schooner paid no attention. They soon came within +musket-shot and fired a number of volleys which riddled the schooner's +sails. The captain of the Dragon then gave orders to cease firing, as he +considered it cold-blooded murder. On coming within a few rods of the +schooner <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>they saw but one man on board, and standing at the wheel. When +within a short distance he suddenly put down her helm, which brought her +broad side across the ship's bow, intending that the ship should run +over her. But the ship's helm was immediately put up, which caused her +to strike the schooner near the bow and brought her alongside of the +ship. They then hailed, "What schooner is that?" To which the man at the +helm replied, "The Prize, Captain Turner, the very man you are looking +for." On boarding the schooner, they found the crew all below, except +the captain, who said he did not wish to expose his crew to their fire. +He said the excitement was great on board the ship: that all the +officers signed a petition to mitigate Turner's punishment.</p> + +<p>While we were lying in Lynn Haven Bay, the Dragon had captured a small +vessel, put on board of her a cannonade or short nine-pounder, a +quantity of small arms, and called her the "Snap Dragon." They sent her +out in pursuit of plunder and slaves, about one hundred and fifty of +whom were captured as runaways from their masters. But on one of the +expeditions of the Snap Dragon, she was captured by the Americans, +having thirty men on board, and the prisoners sent to Baltimore. Soon +after an exchange was agreed upon by which the prisoners of the Snap +Dragon were exchanged for the Americans on board the ship. When the crew +of the Snap Dragon were brought on board the ship we were all +discharged, which caused no little rejoicing among us. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>We then returned +to Baltimore, took leave of each other and made our way to our +respective homes.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III.<br /> + +Sloop Biddle.</h2> + + +<p>Soon after my unfortunate adventure in the New-York, I took command of a +schooner called the Caty Ann, and made a voyage to Savannah and back to +New-York, without capture. Although Sir James Yeo, in the South Hampton +frigate, was closely blockading Savannah at the time, I made a second +attempt to proceed to the same port. After sailing a few miles south of +Sandy Hook light-house we were chased back by an English frigate, and +the schooner narrowly escaped being captured. The whole coast was so +closely blockaded that I abandoned going to sea again until after peace +was proclaimed.</p> + +<p>About the first of May, 1813, I took charge of the brig Cyrus, of +New-York, and made one voyage to Georgetown, South Carolina, and back, +and then made another to Bermuda and Turk's Island.</p> + +<p>Ever ready to sacrifice my personal comfort for the prospect of +increasing the means of gaining an honest living—being in the prime of +life and enjoying good health, and that huge monster, Fear, seldom +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>throwing his dark shadow across my path—I engaged again to open a +trade with the Indians on the Musquito Shore, on the borders of South +America, now called New Greneda, or Central America. This country +formerly belonged to the government of Spain, which still tried to +exercise authority over it, although rebellions had broken out both in +the North and South of it; and, the then called government of Columbia, +under General Bolivar, aided by a number of Americans and others, with +vessels commissioned as privateers, and land forces, made a strong +resistance to the Spanish government. They fought many desperate battles +with the royalists, under what was then called the Patriot, or Columbian +flag. Carthagena, their largest sea-port, was taken and re-taken three +several times, and every man in it put to death.</p> + +<p>The king of the Musquito Indians claims the sea-coast of that country +from the False Cape, lat. 15° 14' N. to Port Boro Toro, lat. 9° 29' N. +The government of Old Spain likewise claimed it, but never had been able +to dispossess the Indians. The sea-board of this country is very level, +interspersed with lakes, rivers and creeks. From May until November the +country is visited with heavy showers of rain. In many places I have +from time to time walked in water some inches deep to go from one house +to another. The Indian towns are mostly built some distance up the +rivers or creeks, to secure them from any attacks from the sea-board. +They have no <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>roads inland, their whole travel being in canoes, by which +means they can visit the different tribes, hauling them across narrow +necks of land that separate one lake or river from another.</p> + +<p>The Spanish government, under an old blockading decree had declared that +any person found trading with these Indians, if captured, should lose +his cargo by confiscation, and be sent to the mines for life. The +government of Spain likewise claimed three small islands near the +Musquito Shore, viz: Old Providence, lying in lat. 13° 27' N. long. 80° +39' W. This island I found inhabited by about thirty families of free +people of different nations and colors, and from five to thirty slaves +to every free person in the island. St. Andreas, lying in lat. 12° 33' +N. long. 81° W. It contains about seventy-five families of free people, +and about eight hundred slaves; it was lately the residence of a Spanish +Governor named Gonzales. This place had a small fort, garrisoned with +about thirty soldiers. I shall hereafter give the reader a further +description of the island, related to me by Captain Mitchell, commonly +called Mitchell the Pirate.<a name="FNanchor_A_1" id="FNanchor_A_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_1" class="fnanchor">[A]</a> Great Corn Island lays in lat. 12° 19' +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>N. long. 82° 11' W. about forty miles from the main land. Little Corn +Island, lying about ten miles from the great one, is inhabited, and +produces large quantities of cocoa nuts and wild fruits.</p> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_A_1" id="Footnote_A_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_A_1"><span class="label">[A]</span></a> The only account I have ever read of Mitchell is, that he +was a partner with Lafitte, the Pirate, when they took possession of +Baratara, where they carried their prizes. They kept possession of the +place for some considerable time, bidding defiance to the authorities on +that coast. Governor Claibourne, of Louisiana, afterwards issued a +proclamation, offering these pirates a free pardon on condition that +they would join the army then under command of General Jackson, for the +defence of New Orleans. They accepted of the Governor's terms, repaired +to that place with all their men, and put themselves under the command +of the General, who placed them in the hottest part of the battle, where +they fought in the most gallant manner. Lafitte and Mitchell both held +commissions under the government of the Republic of Columbia at this +time.</p></div> + +<p>The staple produce of the above named island is cotton. The soil is +fertile and produces plantains, yams, sweet potatoes, and Tropical +fruits in abundance. The inhabitants raise plenty of hogs and poultry, +which they fatten on cocoa nuts, the oil from which, while fresh, is +equal to lard for cooking fish, &c. and after it becomes rancid burns +well in lamps.</p> + +<p>About the first of January, 1816, I made a contract with the Messrs. +Cotheal & Hoff and Mr. A. S. Hallett, merchants of New-York, to take +charge of a small sloop called the Biddle, of thirty-two tons burthen. I +was to proceed to Musquito Shore, land at the island of Old Providence, +(if I saw no suspicious looking vessels in the harbor;) and open a trade +with the Indians for the purchase of tortoise shell, which was very +valuable at this time; these Indians furnish large quantities of that +article. I likewise had orders to exchange my goods for hides, +deer-skins, cochineal, gum elastic or India rubber, gum copal, cotton, +fustic, sarsaparilla, &c.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span></p><p>I took on board an assorted cargo, calculated for a barter trade. As I +was totally unacquainted with the trade, this voyage was considered an +experimental trip. On my arrival the inhabitants informed me that they +had not seen the American flag flying there for the last fourteen years.</p> + +<p>I could not procure any correct charts of that coast. I found many +shoals that never had made their appearance on any chart, so little had +these seas been surveyed. I suppose young mariners have less difficulty +in that respect now, as Queen Victoria has become god-mother to the +young king of Musquito Shore, and taken him under her parental care, to +assist him in robbing his neighbors' territories.</p> + +<p>I will here give the reader a short description of the country, the +undertaking, and some account of the disasters which befell me in the +prosecution of the voyage. Having loaded my little sloop, (about the +size of a clam boat,) I soon shipped a crew, which consisted of a North +River captain, who had never been out of the sight of land, to act as my +mate; and two old broken-down sailors, one acting as seaman and the +other as cook. We sailed about the first of February, with a fair wind, +and made our passage in twenty-two days to the Island of Old Providence, +where we hoisted our flag for a pilot. I soon discovered a fishing +canoe, having one white man and three or four negroes on board, who +volunteered to pilot us into the harbor. I inquired of the white man, +whose name was John Taylor, one of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>the largest planters in the island, +for a Mr. Hoy, to whom I had a letter of introduction. Mr. Taylor +replied that Mr. Hoy was dead, that he was his father-in-law. He took +the letter, promised me friendly assistance, and piloted my vessel into +the harbor. The inhabitants soon came on board and commenced a brisk +trade with me. Previous to leaving New-York, I was advised not to enter +the harbor of Old Providence if I saw any vessel looking like a +privateer or man-of-war in sight of the place. In the afternoon I kept a +good look out with my spy-glass, until near sun-set, when I discovered a +schooner beating up under the lee of the island. I immediately applied +to my new friend, Taylor, to pilot me out of the harbor, promising him +to return again in a few days, which he utterly refused. He told me that +the vessel in sight was a privateer belonging to Captain Mitchell, who +commanded her—that Captain M. kept his (Taylor's) daughter as a wife, +and that Mitchell was a clever fellow and would not molest me. As the +channel of the harbor was narrow and difficult to pass through, I +decided to remain at anchor rather than run the risk of getting the +vessel on shore, considering it was best to keep quiet and trust to +fortune. I felt somewhat agitated as the privateer approached the land, +it being a dark night.</p> + +<p>About 12 o'clock she anchored a short distance from us, when I was +hailed from her, asking, "What sloop is that, and from whence come you?" +I answered, "Sloop Biddle, from New-York." In a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span>few moments a boat came +alongside with the captain and eight men, all armed. I showed the +captain my papers, and assured him my cargo was <i>bona fide</i> American +property. He answered me, saying, "We shall see more about that +to-morrow morning." He then left me and returned to his own vessel. Soon +after I heard the report of a large cannon from the privateer, which was +mounted on a circle, filled with chain and grape-shot, and pointed +towards the shore, where it cut a decent road through the small trees. +The next morning Captain Mitchell told me the gun was loaded full to the +muzzle, and that when he loaded it he intended to fire into my vessel +without hailing her, supposing she was Spanish, to whom he showed no +quarter. On a second reflection he thought it best to hail the sloop +before he fired. He said, "Had I fired into you, I should have cut your +vessel all in pieces." He discharged the gun toward the shore as a +signal to send a horse to convey him to Mr. John Taylor's, whom he +called his father-in-law, as he kept his daughter Sarah as a wife.</p> + +<p>Mitchell appeared to have full control over the island, and no one dare +question his authority. He had made this place his rendezvous for some +time past, bought all the provisions they could spare, both from masters +and slaves, and paid them liberally, having plenty of money on board, +and, like most seamen, was lavish in its expenditure. He had lately +escaped from Carthagena, and brought a few half-starved passengers from +that city. In running past <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span>one of their forts, a cannon ball had struck +the schooner's fore-mast and cut it half off.</p> + +<p>One of the passengers informed me that Carthagena was so closely +besieged by the royalists at that time, that cowhides were sold at +twelve dollars apiece, for food, and that he was obliged to pay three +dollars for a pilot-biscuit, to prevent starvation. Some time after, I +learned that the city was taken and all the inhabitants put to death.</p> + +<p>The next morning after my arrival I was visited by Captain Mitchell, +John Taylor, and most of the inhabitants of the island, who were much +pleased to see an American vessel in the harbor, saying it was the only +one that they had seen there in many years past. I was invited on shore +to dine at Mr. Taylor's, in company with Captain Mitchell, where a good +dinner was provided for us, consisting of roast pig, poultry, &c. My +plate was plentifully supplied by Captain Mitchell. On looking over the +table I did not discover any bread. Soon after a plate of roasted +plantains was set before me. I took one, not knowing how to use it, this +being the first I had ever seen of this kind of food. I soon found it to +be the common bread of the country. We were politely waited upon, having +a negro boy, from ten to fourteen years old, without one rag of clothing +about him, standing behind the chair of each person at table, with a +bush in his hand to keep the flies from annoying the company. The +following day I was invited to dine on board Captain Mitchell's vessel. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>His boat was sent for me at the proper hour, and I was politely +received on board and soon after conducted to the table, which was +elegantly furnished with silver platters, plates, knives, forks, spoons, +pitchers, tumblers, &c. and with the exception of knife-blades, every +other article on the table was pure silver. He showed me many valuable +diamonds, and large quantities of old gold and silver; and the least +valuable article I saw on board his vessel was the schooner's ballast, +which consisted of brass cannon.</p> + +<p>I opened a good trade with the inhabitants, selling goods at retail, +from one to three hundred per cent profit. In ten days I sold over +eighteen hundred dollars' worth; about one-half was received in money, +and the remainder in cotton. I took part of the cotton on board, and the +balance was to be paid on my return to that port.</p> + +<p>Captain Mitchell visited me daily, and told me some of his adventures. +He said that a few months previous he had captured a small trading +schooner, armed her for a privateer, and appointed one Captain Rose to +the command of her, who was then on a cruise. A short time before, Rose +had been with him in Old Providence. "While laying here," said he, "I +made up my mind to sail for New-York, and there sell my vessel and cargo +and retire to private life, thinking my means would support me. One +morning, while contemplating my future enjoyments when I got well +settled in New-York, I thought it would <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>much disturb my mind to think +that old Gonzales should boast that he had frightened Mitchell, who +dared not attack him. He had sent me many saucy messages, by trading +vessels, saying, I dare not come to St. Andreas, to annoy him, as I had +the inhabitants of Providence, who were afraid to resist me. These +reflections so affected my mind that I immediately ordered my boat +manned and went on board of Rose's vessel. I told Rose that we would +never leave these seas until we had made an attack on St. Andreas, and +that he must prepare himself to join me on the morrow. The next day we +made the necessary preparation and sailed for that island, a distance of +about sixty miles, where we arrived early in the evening, ran into the +harbor and came to anchor. All hands on board, being only forty-six, +including officers and seamen, had volunteered to make an attack on the +island. We all landed, about 11 o'clock at night, except one man in each +vessel. Being well acquainted with the local situation of the island, I +proceeded to the plantation of Mrs. Lever, and captured her +negro-driver, whose name was Frank, and told him to conduct me secretly +to his young master William, if he did not I would kill him instantly. +Frank soon led me to William's house, where we found him in bed. We +seized him without making any alarm, and told him that death was his +portion if he did not go with us without making any noise and strictly +obey my orders. I had often heard of the boastings this young Lever had +made of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>what he would do if he could catch Mitchell, and thought the +present a good opportunity to retaliate upon him. I then told him he +must conduct me to the house of Governor Gonzales without making any +alarm, call the governor from his bed and tell him that Captain Mitchell +was near the island with two privateers; that you imagine the island in +great danger, and think it necessary to prepare for immediate defence.</p> + +<p>"We marched directly to the house, where we found the governor in bed. I +kept my men still, not allowing a loud word to be spoken. Lever obeyed +my orders punctually, calling the old man out of bed by telling him his +alarming tale. As soon as the old man opened the door I took hold of him +and conveyed him on board of my vessel. We landed a six-pound brass +cannon during the night, unroofed the governor's house, and mounted the +gun on the second floor of the building. I sent a party to the fort, who +put to death a few soldiers they found sleeping there. A number having +taken lodgings with their families prevented their sharing the same +fate.</p> + +<p>"I took possession of the governor's house for my head quarters, where I +issued a proclamation, addressed to the inhabitants, inviting them to +surrender their arms, and by complying with the request, all private +property should be respected. About ten o'clock the next morning I +discovered a collection of about sixty men with two nine-pound carriage +guns, on their way to my head quarters. Immediately <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>beating up for +volunteers, sixteen men agreed to follow me. On marching towards the +enemy they abandoned their field-pieces and dispersed in great haste. We +dismounted the guns and spiked them, burnt the carriages, and returned +to our head quarters unmolested. Three days after, the inhabitants +accepted of the proposed terms, and all opposition to my command ceased. +I took the governor's negroes, money, plate, &c. and repaired on board, +where I remained some days, treating the old fellow politely at my +table, feeding him on the best the island produced, furnishing him with +wine at his dinner, and plenty of Spanish segars. In a few days he +appeared cheerful, composed, and conversed with me in a familiar manner. +On the tenth day after his capture I gave him a good dinner, took a +glass of wine with him, and told him I was going to hang him that +afternoon. He laughed, supposing it a joke, and that I had no intention +of harming him. He was sitting in an armed-chair near the cabin door, on +deck, smoking a segar, when I ordered one of the seamen to reave a +yard-rope from the fore-yard, bring the end aft and put it round his +neck. He was soon dragged from the chair to the fore-yard-arm."</p> + +<p class="figcenter"><img src="images/fig048.jpg" alt="" /><br />Captain Mitchell hanging Governor Gonzales.</p> + +<p>After Captain Mitchell had related his story, I asked him what he did +with his body; he replied, "I let him hang about an hour, and then cut +the rope and let the old devil go adrift." I said he should have spared +his life, he being an old man who could <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>never do him much harm. He +replied, "I have served him the same as they will serve me when they +catch me."</p> + +<p>Captain Mitchell told me he was now bound to New-York, which he intended +to make his permanent residence, but he must go by the way of New +Orleans, as he had fourteen negro slaves he wanted to sell there. I told +him the laws of the United States strictly forbid the carrying of slaves +into that country; if he was caught in the act his vessel and cargo +would be forfeited. He said he was well acquainted with one Sisson, a +New Orleans pilot, who would smuggle them on shore for him. I cautioned +him against the attempt, by saying, "Captain Mitchell, be careful that +those negroes do not sell you before you do them." He has often, since +the loss of his vessel and cargo, repeated to me the caution I then gave +him. He made a contract with me to return to Providence, after I had +been to Musquito Shore and disposed of my cargo, and take Miss Sarah +Taylor (whom he called his wife) and her servant to New-York, agreeing +to pay me three hundred and thirty dollars for their passages; saying he +intended to proceed along the coast of Cuba in search of Spanish +vessels, and in all probability would have some hard engagements, and +did not want a woman sniffling about him; and that he would eventually +meet her in New-York.</p> + +<p>Miss Sarah Taylor was educated in Jamaica, and had the appearance of a +lady of some accomplishments, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>although she was living as a concubine.</p> + +<p>Captain Mitchell was a man of some education, about five feet six inches +high, dark hair and eyes, and had the appearance of a gentleman; was +very liberal to unfortunate seamen, and one of the greatest tyrants to +exercise authority over them that I have ever heard of. He had at that +time two sailors lying in the stocks near Taylor's house, with their +ancles two feet above the ground, they lying out of doors on their +backs, their bodies exposed to the sun for two or three days. He +informed me that he had captured a prize some time previous, and the +prize-master and crew had run away with the vessel; that he then took an +oath to shoot any of the crew if he ever saw them again. A few months +after, he visited Corn Island, where one of the crew happened to arrive. +Some of the inhabitants cautioned the man to keep out of his sight. He +boastingly replied that Mitchell dared not shoot him. Mitchell said he +hoped the man would not appear in his presence, as he did not want to +kill him. "But," said he, "one day when I was taking a walk on the +island he (knowing I had made the threat) presented himself a short +distance before me, when I took a musket and shot him dead."</p> + +<p>Some of the inhabitants informed me that the negro cook belonging on +board his vessel asked him one day what he should cook for his dinner. +Mitchell told him to kill a pig which they had on board. The cook did +not understand his answer, and knowing his ungovernable temper, dared +not ask him <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>a second time, but built his fire and had his water +boiling. At twelve o'clock Mitchell asked him what he was cooking for +dinner, to which the cook replied, "I did not understand what you wanted +for dinner." Mitchell seized him by the hair of his head with one hand, +and with a ladle in the other poured the boiling water on him until he +scalded him to death. One of the sailors told him he thought that was +hard usage. Mitchell immediately drew a pistol from his belt and shot +the sailor dead and then threw him overboard.</p> + +<p>Captain Mitchell informed me that some years since he was cast away on +the shore of the Pacific Ocean, and found it necessary to cross over the +country by land to the Atlantic coast to get home, that he was arrested +for not having a passport to travel. He was thrown into prison and for +some misdemeanor was put into the stocks, where he had to lie on his +back for some months, and while thus confined he had taken an oath that +he would never die in peace until he had killed one hundred Spaniards +with his own hands. Some three years after this time I accosted him in a +humorous manner, by saying, "Mitchell how many have you due now?" He +replied, "Seventeen, by G—d, Dunham, I have killed eighty-three with my +own hands."</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.</h2> + + +<p>After ten days successful trade at Old Providence, I got under weigh and +proceeded towards Musquito Shore, and in the day-time ran in near the +land, but could not discover any settlements. I kept beating to the +northward, keeping as near the shore as safety would admit, with a good +look-out for houses or canoes. By my observations I found a strong +current setting to the southward. After beating up three days, we +discovered a number of Indian houses near the entrance of a bay which +appeared like a good harbor. From my reckoning I supposed this place to +be Cape Gracios a Dios, (mercy of God.) I carefully sounded my way into +the harbor and anchored.</p> + +<p>Soon after we anchored, a canoe containing six or eight Indians, having +a stripe of hair about three inches broad, extending from one ear to the +other across the top of their heads, which were shaved close to the +skin, came out to our vessel. They spoke to us in broken English. I +asked them if this place was called the Cape. They answered "Yes." We +discovered an English Island flag flying on shore near the largest +house, and asking them who owned the house where the flag was flying; +they answered "Admiral Dalby;" looking at me with some surprise, they +exclaimed, "Don't you know Admiral Dalby?"</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span></p><p>Supposing I had to appear before some great chief, whose name sounded +so loud in my ears, I put on my best go-a-shore suit, to use an old +sailor phrase, and treating the Indians with rum, &c. went on shore with +them, and was conducted to the house of Admiral Dalby, whom I found +dressed in a clean shirt and white pantaloons, a cotton handkerchief +tied on his head, and an old English Admiral's red vest, with some old +lace trimmings, having long skirts extending nearly to his knees, and +without shoes. Seeing his <i>majestic</i> appearance, I approached him with +all the politeness of a French dancing-master. After the ceremonies were +ended, he asked me what country I came from, and what articles I wanted +to purchase. I replied that I came from New-York, in North America, and +that I belonged to the same continent that he did; that I wanted to +purchase tortoise-shell, cow-hides, deer-skins, gum elastic, gum copal, +cochineal, &c. We spent some time in ascertaining the Indian names of +the gums, &c. before he understood what articles I wanted to purchase. +He said, "Indian man and American man all one country belongs to, all +the same as brothers, me right king's officer, all white men must help +um; me good man, have good head, savy good? this place all me belong to. +To-morrow I send plenty men to fetch you skins, gums, and every thing +you want."</p> + +<p>After all our arrangements were completed, it being the first time I +ever had the honor of negotiating with an <i>admiral</i>, I invited him to go +on board my <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span>vessel and drink tea with me; which invitation he readily +accepted. On our arrival on board, my little table was soon placed on +deck under an awning. The cook supplied us with the best our little +sloop afforded; the <i>admiral</i> was seated at the head of the table, and +waited on in the politest manner. After he had finished his tea, he +drank a few glasses of rum and returned to his home.</p> + +<p>When the cook set his table the next morning, he missed his tea spoons. +Diligent search was made for them, but they could not be found. We +charged the poor old cook with throwing them overboard in shaking out +his crumbs of the table-cloth, which he strongly denied. The spoons cost +about two or three cents apiece. The next day I called at the admiral's +house, where I saw his children playing with my spoons. On inquiring I +found the admiral had carried them on shore in his breeches pocket.</p> + +<p>I remained at the Cape about one week, where I purchased a small +quantity of tortoise-shell, some hides, deer-skins, tiger-skins, gums, +&c. My owners had given me orders on my arrival in that country to +procure an Indian pilot who was well acquainted with the coast.</p> + +<p>My old friend, Admiral Dalby, procured me a pilot to conduct me to Pearl +Key Lagoon, where most of the inhabitants spoke good English. I had a +letter of introduction to an inhabitant of that place, whose name was +Edward Patterson, a native of Curracoa, who had lived with the +Musquitoes many years, and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>intermarried with them. The pilot and his +son-in-law came on board. I was compelled to hire the latter that he +might assist his father-in-law in returning with his canoe. The price +agreed on was ten yards of Osnabergs to each; no difference in the +price, whether the voyage was performed in one week, or I detained him +three months: it was all the same.</p> + +<p>We weighed anchor and proceeded to the southward, intending to stop at +every settlement between the Cape and Pearl Key Lagoon. The next day we +anchored at Sandy Bay. Soon after, we were visited by Governor Clemente, +Admiral Hammer, General McLean, and many petty officers and citizens. +After treating with a few gallons of rum, by way of introduction, I +opened a brisk trade with them, bartering my goods for the same kind of +articles I had bought at the Cape. The governor brought on board with +him one of his nine living wives. After remaining here three days, we +got under weigh and steered southward, keeping near the land, under the +direction of the pilot. In the evening I began to doubt his skill, and +often hove the lead to satisfy myself, the pilot being stationed forward +to keep a good look-out. About ten o'clock I heard the sound of out, +out, out. I looked under the lee of the boom and discovered we were near +the breakers. We attempted to tack ship, but found it impossible. In a +few moments we were driven upon the reef, unshipping our rudder and +thumping so hard that I expected she would break in pieces. About an +hour after, she beat over <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span>the shoal into nine feet water, where we came +to anchor. The next day I sounded a passage out between the shoals. In +heaving the vessel through the passage we broke our largest anchor, and +finding it impossible to save her, hoisted the jib and ran her on shore. +When the wind abated we landed our sails, dry goods and hardware. We +built a comfortable tent, which protected our goods from the rains which +visit that country almost every day from May until November. We found +ourselves near the mouth of a river called Waa-waa, some fifteen miles +from the residence of Governor Clemente. After remaining here a few days +I sent the pilot to the governor's residence, claiming his protection +and requesting him to furnish me with men and canoes to transport my +goods to Pearl Key Lagoon, and I would pay them a liberal compensation +for their services. The messenger returned with an answer, that the +governor had gone on an excursion through his dominions, and was not +expected to return in less than two or three weeks. We passed our time +in shooting deer, conies, parrots, boobies, gulls, &c. and catching +fish, which we found in abundance.</p> + +<p>After we had remained here four weeks, the governor arrived, accompanied +by forty or fifty Indians. I provided a good dinner for the governor, +his lady and officers, who were invited to my table. Rum, gin, and +Catalonia wine, were served out in abundance. The governor promised me +protection and assistance; but his business required his return <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>home +immediately, but added that he would send me relief the next day. Before +we had finished dinner the mob of Indians commenced stealing our +tumblers from the table, likewise knives, forks, some empty kegs, and a +fine pig, which we had fattened, as well as most of the loose articles +about our premises. I had made the governor many presents for his +promised protection, and I remonstrated with him against this wanton +outrage, without obtaining any redress.</p> + +<p>About sunset the Indians all left my camp, except four canoes of country +Indians, who lived four days paddle up some of the rivers: and according +to the pilot's interpretation, they did not associate with the +governor's gang, who treated them with contempt. After the governor and +his tribe had left us, these Indians came to my tent, whom I treated +with hospitality, and they encamped near us that night. The next morning +my mate advised me to hire these Indians to take me to Pearl Key Lagoon +in their canoes, taking my money, dry goods, and all my valuable +articles with me, and he and the two sailors would remain by the wreck +and take care of the heavy goods until I could procure some vessel or +large craft to transport them to that place. Fearing an attack from the +governor's party, I employed the pilot to negotiate a bargain with these +Indians, as they could not speak English. He soon made an agreement by +which I was to give two officers, captains of towns, ten yards of check +shirting cloth <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>each, and the soldiers, as he called them, five yards +each, and five yards for the hire of a large canoe.</p> + +<p>The bargain being closed we loaded the four canoes, together with the +pilot's, with dry goods, cutlery, &c. In the large canoe I put my chest, +charts, quadrant, clothing, nine hundred dollars in specie, and a ten +gallon keg of rum, knowing it would stimulate them to perform the voyage +with despatch, by giving them a drink on arriving at certain places we +could see ahead. The cook had boiled me a piece of salt beef to carry +with me, and put up two or three pounds of sea-bread. I took a jug of +rum in addition to the ten gallon keg, on board of the canoe in which I +embarked, and put a tea-cup in my pocket to serve as a tumbler. As soon +as the canoes were loaded I measured ten yards to each of the officers, +according to our contract, and then measured off five yards and gave it +to one of the soldiers, who threw it on the ground, when the Indians +commenced unloading the canoes. I called on the pilot for an +explanation, and was informed that the soldiers said they had to work as +hard as the officers, and would not proceed with me unless I gave them +ten yards each. I was unable to avoid the extortion, and gave them the +same quantity I had given the officers. In complaining to the pilot of +the treatment I had received from the Indians, and the crime they had +committed in stealing from me, he replied, "Tief man can't go and live +wit God, Devil must catch um." After I had given the check to each of +the twelve Indians <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>who were to convey me to Pearl Key Lagoon, one of +them seized his and escaped to the woods, which was the last I saw of +him.</p> + +<p>All things being ready, we made sail, myself taking charge of the large +canoe, with orders for them all to keep close company, by shortening +sail when necessary, so that they could assist one another should any +accident happen. I now began to reflect on my forlorn situation, having +five canoes under my control, twelve Indians, and only one that could +speak English, the naked ocean on one side, the wilderness on the other, +and a passage of one hundred and twenty miles to make before I could +find a civilized habitation. We proceeded about ten miles on our way, +when we ran our canoes on shore and drew them up on the beach, which was +performed in great haste to prevent their filling with water and wetting +the goods, to avoid which, I covered all the cargoes with cowhides.</p> + +<p>Having secured our canoes, the Indians took cutlasses and dug a spring +of fresh water, which after bailing out two or three times appeared +clear, and we drank it with a real good will after we had mixed it with +rum. I had made an agreement with them, by interpretation of the pilot, +that I would treat them every time I drank myself, and at no other time, +which was considered a fair bargain. They then took my meat and bread, +and ate it all at one meal; after which they made a large fire on the +ground to keep away tigers, panthers, &c.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span></p><p>I landed two chests, one containing my money and clothing, the other my +most valuable goods; and wrapping myself in an old bed quilt, which +protected me from the mosquitoes, took lodging on my chests, the Indians +taking their station near the fire. The next morning we had nothing to +eat. About nine o'clock the Indians went into the woods, <i>progging</i>, as +they termed it, and after being gone some time returned with a few small +oysters and some wild honey, which was all the food we got that day. The +next morning we got under weigh and proceeded a few miles, when the wind +rising created a heavy sea, and we were obliged to run our fleet on +shore and remain until the following day.</p> + +<p>In the afternoon the Indians unloaded two of the small canoes, (the wind +having ceased blowing,) paddled out some distance and caught a large +quantity of fish. At night they boiled three or four pots full, setting +up until twelve o'clock and devouring all the fish they had caught. I +thought they consumed five or six pounds each. The next morning we got +under weigh and proceeded on our voyage until the afternoon, when the +wind increasing, it was found necessary to lighten my canoe. I made a +signal for the pilot to come alongside, he immediately obeyed, calling +one of the captains of a town to join: when, after a short consultation, +it was agreed to take some boxes of check shirting and the ten gallon +keg of rum out of my canoe and put them on board of theirs. Strict +orders were again given <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>to keep close together, that assistance might +be rendered to each other if necessary, the sea running high at the +time. The captain's and pilot's canoes soon out-sailed the rest of the +fleet. I made signals for them to shorten sail, which they paid no +attention to, and at sun-set they were so far ahead that we could not +discern them.</p> + +<p>We then landed with the three canoes, made our fire and brought my two +chests ashore, as on the night previous. Not having had any food that +day I went a short distance into the woods, where I found some old +cocoa-nuts, of which I made a poor supper. Not having any one to +converse with, I laid down on my chests near the fire, my eight Indians +near me. They soon commenced a long conversation, and being somewhat +anxious to learn the subject of it, I lay listening very attentively. +Having a fire-light I could see all their movements. I heard one of them +repeat the word "<i>Buckra</i>" at the same time drawing his hand across his +throat. I then imagined they were concocting some plan to kill me. In +the morning they went into the woods, caught a land-tortoise, and laying +him on a large fire with his back down, kept him there until he was +dead, and then cutting a hole in his side, took out his inwards and +roasted him in the shell, from which we made our breakfast.</p> + +<p class="figcenter"><img src="images/fig061.jpg" alt="" /><br />Indians making motions to kill Captain Dunham.</p> + +<p>I had discovered that these Indians had but little strength of body, in +loading and unloading canoes; in handling heavy chests and boxes, it +always took three Indians to carry one end when I could carry <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>the +other. Wishing to try their strength, by signs I introduced wrestling, +jumping, &c. I found I could throw three of them on the ground at one +time without much trouble. I then took my pistols from my chest, fired +at targets, and performed many other exercises in order to show them my +strength was much greater than theirs, that they might be cautious how +they attacked me.</p> + +<p class="figcenter"><img src="images/fig062.jpg" alt="" /><br />Indians Cooking an Alligator for breakfast.</p> + +<p>In the afternoon we got under weigh and proceeded a few miles, when we +encamped for the night. The next morning the Indians went into the swamp +after some food, and returned in a short time with a young alligator +three or four feet in length, which they had caught: having tied up his +mouth with a bark rope, they dragged him along on the ground by it. They +also brought some alligator's eggs, which we boiled. They placed the +middle of the alligator on the top of the fire, one holding the rope +which secured his mouth, another his tail, (he being yet alive,) and +burned him to death; after which they cut him to pieces and boiled his +flesh in the pot, from which we made our breakfast. I ate some of the +eggs, which I found very tough. Our jug of rum had been exhausted two or +three days, and the Indians had lost all their ambition. I tried to make +them understand, by signs, that when we arrived at Great River we should +find our comrades who had left us in the two canoes, and get rum and +provisions for the remainder of our voyage. Soon after, they showed me a +point of land some distance <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>ahead, and repeated the words, "Great +River." I took a paddle in my hand and assisted them, at the same time +making signs, by lifting the jug to my mouth, giving them to understand +that they should have plenty of rum when we arrived there. When we were +within two miles of the mouth of the river the Indians suddenly ran the +canoes on shore, hauled them up on the land, unloaded all my goods and +ran toward the woods, leaving me alone on the beach. I felt much +surprised at being left in this sudden manner, half starved with hunger, +and my strength exhausted for want of sleep. After piling up all my +goods in the best manner I could, I re-loaded my pistols and prepared to +defend myself. Hunger now prompted me to look for something to eat. I +saw a large green turtle, some four feet in length, laying upon his back +a few rods from my goods. I then walked in a different direction from +the turtle, in pursuit of something to allay my hunger. Suddenly I +discovered a large, strange Indian approaching toward me, having two +small ropes in his hand, with eyes spliced in the ends, which he was +slipping backward and forward as he approached near me. I slowly +retreated some distance, casting my eyes over my shoulder, looking for +some weapon to defend myself, when I discovered a stick of wood about +the size of a man's wrist, which I quickly secured. He, advancing, asked +if I was captain of the American vessel that was cast away on the coast +a few weeks since, and if I was hungry. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>I told him yes: he still +approached me during this conversation; upon which I raised my club and +told him if he came any nearer to me I would kill him. He said if I +would go with him to Admiral Drummer's house, which was but a short +distance, I could get plenty to eat. I informed him that the Indians I +had hired to carry my goods to Pearl Key Lagoon, had thrown them on +shore here, left me, and that I dare not leave my goods unprotected on +the beach. He said he would tell the Admiral of my situation, and +informed me that two days ago two canoes, having some of my goods on +board, arrived at the mouth of the river, that one of them had upset in +passing the bar and lost one keg of rum and one box of dry goods, which +had sunk, and that they had been fishing for them but could not find +them. He then took his leave, and going to the turtle put the ends of +his rope on his flippers, placed the middle across his breast and +dragged him off.</p> + +<p>Admiral Drummer hearing of my arrival here, sent an Indian slave with a +gold headed cane, which he considered as a badge of his office, inviting +me to his house to take some breakfast. I returned my reasons for not +accepting his invitation, by saying "I dare not leave my goods +unprotected." Soon after the admiral brought me some warm cocoa, smoked +meat and roasted plantains to eat. My appetite being good I made a +hearty dinner. After some time my Indians returned from the woods with +some coarse food they had gathered in the swamps. I told <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>the admiral I +had paid these Indians in advance to transport my goods to Pearl Key +Lagoon, that they had broken their contract, and that they appeared +determined to leave me here. After conversing with them some time, he +told me they said they were half starved, had not any provisions to +proceed with, and would not go any farther. He also said they were +mountain Indians, living in the interior of the country, and were not +under his control, but ordered them to put the goods into their canoes +and carry me into the mouth of the river, where I would find the two +boats which had left me some days before.</p> + +<p>In the afternoon I was visited by the admiral, his two wives, and a +number of his tribe. I made him and his wives many presents, and he +promised to meet me the next day at the mouth of the river, when he +would furnish me with men and canoes to carry me to the Lagoon. He left +me soon after to return to his home. We proceeded with our three canoes +into the mouth of the river, where I found the other two, one of them +belonging to the pilot, who told me that, in crossing the bar at the +mouth of the river, the captain's canoe had turned over and lost one box +of check cloth, the ten gallon keg of rum, and they had both sunk, that +they had fished for them a long time, but could not find them; also, +that the captain had lost his dinner-pot by upsetting his canoe, and I +must pay him for it, because he was at work for me. Another Indian had +wrapped himself <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>in his canoe-sail, and had laid so near the fire he had +burnt a hole in it, and I must pay for it because he was in my employ.</p> + +<p>Soon after my arrival in the mouth of the river the pilot told me he +would go to the admiral's house and procure me some provisions; he left, +followed by the whole gang, except one sick Indian who remained with me, +with whom I could not converse except by signs. Knowing that a keg of +rum would not sink in the water, I thought it best to search the shore +and see what discoveries I could make. After walking about one-fourth of +a mile I discovered a cow-hide secreted in the edge of the woods, which +drew my attention to it. By removing the hide I discovered the box of +dry goods and the dinner-pot for which he had demanded payment. I walked +back to our landing place, took one of the canoes and carried the box, +pot, &c. to my camp, where I opened the box and found some of the check +a little wet, but not from the upsetting of the canoe. I searched the +beach for some time, but could not find any traces of the rum-keg. +Having no companion left with me except my sick Indian, and no food to +eat, I was obliged to pick up old cocoa-nuts or any other articles I +could swallow to satisfy my craving appetite.</p> + +<p>On the evening of the third day after my arrival here my Indians +returned much intoxicated, without the pilot. They picked up their +baggage and prepared for their departure; then laid themselves down +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>near the fire, and soon fell asleep. I piled up my goods as compactly +as I could, loaded my pistols and laid myself down on the top of them, +supposing they would attempt to rob me, and escape with their plunder. I +did not shut my eyes until about four o'clock and then fell asleep, +which continued about half-an-hour, when I awoke and found they were +taking their departure. I took a hasty look at my goods and found they +had only taken from me one empty jug and a few small articles of little +value.</p> + +<p>A few hours after, the pilot, accompanied by Admiral Drummer, his two +wives, and thirty or forty Indians arrived, bringing me some provisions, +which I ate greedily. After making the admiral and his wives many +presents, I asked his price to carry me and my goods to Pearl Key +Lagoon. He told me I must pay him the same price I had paid the Indians +who had left me here—ten yards of check cloth to each man, and ten +additional yards for the hire of a large canoe belonging to himself. The +bargain being closed, the admiral and his party all left me, except +those I had employed to carry me to the Lagoon.</p> + +<p>After the pilot had returned from the admiral's I asked him the cause of +their tarrying so long, knowing my destitute situation. He said they had +been to a drink-about of pine-liquor—a custom I did not then +understand. During my residence at the Lagoon I have been an invited +guest to drink-abouts. Pine-apples are raised in abundance in this +country, which the inhabitants of a number of settlements <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>from time to +time collect in large quantities, and assemble at some central place, +where they convert them into a kind of pulp and then press out the +juice, put it into some old cask and let it remain a few days, when it +becomes the most palatable liquor I ever drank, and produces +intoxication when taken in large quantities.</p> + +<p>Some months after, I learned the deception these Indians had practised +upon me. The pilot and his comrades, who had run away from me with the +keg of rum and box of dry goods, arrived at Great River two days before +me. They poured some water on the box of dry goods, and then carried the +keg of rum to the admiral's house. After our arrival at Great River they +left me on the beach, half starved, as stated above, and returned to the +admiral's, where they remained drunk about three days.</p> + +<p>The contract being finished, we loaded the canoes and I paid the men in +advance, according to the custom of the country. I urged them to launch +the canoes and proceed on our voyage immediately, which they refused to +do, saying that night would overtake us before we could arrive at the +Lagoon. They said they would sail the next morning at daylight, and then +laid themselves down near the fire for the night. I wrapped myself up in +the old bed-quilt and took lodging on my chests as usual, the mosquitoes +so thick about us that we could not see any thing at a distance; they +annoyed the Indians so much that they lost all patience. At eleven +o'clock <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>they launched their canoes and we proceeded on our voyage. +Before we took our departure I had given them orders to keep the canoes +near together for mutual safety. After we had gone a short distance, I +discovered by the stars that the captain of my canoe had lost his +course, and was running from the land into the ocean. I remonstrated +with him by making signs. About two o'clock I made out to convince him +of his error, when he steered towards the land, which brought us into +the trough of the sea, and I was compelled to bail water without +intermission until daylight, when I found we were within three miles of +the land, but could not discover any canoes in sight of us. We steered +our boat in near the land where the water was not so rough, and kept in +close to the shore. When we came to the mouth of Pearl Key Lagoon we saw +smoke a short distance from the mouth of the harbor, and going to the +place from which it proceeded found our comrades cooking some fish, they +had caught, for breakfast. We joined with them and took a scanty meal. +Soon after, we all got under weigh and proceeded about three miles, when +we arrived at the village of Pearl Key Lagoon, to my great joy, after a +passage of ten days. I was so thoroughly exhausted that I could not walk +from the canoe to the house without assistance.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V.</h2> + + +<p>Pearl Key Lagoon lies in latitude 12° 10' N., longitude 82° 54' W. The +village is situated about four miles from the entrance of the Lagoon, or +<i>Lake</i>, into the sea. The village contains thirteen houses; the +inhabitants generally speak English, and are more civilized and +hospitable than the neighboring tribes. This place is the centre of +trade for the whole coast, and is often visited by English traders.</p> + +<p>I was hospitably received by Edward Patterson, a native of Curracoa, who +had resided here many years. He had three wives living with him, all +enjoying peace and good will towards each other. Patterson gave me a +hearty welcome to his house, and provided me a room in it to retail my +goods. He furnished his table with the best food the country produced, +cleanly cooked in English style. Two days after my arrival here my mate +and the two seamen arrived from the wreck of the sloop. They informed me +that a large number of Indians had encamped near the wreck and commenced +plundering the vessel, and they considered it unsafe to remain there any +longer. They repaired the sloop's boat, put their clothing and some +light goods on board, and after a few days' hard rowing reached this +place, with health and strength much exhausted. Two or three days after +a small English schooner arrived <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span>here, and I gave the captain two +hundred dollars to carry me to the wreck and bring back all the goods we +could save from it. We sailed the next day, and arrived there two days +after. We found the shore white with cotton, the Indians having cut open +the bales and carried away the sacks, leaving the cotton loose on the +beach, which the winds had scattered all along the shore for a great +distance. They had emptied two pipes of Catalonia wine on the ground and +carried away the casks; also emptied some cases of Holland gin and +filled the bottles with rum, cut many holes in the vessel to get out the +iron, and committed many other depredations. On inquiry I found that +most of the goods had been carried to Governor Clemente's house, about +thirty miles up the Waa-waa river. We employed some Indians to carry us +in their canoes to the governor's residence, there being no roads for +travelling by land in the country. When we arrived at his excellency's +dwelling we found a collection of forty or fifty Indians assembled +there, raving with intoxication; a hogshead of rum placed in the middle +of the house, with the bung taken out and the Indians filling their +calabashes by pouring it out of the bung-hole, wasting one-half in +pouring it out. The governor's invitation to spend the night with him +was readily accepted. He promised me he would restore all my goods that +could be found about his premises. The next day I found one pipe of gin +and one hogshead of rum unopened, which he consented to restore to me. +Here <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>a difficulty arose: the distance from his house to the landing +place at the river was about one and a half miles, and no way of +conveyance except rolling the casks. I requested the governor to furnish +me men, and I would pay them liberally for their services in conveying +the goods to the landing place. He said he could not compel them to +assist me. My mate and two men I had brought with me succeeded in +rolling the casks to the shore after a tedious job of one and a half +days. I found sixteen barrels of salt belonging to me about the +premises, which we undertook to roll to the landing, but the governor +pursued us with his axe and broke the staves of the casks, when we +abandoned them. I then picked up all the remaining goods I could find +belonging to me, sent them on board the canoes, and putting my mate and +seamen on board as sentries for the night, took lodgings at the +governor's house. In the morning my attention was drawn towards the +governor's nine wives, who were seated round a fire outside of the +house, eating their breakfast in perfect harmony. From appearance their +ages were from sixteen to sixty years. I afterwards learned that eight +of the Indians had died from the effects of the liquor which they had +stolen from the wreck.</p> + +<p>The governor and his gang had destroyed and robbed me of about eighteen +hundred dollars' worth of property, for which I could not obtain any +redress. We embarked in our canoes and proceeded to the schooner, where +we took the goods on board, and the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>next day landed them at the Lagoon. +My property being all collected together, I fitted up my store and +received calls from all parts of the country, having that load-stone +<i>Rum</i> to attract them.</p> + +<p>Among the visiters who came to console me in my unfortunate situation, +was a Sookerman, named Hewlett, who brought me a present of two +pine-apples, for which I offered him twelve and a half cents in payment, +he refused it, saying, "I was a poor cast-away thing, and all Indians +must help me." I placed a bottle of gin upon the table and invited him +and his comrade to drink, which they readily accepted, remaining with me +until near night, when they had emptied the bottle; then taking an empty +bottle from his pocket, he had the modesty to ask me to fill it for him +to carry home. I was selling gin at this time for fifty cents per +bottle. Pine-apples are considered of little value in this country, +being worth from one to two cents apiece.</p> + +<p>A Sookerman practices as a physician in sickness, but always abandons +his patient before the approach of death; he tells fortunes, can +discover thieves, and when the hurricane months are near approaching, he +resorts to some hill with his cutlass in his hand, which he waves in the +air to prevent the gales from destroying their crops of vegetables. He +collects an annual tax from all the inhabitants of his district, for his +services in cutting the breeze as they call it. If they refuse to pay +his tax the laws of the country allow him to seize upon any property <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span>he +can find, not excepting a man's dinner-pot. If a gale of wind happens to +sweep over the country and destroy their crops, he screens himself by +saying, "Some rascals have neglected the payment of their tithes." He +cannot see a woman in child-bed, or the woman or child under nine months +after the birth of it. He is prohibited from seeing any dead corpse, as +he imagines the sight of either of these would cause his immediate +death. The Sookerman makes all his journies in canoes, accompanied by +some of his friends. When they approach any village, he lays down in the +bottom of his canoe, and a sail is covered over him to protect his eyes, +while some of his comrades visit the houses of the villagers to +ascertain whether there are any of those dread sights in their houses. +When his wife shows signs of pregnancy she retires to a house built in +the woods, where she must remain nine months after her accouchment, +before she can return to her husband.</p> + +<p>My landlord, Patterson, informed me that he knew a Sookerman who landed +at a village in a canoe, without sending a messenger before him to +discover the object of his danger; it being stormy weather he landed in +great haste and ran to the nearest house for a shelter, and opening the +door quickly, the first object he saw was a woman holding a child in her +arms. The shock was so great that he fell down on the threshhold of the +door and died the third day after.</p> + +<p>Two miles from the village where I had located <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>myself was another +settlement called Bigman Bank, a village of some renown, being the +residence of General Bigman and Admiral Walkin. Soon after I had my +store arranged to receive company I was visited by a number of young +ladies from Bigman's Bank who were considered the belles of the village. +The Indians residing in villages on the sea-coast imagine themselves far +superior to the inland tribes. They form the same opinion that a fopish +city dandy does of a country farmer, supposing him to be destitute of +common sense because he does not put all his earnings on his back and +cheat the tailor and shoemaker out of more.</p> + +<p>After the young ladies were all seated in the house, my friend Patterson +introduced me to them, and requested me to fill some glasses with gin +and pass them round, saying, "They had never drank any gin before, and +did not know the strength of it, that we should soon see sport." After +remaining some time and drinking freely, they attempted to depart, when +one of them, named Betsey Young, a girl possessing a pleasant and +beautiful countenance found herself unable to walk, and her comrades +took her on their backs and departed apparently much mortified as I was +myself. After they returned to their homes Betsey's mother gave her a +severe reprimand for her intoxication. The next morning she bent the top +of a small tree to the ground, tied a handkerchief to it and putting one +end round her neck let the tree straighten up, which hung her in the +air. Soon after <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span>her mother discovering her unfortunate situation cut +her down and restored her to life. A few months after she became one of +the king's wives.</p> + +<p>I was visited by a respectable Frenchman, named Ellis, residing thirty +miles up a river called Waa-waa-han, which empties into the Lagoon a few +miles from this place. The Musquito king had given him a tract of land +seven miles in length, bounded on the river, a well cultivated +plantation, producing coffee, sugar-cane, corn, yams, sweet potatoes, +all kinds of tropical fruits, and bread-stuffs in abundance. He owned +twenty or thirty slaves, and cultivated a good garden. He informed me +that he had fought for my country in the Revolution, under Count de +Grass. His nearest neighbor, named Gough, resided twelve miles from him, +who had a grant of land extending twelve miles along the river, and +owned a few slaves, but paid little attention to cultivation. I found +Mr. Ellis a very honest man, and a true friend to me. He kept a mulatto +woman as his wife, whose name was Fanny. He sent many orders to me to +bring out such articles as he wanted. He told me that one evening he was +making out an order for goods and asked his wife if she wanted any thing +added to the order. She answered by saying, "Tell Captain Dunham to +fetch me out one man-goose and one woman-goose." Mr. Ellis often sent me +garden vegetables, cucumbers, water-mellons, tropical fruits, &c.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.</h2> + + +<p>Among my new neighbors I found eight runaway negro slaves who had +deserted from the Island of St. Andreas, in canoes, a distance of about +two degrees, and took refuge here. To make the reader understand the +tragic scenes that follow, I shall describe them by giving the names of +the tribes they belonged to in their native country. Two of them being +called Jim, I shall be obliged to attach to the name of each that of the +tribe to which he belonged, to distinguish the parties.</p> + +<p>The English traders from Jamaica, who have monopolized the trade of this +country, frequently visit this place, stopping at St. Andreas and Corn +Island on their passage. They are often commissioned to apprehend +runaway slaves, return them to their masters, and receive their rewards. +These negroes were well apprised of this custom, and took great +precaution to arm and defend themselves if they were attacked. On the +arrival of any English vessel in the harbor, they retreated to the woods +and remained until the vessel left the port before they made their +appearance among us again, when they returned to the house which they +occupied when I first landed in the place, situated about fifty rods +from my store. When they went upon any excursion <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>they were each armed +with a loaded musket and plenty of ammunition, determined never to be +taken prisoners alive. In addition to their armament, they purchased +from me five cutlasses, which they ground very sharp and carried with +them daily. Scotland and Jim belonged to the Ebo tribe in Africa, their +native country. Moody and the other Jim to the Mandingo tribe in the +same country; another negro, named Prince, was a native of Jamaica. +Scotland had a daughter with him, Moody and Mandingo Jim, both had their +wives with them. There always appeared a national antipathy existing +between the Ebo and Mandingo negroes, which caused many disputes between +them. Prince always tried to remain neutral between the parties, often +acting as umpire in the settlement of their difficulties. On the arrival +of any vessel, or any dangerous report, they compromised all their +private quarrels and united for the common defence.</p> + +<p>The negroes soon discovered that I had no means to annoy them, and that +the English traders were very jealous of me as a trespasser on their +exclusive right to trade here, I being the first American who had +attempted to open a trade with the Indians within the last fourteen +years. These negroes soon commenced trading with me, having fifty or +sixty dollars in money, and earnestly solicited my friendly aid, by +informing them of any plot I should discover from the English traders, +or the Mosquito king's officers to apprehend them, promising on their +part <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>to sell me all the tortoise-shell they could catch, and purchase +all their goods from me. I readily ratified the treaty for my own +safety. To use an old adage, "Those who live in glass houses must never +throw stones."</p> + +<p>My goods were poorly protected against robbers, my store being covered +on the outside with thin slips of wood, resembling lath wove together +like a basket and admitting light through the spaces sufficient to read +or write without windows. A man could kick a hole through it in two +minutes.</p> + +<p>Soon after I purchased a mahogany canoe, made a sail to fit her, and +took a number of excursions to the neighboring villages, purchasing +shell, gum, &c. It frequently happened that I did not see a white man in +two or three weeks. The negroes often got alarmed by hearing false +reports about their apprehension, and finding that I sometimes did not +reach home until after dark, they came to my store and requested me to +wear a white chip hat when I went on any excursion, or appeared out +after dark, that they might know me, as they had agreed to shoot any +strange white man who should approach them in the night. I complied with +their request for my own safety. I have frequently called at their house +in the night to procure a light, always calling them by name before I +approached their door, and always found them laying on their arms, ready +to repel any attack.</p> + +<p>Some weeks after, my landlord purchased from <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span>me a quantity of goods, +and I advanced him about six hundred dollars in cash, which he agreed to +pay me in tortoise-shell, at two dollars per pound, it being worth at +that time seven dollars in New-York. He embarked in a large canoe on a +trading voyage, along the southern coast of that country, a distance of +about two degrees. Most of the able-bodied men of this and the +neighboring villages fitted themselves out for a three months' voyage to +the southward, to catch turtle. After they had all embarked I found +there was no male inhabitant left except myself, my five negroes, two or +three old infirm Indians, and a whole village of women and children. The +negroes gave me the title of governor, and agreed to submit to such laws +as I should prescribe for them. One of the laws I passed was to sell +them only one bottle of rum per day, which they agreed to, and behaved +themselves well for two or three weeks, caught some shell, and sold it +to me. Ebo Jim I found to be a good marksman with a gun, and I furnished +him often with powder and shot, with which he killed a great many wild +parrots for me to eat, from which I had a number of good meals.</p> + +<p>After a few weeks the negroes imagining there was a plot laid to entrap +them, agreed to retire to a house they had found in the woods, where +they thought themselves secure, and live in peace together. Scotland, +Moody and the two Jims, took their leave of me and departed. Prince, the +neutral negro, remained in the village. He was a coarse carpenter, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>and +made some tables and sundry little articles for the Indians, and had +many friends among them. Scotland and his party visited me two or three +times after they had gone to their new habitation, and were supplied +with their one bottle of rum per day, according to agreement, when they +would depart peaceably to their new home. The fourth time they visited +me they asked me for their bottle of rum, as usual, which was furnished +them. They then left for a short time and returned with a request that I +would fill the bottle again for them, which I refused to do, by telling +them it was a breach of our agreement; but on their promising me +faithfully if I would let them have another bottle they would not broach +it until they got home, I filled it; they left, and as I supposed, had +gone home. About one hour after, a number of women and children appeared +at my door, where I had laid myself down in my hammock, reading, and +making a most hideous noise, called on me to come out, as Scotland was +killing Moody. I ran as fast as I could until I came near to the +combatants, when I saw Scotland thrust his cutlass into the thick part +of Moody's thigh, near the bone, the point running at least one foot +through. Moody being vanquished, Mandingo Jim, his comrade, then rushed +forward with cutlass in hand and struck at Scotland's head, who dodged +the blow, at the same time returning a blow with his cutlass which +struck Jim near the wrist, severing his hand from his arm, leaving it +hanging by a small string of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span>skin and flesh. Ebo Jim then ran into the +battle with his gun cocked to shoot down his conquered adversaries, when +I interfered, and by threats and persuasion prevented any further +effusion of blood. The battle being ended, I proposed to cut off the +wounded hand, but my opinion was overruled by the company, who decided, +to use their own language, that "The hand could be mended up again." My +landlord's oldest wife, whose name was Sally, and who was considered a +great doctress among the inhabitants of this region of country, procured +some splinters of wood, dressed the wound with wild honey and bound it +up, Sally acting as head surgeon among the company. I furnished them +with candles, which they made great use of as salve to dress the wounds. +On the third morning after, Sally came to my store and told me that +Jim's hand was all spoiled, that she had ground up her butcher knife to +cut it off. She repaired to the room and requested Jim's wife to open +the wound that she might dress it, which she complied with. Sally +instantly drew her knife, which was concealed behind her, and cut the +hand off, to the great surprise of all the spectators. She continued the +application of honey and tallow for three or four weeks, when Jim so far +recovered as to be able to shoot parrots for me again. After the battle, +Scotland and Ebo Jim retired to their habitation in the woods, and in +the course of three or four weeks Moody and Mandingo Jim removed to +Bigman's Bank, about two miles from this place.</p> + +<p class="figcenter"><img src="images/fig083.jpg" alt="" /><br />Triangular fight between three Colored Men.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span></p><p>A few weeks after, Moody and his partner Jim came to my store on some +errant. My provisions getting short, I agreed to accompany them home to +Bigman's Bank and procure a fresh supply of such articles as I stood in +need of. I got on board of their canoe, which had but two seats, and +placed myself by the side of Moody, who commenced a long negro story +which absorbed our attention. On the way I discovered a pelican sitting +in a tree near by, and called on Jim to shoot it; he drew up his gun and +cocked it: at that instant the pelican flew from the tree before he had +time to fire: the old negro laid his gun down on the seat along side of +us, and proceeded on with his long story, carelessly holding his hand +over the muzzle. By some accidental movement, unobserved by me, the gun +was discharged, and having a lead slug in it, cut a large piece of flesh +from the thick part of his hand, and took off three of his fingers, +leaving them hanging by small pieces of skin. We made the best way we +could to the village, where I procured a pair of scissors and severed +the fingers from the hand.</p> + +<p>Some time after, another report was circulated that some of the king's +officers had received orders to arrest these negroes, which gave them +great alarm. Ebo Jim implored me to write to Mr. Ellis, my old friend, +begging his protection until he could procure a passage back to his +former owner, which Mr. Ellis readily granted, and making me a visit +soon after, he took Jim home with him and afterwards <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span>sent him back to +his former mistress. I was much pleased to see Mr. Ellis, he being the +first white man I had seen within the last three weeks.</p> + +<p>Moody, Mandingo Jim and Scotland, had a meeting soon after, and agreed +to forgive and forget all their former difficulties and return to their +old retreat for safety, and there unite for the defence of each other. +All their former contests being settled, I advised them to retire and +live peaceably together, and not annoy me or the Indians any more with +their private quarrels, which they faithfully promised to adhere to.</p> + +<p>I now employed myself cheerfully in reading and other amusements for a +few days, when suddenly an Indian called at my door and told me that +Scotland wanted me to come down to the landing place, that he was lying +in his canoe badly wounded. I repaired to the place, where I found his +sail spread over his canoe, and he lying on the bottom. I perceived that +the blood had covered the whole bottom of the canoe, apparently one inch +or more deep. On examination of his body I found he had received a large +charge of shot in his right breast, which had cut out about one pound of +flesh; and another in his thigh, which had severed the bones, and cut +the flesh to pieces in the most shocking manner. I asked him how this +misfortune happened to him. He answered me by saying, "Captain, Jim and +Moody do me too bad. This morning Jim and me go a hunting together, we +come home about eleven o'clock, I feel tired and lay <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>down on my crawl +and go to sleep; first I know, I hear a gun go pow, I look at the door +and see Jim stand there, I say, 'Jim, see what these Indians do me;' Jim +say, Moody give it to him, Moody fire his gun and break my thigh, and +then both run away and left me. By and by one Indian come, and I give my +gun to paddle me here to see you. Now I want you to get Sally and the +other woman to mend me up again."</p> + +<p>I called on my hospitable Sally, who hastily declared she would not try +to mend Scotland up, or have him left in the village, and I must send +him back to his house in the bush: if she should mend him up again he +would kill Moody and Jim, and that she would have no farther trouble +with these negroes. There being no white person to advise with, I called +Prince, the neutral negro, and told him he must take Scotland back to +his house, help him on his crawl or bed, set a calabash of water within +reach, and leave him. Prince hesitated some about obeying my orders, but +by persuasion and some reward, he embarked in the canoe and paddled him +back to his house, helped him into it, placed him on his crawl, and at +his request built a fire, set water within his reach, loaded his gun, +and placed ammunition near him, for he was determined to defend himself +as long as he had breath.</p> + +<p>After they had departed, I sat down on the beach and reflected on the +forlorn situation of this unfortunate desperado. He well knew he must +die from his <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>wounds, or be murdered by Moody and Jim, or destroyed by +tigers, his hut having no doors to protect him from wild beasts. When +Prince returned I asked him if he had any conversation with Scotland on +the passage. He replied, "Yes, I told Scotland that Moody and Jim would +kill him this night. He replied, then they will say, there is a <i>man</i> +dead."</p> + +<p>At night I retreated to my lodgings in my store, where I slept for the +protection of my property. At this time I had learned that the English +traders on the coast had held a meeting and entered into an agreement, +pledging themselves never to carry me, nor take any letters to Jamaica +or elsewhere, to help me to get away from this coast. Having no white +friends to console me, and being more than two thousand miles from my +family and friends, I retired to bed with solitary feelings. Not having +much inclination for sleep, I remained awake until about twelve o'clock, +when I heard the report of a gun, which I imagined had ended the +tragedy.</p> + +<p>At daylight I arose and called on an old negro who had resided here with +his family many years, the Indians called him <i>darmer</i>, equivalent to +grandfather in the English language, who conducted me to Scotland's hut. +I found the old negro laying dead on his crawl, or bed, a musket ball +having passed through his body. Having met Moody and Jim, before our +arrival at Scotland's house, I compelled them to go back with me. I +accused them with having committed the murder, and endeavored to impress +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span>upon their minds the enormity of the crime. They denied the firing of +the last fatal shot, by saying, Scotland had tied the trigger of his gun +to the side of his house, placed the muzzle against his side, and by +pulling the gun discharged the contents, becoming his own executioner. I +selected a place to bury the remains of the old negro, but having no +shovels to dig with, we were obliged to use wooden paddles, my only help +being Moody and Jim, and they both cripples, we made but slow progress. +Soon after Prince arrived, when I sent him to an Indian house some +distance from the place, to borrow a hoe, to assist in digging the +grave. The woman of the house refused to lend it, saying, "Her daughter +was sick, and if she lent the hoe to dig a grave the doctor or +<i>sookerman</i>, who attended her, would forsake the house if he knew the +hoe had been used for that purpose." We finally succeeded in digging two +or three feet deep, when I sent home and got a saw and cut Scotland's +canoe in two pieces, then placing the corpse between them, put him, +together with all his clothes in the grave, according to the custom of +the country. Previous to interring the corpse, I offered to give away +his clothes, but no person would accept of them, because the owner was +dead. The funeral ceremonies being ended, I returned home, hoping to +enjoy some repose after the long annoyance from these negroes.</p> + +<p>Fresh reports were soon circulated that the king had commissioned one of +his officers, called Sambo <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span>Tom to arrest Moody and Jim. They hearing of +this report, determined to leave this part of the country, and pass +through a border settlement inhabited by a tribe of Indians called the +Woolwas, adjoining the Spanish settlements, and seek protection from the +Spaniards. Sambo Tom pursued, but not daring to arrest them himself, he +employed the Woolwas to do so. The negroes having arrived among the +Woolwas, hired some of them to transport them in their canoes to the +Spanish settlements; but being well armed, and having plenty of +ammunition, the Indians were afraid to attack them, and therefore +professed great friendship, agreeing to convey them where they wished to +go. Two canoes joined in this expedition, and while passing a fall in +the river the Indians upset the one containing the negroes, which wet +their guns and ammunition, when the Indians in the other canoe threw +their lances and killed them in the water. Their wives were given up to +their former owners at St. Andreas.</p> + +<p>Little did I think when I landed in this country among a mixed race of +Indians, that I should find some <i>blood</i> relations, so called by the +natives, among them. An Indian woman, calling her name Sally Bryant, the +wife of Scipio, one of the king's quarter-masters, called on me and told +me she was a blood-relation of mine, and claimed some present as an +acknowledgment of it on my part. I asked her what evidence she had of +our relationship. She replied, "That her father was an American." The +argument <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>was so conclusive that I did not think it necessary to +contradict it, but gave her some small presents, which were well repaid. +Sally often volunteered to assist me in selling my goods, and brought me +many customers by saying to the Indians, "My countryman's goods are +better and cheaper than them Englishman's, and he no rogue, like them +English traders."</p> + +<p>Soon after, a Curracoa man arrived from Bluefields, one of the +wealthiest men of that place, who brought a message from his wife, known +by the name of Mrs. Peggy, requesting me to furnish her with some goods +to sell on commission, and she would deal honestly by me, having heard +of my misfortune in losing my vessel, &c. that she wanted to see me very +much, and pitied me more because I was a relative of hers, her father +being an American. I forwarded Mrs. Peggy two or three hundred dollars' +worth of goods to sell on commission, the greatest part of which she +sold, made good returns, and I found her more honest than white +relations generally are in their trade with each other.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.<br /> + +Visit to Corn Island.</h2> + + +<p>I sold the Biddle's sails, which I had saved from the wreck, for eighty +pounds of tortoise-shell, payable <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span>at Corn Island, which lies in the +wide ocean, forty miles from the main land. I soon received a message, +saying the shell was ready for delivery, but I must come and receive it. +Having been advised of the danger of leaving it there, and that delays +were dangerous in dealing with those I had bargained with, and fearing I +should lose my debt if I neglected it, I determined upon making the trip +in my canoe, the only conveyance I had for getting there. The easterly +trade-winds constantly prevail here, except the westerly land breezes, +which blow during the night, and extend out a few miles from the shore. +My canoe was fitted in Indian style, having a number of small holes +bored in her sides near the top, and small cords attached to them, to +which we tied our dinner-pot, gun, or any other articles we wished to +carry with us, which I found a safe plan for preserving the necessaries +we carry on board. If the canoe happens to turn over, such accidents +having frequently happened to me, the whole crew swim along side, turn +her up, and by rolling her quickly soon discharge most of the water. +This being done, one man gets into the canoe and bails out the remainder +with his hat or paddle, while the goods remain hanging by the ropes. +After this is accomplished all hands get on board and go on.</p> + +<p>I hired three Indians, took some provisions, a jug of rum and a +dinner-pot on board, and proceeded on the voyage. After losing the land +winds we had to paddle our canoe directly against the wind and a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>rough +sea. We paddled about fifteen miles, when we landed on a small desolate +island or sand bank, having no vegetation on it except half-a-dozen +small trees about the size of a man's leg. It being nearly dark, we +hauled our canoe up the beach, cooked and ate some fish, and then laid +ourselves down on the ground to sleep. Soon after, it commenced raining, +when the Indians got up and stripped themselves naked, turned the canoe +bottom upwards and put their clothes under it. I followed their example, +and we all sat down naked on the ground, leaning against some small +trees, and remained in that situation until about daylight, the rain +pouring down in torrents during the night. As the sun arose the weather +became pleasant, and we proceeded on our voyage, arriving at Corn Island +that evening, after a hard days' paddle.</p> + +<p>Great Corn Island lies in latitude 12° 10' N., longitude 82° 11' W. and +is about six miles in circumference. The soil is fertile, producing good +cotton, abundance of provisions, and all kinds of tropical fruits; +breeds good horses, cattle, hogs, poultry, &c. and has abundance of +fish. The Island contains about twenty-five dwelling houses, and from +one to two hundred slaves. Little Corn Island lays about ten miles north +of the Great one, is uninhabited, but produces an abundance of +cocoa-nuts.</p> + +<p>I remained at Corn Island two days, where I was treated with the +greatest hospitality, being furnished with plenty of provisions, fruits, +&c. and having collected <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span>my shell, I embarked early in the morning, +with a fair wind, for Pearl Key Lagoon. The wind soon died away and left +us with a dead calm, and we were obliged to paddle under a burning sun +during the day, which blistered my cheeks and ancles, not having any +stockings on my feet. We arrived at our home about eleven o'clock that +night.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII.<br /> + +Visit to Bluefields.</h2> + + +<p>Bluefields lies about twenty-five miles south of Pearl Key Lagoon on the +main land, and has a good harbor for small vessels, the water on the bar +at the mouth being about nine feet deep.</p> + +<p>The English government took possession of it many years ago, but +afterwards exchanged their possessions here with the Spanish government +for the Bay of Honduras. Colonel Hudson, an English planter from the +Island of Jamaica, settled here with a number of negro slaves. By the +exchange of the country, he found it difficult to remove his slaves, who +had intermarried with the Indians, and he was obliged to sell them their +freedom and take their security for the payment of the debt, which was +to be paid in yearly instalments. From what I could learn from these +negroes, he never realized much <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>from them. The inhabitants of +Bluefields are mostly called Samboes, being a mixture of negro, Indian, +and white blood.</p> + +<p>After remaining a few months at the Lagoon, and receiving many +invitations, I concluded to make a visit to Bluefields, form some new +acquaintance, and call on my <i>countrywoman</i>, Mrs. Peggy, who claimed to +be a relation of mine because her father was said to be an American, and +ascertain what progress she made in disposing of the goods I had sent to +her to sell on commission.</p> + +<p>I fitted up my canoe, hired three Indians, put our dinner-pot, gun, +fishing spears and some provisions on board, and launched out into the +broad ocean again. After we had proceeded about fifteen miles the wind +increased, which caused the sea to run so high that we were obliged to +run our canoe on shore, and hauling her up we built a fire, a precaution +necessary in travelling in this country to avoid being attacked by wild +beasts, and after cooking a scanty meal took lodging on the ground. We +were much annoyed during the night by musquittoes and small gnats, or +sand-flies, which allowed us but little sleep. The next morning, the +wind having moderated, we got under weigh and proceeded to Bluefields, +where we arrived about sunset.</p> + +<p>Here we learned that a negro man had lately been employed in cutting up +a large green turtle on the shore near that place, and while stooping +down to accomplish his undertaking, a tiger sallied out <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>of a thicket of +bushes, sprang upon his back and struck one of his claws into the back +of his neck, inflicting a mortal wound which caused his death the third +day after.</p> + +<p>I was joyfully received by Mrs. Peggy, my countrywoman, and all her +family: also received invitations to visit most of the families of the +town. A good supper was provided for me, and I was treated with the best +food and fruits that the country afforded. The usual lodgings in this +country is hammocks, suspended across the house, in which a person +accustomed to them can sleep very comfortably. Mrs. Peggy wishing to +treat me with extraordinary kindness, I being a kinsman of hers, +furnished me with what she called a crawl, fitted up in a spare bedroom, +for my lodging.</p> + +<p>A crawl is made by cutting four small crotched sticks of wood, three or +four feet in length, which are driven into the ground, (the house having +no floor,) and two sticks some three feet in length, placed across the +ends, then a number of round sticks, much resembling hoop-poles roughly +trimmed with the bark on them, are laid closely together, resting on the +cross-poles and covered over with a piece of Indian cloth, which forms +the sacking of the bedstead. I retired to my lodging at an early hour, +as I had not enjoyed much sleep the preceding night, and laying myself +down on the crawl thought to take some repose, but I soon found the +knots in the poles were harder than my flesh. "So coy a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>dame was sleep +to me, with all the weary courtship of my care-tried thoughts, I could +not win her to my bed," and I was glad to <i>crawl</i> off the crawl and take +up my lodgings on the ground under it.</p> + +<p>The next day Mrs. Peggy wishing to treat me with the best food the +country afforded, procured a large fat monkey, had it neatly dressed, +and roasted in good style for dinner. As it was roasting before the fire +it looked so much like a human being that I felt my appetite crawl off, +and told my good countrywoman that I had made an engagement to meet an +Indian at a village about two miles from that place, at 12 o'clock, to +purchase a quantity of shell, and wished to be punctual in my promise. +This excuse for absence obtained her reluctant consent to let me go, and +I lost my dinner. I left Bluefields the next day and returned to Pearl +Key Lagoon.</p> + +<p>I must here relate a humorous conversation I heard at Bluefields between +two of the most respectable young ladies of that place, named Mary and +Mauger. A vessel having arrived there from Curracoa, the captain and two +others came on shore, and setting down along side of these young ladies, +commenced a vulgar conversation with Mauger. Mary having more modesty +than her companion, immediately called Mauger away from them, and said, +"Mauger, you fool gal, why you talk them Curracoa Buckras, mind by and +by, mouth fly off."</p> + +<p>The father of the present Musquitto king must have been fond of women, +as he had no less than <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>fourteen wives. He was a great tyrant, and was +murdered by his subjects for his tyranny over them. The English +government ordered his two eldest sons to be carried to Jamaica and put +under the care of the Duke of Manchester, then governor of that island, +where they remained about six years and obtained a fair English +education. The present king, who calls his name George Frederick, was +furnished with a large outfit from the duke, consisting of a suit of +clothes worth eighteen hundred dollars, repairs of his father's crown +fifteen hundred dollars, and four thousand dollars' worth of goods and +presents to distribute among his subjects. A sloop of war was fitted out +to carry him to the Bay of Honduras, where he was crowned, and from +thence conveyed to his own dominions.</p> + +<p>Soon after my return from Bluefields I was visited by the new king, it +being his first visit to the Lagoon. After my introduction I told him +the English traders on the coast were determined to prevent my opening a +trade with his subjects, and solicited his protection. He readily agreed +to give me a permit, which he himself signed, and is as follows:</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left:50%;">"<span class="smcap">Pearl Key Lagoon</span>, <i>July 20th, 1815</i>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote><p>"Permission is hereby given to Captain Jacob Dunham, a citizen +of the United States of America, to touch and trade in all +parts of my dominions in any vessel from North America. </p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left:50%;">"<span class="smcap">George Frederick</span>,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left:50%;">King of the Musquitto Nation."</span><br /> +</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span></p><p>I made the king a few presents, and the inhabitants gave us a ball, +where we amused ourselves by dancing on a ground floor. The king left us +a few days after.</p> + +<p>I soon became familiar with the Indians, by joining in their amusements +and obtaining a knowledge of their laws, customs, &c. I received an +invitation to go to what they call "a drink-about of pine-liquor." I +quickly dressed myself in Indian fashion, having my face ornamented with +red paint, forming curls and other figures, and my hat ornamented with +beautiful plumage plucked from the birds of the forest. I proceeded +about two miles in company with most of the inhabitants of our place to +the village of Bigman's Bank, where we were joined by the principal +inhabitants of the neighboring villages within five or six miles of that +place, who had previously brought their pine-apples, pealed them, grated +them up fine and squeezed out the juice into a sixty gallon cask, which +was full, and had been in a state of fermentation for some days past, +but had now become pure, and contained spirit sufficient to intoxicate +all those who drank much of it. Before the drinking commenced the men +gave up their knives and other weapons to the squaws. The men remained +there two or three days, but I returned home the first evening, fully +satisfied. I continued my trade with the Indians, bartering my goods for +tortoise-shell, cow-hides, deer-skins, tiger-skins, gum copal, India +rubber, &c.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span></p><p>Having much leisure time, I devoted a great part of it to learning +their language, customs, laws, manner of taking turtle, fish, birds and +different animals; mode of agriculture; births, marriages and burials, +of which I shall endeavor to give the reader some information.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX.<br /> + +Mode of Taking Turtle.</h2> + + +<p>There are three kinds of turtle inhabiting these seas: the first and +most valuable are the hawk-bill, they are caught for the beauty of their +shell, which contains thirteen pieces, covering the thick callipach of +the turtle, which is from two to four feet long. The outer shell is +taken from the carcase by setting it up before a warm fire, when it +peels off. The second is called loggerhead turtle, having a shell much +resembling the hawk-bill, but not worth anything for manufacturing. The +third is the green turtle, whose flesh is very delicious, and so well +known that I consider any description unnecessary. The Indians take them +by what they call striking, having a pole about the size of a fishing +rod, with a small spear, two or three inches long, well barbed at the +point, to which one end of a small cord, about sixty feet long, is made +fast and wound round a piece of cork-wood, resembling a weavers spool. +He <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span>then stands up in his canoe, and by taking aim hits his mark and +secures his prey.</p> + +<p>Another mode of taking turtle is by making set nets, about thirty feet +square, from large twine, they then carve imitation turtle out of soft, +light wood, which are smoked over the fire to give them a turtle color, +and then attached to the upper side of the net, where they float on the +surface of the water as buoys, while the bottom is anchored with stones. +The turtle resort to the nets to play with the wooden decoys, and during +their sport generally get one of their flippers entangled, and by +struggling to extricate themselves get into the net and are easily +taken.</p> + +<p>The next operation of catching them is performed by three or four +Indians going to the resort of the turtles, where they build a temporary +hut to live in, each takes possession of his ground, say one quarter or +half a mile; on which he walks backwards and forwards like a sentry on +guard during the night, watching the movements of his game; and when the +turtles crawl up the beach to deposit their eggs, during the laying +season, he turns them over on their backs, where they remain until he +wants to take possession. When ready, he removes them at pleasure.</p> + +<p>The turtle generally crawls up about ten rods from the sea-shore on the +soft beach-sand, making a large track with its flippers, and digging a +hole in the sand about two feet deep, lays forty eggs, and returns to +the sea again the same night. About fifteen <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>nights after, the identical +turtle returns to the same nest and lays forty more eggs, then retreats +into the sea again and returns there no more during that season.</p> + +<p>The manatee, or sea-cow, is from ten to fourteen feet long, and has a +head much resembling our common cow without horns. They often get asleep +on the surface of the water, when the Indians very carefully paddle +their canoes to them, and by throwing their small spears into them, +capture them in the same manner they do the turtle. The beef when cut up +is twelve or fourteen inches thick, having a strip of fat and lean +intermixed about every inch, being the handsomest beef I ever beheld or +tasted, and having no kind of fish taste or smell.</p> + +<p>The coast here abounds with a variety of good fish; the larger ones are +mostly taken by spearing.</p> + +<p>The Indians have often brought me beef of the mountain-cow, which I +found of a very good flavor. I never saw but one young one of that +species, and cannot give a very good description of them. The young one +I saw, much resembled a young fawn. They are killed by shooting.</p> + +<p>Parrots, when cooked, taste much like our wild pigeons, and are taken in +abundance by shooting. A few tame ones are kept about the houses, which +fly into the shade-trees near the premises, and serve as stool-pigeons +to call down the wild flocks that are daily passing over the villages.</p> + +<p>The armadilla also inhabits this country, and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span>is considered very +palatable food. The guana, resembles the common lizard in shape and +color, and is from two to four feet in length, in this country its flesh +is considered delicious meat.</p> + +<p>The cattle are much larger than those of the United States. They seldom +milk the cows, which run in herds, and are not domesticated. Each +inhabitant marks his calves when young; and when he wants to kill a beef +he shoots one of his own mark. They domesticate but few horses, having +scarcely any roads, the country being cut up with lakes, rivers, and +creeks, without bridges. The principal travel is performed in canoes. +The horses are well formed, but a kind of tick eats the gristle out of +their ears, which causes them to fall down on their head, giving them +the appearance of lopped eared hogs.</p> + +<p>They have abundance of hogs and poultry, which are cheaply fed on +cocoa-nuts that grow wild along the sea-coast, and are gathered in large +quantities. The first work of the morning, performed by the Indian +women, is breaking cocoa-nuts for the hogs, and cracking some for the +dogs, then cutting up fine for the poultry. They grate up a large +quantity with tin graters, put it in pots and extract the oil, which +makes good lard for frying fish; and when it turns rancid becomes very +fair lamp oil. Forty cocoa-nuts will produce one gallon of it.</p> + +<p>The forests abound with wild hogs of two different species, called Warry +and Pecara, having a small <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span>tit or navel on their backs. When they are +shot the Indians immediately cut out the tit to prevent its scenting the +meat. I have ate the flesh of it often, and found it equal to other meat +of the pork kind.</p> + +<p>Plantain is the principal bread food of the country, and easily +cultivated. It also produces yams, cassauder, sweet potatoes or eddies, +and many other vegetables; but the natives are too indolent to cultivate +them. I lived seven months among them without tasting a mouthful of +bread, or even craving it.</p> + +<p>I will now give a small extract of Musquitto laws, viz: If a man commits +adultery with his neighbor's wife, and it comes to the knowledge of her +husband, he takes his gun and goes to the forest where he finds a herd +of cattle belonging to the neighborhood; he shoots a good fat bullock +and calls on the neighbors to assist him to dress it and convey it home, +where he makes a great feast, inviting the man who committed the +offence, and all the neighbors to partake with him, when the offender, +who is bound by law, pays for the bullock and all is amicably settled.</p> + +<p>If a man prevails on another man's wife to leave her husband and live +with him, the law compels him to pay a fine of four backs of +tortoise-shell, worth six dollars each, amounting to twenty-four +dollars, and a receipt in full is verbally acknowledged, without any +hard feelings between the parties.</p> + +<p>I once witnessed a settlement between two men in a cause of this kind, +both parties appeared well <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span>satisfied, and parted on the most friendly +terms.</p> + +<p>They have a singular law for the collection of debts. If I trust an +Indian goods, he belonging to another town or settlement, and he +neglects to pay me, and I find another Indian belonging to the same +town, having tortoise-shell or other produce in his canoe, I can take it +away from him for the debt, and he must look to the man who was indebted +to me, for remuneration.</p> + +<p>Marriage contracts are made by parents while the children are infants. +Two families living in one neighborhood, one of them having a son and +the other a daughter, enter into a contract that they shall be +considered man and wife. When they are of a proper age to be joined +together, all the inhabitants of the place assemble together, build them +a house, help them to a hammock to sleep in, and a dinner-pot for +cooking, and they commence as house keepers. After living together for +some years as man and wife, the husband receives a present of a female +child from <i>its</i> parents, which he carries home, and calls it his <i>young +wife</i>, the first wife taking the same care of it she would of her own +children until it becomes of proper age, when the husband builds a new +house for the first wife to live in, and takes the young wife for a +house-keeper. I have often been invited into Indian houses and +introduced to the family in this manner: "This is my old wife," pointing +to an elderly woman, and "This is my young wife," pointing to a girl +from six to ten years old. The old wife <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span>would smooth her hair and +appear to feel a great deal of pride in being presented to me.</p> + +<p>On the day a woman is delivered of a child she goes to the sea-side, +wades into the water knee depth, washes herself and infant, and the next +day slings the child on her back, gets into a canoe and paddles two or +three miles to visit her friends.</p> + +<p>I here take my leave of Musquitto laws and customs for the present.</p> + +<p>As the plan of cutting a canal from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean, +by the way of the River St. Johns, which leads from the Atlantic into +the Lakes Nicaragua and Leon, has so much engaged the attention of the +public latterly, my thoughts have been carried back to a conversation I +had with an old Musquitto Indian about thirty-five years since.</p> + +<p>He said, "The Indians frequently paddled their canoes up the St. John's +River, through Nicaragua Lake into Lake Leon, where they found a small +river, and proceeded to the head of it, which brought them so near the +head of another river which led into the Pacific, that they hauled their +canoes over by land from the head of one river to the other, and then +passed through into the Pacific Ocean."</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X.</h2> + + +<p>The bite of many of the snakes of this country is so poisonous as to +cause death in a few hours. During my residence at the Lagoon I was +visited by an Indian admiral, named Drummer, who resided at Sandy Bay, +some forty miles north of the Lagoon; he related the following story, +which happened a few weeks before. "He sent an Indian slave to his +plantain walk, distant two or three miles, to cut some bread-stuffs; not +returning that night, he the next morning sent his son-in-law to look +after the slave. He not returning, the following morning a number of the +inhabitants proceeded to the plantain walk, where they found the dead +bodies of the two men, and the snake which had caused their death lying +near them."</p> + +<p>Some hurricanes occasionally visit this coast, which destroy their crops +of bread-stuffs, and cause temporary famine in certain districts.</p> + +<p>While cruising along the coast some months after the occurrence of one +of these tornadoes, I landed within a few miles of the residence of +Admiral Hammer, in company with a man named Benjamin Downs, who was well +acquainted with the admiral. We proceeded to his house and asked for +something to eat, when he told us his bread-stuffs <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>had all been +destroyed by a gale of wind, and addressed Downs as follows: "Ben Downs, +don't you think the Almighty little bit too bad this time?" "Why, and +what do you mean?" asked Downs. The admiral replied, "He send too much +strong breeze and broke all the plantain walk."</p> + +<p>The country is infested with numerous insects, &c. such as mosquittoes, +sand-flies, fire-ants, chigoes, centipedes, scorpions, cock-roaches, and +an immense number of alligators. The ground in many places is overrun +with large ants, called the travelling army, which destroy whole fields +of vegetation. It is also infested by insects called dog-fleas, which +are a great annoyance at night; and the sea-coast abounds with sharks of +a very large size.</p> + +<p>To give the reader a short description of the country and inhabitants I +shall quote from a late writer. "The Musquittoes are a small nation of +Indians, never conquered by the Spaniards, the country being so situated +as to render any attempts against them impracticable; for they are +surrounded on all sides by land, by morasses or impassable mountains, +and by sea with shoals and rocks; besides, they have such an implacable +hatred to the Spaniards, for inhumanity and cruelty in destroying many +millions of their neighbors, that they would never have any +correspondence with them; for whenever they sent any missionaries or +other agents amongst them, they <i>hid them</i>, that is, put them to death. +The king has little more than the title, unless <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span>the nation is at war; +having no revenues, and few prerogatives; being obliged in time of peace +to fish and fowl for the support of himself and family. He hath indeed +some distinction shown him, and now and then presents made him by the +governor of Jamaica, and the English traders, who frequently touch and +trade there."</p> + +<p>I occupied my time in selling goods and purchasing shell, skins, gums, +&c. and during my leisure hours partook of the sports of the Indians, +that I might pass away the time as agreeably as my situation would admit +of, not knowing how I could get away from the country, as the English +traders [the only people who visited the Musquittoes] had agreed never +to carry me to Jamaica, or take any letters that would assist me to get +to my family, fearing I should become a rival in the trade, and be the +means of introducing others into it.</p> + +<p>About the first of November a Captain Humphreys, one of the Jamaica +traders, arrived in the harbor, and came on shore and took supper with +me. The Indian ladies got up a ball on the occasion. After dancing was +over, Captain H. and myself took a walk together. During which he said +to me, "Dunham, your case is a hard one, the old English traders on this +coast, myself among them, have agreed never to carry you to Jamaica, or +to assist you to get away from here, or take any letters from you to +Jamaica or elsewhere, notwithstanding we consider you a very clever +fellow; but if we assist <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span>you to get home, you will lead down twenty +Yankee traders and destroy our business with the Indians." Captain H. +appeared to possess the feelings that one seaman should have for +another, and continued, "Dunham, if you can get ready to go with me in +two days I will carry you to Jamaica; but I will not carry your shell, +or any other articles you have bought of the Indians." I expressed my +sincere thanks for his kind offer, but told him I did not wish to be +taken there for nothing; that I had money, and was willing to give him +one hundred dollars for my passage. I informed him that I had kept one +half barrel of pork and a case of gin hid away for some months, +intending to purchase a large canoe with them to carry me to the Bay of +Honduras, if no other conveyance offered. He refused to accept any +compensation whatever for my passage.</p> + +<p>The next day I packed up my shell, amounting to five hundred and +seventy-two pounds, and the remnants of my goods, and sent them thirty +miles up the river Waa-waa-han to be left with my worthy old French +friend, Mr. Ellis. I then called on my landlord for his bill for the +rent of my store, and board for two or three months. He laughed at my +being so simple as to suppose he would charge anything for it, and +peremptorily refused; but as he was indebted to me for goods, I deducted +forty dollars from his account, which he reluctantly accepted. The +vessel being now ready for sea, the inhabitants of the village all +escorted me to the beach, bringing <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span>me many presents of fruits, and +shaking me by the hand, with downcast eyes bade me a hearty farewell.</p> + +<p>Captain H. had to proceed to the coast of St. Blas to settle with his +traders, having left goods with three or four Indians, at different +settlements, to sell for him. This circuitous route made the distance to +Jamaica five or six hundred miles further, stopping at a number of +places on the Musquitto Shore, viz: St. John's River, Boco Toro and +Crekimala, where we took on board a quantity of sarsaparilla and sundry +other articles, and then proceeded to St. Blas. On our arrival there we +were visited by a large number of Indians in canoes, who commenced +trading with us. One of them acting as clerk took charge of the goods +and dealt them out to the others by fathoming them off with his arms, +this being their custom of measuring cloth. The goods being mostly +staple articles, the prices there seldom varied. Shell had a fixed price +of one dollar per pound. The captain paid little attention to the trade. +A small pump was left in a hogshead of rum, from which the clerk filled +the bottle and passed it round as often as it was called for, and every +few hours he would call the captain and give him a handful of money, +saying, "Here is so much," which he would put in his pocket, neither of +them counting it, nor would the captain ask anything about the trade. +Often the captain and myself took a canoe and went off fishing, leaving +fifty or sixty Indians on board dealing with the clerk, who had the sole +control of the trade. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span>When we had finished trading at one place the +Indians piloted us to another harbor on the coast, where we proceeded in +the same manner. We sailed along the coast more than one hundred miles, +touching and trading at the different towns. Two of the natives took +passage with us for Jamaica, where we arrived about the first of +December. Here I tasted bread for the first time in eight months, having +lived on Indian bread-stuffs during that time, and seldom thinking of +any other, being well satisfied with that food. On our arrival at +Montego Bay the captain took me home to his house, and treated me very +politely.</p> + +<p>Soon after my arrival in Jamaica I found a brig bound to Baltimore, and +took passage in her; I arrived there after a voyage of twenty-five days, +and sailed for New-York, where I had an interview with my owners, and +obtained a furlough from them for a few days, that I might visit my +family; after which I returned to New-York and proceeded back to the +Musquitto Shore.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI.<br /> + +Sloop Governor Tompkins.</h2> + + +<p>In February, 1817, I took charge of the Sloop Governor Tompkins, of +thirty-four tons, belonging to the same owners that the Biddle did; +being promoted two tons in the size of the vessel. I took on board an +assorted cargo, bound for Old Providence, Corn Island, and Musquitto +Shore. I took with me a young man named Samuel B. Warner, to serve as +clerk of our store at Pearl Key Lagoon, where I intended to resume the +trade I had left. My crew consisted of a mate, two seamen, and a cook. +In the Gulf-stream we encountered a violent gale of wind, shipped a +heavy sea, which swept our deck and washed the cook overboard, and I +never saw him again. I made a passage of seventeen days to Old +Providence, where I met with a heavy sale of goods; from thence I went +to Corn Island, and to Pearl Key Lagoon. There I hired part of an Indian +house, landed some goods, and Mr. Warner opened a store. From thence I +sailed for Cape Gracios a Dios, and visited the king, who entertained me +with a ball and other amusements. I then proceeded back to the Lagoon, +touching and trading at Sandy Bay, where I was visited by a large number +of Indians, who brought on board tortoise-shell, tiger-skins, +deer-skins, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span>India rubber, gum copal, &c. which I bought in exchange for +goods. The chiefs and their subjects got very drunk on the occasion, and +as it was difficult to suppress the quarrels that arose among them, I +was obliged to get my vessel under weigh to rid myself of them. I +returned to the Lagoon, where Mr. Warner had opened a very good trade +with the Indians, and appeared well pleased with the country.</p> + +<p>I hired three Indians to man my canoe, and took a trip up the river +Waa-waa-han, to visit my old friend Mr. Ellis, with whom I had left the +tortoise-shell and other articles previous to my embarking with Captain +Humphreys for Jamaica. On my passage up the river I called on Mr. Gough, +an Englishman, whom I have spoken of in a former chapter; I remained but +a few hours with him, having but little leisure to view his plantation, +which had the appearance of a good soil, but lacked cultivation. When I +arrived at the house of Mr. Ellis I was received with a hearty welcome, +and treated with the best the country afforded. After taking some +refreshments we took a walk over his grounds, which were well +cultivated, having a beautiful orange walk, with two rows of trees set +out in straight lines for nearly half a mile, forming a most +delightfully shaded road. I purchased two or three tons of coffee from +him, which he had raised on his place, and kept on hand for want of +purchasers, the Jamaica traders always refusing to buy it. He told <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span>me +he had plenty of cattle on his premises, which could be made very useful +in clearing the ground, by breaking them in to work with ploughs. I told +him to make out a memorandum, and I would bring him out ploughs, chains, +ox-yokes and such other articles as he wanted. He gave me a list of what +he needed, which I furnished him on the next voyage, when he broke in +his cattle, cleared up new lands, and used his ploughs with very good +success for many years afterwards. Mr. Ellis agreed to send my shell, +goods, and coffee, down to the Lagoon in canoes, which promise he +punctually performed. I remained with him during that night. In the +morning, soon after I arose, I heard the bellowing of a cow near the +house, and running out of the door a laughable scene attracted my +attention. Mr. Ellis had domesticated a large ring-tailed monkey, and +raised a long pole near the house, on the top of which was put a box for +the monkey to sleep in; having fixed a small chain around his neck, with +the end fast to the pole, jocko was furnished sufficient length of chain +to go up and down at his pleasure. Mr. Ellis kept two or three docile +milch cows about his premises, and one of them having ventured near the +monkey's pole, he ran down and seized the end of her tail, taking a +couple of turns round the pole and holding fast to the end of her +switcher; the poor cow struggled and bellowed to get her liberty, but +jocko held on until his master appeared with a cane, when he reluctantly +gave up his sport.</p> + +<p class="figcenter"><img src="images/fig113.jpg" alt="" /><br />Jocko amusing himself with a Cow.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span></p><p>I took leave of my old friend and proceeded down the river. The weather +being clear and warm, the woods and banks swarmed with macaws, parrots, +bill-birds, and others of variegated plumage. An immense number of +monkeys, chattering and jumping from one tree to another with great +rapidity, formed a most pleasing and lively scene; added to which was +the fragrance of countless flowers.</p> + +<p>I arrived at the Lagoon that evening. The next day I took my coffee, +shell, &c. on board, arranged my business with Warner, took leave of my +Indian friends, and sailed for home.</p> + +<p>Nothing very material happened on the way except contrary winds, which +prolonged our passage. We arrived in New-York after an absence of one +hundred and one days from the time we left that city, having made a +profitable little voyage, which always procures a captain a good +reception from all concerned in it. I then returned to Catskill, where I +found my family and friends all well. Finding the Tompkins too small and +uncomfortable, I requested the owners to purchase a larger craft. After +remaining six days with my family, I received a letter from them, saying +they had exchanged the Tompkins for a more commodious vessel, and +requesting me to come to New-York as soon as circumstances would permit. +Two days after the receipt of the letter I arrived there.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII.<br /> + +Schooner Price.—First Voyage.</h2> + + +<p>About the last of May, 1817, my former owners of the Biddle and Tompkins +purchased the Schooner Price, built at Baltimore, sixty-eight tons +burden. On my last two voyages I found all the harbors along the Spanish +Main so destructive to a wood-bottomed vessel, that in a few months it +would be entirely destroyed. The fresh water emptying into the sea at +these places make the water brackish, which increases the quantity of +worms. The Price being iron fastened, obliged us to cover her bottom +with zinc instead of copper, which was accomplished in a few days. We +then put an assorted cargo on board suited to that market.</p> + +<p>On the second day of June I sailed from New-York, bound to Old +Providence, St. Andrews, Corn Island, and Musquitto Shore. Nothing +worthy of notice took place on the passage. We arrived at Old Providence +in seventeen days, where I commenced a brisk trade. The inhabitants +urgently requested me to give them a ball. I had on board a drummer and +a cook who played the flute; they had a fiddler and triangle player on +shore. I complied with their request, they agreeing to make all the +necessary arrangements, as my time was occupied <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span>in selling goods, (such +as calicoes, jackonets, muslins, shoes, ribbons, jewelry, cologne water, +pomatum, beads, liquors, &c.) having an invoice of one hundred and sixty +different articles to be sold at retail. During the day the managers of +the ball came on board, and I furnished them with coffee, sugar, +crackers, cheese, &c. Soon after sunset I went on shore, where I found a +motley group of English, Spanish, and Curracoa natives of all colors. I +was introduced to a young white lady as a partner, who had been educated +in Jamaica, and understood the rules of country dances. According to the +custom of the place, the person giving a ball is expected to lead the +figure during the whole night. I conformed to the fashion of course. On +examining the room, I soon found it had no floor, but being an old +sailor, thought I could beat my way, which I accomplished in as gallant +a manner as did Lord Nelson when he fought through the combined fleet.</p> + +<p>I had a trunk full of sheep skin morocco ladies' shoes on board, which +cost at auction thirty-one cents per pair, I sold most of them here at +two dollars per pair; many of them were danced out in one night. I sold +many other articles at about the same per centage.</p> + +<p>By the custom of the Island, every person invited to a ball must give +one in return. One of the ladies who attended my ball gave one two +nights after. Her outlay for goods bought from me was over sixty +dollars.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span></p><p>Two or three days after the second ball I sailed for St. Andrews, where +we arrived the same evening. Immediately on our anchoring a large number +of the inhabitants of the Island came on board, ours being the first +American vessel they had seen there in fourteen years. I commenced a +heavy trade with them. This Island contains three times the population +of Old Providence. As these Islanders had heard that I gave a ball at +Providence, it would not do to refuse them one. It being agreed upon, I +told them to appoint their own managers, and then send on board and get +such articles as they required to treat their company with, not wishing +to be annoyed until they were ready; and as I was a stranger, I did not +want to have anything to do with giving the invitations. At the +appointed hour I went on shore, a horse and servant were waiting to +convey me to the ball-room, where I found a polished English lady, who +was to act as my partner, and lead the figure during the night, which I +was compelled to submit to until the ball ended. There was a floor in +the ball-room here, which made our dancing less laborious. We kept it up +briskly until 12 o'clock, and then partook of some refreshments. We then +recommenced dancing, and kept perseveringly at it until sunrise next +morning. But my trouble had just commenced. More than one half of the +free inhabitants were colored, whom I afterward found to be my best +customers, none of whom had been invited to the ball except an old man, +by the name of Bent, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>the wealthiest man on the Island, owning about +ninety slaves, whom the whites dare not overlook. I satisfied the +colored people that it was no fault of mine that they had not received +an invitation to my ball, at the same time treating them with the +greatest politeness, inviting them on board to partake of refreshments. +They, in order to be revenged on their white neighbors, gave a ball two +or three nights afterward, passing a resolution that no white man except +Captain Dunham should be invited.</p> + +<p>At the appointed time a horse and waiter were sent to convey me to the +dance, which I knew it was my interest to attend. On arriving at the +place I found everything in good order, and was received with the most +facinating flourishes of high life, and introduced to a partner +three-fourths white, dressed in silk. I was called upon again to lead +the figure for the night. At 12 o'clock partook of refreshments, and +retired at four next morning, highly delighted with my prowess in +dancing.</p> + +<p>By this introduction I secured all the trade of the colored population, +and retained it until I left, which was several years after the dance.</p> + +<p>We next sailed for Corn Island, having parted with all the inhabitants, +both white and black, on the most friendly terms. We arrived in two +days, and commenced trade, as usual; we procured hogs, poultry, and +fruits in abundance. Our trade was unexpectedly interrupted by a gale of +wind which parted my largest cable. I lost the anchor, was driven <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>over +a reef of rocks, broke the rudder, and found myself at sea in a gale, +which lasted about three days; after which we rigged a spar to act as a +substitute for a rudder, by which means we regained the harbor. There we +repaired the damage, and sailed for Pearl Key Lagoon, where I found Mr. +Warner in good health and spirits, and my Indian friends overjoyed to +see me. I landed many goods here, that I might get at my assortment and +recruit our store, and sold some articles to the inhabitants.</p> + +<p>We then sailed for Cape Gracios a Dios. On our arrival, the king, who +had built himself a new house, came on board, with some of his admirals +and other great men, whom I treated with liquor until they were all +badly intoxicated. I bartered some goods in exchange for shell, skins, +gums, &c. and proceeded down along the coast to Bluefields, touching and +trading at the different harbors, and then returned to the Lagoon, where +I landed the remainder of my goods at our store, and then sailed for +New-York. Nothing material happening on the passage, I shall omit a +description of it. On arriving in the city I was well received by my +owners and friends, having made a prosperous voyage. After discharging +my cargo, I visited my family in Catskill, where I spent ten days, and +then returned to New-York to prepare for another voyage.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIII" id="CHAPTER_XIII"></a>CHAPTER XIII.<br /> + +Schooner Price.—Second Voyage.</h2> + + +<p>Finding our trade increasing, my owners and myself thought it would be +much advanced by sending out a small vessel to be stationed on the +coast, and employed in running along the shore selling goods, and +collecting return cargoes for the Price, viz: tortoise-shell, hides, +skins, gums, sarsaparilla, &c. The owners of the Price then purchased a +small sloop, called the Traverse, of near nineteen tons burden, having a +mast fifty feet long. We sheathed her bottom with zinc, and rigged her +for sea. My old mate, Captain N. Soper, volunteered to take command of +her; a man from Troy, named Thomas Teft, shipped as mate, and a man from +Staten Island as seaman. I had an Indian boy who was bound to me as an +apprentice, who volunteered as cook. The Price was armed with a +six-pound cannon, well mounted, and the Traverse with a swivel. We soon +got our cargoes on board, and insured both vessels. The intention was to +keep company as long as the weather would permit. Both were placed under +my control. The weather being very cold, and our little vessels deeply +loaded, a heavy sea in the harbor had coated them with ice.</p> + +<p>On the nineteenth day of February, 1818, we got <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>under weigh, the +wharves being lined with spectators to see a vessel of eighteen tons +commencing a voyage of over two thousand miles. They gave us three +hearty cheers, which we answered by discharging our cannon. A fair wind +carried us to sea, where we kept company for three days, when a violent +gale separated us. I cruised the whole of next day in search of the +Traverse, without finding her. Thinking it useless, I resumed my course +and proceeded to the Island of Old Providence, where we arrived after a +passage of seventeen days, and opened my trade as usual. The Traverse +arrived four days after, having sprung her mast near the deck.</p> + +<p>The next day we hauled the Traverse along side of the Price, raised her +masts with the schooner's purchases, sawed off the broken part, about +five feet, took her sails on shore and shortened them to fit the mast, +put them in good order for sea, exchanged part of her goods and gave her +a suitable cargo to retail along the coast. Two or three days after I +gave the captain orders to proceed to the Main and stop to trade at +sundry ports, named in his instructions, and from thence proceed to St. +Blas, where he would meet me in the Price. I took Henry T. Smith with me +to Lagoon, to act as clerk in our store, in place of Mr. Warner, who +wished to return to New-York. I remained here two or three days, and +then sailed for the Lagoon. On my arrival Mr. Warner was in good health, +and much pleased to find himself released by Mr. Smith's taking his +place as clerk in <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span>the store. We landed the most of our heavy goods, +made every necessary arrangement for business, and giving the proper +directions, I proceeded to Bluefields, sold a few goods, cancelled some +old debts, and procured a pilot for the coast of St. Blas, for which we +soon after sailed.</p> + +<p>I obtained information at Corn Island, at the Lagoon, and at Bluefields, +of the English traders having heard that I intended to extend my trade +to that coast. They had employed an agent whom they had supplied with +the necessary articles of trade, and told the inhabitants that if they +traded with that Yankee captain they would withdraw from them; and also +told them that the Yankee captain might sell them some articles a little +cheaper at first, but that he was a worthless fellow, and could not +continue the trade long, when they would be left destitute, as no +Englishman would supply them. The English traders urged the Indians to +put myself and crew to death, and burn our vessel. My friends who gave +me the information, strongly remonstrated against my going to St. Blas, +saying that my life would be sacrificed in so doing. In a conversation +afterwards with one of the English traders, I spoke of the cold-blooded +murder they wished the St. Blas Indians to be guilty off, which he +denied, but admitted that they told the Indians to destroy our goods.</p> + +<p>However the minds of the Indians might have been operated upon at the +time of hearing their murderous proposals, they made no attempt to harm +me.</p> + +<p class="figcenter"><img src="images/fig123.jpg" alt="" /><br />Captain Dunham landing at St. Blas.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span></p><p>On our arrival on the coast of St. Blas, not knowing the channel, we +came to anchor near an island, where we discovered a number of canoes, +and thirty or forty Indians on the shore. Being short of water, I +concluded to take a small water-keg into my canoe and land among the +Indians for the purpose of procuring some, and also to get a pilot, if +possible, to take the vessel into the harbor. Before leaving the vessel +I told the mate that the Indians had such an inveterate hatred against +the Spaniards, that if any of their vessels were cast away on this coast +they would massacre every person on board; that I thought they had never +seen the American flag, and bade him keep a good look-out with the +spy-glass, and not hoist our colors until he saw me safe among the +Indians, fearing they might suppose it to be Spanish, or some enemy's +flag. My mulatto pilot and sailor, and myself, then proceeded toward the +island where we had seen the Indians. When within about one hundred rods +of the shore there were about thirty bows and arrows pointed towards us. +On looking back to the vessel I saw the colors hoisted and streaming +with the wind. It being too late to retreat, and perceiving that the +water was only about two feet deep, I jumped overboard, and told my men +to follow; having no other clothes on save our shirts and pantaloons, +the water was not particularly annoying. I took my hat in my hand and +extended my arms full length, showing thereby that there were no weapons +about me. As I approached the shore they all laid <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span>down their bows and +arrows and met us with a hearty welcome. The Indian arrows are made of +strong reed, four or five feet long, pointed with nails or spikes about +fourteen or fifteen inches in length, which they sharpen with files or +cold chissels. With these they kill wild beasts, fowls and fish. When +shot into the water the reed is so buoyant that the light end swims +about one foot above the surface.</p> + +<p>Previous to my departure from the Price, my Mate took a scissors, a +knife, and some other articles out of the goods belonging to the cargo, +and left them lying carelessly about the vessel. I requested him to put +them back into the packages, together with any articles he might use; +but he told me very abruptly that <i>he</i> purchased them in New-York. Some +angry words passed between us. As he was an intemperate, bad +dispositioned man, I had reason to suppose that he hoisted the colors +for the purpose of revenging himself on me; thinking, doubtless, that +the Indians would murder me, though he excused himself by saying he +thought I had landed before he hoisted them.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIV" id="CHAPTER_XIV"></a>CHAPTER XIV.</h2> + + +<p>St. Blas has no king, but is a kind of Patriarchal government, being +ruled by the old men and the sookerman of the Island, whose laws are +obeyed in the strictest manner. The sookerman acts as physician, and +also foretells future events. Theft or adultery is seldom known in that +country. The civilized world talk of liberty, but these savages alone +truly enjoy it. They pay no tithes or taxes, require no locks to protect +themselves from thieves, have neither taverns nor boarding houses, every +traveller being made welcome at whatever house he may happen to stop. +There he will receive such entertainment and fare as is provided for the +family. Their hospitality is the same, whether he remains a day, a +month, or longer. I never heard of but one woman of that tribe who had +issue by a white man. The father of the child was a captain of a Jamaica +trading vessel. When the Indians discovered her situation, she was +separated from the tribe, placed in a house built for her in the woods, +entirely deprived of all kind of intercourse with them; being considered +as an outcast. When the child was three or four years of age it was put +on board of a Jamaica vessel and banished from the country.</p> + +<p>In describing my next voyage I shall narrate many <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>of the customs and +manners of this region. The Indians brought their canoes alongside of +our vessel and piloted us safely into the harbor, called Little Cordee, +where we found good anchorage; we were immediately visited by some +thirty or forty canoes. One of the Indians asked the privilege of +trading for me. I told him he might if he got permission from the old +men and sookermen, as we had not yet their leave so to do. He paddled to +the shore, and returned in a short time with three old men and a +sookerman, from whom we received the license which we desired.</p> + +<p>I gave them plenty to eat and drink; they in return invited me on shore, +where I was well entertained. My Indian trader then commenced the +business for me by fathoming off cloth, many articles of staple goods, +such as shirting, check, powder and shot, &c. all of which had been sold +at one uniform price for many years. The Indians also had always +received one dollar per pound for tortoise-shell. When any goods +differed from such as the English traders had sold them, my Indian agent +would ascertain the price from me and proceed in his usual way in +bartering and selling. It was entirely unnecessary for me to trouble +myself about his bargains. He would come to me with his hands full of +silver change, saying, here captain, is so much money, and without +further remark would again turn to his business of salesman.</p> + +<p>After remaining three or four days, my clerk asked <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>me if he might be my +trader during the season of taking turtle, which lasted four or five +months. His price was ten pounds Jamaica currency, about thirty dollars. +This being pretty reasonable, I answered him in the affirmative, telling +him to select such goods as he wished for his trade, I at the same time +taking an account of them, although I dared not let him know that I had +done so. I furnished him with the means of preserving his goods from the +rain, supplied him with steelyards, and every article necessary for the +trade on that coast. The goods amounted to about six hundred dollars. He +then volunteered to pilot us along the coast free of expense, except his +board and liquor.</p> + +<p>We at length got under weigh, having about twenty canoes in tow, +proceeded a few miles and came too at night under the lee of an island. +In the morning we started again, and arrived at the River Caledonia; +here we obtained permission to trade, the inhabitants giving us a hearty +welcome. After remaining here two or three days we sailed for the River +Mona, opening our trade immediately on our arrival, having obtained such +license from the proper authorities, remained but a few days, and sailed +for the River De Ablo, or River Devil. Here I engaged an Indian named +Billy, who had sailed with Captain Humphrey, an English trader, some two +years before. Billy was much pleased to see me, and immediately +commenced trading in my service, upon the same terms as those on which I +had engaged the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>former Indian, Campbell; he selected his goods and took +about the same quantity as Campbell had, and was fitted out much in the +same manner, having everything necessary to carry on the trade during +the season. After remaining here three or four days, we sailed back to +the River Cordee, where I had ordered Captain Soper to meet me with his +sloop.</p> + +<p>I remained at Cordee about two weeks, waiting for the appearance of the +vessel. On her arrival we took out all the cargo she had collected along +the coast, and put it on board the Price, and took what was left on +board the Price and put it on board the Traverse, and, according to my +letter of instruction, gave Captain Soper command of the Price, with +directions to proceed to New-York; he took Mr. Warner with him. On +taking charge of the Traverse myself, I retained Mr. Tefts, my Indian +apprentice boy, also an Indian lad who was one of the Musquitto king's +brothers with me, and one of the St. Blas Indians, who acted as seaman. +The schooner soon sailed for New-York, and we for Corn Island, where we +arrived in four days. After touching at Corn Island, we sailed from +thence to Cape Gracios a Dios, where we were visited by the king, who +invited us to his house, which I accepted of. Remaining here some days, +my little sloop was overloaded with Indians, eating and drinking, the +king being constantly intoxicated. He gave me directions not to trust +any Indian on his account without a written order from him. He came on +board one day and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span>asked me for the amount of his account, which was +near one hundred dollars. He examined it silently, then ordered his men +into his canoe and abruptly left the vessel. I felt somewhat surprised +at his leaving in this manner without an explanation.</p> + +<p>In the afternoon some Indians came on board who had been in the habit of +bringing the king's verbal orders for goods, and said the king had sent +them to get a ten gallon keg of rum for him; not wishing to offend him, +I asked the Indians where he, the king, was, they replied, "We must +paddle up the river a little bit, and then ride horse a little bit." +Determined to know if there was any fraud in the verbal order, I started +with the Indians to see the king.</p> + +<p>We paddled up the river about four or five miles, when we landed. A +horse was brought for each man; our leader mounted, taking his ten +gallon keg up before him; each was supplied with a bunch of plantain +leaves for a saddle. The night being dark, and the rain falling in +torrents, we groped our way through thick woods, my horse acting as my +guide. I kept my hand extended before my face to protect my eyes from +the limbs of the trees for some distance, when we arrived at a small +creek; we dismounted and crossed over in a canoe, the Indians swimming +their horses across. Being mounted again we rode about three miles +further through a level prairie land. The foot-path being covered with +water about four inches deep, and the rain falling incessantly. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>At +length we arrived at the king's house, his majesty not having a dry +thread of clothes about him. On entering I found an Indian by the name +of Thompson, an old acquaintance, acting as door-keeper, who conducted +me into the house and presented me with a hammock; and being very much +fatigued, begged him not to tell the king that I had arrived. He +promised he would not. Soon after I got in my hammock, the king, who lay +in an adjoining room, called for a drink of water, which was brought. +The servant at the same time telling him that the American captain had +arrived (that being the name by which I was known on the Indian coast.) +He immediately arose, told his servants, called quarter-masters, to +bring the women for a dance. To please him I had to put on an Indian +dress, have my face painted, and my head ornamented with feathers. The +king took the lead in the performances, which lasted until morning; he +ordered a bullock to be killed for breakfast, which made a very good +repast, after which I retired, much fatigued, to a hammock, where a +sound sleep soon refreshed me. The king retired to rest, slept until +dark, when, springing up suddenly, he ordered his quarter-masters to +bring the horses. I remonstrated with him, saying, "For pity sake, king, +do not take me through that wilderness this night." Rubbing his eyes, he +declared, "It is not night, but morning." After some time, being +convinced of his mistake, he ordered the quarter-masters to collect the +women again for <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span>another dance, which was kept up until 11 o'clock that +night, when I begged permission to retire.</p> + +<p>Next morning the king apologized to me by saying, since he had detained +me so long, I should be remunerated with some tortoise-shell, for "I +know," said he, "you would willingly stop any where, two or three days, +if you could get a few pounds of tortoise-shell." Our horses were soon +brought, rigged as usual, with a bunch of plantain leaves for a saddle, +and a bridle made of bark. The king mounted, one of his queens being +placed behind him on the same horse; the gristle of his horse's ears +being removed, caused them to lap down on his head much like a +long-eared hog. I mounted the other. The mud and water was at least four +inches deep on the road, being the rainy season. We proceeded about a +quarter of a mile, when the king dismounted, and getting up behind me, +called to his waiters to get him a large stick, which he applied to my +poor old horse's flank without mercy; off we went in a smart gallop, the +mud and water flying in every direction. Having proceeded about a mile +we came to a small lane leading from the main road, which we were +travelling, along which were three small houses to be seen. The king +halted, saying to me, "Go up here and I will get you some shell." I rode +with the king to the front of the house, where a young Indian girl, +apparently eighteen years of age, stood near the door. The king +addressing me, asked if I did not think her handsome. My answer, of +course, was in the affirmative. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span>The king then commanded his +quarter-masters to catch her and throw her on behind me. The girl having +an old dress on, ran into the house and returned with a clean one, the +quarter-masters then lifted her on behind me astride the horse. The king +kept in the rear to drive my horse into a canter, the mud and water +flying into our eyes at such a rate that I could hardly keep the road. +When we came to the creek the horses swam across, while the king, the +two women, and myself crossed in a canoe; the king trying to upset us, +which I prevented almost by main force, as the creek swarmed with +alligators. Having passed it, we travelled through woods for two or +three miles, when we embarked in a canoe for the Cape. Gladly did I +return to my vessel. The king, not unmindful of his promise to make me +some remuneration for my detention, sold me some thirty or forty pounds +of shell, which he owed to an English trader.</p> + +<p class="figcenter"><img src="images/fig132.jpg" alt="" /><br />Mosquito King and Captain Dunham taking an airing.</p> + +<p>There was at the time two English trading vessels lying in the harbor. I +had one passenger on board, belonging to Corn Island. One day the +English captains, my passengers, and myself, being overtaken by a rain +storm on shore, took shelter under an old woman's roof, where she was +engaged in frying fish for her dinner. Her house was built like many +houses in that country, simply of a thatched roof, supported by +crotches, having no sides. As we were assembled here, the notion got +into our heads to try the old lady's temper and placing ourselves at +the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>four corners of her domicile, clapped our shoulders under the +roof and bore it off, leaving the poor old woman frying her fish in the +rain, which soon put out her fire, while we received a volley of curses +for our sport. We, however, returned it to its proper place, breaking +the poor old creature's crockery in so doing, which was all she +possessed. We invited her on board our vessels the next day, telling her +we would make good her loss; nor were we unmindful of our promise when +she made her appearance. We supplied her with plates, cups, saucers, +knives, forks, &c. so that her house was better furnished with these +articles than any in the town. We also threw in a bottle of rum to make +the affair perfectly satisfactory to her.</p> + +<p>After remaining at the Cape a few days, where I purchased some shell, a +considerable quantity of India rubber, gum copal, deer and tiger-skins, +and deer-horns, paying for them in goods, we proceeded to Sandy Bay, +where, after bartering four or five days for such articles as we got at +the Cape, we next sailed for Great River, continuing our bartering for +the same articles, and then started for Corn Island, intending to take +in provision there, it being decidedly the best place for that purpose +in the country. From thence we sailed for the Lagoon, where having +landed such goods as were needed to keep a good assortment in our store, +we proceeded along the coast, touching at Bluefields, Martina, +Buckatora, and some other small ports, and then returned to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>Corn +Island. Here I met the schooner Price, which had arrived two days +previous, direct from New-York, with a new supply of goods. Captain +Soper informed me that he had lost one man overboard on his passage +home. I found on board the Price a man named Mores, who had some +interest in the cargo. I gave the command of the sloop to Mr. Tefts, and +took charge of the schooner again. I supplied Captain Tefts with a new +assortment of goods, and ordered him to proceed along the Musquitto +coast and procure all the return cargo he could, and from thence to St. +Blas, where he could meet me in the Price. I proceeded with the Price +direct to St. Blas, where I repainted her. Here Mr. Morse was taken sick +and died, and we buried him on an uninhabited island, and then sailed +for the harbor of Cordee, where I found my Indian trader, Campbell, who +came on board and brought the returns for the goods I had left with him +to sell. He brought on board a quantity of shell, a few bags of cocoa, a +purse of money, and the remnants of the goods, and told me he had three +or four canoe loads of fustic, laying on the beach, which he had +purchased for me. He laid the shell, cocoa, return goods, and the purse +of money down on the deck, telling me that was all he had. I asked him +if he had taken out his wages. He said he had, and we considered all +accounts between us settled, without making any figures. We remained +here two or three days, and purchased a few thousand cocoa-nuts, and +then sailed for the River <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span>De Ablo, where I met my other trader, Billy, +who came on board with his returns, which being the same as Campbell's, +I settled his account in the same manner, with one exception. I asked +him if he had taken out his wages, he answered, "Not all," when I handed +back the purse of money to him, and he took out fourteen dollars, and +then returned it, saying, "Now we are even," which was as good as a +receipt.</p> + +<p>Campbell was on board acting as pilot, and he and Billy told me they +must go and see my country, which request I readily granted. I purchased +more cocoa-nuts, and took them on board when the Traverse arrived. I put +all the goods I had left of her cargo on board the schooner Price, and +prepared to sail the next morning. That evening we were visited by all +the old men and sookermen in that vicinity, together with forty or fifty +young men; the bottle of rum was passed round among them often during +the night by Campbell or Billy, the old men relating stories and giving +their charge to my traders, who were going to New-York with me. The St. +Blas Indians have a peculiar custom about talking: when an old man is +speaking, all the company are silent, not one lisp is heard from any +other person, except at the end of every sentence, when each listener +says, "Ah!" When one old man has ended his story another commences +without any interruption. I laid down to sleep at eleven o'clock and +slept till five in the morning, when I awoke and found them talking. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span>Some time after, I called one of the Indians aft who spoke English, and +asked him why this talk had continued all night: he answered me by +saying, "The old men had told Campbell and Billy that they would be the +first of their tribe whoever visited my country; that they must keep +sober and honest, and conduct themselves like gentlemen."</p> + +<p>Having all things ready for sea, I took leave of the old patriarchs by a +hearty shake of the hand, and proceeded on my voyage.</p> + +<p>Nothing material occurred until we got into the latitude of 24°, when +our main-mast was carried away and we rigged a temporary jury-mast: +having a long fore-sail, we were enabled to keep the schooner on her +way; and being a sharp Baltimore clipper, she made pretty good headway +under her fore-sail. Three days after, while laying too in a gale of +wind, we lost one of our seamen, named William Latch, overboard. After a +passage of thirty-five days we arrived in New-York. My Indians knew not +what cold meant, and having some flannel on board, I made them some +shirts on the passage, and gave them some old cast-off woollen clothing +to protect them from the wintry weather of our coast. When we approached +the cold latitudes we had a warm south-east wind, which brought us into +the harbor of New-York without experiencing much of the severity of the +weather. The first night after our arrival I went to my boarding house, +where I tarried until early next morning, when I went to visit the +schooner. As I approached the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>wharf where she lay, I saw Campbell +looking at his fingers, turning his hands over and viewing them very +closely. I accosted him in his accustomed manner of speaking, saying, +"Campbell, what de matter?" he replied, "My God! captain, somet'ing bite +me and I can't see 'im." His own country being infested with +musquittoes, sand-flies, fire-ants, and sundry insects, which he could +see, this invisible sting of cold he could not account for. I took them +to a clothing store and rigged them with winter dunage. I then took them +to a boarding house, and in the evening the mate escorted them to the +play-house, thinking he could astonish them. The next morning I asked +Campbell how he liked the play, he replied, "Too much fight; one old man +go dead." In spite of all my efforts to the contrary, they would follow +me at a distance. One day being near the City Hall, my two Indians +following, as usual, I thought I would stop and let them overtake me, +and have a view of the building, knowing that Campbell had never seen +even a frame house, previous to his arrival in New-York. As they came up +with me the keeper came out, and invited us up into the picture gallery, +where we saw full-length portraits of all the governors of the State, +and many other distinguished men, which the Indians viewed without any +manifestation of surprise. We soon after went down Broadway, and as we +approached St. Paul's Church, Campbell observing the covered figure of +the Saint, set in the wall of the building, stopped, and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>looking at it +some time, said, "Captain what dat old man tand dare for?" We passed on +a little further, when I met my old acquaintance, Doctor Samuel L. +Mitchell, who had visited me on my return from every voyage since I had +been in this trade, in consequence of my furnishing him with roots, +plants, and Indian curiosities. He was pleased at seeing the Indians, +and asked what country they came from, their customs, manners, &c. I +gave him a brief explanation, and he then insisted upon my going home +with him, saying, "Mrs. Mitchell must see them," to which I consented. +We repaired to his house, where I made a short visit, and he agreed to +let me retire, provided I would come to the college at two o'clock that +day, as he was to lecture there at that hour. On my return from the +doctor's I passed through Maiden Lane, where many of the windows were +decorated with toys. My Indians stopped to view them, and I could not +get them any further until I entered the stores and purchased some +whistling birds, swimming geese, &c. which they looked upon as the +greatest curiosities in the whole city. At two o'clock I repaired to the +college with my Indians. The doctor felt of their heads, looked down +their throats, &c. and said they belonged to the same species as those +who inhabit the Sandwich Islands and a part of Asia. The students gave +them a donation of eight dollars, and we returned to our respective +boarding houses.</p> + +<p>A few days after, General Jackson visited New-York, which caused +considerable noise and bustle. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>My Indians called on me to conduct them +to the place of his landing, which was Whitehall, saying, "Me want to +see dat big big American gineral." I conducted them to the place of +landing, and the first object which attracted their attention was the +military officers forming the procession, with long feathers on their +hats, and they begged me very hard to go purchase some of those feathers +for them. These Indians had every temptation to get intoxicated, having +plenty of money given them by the owners of the Price and myself, and a +donation of eight dollars from the students of the college: in addition +to which the cartmen daily put up six-penny pieces for them to shoot at +with their bows and arrows, which they generally got. We made them +acquainted with a number of pleasant liquors which they had never before +tasted, such as wine, cordial, beer, &c. but nothing could induce them +to get drunk, having received a strict charge from the old men of their +own country before they left home to keep sober until they returned.</p> + +<p>After going through the necessary forms at the Custom House, the vessel +was unloaded, and I obtained a furlough of two weeks to visit my family +at Catskill, whom I found in good health. At the appointed time I +returned to New-York and made the necessary preparations for another +voyage.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XV" id="CHAPTER_XV"></a>CHAPTER XV.<br /> + +Schooner Price.—Third Voyage.</h2> + + +<p>Having purchased a suitable cargo for the trade, and got it on board, we +were prevailed upon to take as passengers, a man and his wife, with two +small children and a black servant, whom we tried hard to get rid of, by +charging them an exorbitant price; but the man insisted on going, having +been formerly a resident of Old Providence, and one of my old customers +in that island. My cabin was not larger than a farmer's hen-roost, +having only four berths, and those so narrow that one could hardly turn +over in them. At night we covered the floor of the little cabin +completely; the man and his wife, two children, the black servant, my +two Indians, cabin boy, the mate and myself, all lodged in one nest. We +sailed from New-York about the third of March, 1819, bound to Old +Providence, St. Andreas, Corn Island, Musquitto Shore, and St. Blas. +When we arrived in latitude 32° we were overtaken by a violent gale of +wind, which obliged us to heave the vessel too. As the gale abated (the +sea running very high) we shipped a sea which swept our deck, taking the +cook and caboose, which was well served down to ring-bolts, drove into +the deck, but they were drawn out by the violence of the waves. Our +boat, oars, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span>and other articles on deck were all swept overboard. By +means of some spare running gear the cook was hauled on board. The next +day the sea moderated, when we opened the hatches and got out a new +caboose. On my departure from Corn Island I had taken an order from an +English trader to bring out two patent American cabooses for him, which +I then had on board. We rigged our new caboose and proceeded on our +voyage, meeting with no further disasters worthy of notice. On our +arrival at Old Providence I found a small fleet of vessels there, called +patriots, (another name for pirates,) who had taken possession of the +island, and had hoisted the Columbian flag. On my entering the harbor +they laid an embargo on my vessel for a few days. The expedition was +commanded by a man who called himself Aurey, assisted by another, styled +Admiral Bogar, and the third went by the title of Commodore Parker. +Their squadron consisted of two small gun brigs, and two or three +privateer schooners. Their land force amounted to two or three hundred +men: they had what they called an English camp, a French camp, and an +American camp. They had hanged one American, and severely flogged +another for some crime, giving him one hundred lashes under the gallows. +They pretended to hold some commission under General Bolivar. I demanded +a return of my vessel, which they reluctantly granted me, and I sailed +for the Island of St. Andreas, where I found another squadron of vessels +from England, consisting of a twenty-gun brig, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span>commanded by Captain +Hudson, with three transport ships, having about five hundred officers +and soldiers on board, bound to Porto Bello, all under the command of +Sir Gregor McGregor. On my arrival I was visited by an old English +officer, named Rafter, who was apparently a gentleman, he acted as +commander in the absence of Sir Gregor McGregor, who had not arrived at +that time; he wanted to purchase a pipe of gin from me for the use of +the troops, and give me a bill on London in payment. The next day Sir +Gregor arrived from St. Domingo, in company with an old Spanish +gentleman, named Lopes, from whom he had borrowed about twelve thousand +dollars, and promised to make him governor of the first city he should +capture.</p> + +<p>The next day Commodore Hudson came on board the Price, and offered me +one hundred dollars per day and a handsome present for myself, to join +the fleet and go on an expedition with them for a few days. I told him +that my vessel was insured, and that it would be a total breach of my +orders to comply with his request. In the afternoon they laid an embargo +on the Price. The following day was appointed for a great celebration, +which was to take place at the house of Mrs. Lever, a respectable widow +lady. I visited the place where they landed the troops from the vessels, +raised a flag staff and hoisted the New Grenadian flag. Silk cushions +were brought into the house and placed on the table where General +McGregor, Governor Lopes, and other officers, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span>took the oath of +allegiance to the government of New Grenada; most of the officers being +under half pay from the English, looked sad when they renounced their +allegiance to their own country. Three days after, they sailed for Porto +Bello, taking Colonel Woodbine as pilot, and proceeding within a few +miles of that place, they landed in a thicket of woods; then taking a +foot-path, they entered the city undiscovered by the inhabitants, and +took possession of the place without the loss of a man. Most of the +inhabitants fled from their houses and left them to the conquerors. Old +Lopes was appointed governor, and the officers taking possession of the +vacant dwelling houses which the Spaniards had left, sat themselves down +like private gentlemen. Soon after the soldiers revolted and refused to +do duty, alledging that the general had promised them twenty dollars +bounty for the first city they should capture. Before the insurrection +could be put down, the general raised eight dollars per man and +distributed it among them, and then issued a proclamation to the +inhabitants, inviting them to return to their habitations and take the +oath of allegiance to the new government, when private property would be +respected. Most of the people complied with his request, by taking the +oath required of them. In the meantime information was secretly sent +over to the Pacific by these Spaniards, where they raised an army of +eight hundred men, who marched across the Isthmus, and lay encamped in +the woods three <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span>or four miles back of the city; while those who had +taken the oath of allegiance were keeping up a regular communication +with them. The soldiers who had possession of the city having procured +an abundance of liquor, all got intoxicated, and the officers retired to +their beds without placing any sentries on duty. The Spaniards in the +city sent spies to the royalists, informing them that the patriot +soldiers were all drunk, and totally off their guard. During the night +the royalists marched into the city and took possession of the forts, +which were very strong, (one in particular is said to mount three +hundred and sixty-five guns,) without meeting with any resistance, or +the loss of a single man. They killed about thirty of the patriots and +made the remainder prisoners, only twelve escaping. I here give you a +sketch of the complete success of the Spaniards, as recited by the +General's right hand man. Lieutenant Cookley, aid-de-camp to General +McGregor, about three weeks after the loss of the army, said, "That on +the night of the re-capture of the city by the royalists, he was +quartered in the second story of the government house in Porto Bello, +General McGregor occupying one room, and Governor Lopes another, and +being himself very unwell, he was obliged to get out of his bed and walk +the room. Between three and four o'clock he heard some persons coming up +stairs. Feeling alarmed, he seized his sword and pistols and ran to the +door of the room, where he met three men well armed; he shot one, and +killed another with his <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span>sword, the third one retreated with a slight +wound; in the meantime he cried out, 'General McGregor, you are +betrayed.' The general sprang from his bed, and taking his mattrass, +dropped it from the window on the ground; then letting himself down to +it, ran for the shore, and jumping into the sea attempted to swim to the +commodore's vessel; but being unskilled in swimming, he was picked up by +a boat and carried on board, having no clothing on except his shirt. +Another division of Spaniards ascended the stairs of the government +house, and proceeding to the room of Governor Lopes, killed him in his +bed."</p> + +<p>Those taken prisoners were marched across the Isthmus to the South Sea, +where they were compelled to work in chains on the fortifications. Some +months after I learned that these prisoners, in trying to effect their +escape, were most of them butchered by the Spaniards.</p> + +<p>After my release from the embargo at St. Andreas I sailed for the coast +of St. Blas, where I arrived without any further molestation, at the +harbor of De Ablo. My vessel was soon surrounded with canoes, filled +with old men and young ones. No ambassador returning from a foreign +mission to his own country was ever received with a more hearty welcome +than my Indians were by their own countrymen. Liquor was soon passed +around, and a long conversation commenced, which lasted, with little +intermission, until the next morning; and my traders seemed to be +absolved from the injunction laid upon them by <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span>the old men, not to get +drunk during their voyage, as I discovered that Campbell was so drunk +before twelve o'clock, that he could not rise from his seat without +help. While relating his adventures he gave his hearers a long +description of the white rain he had seen in New-York, (meaning snow,) +and sundry other wonderful events and curiosities.</p> + +<p>The Andes mountains on this coast extend near the sea-shore, and are +inhabited by baboons and other large monkeys, who keep up a hideous +noise during the night, which was a great annoyance to our slumbers, as +the echo passes from mountain to mountain. The next day after our +arrival here we experienced a violent thunder storm, the noise of the +thunder echoed in a most tremendous manner from different hills, which +appeared like a cannonading along the whole coast. I sat amazed at the +sound, when an old Indian who was intoxicated, broke silence, by saying, +"That thunder is great rascal, he make too much quarrel here."</p> + +<p>My traders now applied for another outfit of goods for the coming +season, which I readily supplied them with, they taking about the same +quantity as on the previous voyage.</p> + +<p>The men of St. Blas are of small stature, generally about five feet two +or three inches high; wearing their hair long on the back of the head, +cued down on their backs with a cotton ribbon of their own manufacture, +the hair cut straight across the forehead, high cheek bones, and of a +light copper complexion. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span>They dress in check or flannel shirts, with +linen trowsers. The young men are not allowed to wear their shirt flaps +inside of the waist-bands of their trowsers until they are about forty +years old, when they assume the character of old men. The women are +small and delicately formed, having very small feet and hands, and are +remarkably modest in their behaviour. Their dress consists of a piece of +blue cloth, about four feet long, wrapped around their bodies under the +arms, and extending to their knees, a string or two of coral beads tied +around their legs, below the knee, and another around above the ankle. +The women all wear a piece of pure gold wire of large size, in the form +of a triangle, stuck through the inside of the nose. The old men wear a +number of strands of coral beads around their necks, and hanging down on +their bosoms. The sookerman wears two or three pounds of large coral +beads hanging closely about the neck, and the old men wear their shirt +flaps inside of their waist-bands as a mark of their dignity. From the +best information I can obtain, St. Blas is the oldest Republic on the +Continent of America, and should be a model government for Mexico and +the South American Republics, which are constantly driving their rulers +out of the country and changing Republics into Empires.</p> + +<p>The soil of St. Blas produces an abundance of bread-stuffs, such as +yams, sweet potatoes, cassader, eddies, plantains, &c. Also cocoa-nuts, +lemons, oranges, sugar cane and cocoa. They here breed a <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>great number +of hogs, poultry, &c. The country abounds with large quantities of wild +hogs, mountain cows, armadillas, deer, conies, and innumerable wild +fowl. The whole coast swarms with turtle, craw-fish, manatee's, and a +great variety of shell-fish. There are some four hundred islands, lying +from two to four miles from the main land-shore, which forms an inland +sea, making the whole coast a good harbor. Every one of these islands +produces limes, or lemons, bird, cayenne, gourd and squash peppers. When +a table is set in this country a green pepper and lemon are placed by +the side of your plate, which serves for pepper and vinegar to season +your meat or vegetables. After clearing up half an acre of ground, ten +days labor of one man in each year would produce bread-stuffs sufficient +for a family of fifteen persons. Plantains set out on good soil will +yield a crop, every nine months, for twenty years. Yams and sweet +potatoes require planting and digging yearly.</p> + +<p>Having given the reader a short description of St. Blas, which may +appear somewhat imperfect, I hope it will be recollected, should there +be any imperfections, that I have no history of that country to refer +to; most of my information having been obtained from the natives, who +speak broken English. On taking leave of St. Blas I proceeded to St. +Andreas, at which place I arrived after a passage of two days. Here I +met General McGregor, who appeared much dejected, having among other +losses left all his clothing behind, which fell into the hands <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span>of the +enemy. Lieutenant Coakley came on board my vessel and related to me all +the particulars of the expedition which I have narrated. Of the land +forces, only twelve returned out of five hundred who left here some +three weeks before. After remaining here three or four days, we sailed +for Cape Gracios a Dios. On my arrival there I commenced trading, as +usual. The next morning, it being the Fourth of July, and being in a +strange port, I thought I would not make any preparations for +celebrating the day. I told the mate, however, that he might release the +crew from work and give them some extra rations of grog, &c. Before I +had finished giving my orders to the mate, the king came on board with a +large canoe, loaded with Indians, and saluting me with a loud voice, +said, "Blast your eyes, why don't you fire a salute, hoist your colors +and celebrate your country's holyday." I answered him, by saying, "I +have nothing good to eat." He replied, "You shall soon have something;" +when getting into the canoe with the Indians, they paddled him on shore, +and killing a beef, soon returned with two quarters. We then hoisted our +colors and fired a salute; and a number of the king's officers coming on +board, we partook of a good dinner; and not forgetting plenty of liquor, +we made ourselves delightfully merry. At night the king and company +retired very peaceably.</p> + +<p>The king had frequently solicited me to take him home with me, but never +got himself ready to embark, and he now renewed the conversation on the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span>subject. I told him that my family did not reside in the city of +New-York, but lived two degrees north of it, at a small village called +Catskill, near a mountain of that name. He replied, that would suit much +better, as he wanted to see the country and my home. He then said, +"There is one condition in the bargain; if I go home with you, you may +call me major, or colonel, or some other officer; but if you call me +king I will be the death of you, for I am not going home with you to be +made a damned puppet-show of."</p> + +<p>Having finished my trade here, I sailed down along the coast, touching +and trading at the different harbors, as usual, until I arrived at the +Lagoon, where I landed the goods from the vessel at the store, and +taking in all the exchange goods collected there, sailed for Corn +Island, where we took in some more return cargo. While at Corn Island +Captain Mitchell gave me an order to bring him a new boat, thirty feet +long, to row with six oars, &c.</p> + +<p>We now sailed for New-York, where we arrived without meeting with any +occurrence worth recording. After discharging our cargo I again visited +my family at Catskill, whom I found in good health. I remained with them +about eight days, and then returned to New-York. In the course of a few +days we had procured another cargo, which taking on board, together with +the new boat for Captain Mitchell, we were again ready for sea.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVI" id="CHAPTER_XVI"></a>CHAPTER XVI.<br /> + +Schooner Price.—Fourth Voyage.</h2> + + +<p>The Price being now ready for sea, about the first of August we got +under weigh and proceeded on our voyage towards Old Providence, St. +Andreas, Corn Island and the Main. We made our passage to Old Providence +in seventeen days, where we remained about three days bartering off +goods in our usual manner. We then sailed for St. Andreas. On the +passage we, in a squall, carried away the head of the schooner's +main-mast, above the eyes of the shrouds. On our arrival at that port I +repaired the mast-head by cutting off five or six feet, and forming a +new one. This altered the appearance of the vessel very much, when +viewed from a distance. We remained some time at St. Andreas, selling +goods, collecting debts, taking in all the cotton and other freight we +could procure. Here I took on board a captain and crew belonging to +Jamaica, whose schooner had been upset in a squall and lost near this +island. I agreed to carry them to the Main, where they expected to get +on board of some of their own country vessels. We got under weigh and +sailed for Corn Island with a light breeze. When we arrived within seven +or eight miles of Great Corn Island the wind died away to a dead calm, +and we <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span>lay drifting at the mercy of the sea. I was in great haste to +get on shore at the island, as I had ordered Captain Teft, who commanded +the sloop Traverse, to meet me there in the Price on the tenth of +September, which time had expired some days before. Fearing he would be +discouraged by waiting, and sail for some other port, which would cause +a great delay in our meeting, and there being no signs of a wind that +would carry the Price into the harbor that night, I was advised to hoist +out the new boat which we carried out for Captain Mitchell; having a +double boat's crew with the Englishmen, we could man her with six oars +and soon row in. The boat was accordingly hoisted out and manned, and we +proceeded toward the shore. It being a star-light evening, and the +harbor having some rocks and stones on the bottom, I seated myself on +the taffrail of the boat, which raised my head some two feet above the +heads of the crew, and enabled me to see any dangerous rocks, and steer +clear of them, it being what seamen call a bright bottom. I had on my +head a large brimmed white Panama hat, of course a good mark to shoot +at. A few days previous to my leaving Corn Island, on my last voyage, it +was currently reported there that the United States man-of-war Schooner +Fire Brand was cruising in these seas. We approached the harbor about +nine o'clock in the evening. As we came near the shore we were hailed by +one of the gang who were there, saying, "What boat is that?" My schooner +always carried canoes instead of boats, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span>which we found much better to +land in the surf, and for that reason I had abandoned the use of the +latter in this trade, for the last three years, and all the inhabitants +of that island knew it. My boat being long, and much resembling what is +called on board of a man-of-war the captain's gig, I answered, "United +States Schooner Fire Brand." They said, "pull in then." At that instant +fourteen men fired into us, the shot whistling past my head so close +that it appeared to deafen me for a moment. As soon as they hailed us, I +told the men in the boat to stop rowing, so that the questions and +answers could be distinctly heard. As soon as they had fired, a favorite +old sailor in the boat, who pulled the after oar, with his back toward +the shore, being between me and those who fired at us, spoke to me in a +very mild tone, saying, "Captain, I am wounded." I then told the crew to +pull away, they all gave way upon their oars except this man, who laid +still in the bottom of the boat; this irritated me so much, thinking +that my favorite old tar should be the first to skulk from danger, not +supposing from the mildness of his expression that he was much wounded, +I jumped from the tiller of the boat in great haste, caught him by the +collar and gave him a shake, saying, "Pull away, you skulking fellow." +You may imagine my astonishment when I found that he was a lifeless +corpse. In the meantime I heard the company on shore ramming down their +cartridges into their guns, preparing for another fire. All the time +keeping a bright <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span>look-out alongside of the boat, for fear of running +her on the rocks, I discovered that we had got into two or three feet +water, and were not more than one hundred and fifty feet from those who +were preparing to fire a second time. I ordered my men to stop rowing +and follow me, which they immediately did. I jumped overboard into the +water, my crew following me. We then made our way to our assailants, +when I found my own clerk, and Captain Tefts, of the little sloop +Traverse, who were here waiting for my arrival, Captain Mitchell, for +whom I brought the boat, and Benjamin Downs, father of a colored +apprentice boy I had then on board. In short, they were all old +acquaintances of mine. I was highly excited on the occasion. They made a +long apology by saying, that the royalists in Porto Bello had fitted out +two armed schooners to scour the coast, and that they had captured two +English vessels found trading with the Indians: that they mistook the +Price for one of them, her appearance being so much altered by the loss +of the head of her main-mast, that they supposed I had been captured by +one of these vessels and was a prisoner in the boat, and compelled to +answer their questions, as they all knew my voice, and that if they +suffered a crew to land they would all be butchered, as they had given +aid and shelter to the patriots for a long time. I landed the body of my +unfortunate man and placed it under the care of some of my friends, +procured a pilot, went on board the Price, and brought her into the +harbor the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span>next morning. I then buried the poor sailor in as decent a +manner as the country would admit of, collecting most of the inhabitants +of the island to join the funeral procession. There being no clergymen +in the island, I read the burial service at the grave, this being my +usual custom at sea on committing dead bodies to the ocean.</p> + +<p class="figcenter"><img src="images/fig153.jpg" alt="" /><br />Captain Dunham landing at Corn Island.</p> + +<p>I fitted out the Traverse for another cruise by giving Captain Teft a +new supply of goods, when he proceeded on a trading voyage to the Main. +I took Mr. Smith, the clerk of the store on board, and sailed for the +Lagoon, when we took on board all the goods we had there, and proceeded +to a small harbor, called Salt Creek, supposed to be a better place for +our trade. I also took a few Indians to assist in building the store, +which I landed there, with myself and crew, and erected a comfortable +building in less than four days, modeled after the houses of that +country, landed a supply of goods, and left Mr. Smith to dispose of +them, sold the Sloop Traverse, and took Captain Teft and his crew on +board. Having learned that the royal governor of Porto Bello had fitted +out one or two man-of-war schooners, which had captured two English +traders on the coast of St. Blas, where it was necessary for me to +proceed, I hired three men in addition to Captain Tefts and his little +crew, to proceed with me to that place. My schooner being armed with a +six-pound cannon, with about thirty fowling guns, plenty of cutlasses, +and some boarding pikes, we proceeded to the coast of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span>St. Blas, where +we were advised by the Indians to put the schooner into a small river, +about two hundred feet wide, and wait a few days before we proceeded to +the River De Ablo, our port of destination. We warped the schooner into +the mouth of the river, in shoal water, where we supposed the enemy's +vessels could not come near enough to injure us, and prepared ourselves +for an encounter with their boats if they sent them to attack us, by +making cartridges of musket-balls and buck-shot, put up in bags of six +pounds each, in addition to round balls and cannister-shot. I likewise +supplied about thirty Indians with ammunition, who promised to come to +my assistance if the enemy disturbed me. I divided my men into two +watches, and kept a good look-out four days and nights. About the fifth +night we heard the sound of a horn a number of times; about 12 o'clock +all hands were called to quarters. We soon discovered, however, that the +sound proceeded from a canoe, which when we had let it approach within +hail, we found to contain the crew of an English trader, who had been +captured by a royal privateer and carried into Porto Bello, where they +had escaped from their prison, stolen a canoe, and then paddled to this +place, a distance of about sixty miles, without food. Soon after, we +learned from the Indians that the cruisers had left the coast. We then +proceeded to the River De Ablo, where I found my traders waiting my +arrival. They brought their returns, goods, &c. on board, and a +settlement was made in <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span>a satisfactory manner on both sides in less than +one hour. I purchased a few thousand cocoa-nuts and some fustic, which I +took on board, and sailed for Cape Gracios a Dios, touching at Corn +Island.</p> + +<p>On my arrival at the Cape I took on board all the return cargo I could +procure, and proceeded to the Lagoon, stopping at the different harbors, +as usual. When at the Lagoon I made known my intention of leaving the +trade, when a number of sookermen assembled to bestow their farewell +benediction upon me, saying that I had traded a long time with them, and +that they were much pleased with me, and did not blame me for leaving +them, as they supposed I wanted to stop at home and mind my wife and +pickaninies (meaning children) for a time, but should never die until I +returned to that country, and would never die there, but return to my +own country, after I had visited them, and die at my own home. After +taking an affectionate leave of them all, we took our departure toward +home.</p> + +<p>After buffeting the storms and tempests of the ocean for nearly four +years, carrying on an average, a crew of six persons, including the mate +and myself, and having lost six, viz: one by desertion, one by death on +board, one shot, and three by drowning, I thought it best to seek some +more comfortable trade in which to gain a support for myself and family, +and one less exposed to hardships, and such constant risk of health and +life. I was always compelled, while on this trading business, to sleep +on deck, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>my cabin being small and dark, having no windows. If I laid +down in the cabin I was soon covered with cock-roaches, musquittoes, and +fire-ants, besides being exposed to centipedes, scorpions, &c. which +terrified me so much that I dare not take lodging there while we were in +the tropical climes, although I needed shelter from the excessive rains +which visit that country from May until November. Having a good awning, +which was always spread when the vessel was anchored, we generally ate, +drank and slept on deck until we arrived in the cold latitudes, when +those insects became torpid, and cold weather compelled me to seek +shelter in the cabin. On parting with the Indians I felt distressed, and +could not avoid showing my gratitude toward them for their native +kindness, and the many evidences of friendly intent which they had shown +for me. I had often called at their hovels when out on excursions, being +fatigued and hungry, needing food and rest, when the poor Indian, having +but one plate and one old knife and fork in his house, would place them +on his little table, or some substitute for one, and cook the best meal +he could procure, making me take a seat by the table, and with a hearty +good will urging me to eat, while he, sharpening the end of a stick that +he might take the meat out of the pot with it, would sit down on the +ground-floor and eat his dinner, refusing to come to the table with me, +because he had but one set of dishes. Having but one hammock to sleep in +himself, he invariably left that for <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>me, while he would take his +lodging on a cow-skin placed on the ground-floor.</p> + +<p>The whole furniture of each Indian family would not cost ten dollars.</p> + +<p>We stopped at Corn Island, collected all the return we could obtain, and +sailed for New-York, where we arrived about the first of January, 1820, +without any particular incident worth notice, discharged the cargo, +settled with my owners, and returned to Catskill, where I found my +family in the enjoyment of their usual health. I now determined to +remain at home during the winter, and enjoy some repose from the toils +of the sea, having spent but five or six weeks with my family during the +last five years.</p> + +<p>I now entered into an agreement, in company with Mr. Apollos Cooke, +merchant, of Catskill, to open a trade from that place to the West +Indies. During the winter we purchased a cargo of lumber for that +market, intending to charter or purchase a vessel to carry it there as +soon as the navigation of the Hudson River opened.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVII" id="CHAPTER_XVII"></a>CHAPTER XVII.<br /> + +Schooner Enterprise.</h2> + + +<p>Early in the month of March, 1820, I proceeded to New-York, for the +purpose of chartering or purchasing a vessel to carry our timber to the +West India market, and spent a few days in the city on that business. +While sitting at the breakfast table one morning, I was asked by a +ship-master, an old acquaintance, if I did not want to take a voyage to +Bermuda. I replied no; that I came to New-York to charter a vessel to go +to Catskill, and take in a cargo of lumber there. He said he thought I +might make some sale or contract for it in that place. Here our +conversation ended, and I thought no more about it. After breakfast he +asked me to take a walk with him. When we had journeyed some little +distance, we met a man with whom he passed the usual compliment of good +morning, and said, "This is Captain Dunham, of whom I spoke to you." He +asked me what wages I would require to take charge of a schooner to go +to Bermuda. I told him fifty dollars per month. He said he had agreed +with a captain to go the voyage for forty dollars per month, but he was +unfortunately taken sick and could not go. I bid him good morning, and +had proceeded a few rods when he called on me to stop, saying he would +split <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span>the difference with me. I told him I would go. He then took me +into a store, saying, "There is your mate and crew, and I wish you to +take them to a Notary Public's office in Pine-street, and have the +shipping papers made out, and I will come there with the money and pay +the expenses;" which he soon performed. After this was accomplished we +went to the Custom House and obtained a clearance, and then parted and +went to dinner. He requested me to call immediately after dinner at a +lumber-yard he mentioned, where I would find him on board the schooner, +as he had engaged a passage for New-Haven at four o'clock that +afternoon, where he resided. He handed me a letter addressed to the +captain of the Schooner Enterprise, containing direction for the voyage; +and telling me he hoped I would do for him as I would for myself, took +leave of me. I found the schooner to be one of the large full-built +Eastern vessels, having the deck loaded to the height of eight feet. I +hurried and got some clothing and a small out-fit, and having left some +old clothes and bedding, charts, quadrants, &c. in New-York, on my last +voyage; I had them put on board that afternoon, procured a pilot and +went to sea at eight o'clock the next morning. We made our passage to +Bermuda in seven days, where we discharged our cargo, and taking on +board a ballast of fustic, returned from Bermuda to New-York in seven +and a half days; making the whole time gone only twenty-nine days, being +one of the most pleasant voyages I ever made. My acquaintance <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>with the +owner was so short, that, after my return, when he came on board and +gave me his hand, I looked for some time before I could recollect him. +When I left Catskill I took with me only two or three changes of shirts, +&c. promising my family to return in a few days. In the journey I so +unexpectedly took there was nothing interesting, and I merely insert it +to keep up the chain of my voyages.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVIII" id="CHAPTER_XVIII"></a>CHAPTER XVIII.<br /> + +Schooner Felicity.</h2> + + +<p>About the first of June, 1820, I chartered the Schooner Felicity in +New-York, and proceeded to Catskill, and took in a cargo for St. +Domingo; returned to New-York, and after shipping a crew, sailed on the +twenty-second of June for Port au Prince, in the Island of St. Domingo, +where we arrived after a passage of eighteen days, without the +occurrence of anything which would interest the reader. I found Port au +Prince to be a large but dirty city, no care being taken to clean the +streets, the yellow fever often raging here, particularly among the +shipping. The government is called a Republic, with a president elected +for life, receiving a salary of forty thousand dollars for his services, +and thirty thousand for <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>his table expenses. The president being a +military chieftain, exercises great power over his subjects, who have +only the shadow of a Senate and Assembly, as they are subservient to his +will. The soil of the Island is very fertile, producing sugar-cane, +coffee, cocoa, and three crops of corn in one year; also, beans, +cabbages, water-mellons, and most kinds of garden vegetables: plantains, +yams, and every variety of tropical fruits in abundance. The Island at +this time was divided into three departments; the northern part was held +by a black royal Emperor, who styled himself Christoff, and exercised as +much power over his subjects as does the Emperor of Russia over his. The +southern part was owned by the Spaniards, as a Republic; the western by +the Republicans called Haytians, who were then at war with the Royalists +under the command of the black emperor. The war between those two +parties had been carried on for many years, and ended in the total +overthrow of the Royalists; the emperor blowing his brains out with his +pistol.</p> + +<p>The president of this Republic lays heavy export duties on the produce +of the Island. The stamp duties on paper are said to amount to over two +millions per annum. All merchants and mechanics pay a heavy tax for +licenses to carry on their business. Whites are excluded from carrying +on their trades in their own names, or from purchasing real estate in +this Republic. A white can take a black partner, male or female, and do +business in his or her name. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span>Most of the white men settled here prefer +the latter. This government has a mint, and coin their own money, which +contains ten per cent of silver mixed with other metal. They coin no +pieces larger than twenty-five cents, none smaller than six and a +quarter. This coin is considered a lawful tender, and the laws strictly +prohibit the carrying of any foreign gold or silver out of the country, +on penalty of forfeiting it. This compels any person selling a cargo +there to lay the returns out in some of the produce of the Island, which +is consequently the cause of heavy losses to the shippers. The +inhabitants are a mixed race of black and white, varying in color from +the blackness of charcoal to almost the whiteness of a snow-ball, and +hundreds of them have to take hard oaths to satisfy the authorities that +they have some black blood running through their veins, which entitles +them to the rights of citizenship in the Island. I have seen many +red-whiskered fair complexioned men pass themselves off for men of +color. Their national religion is Roman Catholic, no other being +tolerated, but strictly prohibited. The president keeps up a standing +army of forty thousand men, well uniformed, disciplined and equiped. As +I shall have to refer to their laws, customs and manners in my next +voyage, I shall leave the subject for the present.</p> + +<p>Not being able to sell my timber at Port au Prince without a sacrifice, +my consignee applied to the government agent to purchase it, of which he +acquainted the president, who gave me a letter addressed to <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span>the public +administrator of Jerimie, and requesting me to proceed with my vessel +and cargo to that port, which I immediately complied with, after getting +a letter of address from an Italian Jew I found in Port au Prince, but +who resided in Jerimie, addressed to Messrs. Laforet & Brier, to whom I +consigned my vessel and cargo. On my arrival at that place my consignees +sold to the administrator all the timber he wanted, and the remainder at +an under price to individuals. My provisions sold at a saving. Jerimie +contains about two hundred houses, most of them being in a dilapidated +condition, in consequence of the constant alarm in which the inhabitants +have been kept by a troop of banditti, headed by an insurgent colonel, +who had deserted from the army, and had so terrified the people that the +women and children took shelter in the forts during the night, while the +men were kept under arms, being obliged to suspend all agricultural +pursuits, and leave their villages to decay. A few months since, the +chief of the banditti had been killed, his troops surrendered their arms +and received a pardon from the president. The inhabitants were now +making great preparations to repair their buildings and call back their +former trade.</p> + +<p>While in this port, the padre, or priest died; he was carried to the +church in a chair, being tied fast to it, in a sitting posture, a book +placed in his hands. The corpse remained in this situation until about +four o'clock in the afternoon, when a marble slab <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>was taken out of the +floor, an excavation made in the ground, the body deposited in the hole +with the clothes on, and then covered with a thick coat of lime.</p> + +<p>A friend of mine, named Ghio, arrived here from Port au Prince in +company with one Captain Mills, from New-York, and while he and the +captain were walking the streets of Jerimie, Ghio for the first heard of +the death of the padre, when bursting into a flood of tears, he +exclaimed, "Captain Mills the poor padre is dead, and I suppose I shall +have to fill his place again," weeping at the same time. After a moments +pause, he said, "Captain Mills, it is a damned good berth, I can make +ten dollars a day by it." Ghio acted as a substitute in the place of the +deceased padre until his place was supplied by another.</p> + +<p>I remained at Jerimie three or four weeks, employed in selling out my +cargo and obtaining a return freight of coffee, &c. I procured many +orders for house frames and other articles, and was strongly urged to +bring out some carpenters and a blacksmith, whom the inhabitants +promised to aid and assist in their business. Having disposed of all my +cargo and taken on board my return freight, I proceeded to sea, bound to +New-York, where I arrived in safety after a passage of eighteen days, +sold my return cargo, and sailed for Catskill, where I arrived about the +first of November. I then repaired the schooner and prepared for another +voyage.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIX" id="CHAPTER_XIX"></a>CHAPTER XIX.<br /> + +Schooner Felicity.—Second Voyage.</h2> + + +<p>At Catskill I procured another cargo, filled up all my orders, and +taking on board four carpenters as passengers, bound to Jerimie, sailed +for New-York, where we remained three or four days employed in shipping +a crew, purchasing stores, &c. We sailed from New-York about the eighth +of December, and arrived at Jerimie about the first of January, 1821. On +my arrival I called on my old friends, Leforet & Brier, where I was +politely received, particularly by Mr. Brier, who escorted me to his +house to take breakfast. After inquiring about the passage of my vessel, +news in New-York, &c. he said he had news to tell me. I told him I +should be pleased to hear it. He said, "Captain Dunham, we have got a +new padre here since you left for home; he is the smartest padre we ever +had; he can beat any man in Jerimie playing at billiards, boxing, +fencing, or jumping; he has killed two men in duels, and I assure you, +sir, he is the smartest padre in all the West Indies."</p> + +<p>Among the orders given me, was one for thirty thousand loose cedar +shingles, which, when landed on the beach, I learned were intended to +re-cover the church. All the ladies in the town soon assembled at the +place where the shingles were landed; <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span>rich and poor, some dressed in +silk, and others with fine muslin gowns, having hoops in their hands, +which they stuck full of shingles, and laying them on their backs +carried them to the church, when they were taken by the carpenters, who +put them on the roof, not allowing one of them to be carted; thus +showing great zeal to protect from contamination every thing connected +with their church.</p> + +<p>The negroes on this Island are far more numerous than the mulattoes, +mustees, and other colors. The old mulattoes being the heirs of their +former masters, were many of them sent to France and educated; and the +president being a mulatto, gives them as many offices as he dare; but is +obliged to confer some on the blacks to prevent an insurrection; still I +found there was considerable hatred between them. One day while walking +the streets I heard a quarrel between a mulatto and a negro. The mulatto +commenced, "What are you doing, nigger?" the negro replied, "Who are +you, mulatto? you no got any country; white man got country and negro +got country, mulatto no got any country, he's a damned <i>mule</i>."</p> + +<p>My carpenters landed and were seeking some employment, when they were +informed that they could not make any contracts in their own names, +being white men, and not having any license, and the laws of the country +not allowing a white man to obtain one. To obviate this a petition was +drawn up and signed by most of the inhabitants, and sent to the +president, for a special permit for the eldest <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>carpenter to carry on +his trade. Some weeks after the president sent him a license, the rest +of the carpenters working under him. I was very fortunate in the +disposal of my cargo, most of it selling at a good profit, and by paying +a large premium I procured about twenty hundred Spanish dollars, which +were smuggled on board and brought to New-York.</p> + +<p>Coffee being high in that port, I was obliged, in purchasing it, to +dispose of the St. Domingo coin I received in payment for my cargo. +Being ready for sea, I took leave of my friends and sailed for New-York, +where we arrived about the first of May, 1821. The schooner having +proved leaky on the passage, I refused to make another voyage in her. +Soon after my arrival in New-York I received a letter from my old +friend, Mr. Apollos Cooke, of Catskill, advising me to purchase, on our +joint account, a schooner called the Combine, which was now laying in +New-York, and could be procured very cheap. On viewing the Combine I +found her timbers sound, but her decks and upper works badly worn, so I +called on the agent, and after some time spent in chaffering, purchased +her and left for Catskill, where I arrived about the 26th of May.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span></p> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XX" id="CHAPTER_XX"></a>CHAPTER XX.<br /> + +Schooner Combine.</h2> + + +<div class="center" style="margin-bottom:1.5em;"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="left">"A wolf will not a wolf ensnare,<br /> +"And tigers their own species spare,<br /> +"Man more ferocious, bends his bow,<br /> +"And at his fellow aims the blow."</td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<p>After the arrival of the Combine at Catskill, we had her well examined +by a carpenter, who found her timbers sound. We then agreed to repair +her by laying a new deck, putting in new ceiling, and giving her a +thorough overhauling, so as to fit her for a sea voyage, which was done +at an expense of nine hundred dollars. Large quantities of freight was +offered for shipment, which I advised to take some part of, informing my +partner in the vessel, Mr. A. Cooke, that I had but little over two +thousand dollars, which would fall short of paying for one-half of the +vessel and cargo; but he preferred our owning the whole cargo jointly, +saying, "I will advance you any money you may want until you make the +voyage." We then purchased a suitable cargo and filled up many orders I +had brought from Jerimie. After we had gathered all our bills together, +I found my money exhausted and myself indebted five hundred and +seventy-two dollars to my partner. The vessel <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>being repaired and +loaded, we took on board four passengers, bound to Jerimie, and sailed +for New-York. On my arrival at New-York I made it my first business to +apply to the Marine Insurance Office for insurance, expecting I should +have to pay an extra premium, my vessel being seventeen years old. After +applying at all the offices in the city, and producing a certificate +from old respectable carpenters, and some of our best citizens, that +they considered her timbers as good as any North River vessel of two +years old, my application was rejected, and I had no alternative but to +proceed to sea as my own insurer, having my little all at stake, except +a small homestead. I shipped a crew and made the necessary preparation, +put to sea about the 10th of August, and shaped my course for Jerimie, +where we arrived the sixth of September.</p> + +<p>On my arrival at that port I sold my cargo, as usual, with the +assistance of my former consignees, Messrs. Laforet & Brier. Jerimie +being a dangerous port in heavy gales of wind, I was advised to send my +vessel to Corail, a distance of twenty miles, to remain a few weeks, it +being a safe harbor, while I remained in Jerimie to collect debts and +procure a return cargo. After remaining here some fourteen or fifteen +days, I was attacked with a violent fever, which confined me to the bed +until the vessel was ready for sea, when I was taken on board, hoping +the air would restore me to health. After being at sea some thirty-six +hours, my mate found the fever <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>increasing on me so fast that he gave up +all hopes of my recovery, and asked my permission to return to Jerimie, +to which I consented. The vessel was put about and steered for that +port, we neared the entrance of the harbor early the next morning, when +I thought the fever began to abate, and requested the mate to put to sea +again and proceed toward home. My health improving slowly, I was helped +on deck every morning, where I remained during the day, lying under a +small awning to screen me from the scorching sun, and helped into the +cabin at night to protect me from the heavy dews. My health continued to +improve daily. On the eleventh day of October we discovered land ahead, +which proved to be the south side of the Island of Cuba. Finding it +impossible to beat up against the current, we concluded to run round the +west end of the island. Nothing material occurred until the thirteenth +of October, in the morning, when I discovered land, which I identified +as Cape Antonio; my health by this time was so much improved that I was +able to get on deck without assistance. I told the mate to go below and +get some repose, he having had but little rest during my sickness, and +that I was well acquainted with the passage round the Cape.</p> + +<p>About nine o'clock, while doubling the Cape, we discovered three small +schooners, one small sloop, and a large open boat lying at anchor about +two miles from the land. In about the space of fifteen minutes the whole +fleet got under weigh and bore <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span>down for us. One of the largest +schooners ran down within musket-shot of us, fired a gun, and we hove +too, while the rest of the fleet surrounded us. The largest schooner +immediately sent a boat alongside of us, containing eight or nine men, +who boarded us with muskets and drawn cutlasses in their hands, each of +them having a long knife and a dagger slung by his side. Immediately +after getting on deck, one of them cried out, "Foward," two or three +times in broken English, pointing at the same time toward the +fore-castle. The mate, sailors, and two passengers who were on board, +ran forward and jumped into the fore-castle. I being very weak, dragged +along slowly, when the man who gave the order commenced beating me +severely with the broad side of his cutlass. I remonstrated with him, +saying I was sick and could not walk any faster; he answered me, "<i>No +intende</i>." I then discovered he was a Portuguese, and not understanding +that language, I excused myself as well as I could in the French +language, hoping he understood me; but I found it did not relieve my +back, as he continued to beat me all the way to the fore-scuttle, and +there giving me a heavy blow on the head as I descended, closed it, +where we remained about half an hour; they in the meantime appeared to +be searching the vessel. After letting us up from the fore-castle they +ordered the sailors to work the vessel in near the land and anchor her, +which was soon accomplished. While beating the vessel toward the shore, +they told me if I would <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span>give up my money they would let me go with my +vessel. This I readily complied with, hoping to save the vessel and +cargo. I then gave them all the money I had, consisting of four hundred +and eighty dollars in gold and silver. After they had received it they +broke open our trunks, seized all our clothes, taking the finest shirts +and vests, and putting them on one over another.</p> + +<p>As soon as they had anchored my vessel they hauled their largest +schooner alongside, while the rest of the fleet were laying within a few +rods of us, and then all hoisted the bloody flag, a signal for death. I +was ordered into the cabin, where one of the pirates, having found a +bottle of cordial, took it up in one hand, and drawing his cutlass with +the other, struck off the neck and handed it to me, flourishing his +cutlass over my head, and making signs for me to taste it, which I found +it difficult to do on account of the broken particles of glass. After I +had tasted it he went to a case of liquor standing in the cabin, took +out the bottles and compelled me to taste of them. After this ceremony +was over one of the pirates drew a long knife from its sheath, and +taking hold of the hair on the top of my head, drew the knife two or +three times across my throat near the skin, saying, "Me want to kill +you." Another pirate soon approached me with a dagger, with which he +pricked me lightly in the body, two or three times, saying, "Me kill you +by and by." I was then dismissed from the cabin and driven into the +fore-castle <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span>with the sailors and passengers. My cook was put on board +the schooner lying alongside of us. Some of the pirates went aloft on +board my vessel and cut loose her square-sail, top-sail, and +top-gallant-sail, and afterwards took our fore-sail, boat, oars, loose +rigging, one compass, one quadrant, all our beds and bedding, +tea-kettle, all our crockery, knives and forks, buckets, &c. leaving us +destitute of every kind of cooking utensil except the caboose. We +remained some time in the fore-castle, when suddenly the fore-scuttle +was opened and the mate called on deck, and the scuttle again closed, +leaving us in the dark in a state of uncertainty. We soon heard them +beating the mate; after that noise had ceased, we heard the word, +"Fire," given with a loud voice, then after a moment's pause another +voice was heard, saying, "Heave him overboard." I had a desperate +sailor, called Bill, who flew to his chest for his razor to cut his own +throat, saying he would be damned before he would be murdered by them +rascals. The pirates had previously robbed the sailors' chests of all +the articles they contained, and among them Bill's razor. After a little +while the scuttle was again opened, when they called for a sailor. There +were four in the fore-castle, who looked earnestly at each other, when +Brown, a favourite old sailor, arose and addressed me, saying, "Captain, +I suppose I might as well die first as last," then taking me by the hand +gave it a hearty shake, saying, "Good bye." I told Brown to plead with +them in the French language, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span>as I thought I had seen some Frenchmen +among them, and knew that he spoke French fluently. When he had got upon +deck I heard him speak a few words in that language, but soon after we +heard them beating him severely. As soon as they had finished beating +him we again heard the word fire, and soon after, heave him overboard. +Shortly after, the scuttle was again opened and the captain was loudly +called. I crawled up the scuttle, being very feeble; they then told me +if I did not tell them where the money was they would serve me as they +had the mate and sailor, shoot and then throw me overboard. I still +persisted that there was no money on board, and entreated them to search +the vessel. An old Spaniard was pointed out to me who they said was the +commodore. I asked him what he wanted of me, looking him earnestly in +the face. He replied, he wanted my money. I told him I had no money, but +if I had I would give it to him; that the property belonged to him, but +he had no right to take my life, as I had a family depending on me for +support. Previous to this, the man who had flogged me before had made a +chalk ring on the deck, saying, "Stand there," beating me with the flat +side of a heavy cutlass until the blood ran through my shirt. During my +conversation with the commodore, finding all my entreaties unsuccessful, +and my strength much exhausted, I took a firm stand in the ring marked +out for me, hoping to receive a ball through the heart, fearing if I was +wounded I should be tortured to death <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span>to make sport for the demons. +Two of the pirates with loaded muskets took their stand and fired them +toward me, when I cast my eyes down toward my feet looking for blood, +thinking that I might have been wounded without feeling the pain. During +this time the man who had beat me before commenced beating me again, +pointing aft toward the cabin door, where I proceeded, followed by him, +beating me all the time: he forced me into the cabin, at the same time +giving me a severe blow over the head with his cutlass. When I entered I +found both the mate and sailor there whom I supposed had been murdered +and thrown overboard. The next person called out of the fore-castle was +Mr. Peck, a passenger, who was immediately asked where the money was; he +told them he knew of no more money on board. One man stood before him +with a musket and another with a cutlass, they knocked him down and beat +him for some time, took him by the hair and said they would kill him. He +was then ordered to set upon the bit of the windlass to be shot and +thrown overboard, as the captain and others had been. He took his +station by the windlass, when a musket was fired at him; he was then +driven into the cabin. They then called up the remainder of the men from +the fore-castle, one after the other, and beat and drove them into the +cabin also, except a Mr. Chollet, a young man, passenger, who escaped +beating. We were kept in the cabin some time, and after repeated threats +that they would kill us, were all driven into the fore-castle <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span>again. +They took out all our cargo, consisting of coffee, cocoa, +tortoise-shell, eight kedge anchors, all our provisions, except part of +a barrel of beef and about thirty pounds of bread. After they had taken +all the cargo, spare rigging, &c. of any value, they shifted all the +ballast in the hold of the vessel in search of money, and calling us on +deck, we were told to be off. After getting under weigh we proceeded but +slowly, having no other sails left but the two jibs and the main-sail. +We looked back with a great deal of anxiety, and saw the pirates seated +on the deck of the largest schooner, drinking liquor and making +themselves merry, while we feared that they might change their minds, +pursue us and take our lives. Night beginning to approach, I thought +best to go down into the cabin and see what we had left to eat or drink. +As soon as I had reached the cabin, it being dark, I stumbled against +something on the floor, which I found to be our cook, whom we supposed +we had left behind, having seen the pirates put him on board the +schooner which was lying alongside of us, but knew nothing of his +return. I spoke to him, but received no answer, I hustled him about the +cabin, but could not make him speak. I at last got a light and looked +about for some provisions, cooking utensils, &c. and found about thirty +pounds of bread, a little broken coffee, and most of a barrel of beef, +but no cooking utensils except the caboose, with one or two pots set in +it. The next morning I called all hands into the cabin, showed all the +bread we had left, and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span>told them it was necessary to go on allowance of +one biscuit a day per man, which was agreed to, until we could get +further supplies. I then questioned the cook, (knowing that he was +driven into the hold of the pirate schooner,) as to what kind of a cargo +she had. He said there were calicoes and all kinds of dry goods +scattered about, and more than a hundred demijohns; and "O captain, it +was the best old Jamaica rum that you ever tasted." I told him if the +pirates had caught him drinking their rum they would have killed him. He +said it looked so tempting he thought he would try it. I suppose that +after having drank a large quantity he made his escape on board of the +Combine before he felt the effects of it, as he was not aware of our +release.</p> + +<p class="figcenter"><img src="images/fig177.jpg" alt="" /><br />The Pirates' plan of exercising the nerves of Captives.</p> + +<p>The next day we were boarded by a boat from a Spanish man-of-war brig. I +plead hard with the officer who boarded us to go in pursuit of the +pirates, which he refused to do, saying it was out of their limits to +cruise. I asked him for a supply of bread, which he denied me. In our +crippled state we reached Havanna in nine days, where we put in for +supplies.</p> + +<p>On my arrival at Havanna I was met by Captain Dimond, master of the brig +Harriet, of Baltimore, who had been robbed by these pirates at the same +place, on the 12th of October. Captain Dimond informed me that the +pirates put a rope around his neck and hoisted him up to the fore-yard +of the brig three times, and then let the rope loose, which caused <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span>him +to fall on the deck, where he lay insensible for some time. I asked him +why he did not give up his money as I had done. He said that twenty-five +hundred dollars of the money belonged to himself, which was all he was +worth, and having a family to support, he thought he had almost as well +part with his life as his money. After he had recovered his senses they +made another attempt to put the rope round his neck the fourth time, +when one of the pirates told his comrade to let him alone, because he +had children. They hauled their vessels alongside of his brig and took +out all his cargo, also the greatest part of the brig's sails, rigging, +&c. together with twelve thousand dollars, which they found while +removing a quantity of fire-wood, and then let him depart.</p> + +<p>I proceeded to the American Consul's office, having on an old straw hat, +which the pirates had put on my head in place of my own, an old ragged +jacket, one pump, one shoe, and an empty pocket. I entered a protest, +and asked him to render me some assistance, for which I would give him a +draft on New-York at sight. This he refused unless I would bottom the +vessel, but referred me to the house of Grey, Fenandes, & Co. who +attended to my wants in the most friendly manner. Three days after, the +ship Lucies, of Charleston, arrived in the harbor, having a prize-master +on board, who informed me that the United States Brig Enterprise, +Captain Kearney, had re-captured the Lucies from these pirates, and had +taken three of the piratical vessels, (the crews <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span>having escaped to the +shore,) and sailed for some port of the United States. I called again on +Mr. Grey, and told him that Captain Kearney would probably steer for +Charleston or New Orleans with his prizes, and I felt anxious to +communicate with him as soon as possible, to reclaim my property. He +said they had a very respectable correspondent in Charleston, named John +Stoney, to whom he would write to claim my property for me if he should +arrive in that port; that I could write to Captain Kearney and enclose +his letter to Mr. Stoney. Fearing he might sail for New Orleans, I +addressed a letter to a friend of mine living there, to claim the +property for me, should the Enterprise arrive at that port.</p> + +<p>I learned here that these pirates had been fitted out in this port, +where most of their cargoes were to be disposed of, and was advised not +to make much noise about my robbery, as they had many friends here who +would assassinate me. I found a number of American vessels here, but got +little assistance from any of them except the captain of a small sloop +from Bristol, Rhode Island, who tendered me a loan of thirty dollars, +for which he got my draft on New-York. He gave me many articles which I +stood in need of, for which I shall ever feel grateful. After my vessel +was under weigh the captain of a Baltimore ship, who had arrived an hour +before, learning my misfortune, sent his boat alongside with a barrel of +beef, some flour, wine, &c. with a message to me, saying, if I wanted +any other articles he would send <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>them on board. We put to sea with next +to no conveniences, having no beds or bedding, and but three or four +knives and forks, some trifling cooking utensils, and all my wardrobe on +my back. Without any additional sails for our vessel we shaped our +course for New-York. The winds proving favorable we performed the +passage in sixteen days.</p> + +<p>For a particular account of the capture of the piratical vessels I refer +the reader to the following letter, published in the papers of the day:</p> + +<blockquote><p>"<i>Capture of the Aristides by Pirates.</i></p> + +<p>"Copy of a letter from Captain Couthony, late master of Brig +Aristides, to Mr. Edward Cruft, the owner, in this town, giving +the particulars of the capture of that vessel by pirates.</p> + +<p>"<i>At Sea, United States Brig Enterprise, October 24, 1821.</i></p> + +<p>"<i>Dear Sir</i>:—The melancholy news which I am about to relate +will be extremely afflicting to you. We sailed from Liverpool +the 28th of August, and had a very pleasant passage till off +the west end of Cuba, which we made on the 15th of October at 6 +P. M. When off Cape Antonio were assailed by five piratical +vessels, three schooners, one sloop, and an open boat; the +latter after firing several shots at us came alongside with +nine men in her; the men mounted the deck, armed with +cutlasses, pistols and dirks; on coming on board one took the +helm, another knocked me down, seized my watch, &c. and the +others ran into the cabin. By this time the other pirates got +close around us, and I discovered they <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span>were about to run my +vessel on shore. On begging them to desist from this design, I +was again knocked down; on rising, a musket was pointed at me +and one of the villains made several passes at me with a +dagger, which I avoided by running forward.</p> + +<p>"We were soon in shoal water, when I again begged of them for +God's sake not to run the vessel ashore. They ordered us to let +go the anchor.</p> + +<p>"I then went into the cabin, where I found all my trunks, +chest, &c. on the floor, and the pirates filling bags, +handkerchiefs, &c. with my clothes. They took my chronometer +and everything I had, even robbing me of the jacket I had on, +and leaving me almost naked. They then ordered us to open the +hatches, beating every one of the crew they came across, +declaring they would kill every man on board, beginning with +me, saying they were pirates, and should not be discovered. +During the night our vessel began to strike very hard, when +they compelled us to weigh anchor and the vessel was run on +shore.</p> + +<p>"They then commenced loading their craft with the most valuable +part of our goods, remarking that we should be put to death in +the morning to prevent discovery. They struck me down several +times, beating the mate and threatening him with instant death +if he did not discover where the most valuable goods were. They +nearly strangled the boy, bidding him tell where my money was +stowed. In the morning they had one of their cruisers loaded +with dry goods, and a number of packages in the others; when on +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span>the 16th, at 7 <span class="smcap">a. m.</span> a sail was discovered coming round the +Cape. They then consulted on the expediency of murdering me; +but one, more humane than the others, dissuaded them from +committing the crime. Perceiving the sail to be a vessel of +war, they took to their boats, pulled for their vessels and +immediately proceeded along shore.</p> + +<p>"They had stove our yawl to prevent our using her, but we +patched her so that she floated, and went on board the vessel +that was approaching. She proved to be the United States Brig +Enterprise, L. Kearney, Esq. commander. I stated to him my +dreadful situation, and pointed out to him the five piratical +vessels in shore; he immediately made all sail in pursuit, but +a reef prevented his getting within gun-shot. He armed all the +boats, and with the crews of the ship Lucies, and an English +brig, which were likewise in the hands of the pirates, gave +them chase, and overhauling them fast, they rowed their vessels +on shore inside the Cape, set the loaded one on fire, and took +to the woods. Lieutenant M'Intosh, who went on the expedition, +took four of the vessels, the boat having escaped. The vessel +sat on fire was entirely destroyed, but few remnants of goods +were saved, and those partly burnt. The pirates had a train of +powder to blow up the vessel on the approach of the boats.</p> + +<p>"On the 17th, at noon, Capt. Kearney brought all the vessels at +anchor near our wreck, and sent his crew to our assistance, the +Combine being in a bilged <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span>condition, with seven feet of water +in her hold, and her rudder unshipped. He then loaded three of +the late piratical vessels out of the cargo of the Aristides, +also the American Schooner Bold Commander, of Staten Island, +with goods, one cable, and some of her sails. The brig has on +board some goods, a chain cable and a hawser, the latter taken +from the pirates.</p> + +<p>"Captain Kearney, after having done his utmost, and saved all +he could, in loading the four vessels and his brig, set the +wreck on fire on the 20th, at 7 <span class="smcap">p. m.</span> and remained by her until +she was burnt to the water's edge. She was in ten feet of water +when I abandoned her, 8 <span class="smcap">a. m.</span> all in flames. This whole +dreadful calamity has nearly overpowered me. A Columbian +schooner of one long gun and eighty men likewise anchored near +the wreck before she was destroyed, and took a few casks porter +and a few bales goods, which would otherwise have been burnt +with the vessel. This was done with the consent of Captain +Kearney after he had loaded all the other vessels.</p> + +<p>"I shall ever be grateful to Captain Kearney for his kind +assistance, friendship and hospitality. He offered me his own +clothes, as I was destitute of everything. He will call at +Havanna, and from thence proceed to Charleston, where he will +deliver the vessels and goods to the proper authorities." </p></blockquote> + +<p>Captain Kearney proceeded with his prizes to Charleston, where the +vessels and goods were condemned, and sold within eleven days after his +arrival <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span>to accommodate him and his crew, when he sailed on another +cruise. This gave me no opportunity to reclaim my property, Mr. Stoney +having neglected to claim it for me. Some weeks after, having learned +that the property had been carried into Charleston and sold, I proceeded +to that place and applied to the District Judge of the United States, +who, after a detention of thirty days, awarded me about seven hundred +dollars. A large portion of the coffee, and other articles, which were +taken on board my vessel at Jerimie during my sickness, not being +marked, caused much difficulty in identifying them. I saw in the +possession of purchasers at that sale, eight anchors, two saddles, four +bridles, a number of coffee bags, and other articles of mine; also a +quantity of tortoise shell, which cost me eight dollars per pound. The +expenses on what I recovered consumed the greatest part of the goods; +deducting one-fourth for salvage, duties, cartage, storage, commissions, +court fees, &c. the remainder went into the Treasury of the United +States, or should have gone there. I have petitioned Congress for some +remuneration, which claim has been denied.</p> + +<p>On my arrival in New-York (being literally clothed with rags) I was met +on the way to my boarding house by some of my kind friends, who took me +to their houses and fitted me with a temporary suit of clothes, and some +of them advanced me money to purchase more. Mr. Luman Reed loaned me two +or three hundred dollars to pay the wages due my crew, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>and defray other +expenses. Soon after, I proceeded to Catskill with the schooner, sold +one half of my interest in her; and after paying my old friend, Mr. A. +Cooke, all the money he had advanced on the out bound cargo for me, I +proceeded to Charleston to claim my property, as I have before related.</p> + +<p>On my return from that port we refitted the Combine with new sails, +rigging, &c. and agreed to take out an assorted cargo in her hold, and a +deck load of horses, to the Island of St. Domingo.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXI" id="CHAPTER_XXI"></a>CHAPTER XXI.<br /> + +Schooner Combine.—Second Voyage.</h2> + + +<p>About the middle of May, 1822, we commenced loading at Catskill, and +finished in about ten days, when we sailed for New-York, where I shipped +a crew and left for Cape Francios, in the Island of St. Domingo. We met +with light winds and strong currents on the passage, which carried us +some distance to the leeward of our course, and obliged me to put into +the harbor of Port-au-Prince, where we arrived without any material +incident. I landed my horses, and having procured a stable for them, was +advised to select ten or twelve of the handsomest and proceed with them +to the president's country seat, about <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span>six miles from the city, where +he was confined by ill health. This I consented to as a matter of +courtesy, and a black colonel, named Burblong, volunteered to accompany +me. I took my hostler and an interpreter and proceeded to his house. At +his residence there was an extensive park enclosed by a high brick wall, +which we entered after passing two armed sentries, when we drew near to +a large wooden building fitted up in good style, having a piazza all +round it, and six or eight sentries walking on it, well armed and +uniformed. As we approached the outside door of the house we found a +sentry stationed there, who conducted us into the hall, where we found +another who conducted us into the president's room, which was splendidly +furnished, where I was introduced to his excellency by Colonel Burblong. +After the introduction was over, he invited us to take a glass of wine +with him. The horses were then brought near the door, which, having +examined, he said were worth two hundred dollars apiece; but since I had +been so polite as to call on him, he would give me two hundred and fifty +for as many as his groom should select. The president is about six feet +in height, of a mulatto color, rather thin in flesh, and makes a good +appearance on horseback, particularly in reviewing his army, who perform +their evolutions in the most graceful and soldier-like manner. I sold +the president one pair of horses, and disposed of a few to individuals +at a fair profit; the remainder sold at a loss, after deducting +expenses. The slow <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span>sale of horses detained me nearly two months, during +which time the yellow fever made its appearance, and raged with unabated +violence until our departure, particularly among the shipping. By the +laws of the country a ship-master is obliged to land all persons seized +with sickness on board of his vessel, and place them under the care of +the nurses of the city, who receive them into their houses at a charge +of two dollars and fifty cents per day for seamen, and three dollars per +day for masters and mates. If a seaman dies on board, the master is +fined five hundred dollars.</p> + +<p>About three weeks after our arrival here my cook and one sailor were +attacked by the yellow fever, I took them ashore and placed them under +the care of nurses; the hostler was next landed with the same complaint, +and the third day after I put on shore another seaman in like condition. +During this day, after a long walk in the hot sun, I retired to the +house of one of the nurses, where I was taken down with the same fever; +my cook dying about the time I became fairly sick. The next day one of +the seamen died. The seamen, hostler, and myself were put under the care +of different nurses, and in a few days such of us as were spared +returned to duty.</p> + +<p>After the death of my cook I hired an English negro, (who had deserted +from Turks Island and taken refuge here,) on condition that he should +serve a few days on trial, and if both parties were suited he was to act +as cook until the voyage was ended, and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span>to receive the same wages I had +given his predecessor. After remaining on board a few days, the mate +sent a message to me on shore, informing me that the cook had threatened +the lives of some of the sailors by attacking them with an axe. I sent a +note to the mate requesting him to send the cook on shore. He soon made +his appearance, when I took him to the store of my consignees and made +out an account of his time, allowing him wages at the rate of fourteen +dollars per month, according to agreement. I read the statement to him +and he appeared well satisfied. I then asked one of the firm to pay the +bill. He said his partner had stepped out with the key of the money +drawer in his pocket, but as soon as he returned it would be paid, and +asked the cook to take a seat; he walked out of the door and was missing +for some time, when he entered the store in company with a black man, +dressed in a sergeant's uniform, with a sword and bayonet hanging by his +side, who introduced himself by saying he had a warrant for me. I was a +little surprised, and asked him if he wanted me to go with him, or +required any security for my appearance. He said he did not, and told me +I must appear in the third ward, No. ——, to-morrow, at 11 o'clock. The +next day I called at the store of my consignees and got the clerk to +accompany me to the court. On our way we met a genteel looking, well +dressed mulatto man, who asked the clerk where we were going. The clerk +related the story to him, and he volunteered his <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span>service to defend my +cause, and accompanied us to the court room. After we got inside of the +door I discovered a sentry dressed in full uniform, with side arms, +walking in front of the door. As I entered the court room I took off my +hat to show some respect to the honorable black justice. Soon after, my +antagonist, the cook, entered the door with his hat on his head, when +the sentry approached him without uttering a word and struck him a heavy +blow with his flat hand on the side of his head, which knocked his hat +across the room; this caused the poor fellow to look amazed for a few +moments, when he picked up his hat very carefully. The trial was soon +called on. I related the whole story by my interpreter, and the judge, +without calling a witness on either side, decided that I should pay him +the same amount of money I had offered him, and that he should pay the +costs, which was one dollar and fifty cents, being one-half the sum he +recovered from me.</p> + +<p>When I returned to the wharf to go on board my vessel I found the poor +fellow had been impressed, and sentenced to go on board of a man-of-war, +and was then lodged in the guard house. He sent a message to me +imploring my pardon, and begging my assistance to obtain his release.</p> + +<p>About this time there was a very great excitement raised in the city in +consequence of the circulation of counterfeit coin, in imitation of the +government silver, and a story had been circulated that a considerable +quantity of this spurious silver was <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span>expected from Baltimore. As +several vessels arrived from that place soon after, they were strictly +searched, by boring barrels of flour, breaking open boxes and packages +of goods, by custom house officers, and otherwise searching them. After +some days it was discovered that the counterfeit coin was brought from +Jamaica by a Jew, who had been lurking about the city. He was arrested +and brought before the president for trial, and a report circulated that +he would certainly be hanged. The president sent for a silver-smith to +examine the coin, who pronounced it to be one-half pure silver, while +the government coin was only one-tenth part silver: upon which the +president said, "Damn him, let him go, for his money is better than +ours."</p> + +<p>The laws of this country are very arbitrary, although they help to +encourage industry and suppress idleness and dissipation. The president +makes donations from the public lands to all poor individuals who will +cultivate them. After they take possession of a lot he obliges them to +cultivate it. To accomplish this, he sends a small military guard +through the new settlements, accompanied by an officer, who stops at +every house, where he makes the following inquiries: "Is this your house +and plantation?" which being answered in the affirmative, he proceeds, +"How large is your family?" The man answers, a wife and —— children. +The officer then compels him to go and show him the plantation, and to +point out the number of coffee trees he has planted, &c. If, on +examining <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span>the premises the officer finds only a few trees, and is +convinced of the indolence of the occupant, he says, "You cannot +maintain your family by this, and must be a cheat, or steal, you must +therefore go with me," and he is obliged to join the army or navy.</p> + +<p>The farmers being out of the cities and villages, are not allowed to +come to market except two days in each week, say Sundays and Wednesdays, +without a special permit. All persons found drinking or rioting about +public places or grog shops are immediately taken up under the vagrant +act, sent to prison, and then transported to the army or navy as a +punishment. The authorities of cities and villages license a limited +number of butchers in each town, and compel them to keep the market +supplied with meat every day, and limit the price to twelve and a half +cents per pound.</p> + +<p>Since my last voyage to this Island the president, at the head of his +army, had many engagements with the royalists under the emperor +Christophe, whom he conquered, and had obtained possession of all his +dominions. The emperor, fearing he should be taken prisoner, committed +suicide by blowing his own brains out with his pistol. The president +took possession of his castle, where they found about seven millions of +dollars. By their wars with the French, and their internal wars among +themselves, they have reduced the male inhabitants so much that they now +estimate there is eleven females to one male, throughout all their +dominions.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span></p><p>Having disposed of my cargo and got a return freight on board, I sailed +for the port of Jerimie, where we arrived the twenty-fourth of July. +Here I collected about eight hundred dollars in coffee, which was due +from my last voyage. I sailed for New-York on the twenty-eighth, and +arrived at Staten Island after a passage of twenty-two days, where we +were compelled to perform a quarantine of thirty days, at the expiration +of which time we proceeded to the city, where I disposed of my cargo and +then returned with the schooner to Catskill, when we refitted her +previous to the next voyage.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXII" id="CHAPTER_XXII"></a>CHAPTER XXII.<br /> + +Schooner Combine.—Third Voyage.</h2> + + +<p>We loaded the schooner's hold with an assorted cargo, and her deck with +twenty-eight horses, about fifty hogs, a number of coops of poultry; and +taking on board three passengers bound for the Island of Trinidad, +sailed from Catskill the tenth of November, 1822, and arrived in +New-York after a passage of two days, where I shipped a crew and +prepared for the voyage. About the seventeenth of November we sailed +from New-York, bound to the Island of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span>Trinidad. After we got under +weigh I found the greater part of my crew so badly intoxicated that they +could not stand upon deck, but having fair wind and good weather I +proceeded to sea; the mate, cooper, and cook, being sober, I thought we +could manage the vessel until the crew could attend to their duty. We +passed the night without getting any assistance from them. The next +morning I ordered the mate to go into the fore-castle, where they slept, +and search for liquor, and if necessary, break open all the seamen's +chests, and if he found any he was to break the bottles or heave them +overboard. He returned to the cabin with one bottle containing about a +pint, being all he could find. We learned afterwards that they had some +more secreted, which he was not able to discover. Towards evening the +second day we were able to get them all at work but one. About eight +o'clock in the evening that one came on deck and appeared somewhat +bewildered with delirium tremens.</p> + +<p>I was then called to my supper, being much fatigued, having stood at the +helm over twenty-four hours, while the mate, cooper, and cook took care +of the stock on deck. Within two minutes after I entered the cabin I +heard the cry, "He is overboard," when I jumped on deck and threw over +many articles of lumber, long lines, &c. but the night being dark, and a +heavy sea running, we soon lost sight of him. This seaman's name was +James Currie, who said he was born in Rhode Island, and I found by <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span>the +papers he left, that he had lately been discharged from the Frigate +Constellation. One of his shipmates informed me that he had just arrived +from a three years' cruise, and had received three hundred dollars when +he was paid off, but had spent the whole of it in three weeks, and was +indebted to his landlord about seventeen dollars more. My seamen were +all sober and at their duty in a couple of days, and we proceeded on the +voyage without any other occurrence worth recording, and arrived, after +a passage of thirty-five days, at Port Spain, in the Island of Trinidad, +where we landed our horses, which had stood on their feet the whole +passage. Many of them had the heaves badly when they were taken on +board, but were perfectly cured when they landed. This being the third +time of successful experiment with diseased horses as a veterinarian, I +pronounced a sea voyage a perfect cure for the heaves, whether in horses +or other animals.</p> + +<p>The Island of Trinidad was ceded to the English by the Spanish +government, and by the law of Nations the Spanish laws were to remain in +force for twenty years after the transfer, which time had not expired. A +Spanish governor is clothed with almost as much power as an emperor. Sir +Ralph Woodford had been selected as governor, and was a tyrannical man, +and very unpopular among the inhabitants. The city of Port Spain is one +of the pleasantest places I have ever seen in the West Indies. The +streets are kept very clean and in good order. No <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span>man can leave the +Island without a permit from the governor. A merchant of Port Spain +visited the Island of Tobago, a distance of about sixty miles, where he +remained two or three days and then returned, when the governor had him +arrested and committed to jail, where he remained six days: his only +crime was leaving the Island without a passport signed by the governor.</p> + +<p>A Mr. J. Robbins, an American, informed me that he owned a house in one +of the principal streets in the city, which street the governor ordered +to be paved, and a tax laid on the property in that street to defray the +expenses of flagging. The tax on his house and lot amounting to over six +hundred dollars, and not being able to pay it, the property was sold at +a great loss.</p> + +<p>The license to retail liquors in the city is sold annually at auction, +to the highest bidder; one person purchasing the license for the whole +town, gives security, and then divides it as he pleases. The soil of +this Island is rich, producing sugar-cane and cocoa in abundance. +Coffee, and all kinds of tropical provisions and fruits are raised here +in large quantities. The Island abounds with snakes of an enormous size. +I visited an American gentleman, residing in the country about twelve +miles from Port Spain, who had a snake-skin stuffed which was +twenty-three feet long; it was shot by one of his negroes, and on +opening it they found a whole deer. A few hours before we left the port +news was received from the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span>interior of the Island that a snake had been +shot containing the bodies of a black woman and child. The principal +currency of the country is Spanish dollars punched through the centre, +making a hole about the size of a five cent piece; the dollar still +passing for the same value in the way of trade, and the plug which is +taken out passes for one-eighth of a dollar. After passing through a few +hands they find their way to some Jew, who reams the hole so large that +you can pass a twenty-five cent piece through them, but they still pass +for a dollar by way of trade. To prevent deception and loss, most +bargains are stipulated to be paid in whole dollars.</p> + +<p>The English government has made a strong effort to introduce the +cultivation of tea into this Island, by importing a number of Chinese +laborers; it has proved to be a thorough failure. After their arrival in +the country they became so indolent that it was found impossible to make +them cultivate the land. They intermarried with the negroes, and became +useless to society, laboring only to supply their daily wants.</p> + +<p>Having sold all my cargo, and taken on board over a hundred hogsheads of +molasses, I sailed for New-York, where we arrived about the first of +April, 1823. On the passage home we experienced a heavy gale of wind, +which caused the loss of one thousand gallons of molasses.</p> + +<p>On selling the cargo we found the West India trade unprofitable, in +consequence of the low prices of the produce of the Islands, which +caused heavy <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>losses on return cargoes. I held a consultation with my +partners in the vessel, when it was agreed to sell the Combine at +auction and abandon the trade.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXIII" id="CHAPTER_XXIII"></a>CHAPTER XXIII.</h2> + + +<p>The following, copied from the <i>Northern Whig</i> of December 3d, 1822, is +a correct account of the capture of the piratical vessels by Lieutenant +Commandant Allen, who lost his life during the engagement:</p> + +<blockquote><p>"It becomes our painful duty to record the death of Lieutenant +William Howard Allen, of the United States Navy. He commanded +the United States Schooner Alligator, and on the 11th of +November last, while leading his brave tars in the Alligator's +boats to attack a nest of pirates near Matanzas, was shot by +them in the head and breast, and survived but four hours. +Undaunted, even in death, he cheered his men, and had the +consolation of witnessing the surrender of one of the piratical +vessels, and the re-capture of five merchantmen before he +expired. He was buried on the succeeding day at Matanzas, with +military honors.</p> + +<p>"Lieutenant Allen was a native of this city, (Hudson,) was born +on the 8th of July, 1790, entered the navy in the 20th year of +his age. He was Second Lieutenant on board the Argus, in the +summer of 1813, and during the bloody conflict between the +Argus and the Pelican, the command of the former devolved for a +time upon him. W. H. Watson, the First Lieutenant of the Argus, +a brave and worthy officer, speaks of his conduct in high and +merited terms. He was also in the Congress Frigate during her +cruise in the Chinese Seas.</p> + +<p>"He was attached to his profession, courted glory, and feared +no danger. In the last war he saw much service; and whether in +war or peace, never failed to do his duty.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span></p><p>"We shall conclude our brief observations with the following +remarks, which have been kindly furnished us at the particular +request of a number of the friends of Lieutenant Allen, and +which were the conclusion of a discourse delivered from the +pulpit, by the Reverend B. F. Stanton, on the Sunday succeeding +the day on which the afflictive news of the death alluded to +arrived here.</p> + +<p>"After a reference had been made to the frequent instances in +which, for a few years past, the inhabitants of Hudson have +been suddenly and unexpectedly deprived of some of their most +respected and valued fellow citizens, it was observed, that, in +addition to all the previous calamities of the nature which we +had experienced, we have recently been called upon by the +righteous Providence of Him whose 'path is in the great deep, +and whose footsteps are not known,' to contemplate another, +which, in some of its features, perhaps, is the heaviest of +all. I shall undoubtedly be readily understood, by most of my +hearers, to refer to the tidings which have lately reached us +of the lamented death of Lieutenant William H. Allen, a native +of this town, and an officer in the United States Navy.</p> + +<p>"It is not any design on this occasion to attempt to do justice +to his memory by pronouncing his eulogy. This will probably be +done by abler pens and more eloquent tongues. My aim at present +is merely to advert to a few of the leading traits in his +character, and to call on those who hear me to listen to the +monitory voice of Heaven which addresses us in this afflictive +dispensation. As a son he was filial, as a brother he was kind +and affectionate, as a gentleman he was amiable and +accomplished in his manners, as a friend he was trusty and +sincere, as a man he was humane and generous: he had a soul +that was indignant at meanness and vice! In his morals, I +believe, he was free from those defilements which are too often +known to tarnish the reputation of those in his profession, and +to which they are so peculiarly liable: In his religious +sentiments, if I am not mistaken, he was a candid believer in +divine revelation: As a lover of his country, he was ardent and +ever eager, when summoned by her call, to be foremost in her +defence; and as an officer he was active, faithful, skilful, +and courageous. In the engagement that terminated his naval +career, he occupied a post most pregnant with danger, and +though mortally wounded in the early part of it, he still +animated his valiant tars, while the life-blood was fast ebbing +from its seat, to persevere till the victory <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span>was gained. By +these encomiums, however, it is not intended that he was +exempted from a participation in that polution of our nature +which is common to every individual of the human family. Though +he was possessed of excellencies which <i>we</i> may be allowed to +admire and applaud; in the sight of infinite purity, like every +other human being, he was a ruined sinner, </p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 5em;">"Sprung from the man whose guilty fall,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 5em;">"Corrupts our arce and taints us all."</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote><p>But neither the personal excellencies which so strongly +endeared him to those who knew him, the affections of his +numerous friends, nor the wants of his country, could render +him impervious to the shaft of death. No, his generous spirit +is fled. Though brave, he has fallen a victim to the king of +terrors, who conquers all. A band of piratical marauders, whose +iniquitous occupation is the plunder of the seas, and whose +perfidies and cruelties, which are audaciously committed on the +broad highway of nations, are continually augmenting, and in +our opinion, loudly call for the interfering arm of national +government, to extirpate, if possible, these freebooters, from +the face of the earth; a horde of these unprincipled +miscreants, who are the stigma of the human kind, have deprived +his country of his valuable services. He has lain down and will +rise not. 'Till the heavens be no more he shall not awake, nor +be raised out of sleep. His mangled remains are deposited in a +land of strangers, and far from his family and his home. He +will no more return to alleviate, by his presence, the severe +and long continued afflictions of 'the mother that bare him,' +to meet the embraces of the fond sisters that loved him, and to +receive the gratulations of the inhabitants of this place, who +were proud to claim him as their fellow-citizen. Yes, his +generous spirit has gone! The war song has died away upon his +ear. By the thrilling notes of the clarion, which once prompted +him to deeds of valor, he is now unmoved! His body is silent +and still in 'the narrow house of all living.' He reposes, with +others of his valiant compeers, to await 'the sound of the +archangel and the trump of God.' But it is the consolation of +surviving friends to reflect, that, though he sleeps, and they +shall behold him no more, he has fallen in the arms of victory, +and in the common cause of his country and of mankind. His +memory will be for ever embalmed in the tenderest recollections +of his acquaintances. His loss will be deplored <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span>as a national +calamity; and we would reverently trust, that, before his +spirit took its returnless flight, as he had been educated in +the principles of the Christian faith, and knew to whom a +sinner has to go, if his soul is ever saved, from his bloody +bed of glory he raised his dying eyes and his supplicating +voice to that God who is no respecter of persons, but who is +rich in mercy unto all that call upon him, in whose presence +the rich and the poor alike meet together; with whom the high +and the low, the noble and the ignoble, stand upon the same +level, in the effulgence of whose holiness the lustre of the +hero is dimmed, who permits none to glory before Him, save in +the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, and with whom alone can +avail the sacrifice of a broken and a contrite heart." </p></blockquote> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<blockquote><p>From the New-York Evening Post.</p> + +<p>"With emotions of indignation and unavailing grief, we find +from the following article, that one of our bravest American +officers and most valuable citizens, Lieutenant Commandant +Allen, has fallen by the merciless hands of the sea-robbers who +for several years have roamed the seas unchecked, fearlessly +plundered our vessels, and remorselessly assassinated their +crews with every species of barbarity that hellish ingenuity +could invent." </p></blockquote> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<blockquote><p>From Relf's Philadelphia Gazette.</p> + +<p>"<span class="smcap">Melancholy Tidings</span>.—We have to-day to record an event which +must excite in the breast of every American, and we may venture +to add, in that of every civilized man, emotions of profound +regret and indignation—Lieutenant Commandant Allen, one of the +rising stars in our national galaxy, has fallen by the hands of +unprincipled pirates. In the earnest and honorable execution of +his duty to his country and to mankind, this gallant and +accomplished young officer has become the victim of a gang of +desperate buccaneers; but in this, as in most of the +occurrences of our naval warfare, he died in the lap of +victory. This melancholy intelligence was received this morning +from an intelligent gentleman, passenger in the Mary Ann, +Captain Cory, from Havanna, (now below,) and is furnished to us +in these words:</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span></p><p>"About the 9th, two masters of American vessels came to +Havanna for the express purpose of raising money for the ransom +of their vessels, bound to Havanna, which with two other +Americans (bound to New Orleans) had been recently captured by +two piratical schooners near Key Romain, and left at anchor in +that neighborhood waiting their return. Captain Allen, of the +Alligator, on coming into port next day, being informed +thereof, started, without coming to anchor, in search of the +pirates, whom on that or the next day he discovered in the +channel of Matanzas. The Alligator drawing too much water, two +boats were manned and stood for them; an action ensued, in the +early part of which Captain Allen received two musket balls, +one in the head, the other in his breast, and soon died, +encouraging his men to do their duty; which they nobly +performed, for after a short contest the pirates abandoned +their vessel and swam to the shore. The vessels were taken +possession of by the victors and carried into Matanzas.</p> + +<p>"They mounted one gun each, amid-ship, with forty men each, +well armed, and considerable plunder on board. Our informant +does not know what became of their prizes.</p> + +<p>"The Mary Ann has despatches on board from the American Agent +at Havanna, furnishing official information in relation to this +disastrous occurrence.</p> + +<p>"Since the above was in type, (says <i>The Evening Post</i>,) the +following letter was handed us, confirmatory of the melancholy +truth of the account, with further particulars. We cannot but +express our unqualified admiration of the gallantry of spirit +that impelled the undaunted Allen, undismayed by the bloody +signal of <i>no quarter</i>, which waved aloft, to attack an armed +vessel, with a desperate crew in an open boat, and with only a +few men. His virtuous indignation bore away all prudent +reflections, and he rushed into the jaws of death itself to +rescue or avenge his fellow citizens. Captain Allen is a native +of Hudson, in this State, where his mother and sisters now +reside. May we not hope that the vessels in our harbor will +unite in giving at least one outward testimony of their +mourning for his loss, by raising their flags half-mast high +to-morrow. </p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left:50%;">"<span class="smcap">Matanzas</span>, November 11, 1822.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote><p>"To Messrs. G. G. & S. Howland,</p> + +<p>"My dear Sirs:—The gallant Allen is no more! You witnessed the +promptitude with which he hastened to relieve the vessel which +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span>I informed him had been captured off this port. He arrived +just in time to save five sail of vessels, which he found in +possession of a gang of pirates, three hundred strong, +established in the Bay of Lejuapo, about fifteen leagues east +of this. He fell, pierced by two musket balls, in the van of a +division of boats, attacking their principal vessel, a fine +schooner of about eighty tons, with a long eighteen-pounder on +a pivot, and four guns, <i>with the bloody flag nailed to the +mast</i>. Himself, Captain Freeman, of marines, and twelve men, +were in the boat much in advance of his other boats, and even +took possession of the schooner after a desperate resistance +which nothing but a bravery almost too daring could have +overcome. The pirates, all but one, escaped by taking to their +boats and jumping overboard, before the Alligator's boats +reached them. Two other schooners escaped by the use of their +oars, the wind being light.</p> + +<p>"Captain Allen survived about four hours, during which his +conversation evinced a composure and firmness of mind, and +correctness of feeling, as honorable to his character and more +consoling to his friends than even the dauntless bravery he +before evinced.</p> + +<p>"The Alligator arrived here to-day, in company with the prize, +and five re-captured vessels. Arrangements are making with the +governor, with the concurrence of the commander of the Spanish +Brig of war Marte, [of whose conduct the officers of the +Alligator speak in the highest terms,] to inter him with the +honors of war to-morrow morning. It is certain that the pirates +are but little weakened by this contest, and there is reason to +fear that our commerce with this Island and New Orleans will be +almost annihilated, unless an effectual force is stationed here +to prevent it. But the best comment I can make is to add a list +of vessels re-taken, and to state that many of the men are +missing, and probably have been murdered. Should any of our +vessels of war arrive, please state these facts, and leave no +efforts untried to procure some additional force to come +immediately here. </p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left:50%;">"In great haste, your's very truly,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left:50%;"><span class="smcap">"Francis Adams</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote><p>"Loss in Alligator's two boats—Captain Allen and two oarsmen +killed; two men mortally wounded; three severely.</p> + +<p>"[By an arrival at Philadelphia we learn that the United States +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span>Schooner Alligator had arrived at Matanzas with the pirate +schooner and the vessels re-taken from the pirates, (the Ship +William & Henry, of New-York, Brig Iris, of Boston, and Brig +Sarah Marael, of New-York, bound to New Orleans; Schooner +Sarah, of Boston, for Mobile, Schooner Mary Ann, of Salem, for +Matanzas,) are all ordered for Charleston. The pirate schooner +has arrived, it is said, at Norfolk.]" </p></blockquote> + +<p>After the arrival of the piratical schooner at Norfolk she was condemned +and sold to a citizen of that place, who gave her the name of Allen, in +remembrance of the brave but unfortunate commander who lost his life in +capturing her. Some time after she was purchased by Messrs. H. & D. +Cotheal and A. D. Hallett, the former owners of the Price, and I was +employed to take the command of her, and proceed to the Island of St. +Andreas, and from thence to Chagres.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXIV" id="CHAPTER_XXIV"></a>CHAPTER XXIV.<br /> + +Schooner Allen.</h2> + + +<p>About the twenty-seventh of December, 1823, I took charge of the Allen. +She was a small sharp-built schooner, armed with a long six-pound +cannon, mounted on a circle, with a patent slide, and was well fitted +for sea. My crew were three seamen, a mate and cook. We sailed from +New-York the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span>twenty-ninth of December, and made our passage to the +Island of Old Providence in seventeen days, where we stopped and traded +two or three days, and then proceeded to the Island of St. Andreas, +where I met Mr. Henry T. Smith, who had been my former clerk in the +Indian trade. I supplied him with what goods he wanted and then sailed +for Chagres. On my arrival there I wrote a letter to the American Consul +at Panama, informing him that I had a consignment of goods on board for +him. After a few days I received a letter from a Mr. Montaudevert, +informing me that Mr. Craig, the consul had left Panama and departed for +New-York on a visit, leaving him in charge of his business during his +absence. In three or four days after I received his letter he arrived at +Chagres and took lodgings on board with me. The next day he hired a +large canoe to take the goods up the river to a place called Cruses, a +distance of forty-two miles, which is said to be the head of canoe +navigation on that river. The provisions I had on board was all put up +in half barrels for the customary mule transportation over the Isthmus, +by slinging two across each mule's back, two half barrels being a load +for a mule. After all our arrangements were made the canoe was hauled +alongside of the Allen. When she made her appearance there I was struck +with surprise at her length and breadth, she being some feet longer than +my little schooner. I took up a rule and measured her breadth, which I +found was eight feet from one side to the other, and her length <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span>over +sixty feet, being dug out of one solid tree, free from shakes or cracks.</p> + +<p>In the morning we loaded the canoe with one hundred and forty-one half +barrels of flour, and twenty half barrels of pork and mackerel, and two +hogsheads filled with firkins of butter. The canoe had a large quantity +of other freight on board before she come alongside of the Allen. After +delivering all the goods consigned to Mr. Craig, I sold Mr. Montaudevert +thirteen hundred and forty dollars' worth of goods consigned to myself, +on a credit of ninety days, and took his note, payable in gold dust, at +two hundred and fifty dollars per pound, or Spanish dollars, at my +option. Mr. Montaudevert told me if I returned there in the Allen next +voyage he would ship on board of her on freight, thirty thousand +dollars' worth of dust. This may show the reader that gold dust has been +gathered in that region for many years; and if that country was as well +searched as California is at this day, no doubt many beds of that +valuable ore might be found. I remained in Chagres eight or ten days, +selling goods from the vessel at retail at good prices. Having four +hogsheads of rum and brandy on board, which I found was a contraband +article in that government, I entered them at the custom house for +exportation, and afterwards sold them to an American captain, who agreed +to meet me a few miles at sea, out of the jurisdiction of that +government, where I delivered them and received my pay.</p> + +<p>The river Chagres is navigable for small vessels <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span>about half a mile +inside of the bar, which has about eleven feet of water on it at full +tide. The town contains about fifty huts, called houses, built after the +model of the Indians. The inhabitants are called Samboes, being a +mixture of native Indian, Negro, and white blood. They are a very +indolent, harmless, and inoffensive race; and their customs and manners +are much like the native Indians.</p> + +<p>I got under weigh and proceeded a few miles to sea, when I found the +vessel lacked ballast, so we ran into Porto Bello and purchased a few +tons of fustic, which put her in good sailing trim, when we shaped our +course back towards the Island of St. Andreas, where I took Mr. Henry T. +Smith, and his return cargo on board, consisting of four hundred pounds +of tortoise shell, and five or six thousand dollars in gold and silver, +which he had collected for the owners of the Allen. We soon got under +weigh and shaped our course for New-York.</p> + +<p>As my little schooner was a fast sailor, pilot-boat model, I beat to the +windward, hoping to get sight of the Island of St. Domingo and sail +through the windward passage. After a few days we succeeded in obtaining +sight of that Island and sailed along under the lee of it; keeping a +bright look-out for suspicious looking vessels. Knowing that my vessel +had been taken from the pirates, I was fearful that some of the former +gang who once had possession of her might capture me, when I could not +expect anything but immediate death.</p> + +<p class="figcenter"><img src="images/fig210.jpg" alt="" /><br />Schooner Renegade firing into the Schooner Allen.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span></p><p>The morning after we got sight of the Island we discovered a suspicious +looking schooner laying at anchor near the land, about five miles to the +windward of us, who got under weigh in great haste. I soon perceived +with my spy glass that her deck was full of men. She bore down towards +us, we hauled close upon the wind, which brought her into our wake about +four miles astern of us. Both vessels had their colors flying. Neither +of us dared to trust the other. Our new neighbor soon after rounded too, +hauled up his fore-sail, and fired a large shot, which we could plainly +discover skipping on the surface of the water some distance from us. I +took the helm myself and kept the vessel close to the wind, fearing my +seamen would be careless about steering her. The strange schooner +continued firing at us about every half hour, while we were going fast +to the windward of him, until about twelve o'clock. In the afternoon the +wind became light, when we discovered that the strange vessel was +gaining upon us. The captain afterwards informed me that he had thirty +sweeps, and most of his men employed in rowing for some hours, being +determined to overhaul us. We kept on our course until about 3 o'clock, +when we found ourselves near the land on the Island of Cuba, and the +suspicious craft gaining fast upon us. We had no alternative but to tack +ship; soon after, he fired a shot which struck under our bowsprit, and +wet our fore-sail up to the gaff, this was followed by another that +grazed our mast-head, and another fell <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span>a few feet under the stern. The +fourth shot struck the after leach of the main-sail and cut off the bolt +rope and the after-cloth of the sail, and glancing downwards, struck the +trunk-deck and entered the cabin, passed through my bed, and then +followed the ceiling into the hold, cutting away the plank and three +timbers and landed in a bag of cotton. Although the ball, weighing +thirty-two pounds, passed through the deck within six feet from where I +stood at the helm, being much engaged in giving orders to set the +square-sail, I did not discover that it had passed through the deck +until some minutes after, when the cook came out of the cabin and told +me that Mr. Smith was wounded by a splinter striking him on the head. I +then raised my spy-glass and took a good survey of my antagonist, +supposing him to be a pirate. On looking at him some time, (all hands on +board the Allen being greatly agitated,) I discovered a number of red +coats on her deck, when our grief was turned to joy, being satisfied +that they were English marines. Soon after she approached within hailing +distance of us, when I was ordered to hoist out my boat and come on +board of her. When I got on board I was accosted by the captain with, +"Did you not see the colors flying on board of my vessel." I answered, +"Yes, sir, but I do not trust to colors in these piratical days." He +then said, "You have cost me a great deal of powder and shot this day." +I answered, by saying, "Never mind, King George is able to pay for it." +He then asked me if my vessel <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span>leaked badly. I told him that I had but +little time to ascertain how bad she did leak, but knew that she had +some holes in her. He sent a lieutenant, carpenter, and four men on +board of the Allen to examine and pump her out, and invited me into the +cabin to drink with him. I told him I did not drink any ardent spirits; +he then said, "Damn it, you're a Yankee, and can take a bottle of cider +with me." After we entered the cabin and were seated, he looked at me +with a smile, saying, "Curse me if you ain't game, you stand fire well." +In the mean time he called the gunner to the cabin door, saying, +"Gunner, how many shot have you fired at this man this day." The gunner +answered him, "Sixteen thirty-two pound shot, and four long +twelve-pounders."</p> + +<p>He then told me, if I thought it necessary to put into some port for +repairs, he would recommend Kingston, Jamaica, as the best to sail for; +and if I had any valuable articles in her, he would take them on board +of his vessel for safety, and convoy me to that port. I informed him +that I had over eight thousand dollars in specie, and four hundred +pounds of tortoise-shell, worth ten dollars per pound. In the mean time, +the lieutenant arrived from the Allen and reported that he thought she +could be kept perfectly free from water by having the pump well manned. +After some consultation together, he agreed to let his carpenter, +sailing master, and four seamen remain on board the Allen, and he would +hoist lights and signals, and convoy her to Kingston <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span>for repairs. He +then gave his name, and a history of himself and the schooner he now +commanded. He said, "About one year since I obtained a furlough from my +government, and took charge of a merchant ship bound from Liverpool to +Jamaica and back to that port. On my passage from Jamaica towards home I +was captured by the pirates, robbed of eight thousand dollars, and many +articles, and most cruelly beaten and horribly tortured. The vessel he +was now in was taken from the pirates by one of his Majesty's ships, and +carried into Jamaica, condemned, and then fitted out under the name of +the Renegade, for the purpose of capturing pirates; and that he was +appointed to the command of her, and was determined to cruise after them +until he had obtained some satisfaction from them." After this +conversation ended I went on board my vessel and followed the Renegade, +who shaped her course for Kingston. Night soon approached, when she +showed her signal light, which we followed. During the night the light +winds and smoky weather caused us to lose sight of her until the next +morning, when we found ourselves near a place called the White Horse, +about twelve miles from Port Royal, which lies at the entrance of +Kingston harbor. Our vessels were now laying becalmed a short distance +from each other. Soon after the sea-breeze arose, both vessels being +under weigh, near together, we set all our sails and steered for the +mouth of the harbor, and the Allen arrived there three miles ahead of +the Renegade. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>This satisfied me that the use of the sweeps on board of +the Renegade caused the long chase between us, and the loss of his +Majesty's powder and shot.</p> + +<p>On my arrival at Kingston I called on Messrs. O'Hara & Onfloy for +advice, when we applied to the admiral on that station to allow the +Allen to be taken into the king's dock-yard for repairs, which he +refused. We then applied to the collector of the port for leave to take +out her cargo, in order to heave her bottom out of water and repair it. +The collector informed us that he could not grant us that leave without +permission from the governor, who resided at Spanish Town, twelve miles +from Kingston. We had to employ a competent person to draw the petition, +who let us know that we must advance him thirty dollars to purchase a +sheet of stamped paper to write the petition upon. After the article was +drawn I was obliged to hire a man and furnish him with a horse and +carriage to convey it to the governor, who granted my request. The only +favor I had to acknowledge was, the governor's sending me the thirty +dollars which I paid for the sheet of stamped paper, in consequence of +the assault being committed by an English-government vessel.</p> + +<p>The carpenter hove the schooner's bottom out and repaired her in three +or four days; but I was detained eight days in obtaining a permit to +land the cargo for that purpose. The whole of the expenses were about +two hundred and sixty dollars. During this time I often met Captain +Fiatt, the commander <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span>of the Renegade, at public houses and elsewhere, +who was a gentleman in all respects. He was profuse in expressing his +regret that the unfortunate occurrence had happened to my vessel; and +was still full of his determination to pursue the pirates until he got +some revenge for the injuries he had received from them. After the +vessel was repaired I took on board four thousand six hundred dollars +belonging to my owners, and returned with the Allen to New-York. About +one year after, I visited Kingston on my way home from the Spanish Main. +When I inquired after Captain Fiatt, whom I left in the Renegade, an +English naval officer informed me that while cruising he landed with his +boat and crew on the Isle of Pines, and was missing for some time, when +another man-of-war's boat was sent in search of him. When the officer +and boat's crew landed on the Island they found the bodies of Captain +Fiatt and his boat's crew strewed on the ground, riddled with balls, and +the captain so horribly and vulgarly mangled as showed that none but +fiends could have been guilty of murdering them.</p> + +<p>To give the reader some idea of the horrible atrocities committed by the +pirates at that time, I have thought proper to insert the following +account, copied from <i>The Evening Post</i> of April 15th, 1822:</p> + +<blockquote><p>"<i>Commodore Porter's Squadron.</i></p> + +<p>"<i>Piracies.</i>—The last news that has been received from this +squadron is contained in the New-York papers extracted from the +<i>St. Thomas' Times</i> of March 5. On the 4th the squadron got +under <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span>weigh and put to sea from St. Thomas'. Piracies of an +enormity that the bare recital of them make the blood run cold, +are continually taking place. A Dutch Brig was taken in sight +of Moro Castle, at Havanna. The French Brig La Jeune Henrietta +was taken on the 17th of March, the captain, passengers, and +all the crew were most cruelly beaten, and they and the vessel +robbed. The Schooner Success, from Matanzas, bound to New +Providence, was captured and converted into an assistant +pirate, two ladies, passengers, made prisoners, one of whom was +hanged up till life was almost extinct, in order to make her +confess where the money on board was secreted. The Dutch Brig +Minerva was captured and burned. The Brig Columbia, from +Washington, North Carolina, was captured, robbed of parts of +her cargo and sails. The Brig Alert, from New Orleans, was +boarded off the Moro by three boats, the captain and cook +killed, and one man mortally wounded. A brig has lately arrived +from the Balize, belonging to Kennebunk, formerly commanded by +Captain Perkins, she was from Port-au-Prince, via Campeachy, +where he was boarded by a pirate schooner of about forty tons, +manned by forty ruffians. 'They stabbed Captain Perkins in a +cruel manner and cut off one of his arms; he then told them +where the money was, which amounted to two hundred doubloons; +after which they cut off his other arm and thigh, placed oakum +dipped in oil under his body and in his mouth, and set fire to +it, which soon put an end to his life. The mate had a sword +thrust through his thigh, and the vessel was robbed of +everything moveable, such as cables, anchors, charts, books, +rigging, sails, &c.' It would seem by these accounts, which +have all come to hand the past week, that our squadron was of +little or no use in those seas. The true way we think would be +to put armed crews on board of merchantmen, at sea, after they +had left the port they sailed from, and in this way the pirates +could get no intelligence of vessels destined to go against +them.</p> + +<p>"Captain Harding, of the Schooner Aspray, who arrived at Boston +last Monday, from Havanna, in twelve days, informs that he was +chased out of the Bay of Matanzas by two piratical boats, and +running down for Havanna threw off her deck load to get clear +of a piratical schooner. Brig Alert, of Portsmouth, from New +Orleans, had just arrived off the Moro with a deck load of +hogs. She was boarded in the night by two piratical boats, with +six men each, and Captain Charles Blunt was murdered and thrown +overboard; <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span>the cook was stabbed, thrown among the hogs and +partly devoured by them. The crew were maltreated, and the +vessel plundered. Captain Harding states, that when she sailed +from Havanna it was hourly expected that orders would be issued +for the detention of French vessels in port." </p></blockquote> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXV" id="CHAPTER_XXV"></a>CHAPTER XXV.<br /> + +Schooner Frances.</h2> + + +<p>On the sixteenth day of July, 1824, I made a contract with one Captain +Oliver C. Murray, master of the Schooner Frances, of New-York, to +proceed with him on a trading voyage to the Musquitto Shore, Chagres, +Porto Bello, St. Blas, &c. as a pilot and assistant trader.</p> + +<p>We took on board an assorted cargo, and sailed from New-York about the +last of July. After being at sea some three days Captain Murray was +taken sick, when he called the mate and crew into the cabin and told +them that he had given up the charge of the schooner to me, that they +must obey me accordingly. This was unsolicited by me. We then proceeded +direct to Porto Bello, where we opened a trade with the inhabitants, +remaining there about three weeks, experiencing heavy showers of rain +every day we tarried there, it then being the rainy season on that +coast. We proceeded from that port <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span>to Carthagena, a distance of about +two hundred and sixty miles, where we were informed by the inhabitants +that there had not fallen a drop of rain in that place during the last +ten months.</p> + +<p>Carthagena is the strongest fortified city I ever visited, being +enclosed with a wall some fifteen feet high, which is approached by a +slope of easy assent. The wall appears to be from fifteen to twenty feet +thick, having embrasures with heavy cannon mounted on it, about one +hundred feet from one to another, all around the city, with a good road +on the top of the wall. On the outside of the wall there is a deep +trench, where water can be let in five or six feet deep if the city +should be invaded by an enemy. Vessels bound into the harbor are obliged +to keep close to the main land, which brings them near a long tier of +forts. The greatest part of the channel is filled in with large stones, +which appears to have been the work of ages.</p> + +<p>We remained here about two weeks, and were visited by numbers of +captains of Columbian privateers, most of them Americans, who had +obtained commissions signed by General Bolivar; they purchased many +articles from us. Before we got the schooner under weigh we took on +board three members of the Columbian Congress and their servants. A son +of one of the congressmen had been educated in Europe, and spoke good +English. We agreed to convey them to Chagres. They came direct from +Bogata, the seat of government of this Republic, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span>their congress having +just adjourned; they were on their way home, across the Isthmus. The +Columbian Congress had passed a law to raise the duties on imports about +twelve per cent. We had a large assortment of goods on board, which we +sold at retail at every port where we landed. On our passage these +members of congress, who had come direct from the seat of government, +and assisted to pass laws to raise the revenue and prevent smuggling, +purchased over three hundred dollars' worth of goods of us on the +passage, and had them put up in proper packages to pass through the +custom house as their baggage, so as to defraud the government of the +duties.</p> + +<p>A short time before we arrived at Chagres one of them, who had an +English negro servant, ordered him to tell Captain Murray that he could +put some of his goods amongst their baggage if he wanted to smuggle them +on shore through the custom house, as their baggage was considered +sacred, and that no custom house officer dare to examine it. Being well +acquainted with the tricks of these Spanish officers, I prevailed on +Murray not to trust them, telling him this was only a trick to cheat him +out of his goods, as I had heard, from good authority, of a number of +tricks of this kind which had been practised by the collector of Porto +Bello and other ports on the Main.</p> + +<p>We landed our passengers and remained some days at Chagres, where we +sold some goods and then returned to Porto Bello. We purchased some +fustic and other articles, and proceeded to the coast of St. <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span>Blas, +touching at a number of small harbors, where we bought fustic in small +quantities. While laying in the mouth of one of these narrow rivers, +called Nombre Dios, (name of God,) I found by inquiry that I was only +about thirty miles from the residence of one of my old traders, named +Campbell, who had visited New-York with me in the Schooner Price, and +was there when General Jackson made his first visit to that city. I told +Captain Murray that I should feel much pleased to visit Campbell, and I +would willingly assist to paddle a canoe thirty miles to see any honest +friend. This pleased him much, as he wanted an introduction to the trade +on that coast. The next morning we fitted out our canoe, by putting a +dinner-pot, fire-works, and some provisions, and a large jug, containing +two or three gallons of gin, on board, to treat my Indian friends on my +arrival among them. We were now well prepared for the trip, having +plenty to eat and drink. If the winds or weather detained us on the +passage we could go on shore, haul up our canoe, build a fire, cook our +provision and then lay down on the ground and get a comfortable sleep, +by keeping a kind of watch amongst ourselves to prevent the fire from +going out, that being our only protection from tigers, panthers, and +other wild beasts, who will never approach a fire. They are very +numerous on this coast. I tried this experiment many years successfully.</p> + +<p>We left the schooner early in the morning and <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span>proceeded more than one +half of our journey, when a strong breeze of head wind compelled us to +go on shore and take up our lodging for the night. The next morning, the +wind having abated, we got under weigh, and reached Campbell's house +that afternoon. I was received by my old friend in the most affectionate +manner. He, knowing that I was very fond of craw-fish, wilkes, &c. +despatched a number of young men to fish for them, and others to go and +gather some of their best fruits for us to eat. At the same time the +most of his neighbors visited his house, many of them bringing fruits, +sugar-cane, &c. We were treated to the best supper the country afforded, +and he furnished us with clean hammocks to sleep in. The morning after, +we made a good breakfast; a large assemblage of Indians met at +Campbell's house, when he asked me to christen his children, which I +declined, by saying I had no book with me. I soon discovered that he +felt dissatisfied with my denial, for he had invited all his neighbors +there to witness the performance. He earnestly entreated me a second +time to perform the ceremony. After some further entreaty I yielded to +his request, which seemed to throw a gleam of joy on all the assembly of +Indians, whose eyes were steadily fixed upon me. When I got prepared to +perform the ceremony, I asked Campbell in his usual way of speaking +English, "What him name." He answered me, saying, "Dat General Jackson." +I then sprinkled water on his head, laid my hand upon it, and pronounced +his <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span>name with an audible voice; this was the oldest boy. I called for +the next, when he brought forward a younger lad; when I asked his name, +the answer was, "Dat must be your name," so I christened him Jacob +Dunham; then calling for another, he brought me a small girl, when I +asked concerning the name, he answered me, "Dat must be your wife name," +and I christened her Fanny Dunham. The fourth one being called for, +Captain Murray requested Campbell to have it christened after his wife; +he agreed to it, as it was a small girl, and I named her Lucretia +Murray. After the ceremony was ended Captain Murray presented the +children with fifty cents each. A good dinner was prepared on the +occasion, which we partook of in the most jovial and friendly manner, +after which we visited a number of the neighboring houses in company +with my friend Campbell, where we were received with a hearty welcome, +and presented with such fruits as the country afforded.</p> + +<p>In the morning, while we were preparing to return to the schooner, +Campbell called me out to a small store house, where he took up the hind +quarter of a baboon or large monkey, well smoked, and presented it to me +to eat on our passage back to the schooner. I did not like to wound his +feelings by refusing his present. On looking into his store room I +observed a number of large smoked birds about the size of a common +turkey, which I told him suited my taste much better than monkey, which +he readily exchanged, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span>as the natives consider a fat monkey the best +meat that the country produces. He supplied us with bread-stuff and +fruits. We took our departure for the vessel, and arrived on board that +night.</p> + +<p>We continued trading along the coast a few days, when we fell in with an +old schooner under Columbian colors, but American built, said to belong +to a man named Varney, who was on board of her, but could not hold her +papers while sailing under that flag, not being a naturalized citizen of +that government. It appeared he had employed a black citizen of that +country to hold her papers, in the capacity of captain, who was then +laying sick in a canoe on the schooner's deck.</p> + +<p>Captain Murray told me he had heard from Carthagena that a government +schooner was cruising in pursuit of the Frances to capture her for +trading on this coast without license, that we must take the goods out +of her and put them on board of Varney's old schooner as speedily as +possible, and then proceed to sea with her immediately; that I must go +on board of her and take charge of the goods as supercargo. The goods +were transferred that afternoon in great haste, without my having time +to examine the old vessel as I ought to have done. She had a motley crew +of different nations on board. When I took a view of them, I told Murray +that I would not trust my life on board of her without he gave me two or +three of the Frances' crew to go with me, which request he complied +with, when we hurried to sea, <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span>bound to the Island of St. Andreas. After +we got out a little from the land we tried the pump, and found she +leaked very badly, but dared not put back, fearing we might be captured. +So we all agreed to pursue the voyage. We were now compelled to try the +pump every fifteen minutes during the passage to St. Andreas, which was +twenty-three days.</p> + +<p>Immediately after our arrival in that harbor I took all the goods on +shore. Two days after, Varney undertook to heave the old schooner out, +to repair her bottom, when the deck slid off, and she sunk, never to +rise again. The negro captain died the second day after we went to sea, +when we committed his body to a watery grave.</p> + +<p>Some time after Captain Murray arrived with the Frances in the harbor +and learned the fate of Varney's old vessel, when he chartered a small +schooner belonging to St. Andreas to take the remainder of his goods on +board, and carry them to St. John's, on the Spanish Main. The next day +they were all put on board of the new schooner. Murray now made up his +mind to send the Frances back to New-York, and wanted me to take charge +of her as master, which I refused to do, knowing it to be a broken +voyage, and if I acted as master of her I could not libel the vessel for +my wages. I told him he could give the mate charge of the Frances, and +that I would assist to navigate her back to New-York, which he agreed +to. He and Varney went on board of the new chartered schooner, and +proceeding <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span>to St. John's, took out the goods and transported them up +that river into Nunanger Lake, on a trading voyage. All our arrangements +being finished, both vessels proceeded to sea, when we shaped our course +for New-York.</p> + +<p>Soon after we got to sea I examined the list of return cargo which +Murray had left on board the Frances; it consisted mostly of fustic, +which was selling in New-York at that time at reduced prices, and I +found that the whole cargo would not pay the charter of the schooner, +which was two hundred dollars per month, besides victualing, manning and +port charges.</p> + +<p>The Frances proved to be such a dull sailer that we could seldom force +her more than seven knots per hour, in addition to which her sails and +rigging had been badly injured by the continued rains on that coast, +which rendered her unfit for any voyage. We were beating to the +northward about fourteen days before we made the land, which proved to +be Cape Antonio, we then steered into the Gulf-stream, which assisted us +to work our way to the northward and eastward, and were a number of days +sailing in the Gulf before we reached the latitude of Charleston, where +we encountered a succession of heavy gales of wind which split our sails +and carried away the greatest part of our running rigging. Finding our +water and provisions growing short, we concluded to put into Charleston +for relief, and the next day the wind proving favorable we steered +direct for that <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span>port, where we anchored in a crippled condition. After +our arrival there, we wrote to the men whom we supposed were Captain +Murray's sureties for the charter of the Frances, informing them of our +misfortune, when they applied to the underwriters for relief. When we +had waited two or three weeks in Charleston, an agent of the +underwriters arrived there from New-York, bringing with him rigging and +sails, when we made some tempory repairs, and then sailed for New-York, +where we arrived after a passage of two weeks.</p> + +<p>After we arrived in port it was discovered that Murray had not over +twenty dollars when he first undertook the voyage. He was a good looking +man, and belonged to the Masonic order, could sing a good song, and tell +a humorous story, and had a peculiar way of gaining the confidence of +his associates. He had but few personal acquaintances in the city; but +had obtained security from two or three responsible merchants for the +charter of the schooner Frances for a voyage of some months, at two +hundred dollars per month, and they had loaned him money to pay the +advance wages of the mate and seamen, and supplied him with ship stores, +besides making large shipments of goods on their own account. He took +many goods from different people in invoices of from fifty to one +thousand dollars, agreeing to carry them free from freight, and return +them one-half of the net profits. Among the shippers was his landlady, a +poor widow woman, whom he persuaded to make a shipment <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span>of crockery +amounting to fifty or sixty dollars, who, no doubt expected it would be +sold at California prices. I have since conversed with many of the +shippers by the Frances on this voyage, who say that they never received +any returns for the goods which they shipped on board the schooner, or +any account of the sales of them. The sureties were compelled to pay the +seamen's wages and all other expenses. Some years after I learned that +Murray died in some part of Central America.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXVI" id="CHAPTER_XXVI"></a>CHAPTER XXVI.<br /> + +Voyage to New Orleans.</h2> + + +<p>About the first of December, 1831, I entered into an agreement in +Philadelphia with a large contractor, who had engaged to open a canal +from the city of New Orleans to Lake Ponekertrain. He had hired about +one hundred and fifty men, and chartered a brig to carry them to New +Orleans. We sailed about the sixth of December, and made our passage out +in twenty days. The captain of the brig was a young man who was but +little acquainted with that coast. As he found that I was more +experienced than himself, he was very civil to me. I gave him +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span>information about this dangerous coast. On our arrival at New Orleans +we were conveyed to some large shantees, built for the accommodation of +the workmen. I was stationed in the store-room, with orders to weigh out +the provisions, keep a daily account of the expenditures, and make +weekly returns to the treasurer. This I found a very disagreeable +situation, as the men were constantly finding fault with their +provisions, although they were furnished with good tea, coffee, sugar, +smoked shoulders, potatoes, salt fish, wheat bread and butter every +Friday, fresh beef twice in the week, and eight glasses of whiskey per +day. Notwithstanding this good treatment, we had riots among the men +every few days, and all deficiency in stores or cooking was laid to my +charge, and they often threatened my life. There were two other +encampments on the same canal, one on the lake side, and one in the +middle station, where they murdered one cook, mortally wounded one +overseer, and severely injured many others.</p> + +<p>A few months after they grew so riotous that the City Guards had to be +called out to suppress them, when they were discharged by the company, +and I was released from my contract. After they had spent all their +wages they returned to their work and were very orderly. This canal is +only six and a half miles long, and eight feet deep, but has added +greatly to the wealth of the city. There was an old canal, formed mostly +by nature, running nearly parallel <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span>with this new one, having about five +feet depth of water in it, but it was often so much out of repair as to +make it difficult to navigate, and as it did not answer the desired +purpose, the new one was made. I obtained employment in a little +schooner, which ran between New Orleans and Covington, through the old +canal, crossing the lake and ascending a small river called Chepunkee, +navigable some twenty-two miles. We sailed into the mouth of it about +three miles, and then took in our sails and towed her the remaining +distance to the little village called Covington. The river is so narrow +in many places that vessels have scant room to pass by each other; a +slight current sets down the river the whole time.</p> + +<p>At Covington I found a number of steam sawmills, and abundance of sawed +timber and boards, a few hotels, boarding houses, stores, and a printing +office and several dwelling houses. This place is considered a healthy +resort in the sickly season. Many small vessels find employment here in +transporting lumber, brick, and cotton. We soon took in a cargo of +lumber and returned to New Orleans, where we discharged it; when I +entered on board of another schooner and made a trip to Mobile, which I +found a very handsome city. The houses are built in modern style, the +place has in it a number of large elegant hotels and stores, and many +handsome streets. I was much annoyed with musquittoes while we remained +in port, but soon left for New Orleans, where we landed after a passage +of <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span>two days. In a short time I started for another trip across the +lake. On my return I was taken sick. Finding that my small means would +not support me long at a boarding house, and also pay the doctor's +bills, I applied to the collector of the port, who gave me an order to +go to the Marine Hospital, supposing I had a just claim to go there +after paying hospital money to support such institutions over thirty +years. During my stay in the hospital I found it was a private +institution; that the collector and the keeper of it were kinsmen, and +that the collector paid the keeper seventy-five cents per day for the +board of every seaman he sent there. The daily rations allowed each man +were about eight or ten ounces of bread, and five or six ounces of fresh +meat, with the accompaniment of a small bowl of tea. The whole would not +cost per day over twelve cents per man.</p> + +<p>A number of seamen remain here a long time after they are restored to +health, without receiving a discharge from the doctor, who is making +fifty cents per day, or more, for their board. These men leave the +hospital in the morning in pursuit of work, which they generally find, +purchase their dinners at eating houses, and return to the hospital at +night, where they receive their small rations and lodgings, the keeper +pocketing his seventy-five cents per day from government during their +stay here. They are left to decide for themselves when it is best to be +well. In consequence of this, many of the sick in the hospital are +crowded out of comfortable lodgings.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span></p><p>It will easily be seen that the greatest part of the tax collected from +the hard earnings of seamen is used to enrich political favorites. I +remained in this establishment about sixty days, during that time the +yellow fever raged there violently, causing a number of deaths in the +house. Many patients were brought there who were unable to walk or stand +on their feet, and were most of them soon cured.</p> + +<p>After I left the hospital I found some light employment for a few days, +when I agreed to take another trip across the lake. Previous to my going +on board of the vessel I returned to the hospital, where I had left some +of my clothing, took with me such as I wanted, and left some of my heavy +articles in charge of a sailor named Daniel Dunn, with whom I had formed +a short acquaintance in the hospital, and proceeded over the lake, where +we remained a few days, and then returned to the city. On my return I +found the cholera had broken out and was raging to such an alarming +degree that the inhabitants were terror-struck. The returns of deaths +were over two hundred per day. Laborers wages for digging in the church +burying ground was seven dollars per day. Not being able to procure +laborers sufficient to dig single graves, they dug canals about one +hundred rods in length, of sufficient depth to place three coffins one +above the other, the water in the bottom of it being about eighteen +inches deep. All graves dug in New Orleans are half filled with water +before the coffins are deposited in them.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span></p><p>The morning after my return I proceeded to the hospital to see after my +clothing. On visiting the building I was much surprised on walking +through many of the rooms without seeing a living soul. In the back yard +I found eight or ten dead bodies laying on the ground in a putrid state. +I then searched the upper stories, and in a room called the small-pox +ward, I found one dead body laying on a bed covered with a woollen +blanket, in a very putrid state, the offensive gas rising through the +blanket like a dense fog. Some few were still alive, but suffering for +want of attendance. On descending the stairs I met the assistant +physician of the hospital, and asked him the cause of this great neglect +of the few who were still living. He told me that Doctor M'Farlane, the +proprietor, was very sick, and that the cook, steward, washer woman, and +the black man who conveyed the corpses to the grave, were all dead, and +that they could not procure any assistance. He asked me if I would try +to hire some help for him. I told him that I would use my best exertions +to procure him some, but if I could not obtain any I would assist him +myself. I then left him and returned to my lodgings. Just before I left +my boarding house to visit the hospital I heard one of the boarders, a +journeyman hatter, who had been on a drunken frolic for some days, say +that he had spent all his money and had not enough left to get his +bitters that morning. Knowing that the want of money in such +circumstances stimulate men to undertake unpleasant jobs sooner <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span>than go +without their bitters, I proposed his going to work with me at the +hospital, and rendering the doctor all the assistance in our power, +which he readily agreed to. When we arrived at the place I introduced +the doctor to the hatter. After the introduction was over my partner +showed a great anxiety to fix on the price of our day's work, which was +soon settled at five dollars each. The bargain being closed we were +presented with some antidote, which we were ordered to snuff up our +noses.</p> + +<p>About this time three or four carts arrived at the door, when we were +requested to assist in carrying out the few sick persons that remained +in the building, which we found to be only sixteen, being all that were +left alive out of about sixty inmates that I left there some ten days +before.</p> + +<p>The doctor showed us a number of rough boxes, called coffins, which were +placed in the back yard. Many of them were made very wide, that they +might hold two dead bodies. He requested us to harness up a poor old +half-starved horse, which we found on the premises. After a long search +we found the old harness scattered about the yard, which we gathered up, +both of us being ignorant of the way of putting it together. After a +long consultation we placed it on the horse's back, which was so sore +that he trembled badly during the operation. After we had rigged him and +the cart, we agreed to take on one of the double coffins for the first +load. We opened one of them and placed a large body in it, and then +hunted for a small <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span>one to crowd into the same box; when we had +accomplished this we attempted to lift the double coffin on to the cart; +finding that we were not able to accomplish it we were obliged to roll +it on. I asked the hatter if he would drive the horse to the grave-yard, +telling him I was unacquainted with that employment. He told me he was a +stranger to that business, and insisted upon it that I must be the +driver. I mounted the cart and proceeded towards the burying ground, on +the road we found the mud so deep that the cart wheels buried themselves +nearly up to the hubs. After driving nearly a mile we arrived at the +Catholic burying ground, where we found a long canal and twenty or +thirty men employed in digging and receiving dead bodies. Before our +arrival there, a board burst off from the coffin, which caused one arm +to hang out. The Irish laborers employed there commenced a quarrel with +us, swearing that they would be the death of us if we brought any more +coffins there in that situation, and we found some difficulty in +prevailing upon them to receive the present one. They at last agreed to +help lift it off the cart. It was then placed in the canal, where the +water was about two feet deep, two men stood upon it until they put +another coffin on the top of it, when they placed the third one on the +top of the second one, making the tier three deep, laying the coffins +crossways in the canal. When one tier was finished they hove large +quantities of lime upon it and commenced another.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span></p><p>We now returned to the hospital and took in two more bodies, enclosing +them in single coffins. This time we found a number of chickens busily +employed in the hospital yard picking maggots out of the eyes and ears +of the putrid bodies laying on the ground in the yard. The hatter and +myself had a long consultation about handling the putrid carcases, and +agreed between ourselves to pick out the soundest of them first. We +noticed some cartmen drawing a number of loads of wood and depositing +them on a vacant lot of ground near the hospital. A report was +circulated that the Mayor of the city had ordered the building to be +burned down that night. We proceeded back to the grave-yard, where we +met with a more peaceable reception. On our return we found the fowls +still busily engaged on the dead bodies, which had become more putrid +during our short absence. This was one of the most unpleasant scenes I +ever witnessed. We stopped on our way and took some refreshments, and +then conveyed two more loads to the burying ground, carrying two at each +load.</p> + +<p>About sunset we unharnessed our old horse and put him in his place. +Having satisfied our employer we took our discharge. We agreed between +ourselves to stop at the hospital a short time and see what disposal was +to be made of the remaining dead bodies. Soon after sunset some eight or +ten men made their appearance and took up an old door and bored one or +two holes through it, and putting a rope through <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span>the holes, rolled two +of the putrid bodies upon it, and then took hold of the rope and dragged +it to a vacant lot near the hospital, which process they continued until +they had gathered them all into one heap, when they went to the various +rooms and took all the beds and bedsteads containing the dead bodies, +and carried them into the same yard and deposited them on the putrid +heap; they next broke down the fence to more readily kindle the fire on +this offensive mass, when they piled on the three cords of wood which +the Mayor had sent there for that purpose, set it on fire, and consumed +the whole of it.</p> + +<p>On viewing the place, while passing it the next morning, I could not +discover a particle of bone larger than a man's finger-nail left.</p> + +<p>The Cholera raged in New Orleans to a frightful degree for some months +after; the average number of deaths in the city was two hundred per day +for several weeks.</p> + +<p>Soon after this I made a trip in a little schooner to St. Marks, and a +small port called Magnolia, in West Florida, and then returned to the +city, where I remained about two months, when I found employment as a +mate on board of a brig called the Commodore Barry, bound to New-York, +where I was to receive my wages and be discharged. We performed our +passage home without meeting with any occurrence worth recording.</p> + +<p>New Orleans is one of the most immoral cities I ever visited. All kinds +of amusement are indulged <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span>in on Sundays: most of the military +companies, both foot and horse, are assembled on that day in a public +square in front of the Mayor's office and drilled. The Sabbath is the +day elected for sham fights. The piazzas of the largest hotels are +filled with bands of musicians, playing enchanting tunes to attract +customers. The doors of billiard rooms are thrown open to public view, +and large sums of money are often bet on the games. Strolling negro +musicians are found playing on their banjoes and tamborines at the +corners of the streets. On Sunday evenings, circuses, play-houses and +gambling rooms, attract a large collection of people.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXVII" id="CHAPTER_XXVII"></a>CHAPTER XXVII.<br /> + +Schooner Horizon.</h2> + + +<p>Having lost all my property except a small homestead, by the many +captures I had experienced, the perils of the sea, and the fluctuations +of prices in the West India produce, and being now out of employment, +and looking upon every man as slothful who remained idle when he could +earn a competence by working for less wages then he formerly received, I +agreed with a young inexperienced captain to perform <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span>a voyage with him +in a small schooner of seventy tons, called the Horizon, from New-York +to the Island of Teneriffe. My name was entered on the shipping articles +as mate, although it was verbally understood that I was to be considered +as the navigator and sailing master.</p> + +<p>We commenced loading about the first of January, 1835, with staves and a +few other articles, and went to sea about the eighth, the vessel being +deeply loaded, which made her wet and uncomfortable for a winter's +voyage. We proceeded on the passage without any material accident until +we arrived in the latitude of Teneriffe, when we were overtaken by a +violent gale of wind, which lasted nearly two days; we shipped a number +of seas, which cleared our decks of staves, carried away our bulwarks, +broke our bowsprit, and sprung the head of our fore-mast; rendering the +schooner totally unmanageable. The next day the wind abated, and the sea +became more moderate, when we made all the repairs that our scant +materials would admit of, and in the afternoon discovered the high Peak +of Teneriffe. Finding our water running low, having had our last cask +stove during the gale, we agreed to come upon an allowance of one bottle +of water for each man per day. The weather became mild, with light +variable winds, which rendered the vessel quite unmanageable, as we had +no head sail to keep her before the wind in light breezes. With longing +eyes we viewed the majestic pyramid for fourteen days, the wind +<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span>remaining the same during all that time, when we approached so near the +harbor of Oratava that we were boarded by a pilot who conducted us into +that port. Our schooner's cables being only about forty fathoms long, +would not reach the bottom in that harbor, and we were obliged to hire a +cable and anchor to ride by during our stay in port.</p> + +<p>While lying here it is necessary to keep a pilot constantly on board, +that we may be ready to proceed to sea the moment the wind changes so as +to blow towards the land. After we had remained in the harbor some four +or five days, and procured carpenters to repair our vessel, a gale of +wind commenced, and we were compelled to slip our cable and go to sea +again, where we remained about two days, when we put into the Island of +Palmos, at which place we continued three or four days. After the gale +abated we returned to our former anchorage in Oratava harbor.</p> + +<p>The harbor of Oratava is surrounded by high rocks, almost perpendicular, +faced with sharp points, which makes it impossible to ascend them. When +vessels are wrecked in this place they are very soon dashed to pieces, +and their crews meet a watery grave. The anchorage is situated about +twelve miles from the foot of the Peak, where the weather is so mild +that sailors are working on board vessels with no clothing except shirts +and trowsers, while the Peak is covered with snow. Our pilot informed me +that snow fell on the Peak every month in the <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span>year except March. The +snow, from the appearance, forms a body of ice, and the brilliant rays +of the sun at its rising are reflected on this ice-capped mountain with +such dazzling light that the beholder is struck with awe as he surveys +this mighty wonder of the world. I had but one opportunity to visit the +shore, where I remained but a few moments while signing a protest. My +short stay prevents my giving the reader any description of the place.</p> + +<p>We employed two native carpenters to repair the damages the schooner had +received on the passage, they came on board early every morning, +bringing their dinners with them, which consisted of a six cent loaf of +wheat bread, one head of lettuce, and a bottle of wine; this being the +only food they had. At twelve o'clock they sat down on deck, made their +meal and drank the wine. They brought on board a few very coarse +carpenter's tools, among which was a hand-saw that attracted my +particular attention, as it had a small hole in the point of it, through +which they put a nail gimblet; when they wanted to split a board they +lined in the usual manner, then placed one end on the deck and raised +the other end up to an angle of about forty-five degrees, being +supported by a saw-bench, when one of them took the saw by the handle in +the common way, while the other put the gimblet through the hole in the +point, which he took hold of by placing his fingers on both sides of the +blade, and assisted in drawing the saw through the board, his comrade +shoving on the other <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span>end; this was the first time I ever knew that it +took two men to work one hand-saw.</p> + +<p>The expenses of repairs here are very great. I think one American +carpenter will perform more labor in one day than six of those natives.</p> + +<p>We were detained here a long time in discharging our cargo for want of +lighters, being obliged to land it in small boats, which made but a few +trips on shore each day, the same boats bringing back our return cargo. +Our supply of fire wood getting very short we inquired the price of that +article on shore, and found that they asked twenty dollars per cord for +it. We purchased a few sacks of coal for the return passage. After +remaining here some weeks we sailed for New-York, where we shortly +arrived, all in good health. The cargo was soon discharged, all hands +paid, and I returned to my home.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXVIII" id="CHAPTER_XXVIII"></a>CHAPTER XXVIII.<br /> + +Sinking of the Sloop First Consul.</h2> + + +<p>About the first of September, 1842, two of my friends in New-York +purchased a Sloop called the First Consul, about twenty-five tons +burden, and gave me the charge of her with orders to employ her <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span>in any +trade I thought proper to earn a living in. I remained in the city some +weeks seeking employment for my vessel, but after many applications for +freights, without success, I found myself disappointed in my +calculations in obtaining business for her in the city. As a last +resort, I determined to proceed up the Hudson River as far as Rondout, +where I expected to procure some small freights of coal to deliver at +the neighboring villages on the river.</p> + +<p>On the fifteenth of October I left New-York for Rondout, where I +obtained a freight of about thirty tons of coal to be delivered at +Poughkeepsie. We loaded and left for our port of destination, where we +discharged our cargo and agreed to return and take in another for the +same company. Finding the sloop proved leaky I proceeded home to +Catskill, where I procured a caulker and gave her some repairs, when we +returned to Rondout and took on board another cargo of coal. Supposing +the vessel to be perfectly tight in her upper works after the +overhauling she had received, we loaded her deep, in order to take a +full canal boat's cargo on board. After we had proceeded some distance +on our passage we discovered that the vessel leaked badly. We had light +baffling winds during the night, and tried the pump hourly. Finding we +could keep her free without very heavy fatigue, we apprehended no +serious danger, and soon arrived at the same wharf in Poughkeepsie where +we had landed our last cargo, and hauled into a small slip which I +considered a very safe harbor. I <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span>had one man on board with me, whom I +told we would get some breakfast, when we would go below and take a +short nap, as we had been on deck all night; after which would find the +owner of the coal and obtain leave to discharge the deck load that day, +although it was Sunday. We then retired into the cabin and laid down to +sleep, it being about eight o'clock in the morning. After laying about +two hours I was aroused by a loud cry, "Come out, come out, you are +sinking." I sprang upon my feet, determined to save my trunk and +clothing, which I was prevented from doing by a column of water rushing +in at the cabin door. I forced myself upon deck, which at this time was +some feet under water, when I found my legs entangled with old rigging +and lumber. While trying to extricate them, the shore being steep the +vessel settled down, which parted the hawser that held her fast to the +wharf, when she slid off into the channel and sunk in thirty feet water, +with all my clothing, &c. and I was compelled to swim on shore, which I +reached in a shivering condition, but was soon furnished with dry +clothing, and treated in the kindest manner by a gentleman living near +by.</p> + +<p>Two or three days after I hired two vessels, procured spars, chains, and +necessary apparatus, together with a number of men, and made an attempt +to raise the First Consul. After several days' hard labor and fatigue we +succeeded in raising her, so as to float her on the flats, when we +bailed the water out <span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span>and discharged the coal from her hold, the bulk of +the deck load having been washed overboard. I found most of my clothing, +books, papers, &c. in the cabin in a very dirty condition. My troubles +did not end here: before I could receive any assistance from my friends, +the sloop was attached for the expenses of getting her up, and sold for +less than the amount of the bills, when I returned home penniless, my +mind fixed on the distich—</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left:20%;">Since all things to destruction tend,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left:20%;">My voyage of life will shortly end.</span><br /> +</p> + + + + +<p class="center"> +FINIS. +</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="Transcribers_Notes" id="Transcribers_Notes"></a>Transcriber's Notes.</h2> + +<p>There are many spelling irregularities and inconsistencies in this book. +The ones most obviously printing errors have been corrected as noted +below. Others were left as printed in the text. These include: "ancles" +and "ankles;" "alledging;" "armadilla;" "attrocities" and "atrocities;" +"Baratara" is probably "Barataria;" "bed quilt" and bed-quilt;" "Bigman +Bank" and "Bigman's Bank;" possibly "Boro Toro" and "Boco Toro" are the +same place; "Bogata" for "Bogota;" "Britanic;" "callipach" for +"carapace;" "cassader" and "cassauder" for "cassava;" "chissels;" +(Emperor) "Christoff" and "Christophe," presumably the same person; +"Lieutenant Coakley" and "Lieutenant Cookley;" "cocoa nuts" and +"cocoa-nuts;" "cowhides" and "cow-hides;" "errant" for "errand;" +"equiped;" "facinating;" "favourite" and "favorite;" "fopish;" +"gratulations;" "Grenada" and "Greneda;" "guana" is possibly "iguana;" +(Captain) "Humphreys" and "Humphrey", probably the same person; +"journies;" "Leforet" and "Laforet;" "Lynn Haven" and "Lynhaven;" +"mattrass" for "mattress;" "Mr. Mores" and "Mr. Morse", on page 134; +"Musquitto," "Musquito," "Mosquitto" and "Mosquito" (the tribe and +coast); "musquitto," "mosquito" and "mosquitto" (the insect); "out-fit" +and "outfit;" "out-sailed" and "outsailed;" "polution;" "Ponekertrain" +for "Ponchartrain;" "Port au Prince" and "Port-au-Prince;" "practice(s)" +and "practise(d);" "sailer" and "sailor" for a ship (not a seaman, which +is always "sailor"); "shantees;" "St. Andrews" and "St. Andreas;" +"sun-set" and "sunset;" "Captain Teft" and "Captain Tefts;" "temporary" +and "tempory;" "threshhold;" "too," as in "laying too," "hove too," +etc.; "visiters;" "water-mellons;" "wilkes" for "whelks."</p> + +<p>Left "Captain's Mitchell and Lafitte" on page 4, although "Captains" +would have been more grammatical.</p> + +<p>Changed period to comma on page 7: "Corn Island,"; and on page 8: +"Royalists of Port-au-Prince,".</p> + +<p>Changed "Schoouer to "Schooner" on page 8: "English Schooner."</p> + +<p>Changed "Croswel" to "Croswell" on page 10: "Thomas O'Hara Croswell."</p> + +<p>Added comma after "Stonington" on page 14: "Stonington, Connecticut."</p> + +<p>Left "the commodores word" on page 22, although "commodore's" would have +been more grammatical.</p> + +<p>Changed "Ramalies" to "Ramillies" in the caption to the figure for page +26.</p> + +<p>Changed "patatoes" to "potatoes" on page 31: "potatoes to be worth."</p> + +<p>Changed period to comma on page 37, after "blockading Savannah at the time."</p> + +<p>Changed "sailidg ing" to "sailing" on page 37: "After sailing."</p> + +<p>Changed "blocakding" to "blockading" on page 39: "an old blockading +decree."</p> + +<p>Changed "fustick" to "fustic" on page 40: "fustic, sarsaparilla, &c."</p> + +<p>Changed "he" to "the" on page 50: "made the threat."</p> + +<p>Added closing double quote on page 53 after: "and every thing you want."</p> + +<p>Changed "ran" to "run" on page 68: "who had run away."</p> + +<p>Changed "day-light" to "daylight" on page 69: "until daylight."</p> + +<p>Changed "Coloured" to "Colored" in the caption to the figure on page 88.</p> + +<p>Left "a weavers spool" as is on page 98, even though "weaver's" would +have been more grammatical.</p> + +<p>Changed "licence" to "license" on page 126: "received the license."</p> + +<p>Changed "lea" to "lee" on page 127: "lee of an island."</p> + +<p>Changed "feathes" to "feathers" on page 130: "ornamented with feathers."</p> + +<p>Changed "traveling" to "travelling" on page 131: "we were travelling."</p> + +<p>Left "manatee's" on page 148, even though "manatees" would have been +more grammatical.</p> + +<p>Changed "birth" to "berth" on page 166: "a damned good berth."</p> + +<p>Page 187 refers to "Cape Francios" in the Dominican Republic. Although +this is probably "Cape Francois", it was left as is.</p> + +<p>Removed extra single quote before "in addition" on page 200.</p> + +<p>Left "your's very truly" on page 204, even though "yours" would have +been more grammatical.</p> + +<p>Changed "anothor" to "another" on page 209: "followed by another."</p> + +<p>Changed "throwu" to "thrown" on page 215: "thrown overboard."</p> + +<p>Changed "earnesly" to "earnestly" on page 220: "He earnestly entreated."</p> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Journal of Voyages, by Jacob Dunham + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOURNAL OF VOYAGES *** + +***** This file should be named 33835-h.htm or 33835-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/8/3/33835/ + +Produced by Robert Cicconetti, Stephen H. Sentoff and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net +(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/33835-h/images/fig001.jpg b/33835-h/images/fig001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..099bece --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/images/fig001.jpg diff --git a/33835-h/images/fig026.jpg b/33835-h/images/fig026.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..747f7d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/images/fig026.jpg diff --git a/33835-h/images/fig048.jpg b/33835-h/images/fig048.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b1a458 --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/images/fig048.jpg diff --git a/33835-h/images/fig061.jpg b/33835-h/images/fig061.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc8ae85 --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/images/fig061.jpg diff --git a/33835-h/images/fig062.jpg b/33835-h/images/fig062.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a45f079 --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/images/fig062.jpg diff --git a/33835-h/images/fig083.jpg b/33835-h/images/fig083.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4b66c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/images/fig083.jpg diff --git a/33835-h/images/fig113.jpg b/33835-h/images/fig113.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d7629f --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/images/fig113.jpg diff --git a/33835-h/images/fig123.jpg b/33835-h/images/fig123.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0bd4833 --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/images/fig123.jpg diff --git a/33835-h/images/fig132.jpg b/33835-h/images/fig132.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..296421a --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/images/fig132.jpg diff --git a/33835-h/images/fig153.jpg b/33835-h/images/fig153.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d4b5df7 --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/images/fig153.jpg diff --git a/33835-h/images/fig177.jpg b/33835-h/images/fig177.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f067c5c --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/images/fig177.jpg diff --git a/33835-h/images/fig210.jpg b/33835-h/images/fig210.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e7db09 --- /dev/null +++ b/33835-h/images/fig210.jpg diff --git a/33835.txt b/33835.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..55571c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/33835.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6384 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Journal of Voyages, by Jacob Dunham + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Journal of Voyages + Containing an Account of the Author's being Twice Captured + by the English and Once by Gibbs the Pirate... + +Author: Jacob Dunham + +Release Date: October 3, 2010 [EBook #33835] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOURNAL OF VOYAGES *** + + + + +Produced by Robert Cicconetti, Stephen H. Sentoff and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net +(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + + + + + + +[Illustration: CAPT. JACOB DUNHAM.] + + + + +JOURNAL OF VOYAGES: + +CONTAINING AN ACCOUNT OF +THE AUTHOR'S BEING TWICE CAPTURED BY THE ENGLISH +AND ONCE BY +GIBBS THE PIRATE; + +HIS NARROW ESCAPE WHEN +CHASED BY AN ENGLISH WAR SCHOONER; + +AS WELL AS HIS BEING +CAST AWAY AND RESIDING WITH INDIANS. + +TO WHICH IS ADDED + +Some account of the Soil, Products, Laws and Customs of Chagres, +the Musquitto Shore, and St. Blas, at the Isthmus of Darien. + +With Illustrations. + +BY CAPTAIN JACOB DUNHAM. + +NEW-YORK: + +PUBLISHED FOR THE AUTHOR, +And Sold by Huestis & Cozans, 104 and 106 Nassau-street. + +1850. + + + + +Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year of our Lord one +thousand eight hundred and fifty, by JACOB DUNHAM, in the Clerk's Office +of the District Court of the Southern District of New-York. + + + D. Fanshaw, Printer and Stereotyper, + 35 Ann, corner of Nassau-street. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + + page. + + AUTHOR'S APOLOGY, 9 + + EARLY LIFE OF THE AUTHOR, 11 + + CHAPTER I.--Sloop Rover + Capture by the English--Sale and sinking of the Sloop Rover, 13 + + CHAP. II.--Sloop New-York + Second capture by the English--Exchange of Prisoners, 30 + + CHAP. III.--Sloop Biddle + Captain's Mitchell and Lafitte, the Pirates, 37 + + CHAP. IV. + Casting away of the Sloop Biddle near Waa-waa River--with + some account of the Indians, 52 + + CHAP. V. + Pearl Key Lagoon, and more of the Indians, 70 + + CHAP. VI. + Runaway Negroes among the Indians--The Sookerman, 77 + + CHAP. VII.--Visit to Corn Island, 89 + + CHAP. VIII.--Visit to Bluefields + Permit of George Frederick, King of the Musquitto Nation, 92 + + CHAP. IX.--Mode of Taking Turtle + Musquitto Laws--Produce--Customs, &c. 98 + + CHAP. X. + Some description of the country and inhabitants of the + Musquitto Nation, 105 + + CHAP. XI.--Sloop Governor Tompkins, 111 + + CHAP. XII.--Schooner Price, First Voyage + Leading the dance in Old Providence--A ball at St. Andreas, 115 + + CHAP. XIII.--Schooner Price, Second Voyage + Landing at St. Blas, 120 + + CHAP. XIV. + The harbor of Little Cordee--Trading with the Indians, 125 + + CHAP. XV.--Schooner Price, Third Voyage + A fleet of Patriots (or pirates) at Old Providence, 140 + + CHAP. XVI.--Schooner Price, Fourth Voyage + Our Boats fired into at Corn Island, 151 + + CHAP. XVII.--Schooner Enterprise, 160 + + CHAP. XVIII.--Schooner Felicity + Republicans and Royalists of Port-au-Prince, 162 + + CHAP. XIX.--Schooner Felicity, Second Voyage + The smartest Padre (or priest) in the West Indies, 167 + + CHAP. XX.--Schooner Combine + Captured by the Pirates--Placed in the ring to be + shot--Capture of the Aristides by Pirates, 170 + + CHAP. XXI.--Schooner Combine, Second Voyage + Our trade in Horses--The Yellow Fever at + Port-au-Prince--Counterfeit Coin--Arbitrary Laws, 187 + + CHAP. XXII.--Schooner Combine, Third Voyage, 194 + + CHAP. XXIII. + Capture of the Piratical Vessels by + Lieutenant Commandant Allen, 199 + + CHAP. XXIV.--Schooner Allen + Chased by an English Schooner--Horrible attrocities + committed by Pirates on the Spanish Main, 205 + + CHAP. XXV.--Schooner Frances + Trading Voyage to Musquitto Shore, Chagres, + Porto Bello, &c.--The Author officiates at a christening, 216 + + CHAP. XXVI.--Voyage to New Orleans + The Hospital--Direful visitation of the + Yellow Fever--Disposal of the Dead, 226 + + CHAP. XXVII.--Schooner Horizon + Peak of Teneriffe--Queer Carpenter, 236 + + CHAP. XXVIII.--The Sloop First Consul + Sinking of the Sloop--and return home penniless, 240 + + + + +AUTHOR'S APOLOGY. + + +_In presenting the following Voyages to the public, I must inform my +readers that I have had but a common school education, and am +unaccustomed to composition. I can only tell my story in a plain +straight forward way, not being able to ornament it with flowery +language._ + +_My Voyages were all written by myself. I employed competent persons to +copy the work from my manuscript, and they corrected the small +inaccuracies that had escaped my observation._ + +_I thought, that although my book might contain many defects, if +composed by myself, that it would still gain more than it lost, by being +the production of the very person who had seen and taken part in the +scenes he related, and could vouch for the truth of all he had +witnessed. It is not given to the public as a specimen of the beautiful +in style, but as the story of an old sea captain who had lived in one of +the most eventful periods of our country's history; and one who had +nearly arrived at his last anchorage._ + +_With this brief outline of my life, and this short explanation, I +commit my little book, with confidence, to an indulgent public._ + + _Jacob Dunham._ + + + + +RECOMMENDATIONS. + + +Captain Jacob Dunham, having applied to the Congress of the United +States, for relief, on account of losses sustained by him by piratical +robbery, We, the undersigned, do hereby certify that we are well +acquainted with the said Jacob Dunham, have known him for many years +past, that he is a man of truth and veracity, and that his statements +are entitled to full faith and credit: + + Thomas O'Hara Croswell, + Post-Master, Catskill. + Abel Bruce, M. D. + Robert Dorlon, Esq. + Orrin Day, + President of Tanner's Bank, Catskill. + Hon. Malebone Watson, + Judge of Supreme Court, New-York. + Hon. John Adams. + Caleb Day, Esq. + J. D. Beers, + President of Bank of North America, New-York. + Jacob Haight, + Treasurer of State of New-York. + Hon. Zadock Pratt. + T. K. Cooke, + Member of New-York Assembly. + James Powers, + State Senator. + Calvin Balis, + Alderman of New-York City. + W. P. Hallett, + Clerk of the Supreme Court of State of New-York. + Edwin Croswell, + State Printer, Albany, New-York. + +_Catskill, New-York, December 30, 1839_ + + + + +EARLY LIFE OF THE AUTHOR. + + +On the twenty-seventh day of April, 1779, in the town of Colchester, in +the State of Connecticut, I was launched into the world, and entered on +the tempestuous voyage of life. + +While yet an infant at the breast, FATE snatched me from my mother's +arms, viewed me with a scornful eye, and exclaimed, "I doom this babe _a +slave to hardships, dangers, and disappointments_." + +The following pages will show how far the prophecy has been fulfilled. +My father, Samuel Dunham, was a Warrant Officer in the American Navy +during the Revolutionary War, and followed the sea during almost his +whole life-time. Whether the occupation of my father before me has had +anything to do in shaping my course in life, the author is not wise +enough to say, but leaves it to those who make greater pretensions than +himself. + +In the year 1785, the Author emigrated, along with his father, to where +the village of Catskill now stands. The whole village contained but +seven houses, and was cut up into cultivated fields and gardens. My +father having bought half an acre of ground situated about where the +Greene County Hotel now stands, built himself a small house. After +living in Catskill about one year, my uncle sent for me to come to +Connecticut and live with him, which I did. I returned to Catskill in +the Spring of 1793, and then went as an apprentice to the Messrs. Thomas +O'H. & Mackay Croswell, Printers, who then published a small newspaper +called _The Catskill Packet_. I lived with the Croswell's about six +years and a half, where I was well treated. Having a great desire to see +some of the world, I went to Charleston, South Carolina, where I found +employment in a Printing Office for a few months. During that winter I +witnessed a large funeral procession in that city in commemoration of +the death of General Washington. In the Spring of 1800, I returned to +Catskill, and found some employment in the coasting trade, on the Hudson +River. During the summer and the winter following, I made three voyages +to Charleston and Savannah, and then returned to Catskill and worked at +the Printing business about two years. I then made one voyage to the +Island of St. Croix as a seaman. During this time I was married, in +Catskill, in August, 1801, to a young woman named Fanny Morgan. I then +found employment in the coasting trade in different vessels for one or +two years, when I entered the employment of Messrs. T. B. & A. Cooke, as +one-fourth owner of a packet sloop which sailed between Catskill and +New-York, where we did a good business for many years. Not being content +in doing well and making money in a moderate way, and a war breaking out +between England and America, I determined to try my luck again on the +Ocean; picturing to myself a rapid increase of the little property I had +gained by hard and slow earnings. + +From the time I left this safe business to embark on the Ocean, my +adventures predicted by dame Fate, commenced. Since that time I have +been rudely driven by winds and storms, captured by enemies, robbed by +pirates, and have made many hair-breadth escapes both by sea and land, +until the present time. I have now brought my poor old sheer hulk to +anchor in the harbor of Catskill. + +Not having much to occupy my mind, I frequently take a survey of my past +life, which has been checkered with many frightful scenes. + +Being strongly urged by many old friends, for several years past, to +publish some account of my unfortunate adventures, I have reluctantly +yielded to their request. In so doing, I must crave the indulgence of my +readers. + + + + +CAPTAIN DUNHAM'S +NINETEEN VOYAGES. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + + "The sailor ploughs the raging main, + "In hopes a competence to gain, + "And when his toil and danger's o'er, + "Safe anchors on his native shore." + +Sloop Rover. + + +About the middle of May, in the year 1813, having a great desire to +engage in some adventure; and hoping that fortune would smile upon my +undertakings, I purchased of Messrs. Coddington & Thorp, of New-York, +one quarter of an old Sloop called the Rover; for which I paid one +hundred and twenty-five dollars. Messrs. Coddington & Thorp, and Captain +Silus S. Vail, were owners of the other three-quarters. + +The Rover was an old condemned sea vessel, having old thin sails, two +deck beams broken, without top-mast, and a large piece of leather two +feet square nailed over a rotten plank in her bottom. + +As this was during the last war between the United States and England, +the port of New-York and our whole north-eastern coast was closely +blockaded by English shipping. It therefore became necessary for our +citizens to transport large quantities of flour and other commodities +from Baltimore and adjoining towns, to New-York by land; and from thence +to be conveyed to the Eastern markets. The expense of transporting flour +and other heavy articles by land, caused speculators and traders to seek +shipments by water to Eastern ports. Freights of course were high, and +but little attention paid by merchants to the crafts they chartered. A +number of old vessels were offered for freight, the Rover rating No. 1 +among them. The carrying business being well up, and much in that line +offering, I embraced a proposal of one dollar per barrel for +transporting 500 barrels of flour and 70 barrels of bread from New-York +to Providence, Rhode Island. + +I sailed from New-York about the 20th of May, intending to run through +the most exposed places in the night, watching the movements of the +blockading vessels closely, and when I got into a good harbor I intended +to remain there until another dark night. + +In heavy gales of wind the blockading ships generally put to sea for +their own safety; which gave me an opportunity to make my passage +unmolested. + +I arrived, after a passage of forty-eight hours, at Stonington, +Connecticut, without discovering any of the vessels of the enemy. I +found a number of vessels had taken shelter in that harbor to avoid an +English frigate which was cruising between Block Island and Newport. I +remained at Stonington a few days, when a dark night appearing, I again +made sail, and arrived at Providence, my port of destination, in safety. +We landed our cargo, and Mr. Thorp, one of the owners, who had +accompanied me for that purpose, was left to dispose of it. + +Two or three days after unloading my vessel, I again sailed for +New-York. We anchored at the mouth of Newport harbor for the purpose of +awaiting an opportunity of returning when the blockading frigate should +stand out to sea. I had to wait but a few days; as soon as I saw she was +far enough from the port I made sail, and by keeping near the shore, +arrived at Stonington without molestation from the enemy. Here I learned +that New London, a port between me and my destination, was closely +blockaded by a British fleet consisting of two 74 gun ships and two +frigates. There were ten or twelve sail of coasting vessels then lying +in the harbor at Stonington, most of which had been East with cargoes, +and were waiting for dark nights or other favorable opportunities to +pass the blockading squadron. I remained here eight or ten days. During +this time the inhabitants of the town were much alarmed, fearing the +enemy would send in armed boats to cut out our vessels, and by that +means annoy the inhabitants and fire the town. + +To show our patriotism and courage, a meeting was called of the officers +and crews of all the vessels in the harbor. We volunteered our services +to stand night watches, and do all in our power in case an attack should +be made. Our means of defence were scanty; a few fowling guns being the +only weapons we had on board our vessels. + +Some of the inhabitants finally procured for us an old ship gun, which +we loaded with powder, but could not procure balls to fit it. We at +length found one which we imagined we could force into the gun. After a +long time, with a sledge and crowbar, we succeeded in driving it within +six or eight inches of the cartridge. + +The captains drew lots for the first watch, which fell upon me. I took +charge of the watch until 12 o'clock that night, and was much pleased +that we were not annoyed by the enemy, as I concluded that the firing of +our own gun would make more havoc among us than all the enemy could +bring against us. At the close of my watch I learned that two Sag-harbor +vessels were getting under weigh, intending to pass through Plum Gut, +which would conduct them some distance from where the enemy lay at +anchor. As it was a dark night, and not being myself a good pilot +through that passage, I concluded to follow them. The wind being light, +they outsailed my vessel until I lost sight of them. About break of day +it was so calm that I could not pass the fleet or get back to +Stonington. I soon discovered a barge in pursuit of me, but there was no +way of escape. The boat had on board a lieutenant, a midshipman, and +twelve armed men. They left a prize master and two men to take charge of +my sloop, and then proceeded to capture another small vessel at that +time in sight. They soon overhauled her; but as she had nothing of value +on board, having only some household furniture, and women and children, +they let her pass. Three of the British vessels after firing a number of +guns toward the shore proceeded to sea, while my vessel was taken within +a small distance of the commodore's ship, which remained at anchor. + +And here, as I deem it will not be altogether uninteresting to my +readers, I will make a slight digression, in giving a brief description +of the personal history of Commodore Hardy; for such was the name of the +officer who had command of the fleet which had captured us. Although +some Americans are under the impression that nothing good can come from +British officers, which idea in many instances has been justified; yet, +with regard to Sir Thomas Hardy, it might truly be said, that he was +"One of Nature's noblemen;" for such his conduct to myself and crew +fully showed him to be. He appeared to be a man about forty-five years +of age, about six feet in height, elegantly formed, and possessing a +benign expression of countenance, scarcely to be expected from one who +had been following, from his youth, a sea-faring life, and had been +engaged in some of the most bloody naval battles on record. When a poor +boy he was taken on board the English fleet by Lord Nelson, continued +with him during his various engagements, and became Nelson's principal +fighting commander. At the battle of Trafalgar the admiral died in his +arms. + +On a signal being made we were ordered on board the commodore's ship. My +vessel being old and shabby, I thought it best to keep on my working +clothes to show my apparent poverty, which would excite some sympathy, +but I had a good suit of clothes in my chest. When I got on board I +found I was in his majesty's ship Ramillies, Sir T. W. Hardy, commander. +I cast my eyes about in as awkward a manner as I could; the officers +gathered round to have a little sport with a poor Yankee. They commenced +their conversation by asking me if I were ever on board of a +seventy-four before; I answered in the negative. The captain of marines +then, taking hold of my striped cotton pantaloons, asked me if we made +such fine cloth as that in our country. I told him a little, just to +cover our nakedness during the war. Soon after a message came for me to +go aft to see the commodore. I thought I would show myself very +submissive by taking off my hat and putting it under my arm. The first +salutation I had from him was, "Put on your hat, sir. Did you know that +we were lying here." "Yes, sir," was my reply. He said, "How dare you +venture out." I answered that I had been lying at Stonington a number of +days, waiting for a dark night to get past him. He then told me he must +burn my vessel and send me to Halifax. I told him if the sentence was +irrevocable, I had nothing to offer. I then left him and went forward +and sat down on a gun in a pensive manner. He soon accosted me by asking +me to go and get some breakfast, saying, "If I keep you I will not +starve you to death." I thanked him, but told him I had taken breakfast +before I left his prize. I kept my seat on the gun for a long time, +until I excited the attention of the sailors, one of whom accosted me by +saying, "Captain, don't look so sorrowful, our captain is a damned +clever fellow; I guess he will give up your old serving mallet," as he +called my sloop. "Yes," said another, "I would willingly give up my +share, for it will not be enough to make more than a glass of grog +apiece." The officers made themselves merry by passing many jokes with +me, supposing they had a green Yankee to sport with. In the afternoon +the commodore said, pointing towards my vessel, "That is a fine large +sloop of yours; can't you give me fifteen hundred dollars for her; I am +going to send two officers on board to prize her." I told him that was +three times more than she was worth, and five times more than I was +worth; that she was an old condemned vessel; that he could not send her +to Halifax or Bermuda. I told him I thought if I could get on shore I +could raise one hundred dollars, and perhaps that would be a +compensation for the trouble he had in capturing her; that I presumed he +would make a target of her to fire at if he retained her. He then left +me: about half-an-hour after he called me into his cabin and said that +he wanted to raise a little money to distribute among his crew; that he +had not enough to allow one dollar apiece to them. Said he, "I want to +use your old sloop for about three days. If you think you can raise one +hundred dollars by going on shore, you can take your boat and go; and if +you return in three days with the money, you shall have your sloop +restored to you." + +My two men immediately hauled the boat alongside ready for embarking. I +bid the commodore good-by, and was going over the ship's side, when he +called me back, saying, "I must parole you before you go!" "Just as you +please," said I. "He said he was only doing me a favor, for then my own +countrymen could neither draft nor impress me after I landed." I then +took my boat and proceeded to Stonington, and arrived there that +evening. I found most of the vessels that I left there before my +departure. The captains assembled around me, eager to learn the news. I +related my story and the bargain I had made with the commodore. Some +thought I had made a good bargain, while others thought me foolish; +saying, that if I returned on board he would keep my hundred dollars and +send me to Halifax as a prisoner. The next day I negotiated with a +merchant of that place for a loan of eighty dollars, by giving a draft +on my friend in New-York for eighty-six dollars, and pledging my watch, +quadrant, charts, &c. and a note I held against a merchant in New-York +of one hundred dollars, as a security for the payment of the draft. +This, with thirty dollars in bills, which I had in my pocket, was more +than sufficient to ransom my vessel. + +I returned to the Ramillies that afternoon. The boatswain, a grave +looking old gentleman, very hospitably took me by the hand and asked me +to go and live with him. He conducted me down two or three pair of +stairs into his own room, which I found well furnished, but had no other +light than a lamp, as his room was below the water. He told one of his +boys to make a clean cot for me to sleep in, and to wait on me if I +wanted anything. He treated me with some old rum he said he had kept on +board for three or four years. He lamented much that England and America +were at war with each other; that he never could realize us as +prisoners, because we both spoke the same language and sprung from one +nation. + +The next morning I rose early, put on my best suit of clothes and went +on deck. I saw the first lieutenant on the starboard side of the deck +with his hands in his breeches pockets, walking very gracefully to and +fro. To amuse myself I put my hands in my pockets, and commenced walking +the opposite side of the deck in the same manner. He immediately stopped +and looked at me with some surprise, exclaiming, "Is that you? Damn it, +you have better clothes than I have. When we captured and brought you on +board you had on an old short jacket and cotton trowsers, and looked so +pitiful that most of the crew offered to give up their share of your old +shallop if the commodore would let you go. But I give you credit for it. +You have Yankeed us better than any one we have taken yet." I looked +about to see my old vessel which I left at anchor about half a mile from +the ship, but she was missing. He asked me if I was looking for my old +sloop. I told him I was. He said that I would never see her again. I +told him I was not alarmed about it, for I had the commodores word for +it. He said he would be damned if I ever got her again. I told him the +commodore had promised me to give her up in three days, and if he did +not keep his word I would take my boat, land at New London, and get a +warrant for him. He was pleased with the joke and soon after called his +brother officers around him, who took me into a room and treated me with +wine, segars, &c. They were very polite to me during my stay on board. + +New London appeared from the deck of the ship to be four or five miles +distant. Fishing boats came every day from the town and fished within a +mile, without interruption. On their return they were often hailed from +the ship to come on board, and the officers and crew purchased what fish +they wanted, and paid a liberal price. I could see from the deck, with +the spy glass, colors flying, and troops marching and re-marching in the +city of New London. Above the city were the frigates United States and +Macedonia, and the sloop-of-war Wasp, at anchor. During my stay of four +or five days on board, the commodore would every afternoon send for me +to come into his cabin, for the purpose of having some humorous +conversation, which caused the time to pass very agreeably. The +remainder of my time was passed among the officers, some of whom had +relatives living in the city of New-York, with whom I had formerly +traded. We became familiar, and they insisted on taking my name and +number of my boarding house, saying, that when they took the city of +New-York they would come and take a bottle of wine with me. I told them +if ever they saw me in the city of New-York after they had captured it, +it would be without a head. + +The day before my departure from the ship, finding the commodore in good +humor, I told him that I was a poor man and had a large family to +support with my old sloop, that flour was worth only seven dollars per +barrel in New-York, and was worth fourteen dollars in Boston, and that +it would do him no harm to give me a passport to carry a cargo to Boston +or neighboring ports. He paused for awhile, and then with a smile said, +"You look like a pretty clever fellow, and if you go to New-York and +take in a cargo, and come back here before I leave this station, which +will be in about three weeks, I will then give you a passport. But if +you attempt to run by me in the night, I shall make a prize of you." +The next day my old sloop returned to the Ramillies with a quantity of +beef on board. I made some complaint to the first lieutenant that the +sailors had eaten up all my provisions and lost my lead-line, and +hand-saw, &c. He remunerated me by giving me five times the value of +what I had lost. I paid the commodore the ransom money, received their +best wishes for a prosperous voyage, and departed. + +On my arrival in New-York I was much interrogated to know why I had not +obtained a license from Commodore Hardy; to which I gave evasive +answers. Congress having about this time passed some stringent laws +requiring our vessels of war to overhaul and search all vessels bound +to, or coming from an enemy's ship, I thought best to keep my own +secrets. An acquaintance of mine called on me and asked me if I thought +it safe to take a cargo to Boston or some of the Eastern ports. I told +him if I were able to purchase one, I would try it. He told me to call +on him in a short time, as he thought he could procure a freight for me. +He soon obtained five hundred barrels of flour, and seventy barrels of +bread, at one dollar per barrel for freightage, and three per cent +commission for selling. I was to remit the proceeds by mail, or pay it +to their correspondents in Boston. + +About the 20th of June I sailed from New-York and arrived within about +five miles of the Ramillies, where I anchored. At daylight I found a +barge coming towards us. My seamen were frightened, and attempted to +make their escape to the shore, a distance of two miles; by threats and +persuasion I prevented them. Soon after the barge came alongside. The +commanding officer asked me what cargo I had on board, and sundry other +questions. He then said, "You must be crazy. It was only last week we +had you prisoner, when we pitied you so much that we volunteered to give +up our shares in your old sloop if the commodore would let you go." I +told him I thought the commodore would let me pass. He replied, "You +need not expect any favor from him, as he has sworn vengeance against +all Americans. Yesterday morning we discovered a schooner lying at +anchor near where you now are. I was ordered to go and capture her. I +proceeded towards her, and saw the crew take her boat and pull for the +shore; when I boarded her I found no person on board. In the cabin I +found a manifest of her cargo, and in the list, some naval stores which +we wanted for the ship's use. We got the schooner under weigh, beat her +up within half a mile of the ship and came to anchor. Mr. Collingwood, +our second lieutenant, whom you well know, was sent to relieve me, and I +went to report to the commodore. The hatches were taken off and the +tackle hooked on to a barrel of naval stores, when the schooner blew up. +There were fourteen men on board, and all were killed except three +seamen who were furling the fore-topsail. Those three were thrown some +twenty rods, when the fore-mast was blown out of her. You cannot expect +any favors of the commodore." Before leaving New-York I learned that +some persons who had been captured by the commodore, ascertained, while +on board, that he was in want of naval stores; as soon as the news got +abroad, some merchants purchased by subscription an old schooner, and +placed thirty casks of powder in her hold. Some machinery was attached +to the powder by a string, which was also fastened to a barrel of naval +stores, and when it was raised had caused the explosion, as related by +the lieutenant. + +[Illustration: Blowing up of the old Schooner near the Ramillies.] + +My sloop was soon brought and anchored within half a mile of the ship. I +was taken on board the ship and conducted to the commodore, who spoke to +me in a pleasant manner. "Well, sir," said he, "I see you have arrived +here again. What does your cargo consist of? Where are you bound?" I +told him my cargo was flour, and that I was bound to Boston and some of +the neighboring ports. He gave me a passport to protect me from capture +by the English ships, and told me I could proceed on my voyage. I then +steered for Portsmouth, New Hampshire, where I sold some of my flour at +sixteen dollars per barrel. Finding the market dull, I proceeded to +Newburyport, where I found an abundant supply. From thence I proceeded +to Boston, where I sold the remainder of my flour at auction, at +fourteen dollars per barrel. + +After my flour was disposed of I purchased a cargo of boards to carry +to Providence, Rhode Island. I loaded the sloop, intending to be ready +to sail in the morning, but the tide receding during the night, the +Rover was left aground at the Long Wharf. When I awoke in the morning I +found my vessel had fallen over on her side, and had five feet of water +in her hold. I procured a caulker, who, with myself and crew, went into +the mud and water and commenced stopping the leaks, while the water was +running out from her bottom from almost every seam. We caulked the +largest with table knives, wooden wedges, &c. We then took four pounds +of candles and a quantity of wood ashes and made a kind of putty, with +which we stopped the remainder. In the mean time my two seamen were +arrested for stealing and sent to jail. I hired a number of men and +bailed and pumped out the water. I then shipped a new crew and proceeded +to Providence. On my arrival there I was cordially greeted by the +inhabitants, and disposed of my cargo very advantageously. In +consequence of my good fortune a number of Quaker, and other persons, +who were strangers to me, urged me to take charge of a good brig; +supposing that I could protect their property. I declined taking another +vessel, as my passport would not protect me with any other than the one +I had. I, however, did not state to them the reason. + +The rage for shipping in the Rover was so great that I could get about +five times more for freightage than I could in time of peace. I took on +board 31 pipes of brandy, 20 hogsheads of sugar, and 100 ceroons of +tallow, and sailed for New-York. When I arrived at Hell Gate and was +attempting to pass it, the wind being light, the sloop drifted upon the +rock called the Hog's-back, and the tide falling, her bottom was left +half out of water. At about 11 o'clock at night I made out to remove her +off from the rocks, having four feet of water in her hold. She drifted +back out of the Gate, when I succeeded in hauling her on shore and made +her fast to the rocks. As it was dark and rainy, we could not tell at +the time where we were. On groping my way into the cabin I found the +water six inches deep on the cabin floor. I then lay down with clothes +wet through to my skin. At daylight I found the Rover, the tide having +left her, some rods high and dry upon the rocks, and the water running +from most of her seams. I called all hands and went to caulking with +table knives, &c. We then applied a few pounds of putty and ashes to the +seams. At high water she again floated. After hiring four negroes to go +with us to New-York to assist in pumping and bailing, we proceeded on +our course. + +When we got to the city we hauled her into Coenties Slip, where the +bottom is soft and muddy. The mud having filled up her seams in a few +hours, she ceased leaking, and passed for a tight craft. I notified my +consignees of our arrival and then landed the cargo. Five hogsheads of +sugar were damaged in consequence of the leaking of my vessel. The +consignees paid me for all the freight, and threw the loss of the +damaged sugar upon the underwriters in Providence, who insured a +considerable amount in the cargo. + +As I had now been some time absent from my family, who resided in +Catskill, I concluded to make them a visit. I agreed with my partners in +the sloop to sell her at auction during my absence. The Rover was +visited by multitudes of people, who pronounced her the most lucky +vessel in the harbor. Many of them, I suppose, thought her to be a +phantom ship. For myself, I felt well satisfied, as I had over two +hundred dollars per month during the three months I sailed her, on a +capital of one hundred and twenty-five dollars. + +The fame of the Rover was so great that she sold for $480. The purchaser +took her up the Sound to Long Island, and laid her on shore at high +water. He then loaded her with wood by driving alongside at low water. +But when the tide rose he found her sides broken in and her hold filled +with water. My hand trembles while I write of the untimely end of the +charming sloop Rover. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +Sloop New-York. + + +About the first of November, 1813, having added a little to my small +capital by my late adventure in the Rover, and feeling eager to add +more, again trusting to the smiles of fickle fortune, I purchased a +small sloop called the New-York, of 28 tons burden. Soon after I sold +one-fourth of her to Messrs. T. B. & A. Cook, merchants in Catskill, and +one-half of her to two merchants in the city of New-York. They +considered it a kind of lottery adventure. One of the new owners in +New-York had correspondents in Norfolk, Virginia, who informed us of the +high prices of Northern produce in that city, and the situation of the +English squadron in Lynhaven Bay, and advised us to procure a small +vessel of light draught of water, and that by sailing in over a shoal +called the Horse-shoe, in a dark night, we might avoid coming in contact +with the enemy's fleet. + +The American coast was closely blockaded by the English vessels, but +heavy gales of wind frequently drove them off the coast for a short +time, which offered some chance of making passages by keeping near the +land. + +The high prices of Northern produce in Southern markets held out great +inducements to shippers to engage in exporting it. Our correspondents +at Norfolk, stated potatoes to be worth one dollar and fifty cents per +bushel; onions, sixteen dollars per hundred ropes; salt, two dollars and +fifty cents per bushel, and cheese twenty-five dollars per cwt. + +We loaded the sloop with four hundred bushels potatoes, two hundred +bushels salt, three thousand four hundred and fifty ropes onions, and +eight thousand six hundred pounds of cheese; all shipped on the joint +account of the owners. + +I was to purchase and sell the cargo, and when I arrived at Norfolk was +to buy three or four old brigs or schooners, load them with coal, and +when a favorable opportunity occurred by the enemy being driven to sea +by the wind, send them to New-York. Vessels could be purchased in +Norfolk at that time for one-third of their real value in time of peace; +and the price of coal in New-York was three or four times as much as in +Norfolk. + +My wages, as master, was one hundred dollars per month, and I drew +one-fourth of the profits of the whole concern. + +On the 14th of November I sailed from New-York and proceeded to Sandy +Hook, where I discovered an English frigate close in with the land, in +chase of an American schooner, which she compelled to run ashore near +Shrewsbury. I sailed into Mosquitto Cove, and took shelter among some +thirty American gun-boats, the crews of which went as volunteers to +protect the wreck of the schooner from being plundered by the English +frigate, which they accomplished. + +After tarrying two days at Mosquitto Cove, we weighed anchor and +proceeded to sea, keeping as near the land as we could without being in +danger of running aground, until we were some distance south of Cape +Henlopen, when a violent gale of south-east wind commenced, and with our +utmost exertions we succeeded in running into the bay. + +Here I ascertained that my pilot, whom I had taken much pains to obtain, +and who at the time I employed him had informed me he was well +acquainted with that coast, had deceived me; he now for the first time +informed me that he knew nothing of the different shoals and inlets on +the Southern coast. I had now no alternative but to run by chance and +keep a sharp look out for breakers. My little sloop was literally buried +under water. The gale kept increasing until near night, when she struck +upon a shoal. She thumped terribly, and almost every sea was breaking +entirely over us when a seaman exclaimed, "She is bilged, a plank has +come up from her bottom." On examination we found it was the shoe of her +keel. We tried the pump and found we could keep her free of water by +pretty hard labor. Soon after, she thumped over the shoal into nine feet +water, where she did not strike so often, and remained there until dawn. +At daylight we cast out the anchors and succeeded in getting her into +three or four fathoms water. + +We then commenced repairing damages in the best manner we could. Her +false keel had been broken and had swung across her main keel, which we +could not repair. We then made sail for Chesapeake Bay and arrived that +day about sun-set, without any material mishap. + +Soon after, a light easterly wind sprung up, and we made sail for +Norfolk. After entering the bay the wind slackened. About 11 o'clock in +the evening it became a dead calm, with a thick fog: a strong tide set +in, which prevented my going out to sea again. Soon after midnight we +heard the cry, "Past 2 o'clock, and all's well," which I afterwards +ascertained proceeded from His Britanic Majesty's ship Dragon, 74 guns, +commanded by Commodore Barry, lying at anchor in the bay. + +We continued drifting into the bay until about sunrise, when a light +breeze sprung up and dispersed the fog, and we found ourselves drifting +directly towards an English 20 gun brig called the Sophia, and the Acton +of 16 guns, both lying at anchor within a mile of us. We were soon +boarded from the Sophia, and we and our baggage taken on board of her. +The brigs then got under weigh and proceeded up the bay, taking my sloop +in tow, and anchored at the mouth of the river Severn. + +During the next night they fitted out an expedition of four or five +boats, and sent them up the river to cut out two or three of our vessels +which were lying in the harbor, but they soon returned without +accomplishing their design, having only obtained a quantity of plunder. +They told me the inhabitants gave them a warm reception, by firing from +behind trees and fences, and caused them to abandon the vessels. They +weighed anchor the next morning, and after cruising about the bay, again +took their station near Watt's Island. Here they made their rendezvous +for some time; the officers occasionally going on shore, some days +cruising about, and returning to the usual anchorage at night. They +procured an abundance of cattle, sheep and poultry from the Island, and +in about nine or ten days captured eight old schooners loaded with +flour, from the Rappahannock, and bound to the Eastern markets. They +sailed from there and anchored in Lynn Haven Bay, where we were sent on +board the commodore's ship Dragon. I found twelve American captains +prisoners on board the commodore's ship, who had been captured by the +Squadron. The prizes which they had taken were small old vessels, some +of which they stripped of their rigging and sails and set on fire; some +parted their cables in a gale of wind and drifted to sea, my vessel +among them. But my sloop, the New-York, and one or two others were +afterwards towed back by the frigate and sent to Bermuda. + +The American captains were quartered with the petty officers, such as +midshipmen, captain's clerks, &c. and were treated with gin, segars, &c. +and passed their time very jovially in telling stories, bragging of our +naval engagements, &c. I must here tell a story related to me by one of +the officers of the Dragon. + +He said the Americans ought to be damned if they did not make an admiral +of one Captain Turner, who commanded a Baltimore schooner. He said that +while they were blockading the coast of France they captured him and his +schooner; they put a prize-master and crew on board, and the crew of the +schooner were put on board the Squadron, except Captain Turner and the +cook, who remained on the schooner, which was ordered to sail for +England. The next day Turner succeeded in getting the prize-master and +crew drunk, killed the prize-master and part of the crew, and confined +the remainder. He then returned to France with his vessel, shipped a new +crew, and put to sea again. One morning they discovered from the +Squadron, a schooner in company with two frigates, being between the +schooner and the land. The Dragon steered directly for the schooner, +while the frigates steered in different directions, to prevent the +schooner from going back again into port. The Dragon by setting all her +light sails was fast coming up with her, and commenced firing her bow +guns, to which the schooner paid no attention. They soon came within +musket-shot and fired a number of volleys which riddled the schooner's +sails. The captain of the Dragon then gave orders to cease firing, as he +considered it cold-blooded murder. On coming within a few rods of the +schooner they saw but one man on board, and standing at the wheel. When +within a short distance he suddenly put down her helm, which brought her +broad side across the ship's bow, intending that the ship should run +over her. But the ship's helm was immediately put up, which caused her +to strike the schooner near the bow and brought her alongside of the +ship. They then hailed, "What schooner is that?" To which the man at the +helm replied, "The Prize, Captain Turner, the very man you are looking +for." On boarding the schooner, they found the crew all below, except +the captain, who said he did not wish to expose his crew to their fire. +He said the excitement was great on board the ship: that all the +officers signed a petition to mitigate Turner's punishment. + +While we were lying in Lynn Haven Bay, the Dragon had captured a small +vessel, put on board of her a cannonade or short nine-pounder, a +quantity of small arms, and called her the "Snap Dragon." They sent her +out in pursuit of plunder and slaves, about one hundred and fifty of +whom were captured as runaways from their masters. But on one of the +expeditions of the Snap Dragon, she was captured by the Americans, +having thirty men on board, and the prisoners sent to Baltimore. Soon +after an exchange was agreed upon by which the prisoners of the Snap +Dragon were exchanged for the Americans on board the ship. When the crew +of the Snap Dragon were brought on board the ship we were all +discharged, which caused no little rejoicing among us. We then returned +to Baltimore, took leave of each other and made our way to our +respective homes. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +Sloop Biddle. + + +Soon after my unfortunate adventure in the New-York, I took command of a +schooner called the Caty Ann, and made a voyage to Savannah and back to +New-York, without capture. Although Sir James Yeo, in the South Hampton +frigate, was closely blockading Savannah at the time, I made a second +attempt to proceed to the same port. After sailing a few miles south of +Sandy Hook light-house we were chased back by an English frigate, and +the schooner narrowly escaped being captured. The whole coast was so +closely blockaded that I abandoned going to sea again until after peace +was proclaimed. + +About the first of May, 1813, I took charge of the brig Cyrus, of +New-York, and made one voyage to Georgetown, South Carolina, and back, +and then made another to Bermuda and Turk's Island. + +Ever ready to sacrifice my personal comfort for the prospect of +increasing the means of gaining an honest living--being in the prime of +life and enjoying good health, and that huge monster, Fear, seldom +throwing his dark shadow across my path--I engaged again to open a +trade with the Indians on the Musquito Shore, on the borders of South +America, now called New Greneda, or Central America. This country +formerly belonged to the government of Spain, which still tried to +exercise authority over it, although rebellions had broken out both in +the North and South of it; and, the then called government of Columbia, +under General Bolivar, aided by a number of Americans and others, with +vessels commissioned as privateers, and land forces, made a strong +resistance to the Spanish government. They fought many desperate battles +with the royalists, under what was then called the Patriot, or Columbian +flag. Carthagena, their largest sea-port, was taken and re-taken three +several times, and every man in it put to death. + +The king of the Musquito Indians claims the sea-coast of that country +from the False Cape, lat. 15 deg. 14' N. to Port Boro Toro, lat. 9 deg. 29' N. +The government of Old Spain likewise claimed it, but never had been able +to dispossess the Indians. The sea-board of this country is very level, +interspersed with lakes, rivers and creeks. From May until November the +country is visited with heavy showers of rain. In many places I have +from time to time walked in water some inches deep to go from one house +to another. The Indian towns are mostly built some distance up the +rivers or creeks, to secure them from any attacks from the sea-board. +They have no roads inland, their whole travel being in canoes, by which +means they can visit the different tribes, hauling them across narrow +necks of land that separate one lake or river from another. + +The Spanish government, under an old blockading decree had declared that +any person found trading with these Indians, if captured, should lose +his cargo by confiscation, and be sent to the mines for life. The +government of Spain likewise claimed three small islands near the +Musquito Shore, viz: Old Providence, lying in lat. 13 deg. 27' N. long. 80 deg. +39' W. This island I found inhabited by about thirty families of free +people of different nations and colors, and from five to thirty slaves +to every free person in the island. St. Andreas, lying in lat. 12 deg. 33' +N. long. 81 deg. W. It contains about seventy-five families of free people, +and about eight hundred slaves; it was lately the residence of a Spanish +Governor named Gonzales. This place had a small fort, garrisoned with +about thirty soldiers. I shall hereafter give the reader a further +description of the island, related to me by Captain Mitchell, commonly +called Mitchell the Pirate.[A] Great Corn Island lays in lat. 12 deg. 19' +N. long. 82 deg. 11' W. about forty miles from the main land. Little Corn +Island, lying about ten miles from the great one, is inhabited, and +produces large quantities of cocoa nuts and wild fruits. + + [A] The only account I have ever read of Mitchell is, that he + was a partner with Lafitte, the Pirate, when they took + possession of Baratara, where they carried their prizes. They + kept possession of the place for some considerable time, + bidding defiance to the authorities on that coast. Governor + Claibourne, of Louisiana, afterwards issued a proclamation, + offering these pirates a free pardon on condition that they + would join the army then under command of General Jackson, for + the defence of New Orleans. They accepted of the Governor's + terms, repaired to that place with all their men, and put + themselves under the command of the General, who placed them in + the hottest part of the battle, where they fought in the most + gallant manner. Lafitte and Mitchell both held commissions + under the government of the Republic of Columbia at this time. + +The staple produce of the above named island is cotton. The soil is +fertile and produces plantains, yams, sweet potatoes, and Tropical +fruits in abundance. The inhabitants raise plenty of hogs and poultry, +which they fatten on cocoa nuts, the oil from which, while fresh, is +equal to lard for cooking fish, &c. and after it becomes rancid burns +well in lamps. + +About the first of January, 1816, I made a contract with the Messrs. +Cotheal & Hoff and Mr. A. S. Hallett, merchants of New-York, to take +charge of a small sloop called the Biddle, of thirty-two tons burthen. I +was to proceed to Musquito Shore, land at the island of Old Providence, +(if I saw no suspicious looking vessels in the harbor;) and open a trade +with the Indians for the purchase of tortoise shell, which was very +valuable at this time; these Indians furnish large quantities of that +article. I likewise had orders to exchange my goods for hides, +deer-skins, cochineal, gum elastic or India rubber, gum copal, cotton, +fustic, sarsaparilla, &c. + +I took on board an assorted cargo, calculated for a barter trade. As I +was totally unacquainted with the trade, this voyage was considered an +experimental trip. On my arrival the inhabitants informed me that they +had not seen the American flag flying there for the last fourteen years. + +I could not procure any correct charts of that coast. I found many +shoals that never had made their appearance on any chart, so little had +these seas been surveyed. I suppose young mariners have less difficulty +in that respect now, as Queen Victoria has become god-mother to the +young king of Musquito Shore, and taken him under her parental care, to +assist him in robbing his neighbors' territories. + +I will here give the reader a short description of the country, the +undertaking, and some account of the disasters which befell me in the +prosecution of the voyage. Having loaded my little sloop, (about the +size of a clam boat,) I soon shipped a crew, which consisted of a North +River captain, who had never been out of the sight of land, to act as my +mate; and two old broken-down sailors, one acting as seaman and the +other as cook. We sailed about the first of February, with a fair wind, +and made our passage in twenty-two days to the Island of Old Providence, +where we hoisted our flag for a pilot. I soon discovered a fishing +canoe, having one white man and three or four negroes on board, who +volunteered to pilot us into the harbor. I inquired of the white man, +whose name was John Taylor, one of the largest planters in the island, +for a Mr. Hoy, to whom I had a letter of introduction. Mr. Taylor +replied that Mr. Hoy was dead, that he was his father-in-law. He took +the letter, promised me friendly assistance, and piloted my vessel into +the harbor. The inhabitants soon came on board and commenced a brisk +trade with me. Previous to leaving New-York, I was advised not to enter +the harbor of Old Providence if I saw any vessel looking like a +privateer or man-of-war in sight of the place. In the afternoon I kept a +good look out with my spy-glass, until near sun-set, when I discovered a +schooner beating up under the lee of the island. I immediately applied +to my new friend, Taylor, to pilot me out of the harbor, promising him +to return again in a few days, which he utterly refused. He told me that +the vessel in sight was a privateer belonging to Captain Mitchell, who +commanded her--that Captain M. kept his (Taylor's) daughter as a wife, +and that Mitchell was a clever fellow and would not molest me. As the +channel of the harbor was narrow and difficult to pass through, I +decided to remain at anchor rather than run the risk of getting the +vessel on shore, considering it was best to keep quiet and trust to +fortune. I felt somewhat agitated as the privateer approached the land, +it being a dark night. + +About 12 o'clock she anchored a short distance from us, when I was +hailed from her, asking, "What sloop is that, and from whence come you?" +I answered, "Sloop Biddle, from New-York." In a few moments a boat came +alongside with the captain and eight men, all armed. I showed the +captain my papers, and assured him my cargo was _bona fide_ American +property. He answered me, saying, "We shall see more about that +to-morrow morning." He then left me and returned to his own vessel. Soon +after I heard the report of a large cannon from the privateer, which was +mounted on a circle, filled with chain and grape-shot, and pointed +towards the shore, where it cut a decent road through the small trees. +The next morning Captain Mitchell told me the gun was loaded full to the +muzzle, and that when he loaded it he intended to fire into my vessel +without hailing her, supposing she was Spanish, to whom he showed no +quarter. On a second reflection he thought it best to hail the sloop +before he fired. He said, "Had I fired into you, I should have cut your +vessel all in pieces." He discharged the gun toward the shore as a +signal to send a horse to convey him to Mr. John Taylor's, whom he +called his father-in-law, as he kept his daughter Sarah as a wife. + +Mitchell appeared to have full control over the island, and no one dare +question his authority. He had made this place his rendezvous for some +time past, bought all the provisions they could spare, both from masters +and slaves, and paid them liberally, having plenty of money on board, +and, like most seamen, was lavish in its expenditure. He had lately +escaped from Carthagena, and brought a few half-starved passengers from +that city. In running past one of their forts, a cannon ball had struck +the schooner's fore-mast and cut it half off. + +One of the passengers informed me that Carthagena was so closely +besieged by the royalists at that time, that cowhides were sold at +twelve dollars apiece, for food, and that he was obliged to pay three +dollars for a pilot-biscuit, to prevent starvation. Some time after, I +learned that the city was taken and all the inhabitants put to death. + +The next morning after my arrival I was visited by Captain Mitchell, +John Taylor, and most of the inhabitants of the island, who were much +pleased to see an American vessel in the harbor, saying it was the only +one that they had seen there in many years past. I was invited on shore +to dine at Mr. Taylor's, in company with Captain Mitchell, where a good +dinner was provided for us, consisting of roast pig, poultry, &c. My +plate was plentifully supplied by Captain Mitchell. On looking over the +table I did not discover any bread. Soon after a plate of roasted +plantains was set before me. I took one, not knowing how to use it, this +being the first I had ever seen of this kind of food. I soon found it to +be the common bread of the country. We were politely waited upon, having +a negro boy, from ten to fourteen years old, without one rag of clothing +about him, standing behind the chair of each person at table, with a +bush in his hand to keep the flies from annoying the company. The +following day I was invited to dine on board Captain Mitchell's vessel. +His boat was sent for me at the proper hour, and I was politely +received on board and soon after conducted to the table, which was +elegantly furnished with silver platters, plates, knives, forks, spoons, +pitchers, tumblers, &c. and with the exception of knife-blades, every +other article on the table was pure silver. He showed me many valuable +diamonds, and large quantities of old gold and silver; and the least +valuable article I saw on board his vessel was the schooner's ballast, +which consisted of brass cannon. + +I opened a good trade with the inhabitants, selling goods at retail, +from one to three hundred per cent profit. In ten days I sold over +eighteen hundred dollars' worth; about one-half was received in money, +and the remainder in cotton. I took part of the cotton on board, and the +balance was to be paid on my return to that port. + +Captain Mitchell visited me daily, and told me some of his adventures. +He said that a few months previous he had captured a small trading +schooner, armed her for a privateer, and appointed one Captain Rose to +the command of her, who was then on a cruise. A short time before, Rose +had been with him in Old Providence. "While laying here," said he, "I +made up my mind to sail for New-York, and there sell my vessel and cargo +and retire to private life, thinking my means would support me. One +morning, while contemplating my future enjoyments when I got well +settled in New-York, I thought it would much disturb my mind to think +that old Gonzales should boast that he had frightened Mitchell, who +dared not attack him. He had sent me many saucy messages, by trading +vessels, saying, I dare not come to St. Andreas, to annoy him, as I had +the inhabitants of Providence, who were afraid to resist me. These +reflections so affected my mind that I immediately ordered my boat +manned and went on board of Rose's vessel. I told Rose that we would +never leave these seas until we had made an attack on St. Andreas, and +that he must prepare himself to join me on the morrow. The next day we +made the necessary preparation and sailed for that island, a distance of +about sixty miles, where we arrived early in the evening, ran into the +harbor and came to anchor. All hands on board, being only forty-six, +including officers and seamen, had volunteered to make an attack on the +island. We all landed, about 11 o'clock at night, except one man in each +vessel. Being well acquainted with the local situation of the island, I +proceeded to the plantation of Mrs. Lever, and captured her +negro-driver, whose name was Frank, and told him to conduct me secretly +to his young master William, if he did not I would kill him instantly. +Frank soon led me to William's house, where we found him in bed. We +seized him without making any alarm, and told him that death was his +portion if he did not go with us without making any noise and strictly +obey my orders. I had often heard of the boastings this young Lever had +made of what he would do if he could catch Mitchell, and thought the +present a good opportunity to retaliate upon him. I then told him he +must conduct me to the house of Governor Gonzales without making any +alarm, call the governor from his bed and tell him that Captain Mitchell +was near the island with two privateers; that you imagine the island in +great danger, and think it necessary to prepare for immediate defence. + +"We marched directly to the house, where we found the governor in bed. I +kept my men still, not allowing a loud word to be spoken. Lever obeyed +my orders punctually, calling the old man out of bed by telling him his +alarming tale. As soon as the old man opened the door I took hold of him +and conveyed him on board of my vessel. We landed a six-pound brass +cannon during the night, unroofed the governor's house, and mounted the +gun on the second floor of the building. I sent a party to the fort, who +put to death a few soldiers they found sleeping there. A number having +taken lodgings with their families prevented their sharing the same +fate. + +"I took possession of the governor's house for my head quarters, where I +issued a proclamation, addressed to the inhabitants, inviting them to +surrender their arms, and by complying with the request, all private +property should be respected. About ten o'clock the next morning I +discovered a collection of about sixty men with two nine-pound carriage +guns, on their way to my head quarters. Immediately beating up for +volunteers, sixteen men agreed to follow me. On marching towards the +enemy they abandoned their field-pieces and dispersed in great haste. We +dismounted the guns and spiked them, burnt the carriages, and returned +to our head quarters unmolested. Three days after, the inhabitants +accepted of the proposed terms, and all opposition to my command ceased. +I took the governor's negroes, money, plate, &c. and repaired on board, +where I remained some days, treating the old fellow politely at my +table, feeding him on the best the island produced, furnishing him with +wine at his dinner, and plenty of Spanish segars. In a few days he +appeared cheerful, composed, and conversed with me in a familiar manner. +On the tenth day after his capture I gave him a good dinner, took a +glass of wine with him, and told him I was going to hang him that +afternoon. He laughed, supposing it a joke, and that I had no intention +of harming him. He was sitting in an armed-chair near the cabin door, on +deck, smoking a segar, when I ordered one of the seamen to reave a +yard-rope from the fore-yard, bring the end aft and put it round his +neck. He was soon dragged from the chair to the fore-yard-arm." + +[Illustration: Captain Mitchell hanging Governor Gonzales.] + +After Captain Mitchell had related his story, I asked him what he did +with his body; he replied, "I let him hang about an hour, and then cut +the rope and let the old devil go adrift." I said he should have spared +his life, he being an old man who could never do him much harm. He +replied, "I have served him the same as they will serve me when they +catch me." + +Captain Mitchell told me he was now bound to New-York, which he intended +to make his permanent residence, but he must go by the way of New +Orleans, as he had fourteen negro slaves he wanted to sell there. I told +him the laws of the United States strictly forbid the carrying of slaves +into that country; if he was caught in the act his vessel and cargo +would be forfeited. He said he was well acquainted with one Sisson, a +New Orleans pilot, who would smuggle them on shore for him. I cautioned +him against the attempt, by saying, "Captain Mitchell, be careful that +those negroes do not sell you before you do them." He has often, since +the loss of his vessel and cargo, repeated to me the caution I then gave +him. He made a contract with me to return to Providence, after I had +been to Musquito Shore and disposed of my cargo, and take Miss Sarah +Taylor (whom he called his wife) and her servant to New-York, agreeing +to pay me three hundred and thirty dollars for their passages; saying he +intended to proceed along the coast of Cuba in search of Spanish +vessels, and in all probability would have some hard engagements, and +did not want a woman sniffling about him; and that he would eventually +meet her in New-York. + +Miss Sarah Taylor was educated in Jamaica, and had the appearance of a +lady of some accomplishments, although she was living as a concubine. + +Captain Mitchell was a man of some education, about five feet six inches +high, dark hair and eyes, and had the appearance of a gentleman; was +very liberal to unfortunate seamen, and one of the greatest tyrants to +exercise authority over them that I have ever heard of. He had at that +time two sailors lying in the stocks near Taylor's house, with their +ancles two feet above the ground, they lying out of doors on their +backs, their bodies exposed to the sun for two or three days. He +informed me that he had captured a prize some time previous, and the +prize-master and crew had run away with the vessel; that he then took an +oath to shoot any of the crew if he ever saw them again. A few months +after, he visited Corn Island, where one of the crew happened to arrive. +Some of the inhabitants cautioned the man to keep out of his sight. He +boastingly replied that Mitchell dared not shoot him. Mitchell said he +hoped the man would not appear in his presence, as he did not want to +kill him. "But," said he, "one day when I was taking a walk on the +island he (knowing I had made the threat) presented himself a short +distance before me, when I took a musket and shot him dead." + +Some of the inhabitants informed me that the negro cook belonging on +board his vessel asked him one day what he should cook for his dinner. +Mitchell told him to kill a pig which they had on board. The cook did +not understand his answer, and knowing his ungovernable temper, dared +not ask him a second time, but built his fire and had his water +boiling. At twelve o'clock Mitchell asked him what he was cooking for +dinner, to which the cook replied, "I did not understand what you wanted +for dinner." Mitchell seized him by the hair of his head with one hand, +and with a ladle in the other poured the boiling water on him until he +scalded him to death. One of the sailors told him he thought that was +hard usage. Mitchell immediately drew a pistol from his belt and shot +the sailor dead and then threw him overboard. + +Captain Mitchell informed me that some years since he was cast away on +the shore of the Pacific Ocean, and found it necessary to cross over the +country by land to the Atlantic coast to get home, that he was arrested +for not having a passport to travel. He was thrown into prison and for +some misdemeanor was put into the stocks, where he had to lie on his +back for some months, and while thus confined he had taken an oath that +he would never die in peace until he had killed one hundred Spaniards +with his own hands. Some three years after this time I accosted him in a +humorous manner, by saying, "Mitchell how many have you due now?" He +replied, "Seventeen, by G--d, Dunham, I have killed eighty-three with my +own hands." + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + + +After ten days successful trade at Old Providence, I got under weigh and +proceeded towards Musquito Shore, and in the day-time ran in near the +land, but could not discover any settlements. I kept beating to the +northward, keeping as near the shore as safety would admit, with a good +look-out for houses or canoes. By my observations I found a strong +current setting to the southward. After beating up three days, we +discovered a number of Indian houses near the entrance of a bay which +appeared like a good harbor. From my reckoning I supposed this place to +be Cape Gracios a Dios, (mercy of God.) I carefully sounded my way into +the harbor and anchored. + +Soon after we anchored, a canoe containing six or eight Indians, having +a stripe of hair about three inches broad, extending from one ear to the +other across the top of their heads, which were shaved close to the +skin, came out to our vessel. They spoke to us in broken English. I +asked them if this place was called the Cape. They answered "Yes." We +discovered an English Island flag flying on shore near the largest +house, and asking them who owned the house where the flag was flying; +they answered "Admiral Dalby;" looking at me with some surprise, they +exclaimed, "Don't you know Admiral Dalby?" + +Supposing I had to appear before some great chief, whose name sounded +so loud in my ears, I put on my best go-a-shore suit, to use an old +sailor phrase, and treating the Indians with rum, &c. went on shore with +them, and was conducted to the house of Admiral Dalby, whom I found +dressed in a clean shirt and white pantaloons, a cotton handkerchief +tied on his head, and an old English Admiral's red vest, with some old +lace trimmings, having long skirts extending nearly to his knees, and +without shoes. Seeing his _majestic_ appearance, I approached him with +all the politeness of a French dancing-master. After the ceremonies were +ended, he asked me what country I came from, and what articles I wanted +to purchase. I replied that I came from New-York, in North America, and +that I belonged to the same continent that he did; that I wanted to +purchase tortoise-shell, cow-hides, deer-skins, gum elastic, gum copal, +cochineal, &c. We spent some time in ascertaining the Indian names of +the gums, &c. before he understood what articles I wanted to purchase. +He said, "Indian man and American man all one country belongs to, all +the same as brothers, me right king's officer, all white men must help +um; me good man, have good head, savy good? this place all me belong to. +To-morrow I send plenty men to fetch you skins, gums, and every thing +you want." + +After all our arrangements were completed, it being the first time I +ever had the honor of negotiating with an _admiral_, I invited him to go +on board my vessel and drink tea with me; which invitation he readily +accepted. On our arrival on board, my little table was soon placed on +deck under an awning. The cook supplied us with the best our little +sloop afforded; the _admiral_ was seated at the head of the table, and +waited on in the politest manner. After he had finished his tea, he +drank a few glasses of rum and returned to his home. + +When the cook set his table the next morning, he missed his tea spoons. +Diligent search was made for them, but they could not be found. We +charged the poor old cook with throwing them overboard in shaking out +his crumbs of the table-cloth, which he strongly denied. The spoons cost +about two or three cents apiece. The next day I called at the admiral's +house, where I saw his children playing with my spoons. On inquiring I +found the admiral had carried them on shore in his breeches pocket. + +I remained at the Cape about one week, where I purchased a small +quantity of tortoise-shell, some hides, deer-skins, tiger-skins, gums, +&c. My owners had given me orders on my arrival in that country to +procure an Indian pilot who was well acquainted with the coast. + +My old friend, Admiral Dalby, procured me a pilot to conduct me to Pearl +Key Lagoon, where most of the inhabitants spoke good English. I had a +letter of introduction to an inhabitant of that place, whose name was +Edward Patterson, a native of Curracoa, who had lived with the +Musquitoes many years, and intermarried with them. The pilot and his +son-in-law came on board. I was compelled to hire the latter that he +might assist his father-in-law in returning with his canoe. The price +agreed on was ten yards of Osnabergs to each; no difference in the +price, whether the voyage was performed in one week, or I detained him +three months: it was all the same. + +We weighed anchor and proceeded to the southward, intending to stop at +every settlement between the Cape and Pearl Key Lagoon. The next day we +anchored at Sandy Bay. Soon after, we were visited by Governor Clemente, +Admiral Hammer, General McLean, and many petty officers and citizens. +After treating with a few gallons of rum, by way of introduction, I +opened a brisk trade with them, bartering my goods for the same kind of +articles I had bought at the Cape. The governor brought on board with +him one of his nine living wives. After remaining here three days, we +got under weigh and steered southward, keeping near the land, under the +direction of the pilot. In the evening I began to doubt his skill, and +often hove the lead to satisfy myself, the pilot being stationed forward +to keep a good look-out. About ten o'clock I heard the sound of out, +out, out. I looked under the lee of the boom and discovered we were near +the breakers. We attempted to tack ship, but found it impossible. In a +few moments we were driven upon the reef, unshipping our rudder and +thumping so hard that I expected she would break in pieces. About an +hour after, she beat over the shoal into nine feet water, where we came +to anchor. The next day I sounded a passage out between the shoals. In +heaving the vessel through the passage we broke our largest anchor, and +finding it impossible to save her, hoisted the jib and ran her on shore. +When the wind abated we landed our sails, dry goods and hardware. We +built a comfortable tent, which protected our goods from the rains which +visit that country almost every day from May until November. We found +ourselves near the mouth of a river called Waa-waa, some fifteen miles +from the residence of Governor Clemente. After remaining here a few days +I sent the pilot to the governor's residence, claiming his protection +and requesting him to furnish me with men and canoes to transport my +goods to Pearl Key Lagoon, and I would pay them a liberal compensation +for their services. The messenger returned with an answer, that the +governor had gone on an excursion through his dominions, and was not +expected to return in less than two or three weeks. We passed our time +in shooting deer, conies, parrots, boobies, gulls, &c. and catching +fish, which we found in abundance. + +After we had remained here four weeks, the governor arrived, accompanied +by forty or fifty Indians. I provided a good dinner for the governor, +his lady and officers, who were invited to my table. Rum, gin, and +Catalonia wine, were served out in abundance. The governor promised me +protection and assistance; but his business required his return home +immediately, but added that he would send me relief the next day. Before +we had finished dinner the mob of Indians commenced stealing our +tumblers from the table, likewise knives, forks, some empty kegs, and a +fine pig, which we had fattened, as well as most of the loose articles +about our premises. I had made the governor many presents for his +promised protection, and I remonstrated with him against this wanton +outrage, without obtaining any redress. + +About sunset the Indians all left my camp, except four canoes of country +Indians, who lived four days paddle up some of the rivers: and according +to the pilot's interpretation, they did not associate with the +governor's gang, who treated them with contempt. After the governor and +his tribe had left us, these Indians came to my tent, whom I treated +with hospitality, and they encamped near us that night. The next morning +my mate advised me to hire these Indians to take me to Pearl Key Lagoon +in their canoes, taking my money, dry goods, and all my valuable +articles with me, and he and the two sailors would remain by the wreck +and take care of the heavy goods until I could procure some vessel or +large craft to transport them to that place. Fearing an attack from the +governor's party, I employed the pilot to negotiate a bargain with these +Indians, as they could not speak English. He soon made an agreement by +which I was to give two officers, captains of towns, ten yards of check +shirting cloth each, and the soldiers, as he called them, five yards +each, and five yards for the hire of a large canoe. + +The bargain being closed we loaded the four canoes, together with the +pilot's, with dry goods, cutlery, &c. In the large canoe I put my chest, +charts, quadrant, clothing, nine hundred dollars in specie, and a ten +gallon keg of rum, knowing it would stimulate them to perform the voyage +with despatch, by giving them a drink on arriving at certain places we +could see ahead. The cook had boiled me a piece of salt beef to carry +with me, and put up two or three pounds of sea-bread. I took a jug of +rum in addition to the ten gallon keg, on board of the canoe in which I +embarked, and put a tea-cup in my pocket to serve as a tumbler. As soon +as the canoes were loaded I measured ten yards to each of the officers, +according to our contract, and then measured off five yards and gave it +to one of the soldiers, who threw it on the ground, when the Indians +commenced unloading the canoes. I called on the pilot for an +explanation, and was informed that the soldiers said they had to work as +hard as the officers, and would not proceed with me unless I gave them +ten yards each. I was unable to avoid the extortion, and gave them the +same quantity I had given the officers. In complaining to the pilot of +the treatment I had received from the Indians, and the crime they had +committed in stealing from me, he replied, "Tief man can't go and live +wit God, Devil must catch um." After I had given the check to each of +the twelve Indians who were to convey me to Pearl Key Lagoon, one of +them seized his and escaped to the woods, which was the last I saw of +him. + +All things being ready, we made sail, myself taking charge of the large +canoe, with orders for them all to keep close company, by shortening +sail when necessary, so that they could assist one another should any +accident happen. I now began to reflect on my forlorn situation, having +five canoes under my control, twelve Indians, and only one that could +speak English, the naked ocean on one side, the wilderness on the other, +and a passage of one hundred and twenty miles to make before I could +find a civilized habitation. We proceeded about ten miles on our way, +when we ran our canoes on shore and drew them up on the beach, which was +performed in great haste to prevent their filling with water and wetting +the goods, to avoid which, I covered all the cargoes with cowhides. + +Having secured our canoes, the Indians took cutlasses and dug a spring +of fresh water, which after bailing out two or three times appeared +clear, and we drank it with a real good will after we had mixed it with +rum. I had made an agreement with them, by interpretation of the pilot, +that I would treat them every time I drank myself, and at no other time, +which was considered a fair bargain. They then took my meat and bread, +and ate it all at one meal; after which they made a large fire on the +ground to keep away tigers, panthers, &c. + +I landed two chests, one containing my money and clothing, the other my +most valuable goods; and wrapping myself in an old bed quilt, which +protected me from the mosquitoes, took lodging on my chests, the Indians +taking their station near the fire. The next morning we had nothing to +eat. About nine o'clock the Indians went into the woods, _progging_, as +they termed it, and after being gone some time returned with a few small +oysters and some wild honey, which was all the food we got that day. The +next morning we got under weigh and proceeded a few miles, when the wind +rising created a heavy sea, and we were obliged to run our fleet on +shore and remain until the following day. + +In the afternoon the Indians unloaded two of the small canoes, (the wind +having ceased blowing,) paddled out some distance and caught a large +quantity of fish. At night they boiled three or four pots full, setting +up until twelve o'clock and devouring all the fish they had caught. I +thought they consumed five or six pounds each. The next morning we got +under weigh and proceeded on our voyage until the afternoon, when the +wind increasing, it was found necessary to lighten my canoe. I made a +signal for the pilot to come alongside, he immediately obeyed, calling +one of the captains of a town to join: when, after a short consultation, +it was agreed to take some boxes of check shirting and the ten gallon +keg of rum out of my canoe and put them on board of theirs. Strict +orders were again given to keep close together, that assistance might +be rendered to each other if necessary, the sea running high at the +time. The captain's and pilot's canoes soon out-sailed the rest of the +fleet. I made signals for them to shorten sail, which they paid no +attention to, and at sun-set they were so far ahead that we could not +discern them. + +We then landed with the three canoes, made our fire and brought my two +chests ashore, as on the night previous. Not having had any food that +day I went a short distance into the woods, where I found some old +cocoa-nuts, of which I made a poor supper. Not having any one to +converse with, I laid down on my chests near the fire, my eight Indians +near me. They soon commenced a long conversation, and being somewhat +anxious to learn the subject of it, I lay listening very attentively. +Having a fire-light I could see all their movements. I heard one of them +repeat the word "_Buckra_" at the same time drawing his hand across his +throat. I then imagined they were concocting some plan to kill me. In +the morning they went into the woods, caught a land-tortoise, and laying +him on a large fire with his back down, kept him there until he was +dead, and then cutting a hole in his side, took out his inwards and +roasted him in the shell, from which we made our breakfast. + +[Illustration: Indians making motions to kill Captain Dunham.] + +I had discovered that these Indians had but little strength of body, in +loading and unloading canoes; in handling heavy chests and boxes, it +always took three Indians to carry one end when I could carry the +other. Wishing to try their strength, by signs I introduced wrestling, +jumping, &c. I found I could throw three of them on the ground at one +time without much trouble. I then took my pistols from my chest, fired +at targets, and performed many other exercises in order to show them my +strength was much greater than theirs, that they might be cautious how +they attacked me. + +[Illustration: Indians Cooking an Alligator for breakfast.] + +In the afternoon we got under weigh and proceeded a few miles, when we +encamped for the night. The next morning the Indians went into the swamp +after some food, and returned in a short time with a young alligator +three or four feet in length, which they had caught: having tied up his +mouth with a bark rope, they dragged him along on the ground by it. They +also brought some alligator's eggs, which we boiled. They placed the +middle of the alligator on the top of the fire, one holding the rope +which secured his mouth, another his tail, (he being yet alive,) and +burned him to death; after which they cut him to pieces and boiled his +flesh in the pot, from which we made our breakfast. I ate some of the +eggs, which I found very tough. Our jug of rum had been exhausted two or +three days, and the Indians had lost all their ambition. I tried to make +them understand, by signs, that when we arrived at Great River we should +find our comrades who had left us in the two canoes, and get rum and +provisions for the remainder of our voyage. Soon after, they showed me a +point of land some distance ahead, and repeated the words, "Great +River." I took a paddle in my hand and assisted them, at the same time +making signs, by lifting the jug to my mouth, giving them to understand +that they should have plenty of rum when we arrived there. When we were +within two miles of the mouth of the river the Indians suddenly ran the +canoes on shore, hauled them up on the land, unloaded all my goods and +ran toward the woods, leaving me alone on the beach. I felt much +surprised at being left in this sudden manner, half starved with hunger, +and my strength exhausted for want of sleep. After piling up all my +goods in the best manner I could, I re-loaded my pistols and prepared to +defend myself. Hunger now prompted me to look for something to eat. I +saw a large green turtle, some four feet in length, laying upon his back +a few rods from my goods. I then walked in a different direction from +the turtle, in pursuit of something to allay my hunger. Suddenly I +discovered a large, strange Indian approaching toward me, having two +small ropes in his hand, with eyes spliced in the ends, which he was +slipping backward and forward as he approached near me. I slowly +retreated some distance, casting my eyes over my shoulder, looking for +some weapon to defend myself, when I discovered a stick of wood about +the size of a man's wrist, which I quickly secured. He, advancing, asked +if I was captain of the American vessel that was cast away on the coast +a few weeks since, and if I was hungry. I told him yes: he still +approached me during this conversation; upon which I raised my club and +told him if he came any nearer to me I would kill him. He said if I +would go with him to Admiral Drummer's house, which was but a short +distance, I could get plenty to eat. I informed him that the Indians I +had hired to carry my goods to Pearl Key Lagoon, had thrown them on +shore here, left me, and that I dare not leave my goods unprotected on +the beach. He said he would tell the Admiral of my situation, and +informed me that two days ago two canoes, having some of my goods on +board, arrived at the mouth of the river, that one of them had upset in +passing the bar and lost one keg of rum and one box of dry goods, which +had sunk, and that they had been fishing for them but could not find +them. He then took his leave, and going to the turtle put the ends of +his rope on his flippers, placed the middle across his breast and +dragged him off. + +Admiral Drummer hearing of my arrival here, sent an Indian slave with a +gold headed cane, which he considered as a badge of his office, inviting +me to his house to take some breakfast. I returned my reasons for not +accepting his invitation, by saying "I dare not leave my goods +unprotected." Soon after the admiral brought me some warm cocoa, smoked +meat and roasted plantains to eat. My appetite being good I made a +hearty dinner. After some time my Indians returned from the woods with +some coarse food they had gathered in the swamps. I told the admiral I +had paid these Indians in advance to transport my goods to Pearl Key +Lagoon, that they had broken their contract, and that they appeared +determined to leave me here. After conversing with them some time, he +told me they said they were half starved, had not any provisions to +proceed with, and would not go any farther. He also said they were +mountain Indians, living in the interior of the country, and were not +under his control, but ordered them to put the goods into their canoes +and carry me into the mouth of the river, where I would find the two +boats which had left me some days before. + +In the afternoon I was visited by the admiral, his two wives, and a +number of his tribe. I made him and his wives many presents, and he +promised to meet me the next day at the mouth of the river, when he +would furnish me with men and canoes to carry me to the Lagoon. He left +me soon after to return to his home. We proceeded with our three canoes +into the mouth of the river, where I found the other two, one of them +belonging to the pilot, who told me that, in crossing the bar at the +mouth of the river, the captain's canoe had turned over and lost one box +of check cloth, the ten gallon keg of rum, and they had both sunk, that +they had fished for them a long time, but could not find them; also, +that the captain had lost his dinner-pot by upsetting his canoe, and I +must pay him for it, because he was at work for me. Another Indian had +wrapped himself in his canoe-sail, and had laid so near the fire he had +burnt a hole in it, and I must pay for it because he was in my employ. + +Soon after my arrival in the mouth of the river the pilot told me he +would go to the admiral's house and procure me some provisions; he left, +followed by the whole gang, except one sick Indian who remained with me, +with whom I could not converse except by signs. Knowing that a keg of +rum would not sink in the water, I thought it best to search the shore +and see what discoveries I could make. After walking about one-fourth of +a mile I discovered a cow-hide secreted in the edge of the woods, which +drew my attention to it. By removing the hide I discovered the box of +dry goods and the dinner-pot for which he had demanded payment. I walked +back to our landing place, took one of the canoes and carried the box, +pot, &c. to my camp, where I opened the box and found some of the check +a little wet, but not from the upsetting of the canoe. I searched the +beach for some time, but could not find any traces of the rum-keg. +Having no companion left with me except my sick Indian, and no food to +eat, I was obliged to pick up old cocoa-nuts or any other articles I +could swallow to satisfy my craving appetite. + +On the evening of the third day after my arrival here my Indians +returned much intoxicated, without the pilot. They picked up their +baggage and prepared for their departure; then laid themselves down +near the fire, and soon fell asleep. I piled up my goods as compactly +as I could, loaded my pistols and laid myself down on the top of them, +supposing they would attempt to rob me, and escape with their plunder. I +did not shut my eyes until about four o'clock and then fell asleep, +which continued about half-an-hour, when I awoke and found they were +taking their departure. I took a hasty look at my goods and found they +had only taken from me one empty jug and a few small articles of little +value. + +A few hours after, the pilot, accompanied by Admiral Drummer, his two +wives, and thirty or forty Indians arrived, bringing me some provisions, +which I ate greedily. After making the admiral and his wives many +presents, I asked his price to carry me and my goods to Pearl Key +Lagoon. He told me I must pay him the same price I had paid the Indians +who had left me here--ten yards of check cloth to each man, and ten +additional yards for the hire of a large canoe belonging to himself. The +bargain being closed, the admiral and his party all left me, except +those I had employed to carry me to the Lagoon. + +After the pilot had returned from the admiral's I asked him the cause of +their tarrying so long, knowing my destitute situation. He said they had +been to a drink-about of pine-liquor--a custom I did not then +understand. During my residence at the Lagoon I have been an invited +guest to drink-abouts. Pine-apples are raised in abundance in this +country, which the inhabitants of a number of settlements from time to +time collect in large quantities, and assemble at some central place, +where they convert them into a kind of pulp and then press out the +juice, put it into some old cask and let it remain a few days, when it +becomes the most palatable liquor I ever drank, and produces +intoxication when taken in large quantities. + +Some months after, I learned the deception these Indians had practised +upon me. The pilot and his comrades, who had run away from me with the +keg of rum and box of dry goods, arrived at Great River two days before +me. They poured some water on the box of dry goods, and then carried the +keg of rum to the admiral's house. After our arrival at Great River they +left me on the beach, half starved, as stated above, and returned to the +admiral's, where they remained drunk about three days. + +The contract being finished, we loaded the canoes and I paid the men in +advance, according to the custom of the country. I urged them to launch +the canoes and proceed on our voyage immediately, which they refused to +do, saying that night would overtake us before we could arrive at the +Lagoon. They said they would sail the next morning at daylight, and then +laid themselves down near the fire for the night. I wrapped myself up in +the old bed-quilt and took lodging on my chests as usual, the mosquitoes +so thick about us that we could not see any thing at a distance; they +annoyed the Indians so much that they lost all patience. At eleven +o'clock they launched their canoes and we proceeded on our voyage. +Before we took our departure I had given them orders to keep the canoes +near together for mutual safety. After we had gone a short distance, I +discovered by the stars that the captain of my canoe had lost his +course, and was running from the land into the ocean. I remonstrated +with him by making signs. About two o'clock I made out to convince him +of his error, when he steered towards the land, which brought us into +the trough of the sea, and I was compelled to bail water without +intermission until daylight, when I found we were within three miles of +the land, but could not discover any canoes in sight of us. We steered +our boat in near the land where the water was not so rough, and kept in +close to the shore. When we came to the mouth of Pearl Key Lagoon we saw +smoke a short distance from the mouth of the harbor, and going to the +place from which it proceeded found our comrades cooking some fish, they +had caught, for breakfast. We joined with them and took a scanty meal. +Soon after, we all got under weigh and proceeded about three miles, when +we arrived at the village of Pearl Key Lagoon, to my great joy, after a +passage of ten days. I was so thoroughly exhausted that I could not walk +from the canoe to the house without assistance. + + + + +CHAPTER V. + + +Pearl Key Lagoon lies in latitude 12 deg. 10' N., longitude 82 deg. 54' W. The +village is situated about four miles from the entrance of the Lagoon, or +_Lake_, into the sea. The village contains thirteen houses; the +inhabitants generally speak English, and are more civilized and +hospitable than the neighboring tribes. This place is the centre of +trade for the whole coast, and is often visited by English traders. + +I was hospitably received by Edward Patterson, a native of Curracoa, who +had resided here many years. He had three wives living with him, all +enjoying peace and good will towards each other. Patterson gave me a +hearty welcome to his house, and provided me a room in it to retail my +goods. He furnished his table with the best food the country produced, +cleanly cooked in English style. Two days after my arrival here my mate +and the two seamen arrived from the wreck of the sloop. They informed me +that a large number of Indians had encamped near the wreck and commenced +plundering the vessel, and they considered it unsafe to remain there any +longer. They repaired the sloop's boat, put their clothing and some +light goods on board, and after a few days' hard rowing reached this +place, with health and strength much exhausted. Two or three days after +a small English schooner arrived here, and I gave the captain two +hundred dollars to carry me to the wreck and bring back all the goods we +could save from it. We sailed the next day, and arrived there two days +after. We found the shore white with cotton, the Indians having cut open +the bales and carried away the sacks, leaving the cotton loose on the +beach, which the winds had scattered all along the shore for a great +distance. They had emptied two pipes of Catalonia wine on the ground and +carried away the casks; also emptied some cases of Holland gin and +filled the bottles with rum, cut many holes in the vessel to get out the +iron, and committed many other depredations. On inquiry I found that +most of the goods had been carried to Governor Clemente's house, about +thirty miles up the Waa-waa river. We employed some Indians to carry us +in their canoes to the governor's residence, there being no roads for +travelling by land in the country. When we arrived at his excellency's +dwelling we found a collection of forty or fifty Indians assembled +there, raving with intoxication; a hogshead of rum placed in the middle +of the house, with the bung taken out and the Indians filling their +calabashes by pouring it out of the bung-hole, wasting one-half in +pouring it out. The governor's invitation to spend the night with him +was readily accepted. He promised me he would restore all my goods that +could be found about his premises. The next day I found one pipe of gin +and one hogshead of rum unopened, which he consented to restore to me. +Here a difficulty arose: the distance from his house to the landing +place at the river was about one and a half miles, and no way of +conveyance except rolling the casks. I requested the governor to furnish +me men, and I would pay them liberally for their services in conveying +the goods to the landing place. He said he could not compel them to +assist me. My mate and two men I had brought with me succeeded in +rolling the casks to the shore after a tedious job of one and a half +days. I found sixteen barrels of salt belonging to me about the +premises, which we undertook to roll to the landing, but the governor +pursued us with his axe and broke the staves of the casks, when we +abandoned them. I then picked up all the remaining goods I could find +belonging to me, sent them on board the canoes, and putting my mate and +seamen on board as sentries for the night, took lodgings at the +governor's house. In the morning my attention was drawn towards the +governor's nine wives, who were seated round a fire outside of the +house, eating their breakfast in perfect harmony. From appearance their +ages were from sixteen to sixty years. I afterwards learned that eight +of the Indians had died from the effects of the liquor which they had +stolen from the wreck. + +The governor and his gang had destroyed and robbed me of about eighteen +hundred dollars' worth of property, for which I could not obtain any +redress. We embarked in our canoes and proceeded to the schooner, where +we took the goods on board, and the next day landed them at the Lagoon. +My property being all collected together, I fitted up my store and +received calls from all parts of the country, having that load-stone +_Rum_ to attract them. + +Among the visiters who came to console me in my unfortunate situation, +was a Sookerman, named Hewlett, who brought me a present of two +pine-apples, for which I offered him twelve and a half cents in payment, +he refused it, saying, "I was a poor cast-away thing, and all Indians +must help me." I placed a bottle of gin upon the table and invited him +and his comrade to drink, which they readily accepted, remaining with me +until near night, when they had emptied the bottle; then taking an empty +bottle from his pocket, he had the modesty to ask me to fill it for him +to carry home. I was selling gin at this time for fifty cents per +bottle. Pine-apples are considered of little value in this country, +being worth from one to two cents apiece. + +A Sookerman practices as a physician in sickness, but always abandons +his patient before the approach of death; he tells fortunes, can +discover thieves, and when the hurricane months are near approaching, he +resorts to some hill with his cutlass in his hand, which he waves in the +air to prevent the gales from destroying their crops of vegetables. He +collects an annual tax from all the inhabitants of his district, for his +services in cutting the breeze as they call it. If they refuse to pay +his tax the laws of the country allow him to seize upon any property he +can find, not excepting a man's dinner-pot. If a gale of wind happens to +sweep over the country and destroy their crops, he screens himself by +saying, "Some rascals have neglected the payment of their tithes." He +cannot see a woman in child-bed, or the woman or child under nine months +after the birth of it. He is prohibited from seeing any dead corpse, as +he imagines the sight of either of these would cause his immediate +death. The Sookerman makes all his journies in canoes, accompanied by +some of his friends. When they approach any village, he lays down in the +bottom of his canoe, and a sail is covered over him to protect his eyes, +while some of his comrades visit the houses of the villagers to +ascertain whether there are any of those dread sights in their houses. +When his wife shows signs of pregnancy she retires to a house built in +the woods, where she must remain nine months after her accouchment, +before she can return to her husband. + +My landlord, Patterson, informed me that he knew a Sookerman who landed +at a village in a canoe, without sending a messenger before him to +discover the object of his danger; it being stormy weather he landed in +great haste and ran to the nearest house for a shelter, and opening the +door quickly, the first object he saw was a woman holding a child in her +arms. The shock was so great that he fell down on the threshhold of the +door and died the third day after. + +Two miles from the village where I had located myself was another +settlement called Bigman Bank, a village of some renown, being the +residence of General Bigman and Admiral Walkin. Soon after I had my +store arranged to receive company I was visited by a number of young +ladies from Bigman's Bank who were considered the belles of the village. +The Indians residing in villages on the sea-coast imagine themselves far +superior to the inland tribes. They form the same opinion that a fopish +city dandy does of a country farmer, supposing him to be destitute of +common sense because he does not put all his earnings on his back and +cheat the tailor and shoemaker out of more. + +After the young ladies were all seated in the house, my friend Patterson +introduced me to them, and requested me to fill some glasses with gin +and pass them round, saying, "They had never drank any gin before, and +did not know the strength of it, that we should soon see sport." After +remaining some time and drinking freely, they attempted to depart, when +one of them, named Betsey Young, a girl possessing a pleasant and +beautiful countenance found herself unable to walk, and her comrades +took her on their backs and departed apparently much mortified as I was +myself. After they returned to their homes Betsey's mother gave her a +severe reprimand for her intoxication. The next morning she bent the top +of a small tree to the ground, tied a handkerchief to it and putting one +end round her neck let the tree straighten up, which hung her in the +air. Soon after her mother discovering her unfortunate situation cut +her down and restored her to life. A few months after she became one of +the king's wives. + +I was visited by a respectable Frenchman, named Ellis, residing thirty +miles up a river called Waa-waa-han, which empties into the Lagoon a few +miles from this place. The Musquito king had given him a tract of land +seven miles in length, bounded on the river, a well cultivated +plantation, producing coffee, sugar-cane, corn, yams, sweet potatoes, +all kinds of tropical fruits, and bread-stuffs in abundance. He owned +twenty or thirty slaves, and cultivated a good garden. He informed me +that he had fought for my country in the Revolution, under Count de +Grass. His nearest neighbor, named Gough, resided twelve miles from him, +who had a grant of land extending twelve miles along the river, and +owned a few slaves, but paid little attention to cultivation. I found +Mr. Ellis a very honest man, and a true friend to me. He kept a mulatto +woman as his wife, whose name was Fanny. He sent many orders to me to +bring out such articles as he wanted. He told me that one evening he was +making out an order for goods and asked his wife if she wanted any thing +added to the order. She answered by saying, "Tell Captain Dunham to +fetch me out one man-goose and one woman-goose." Mr. Ellis often sent me +garden vegetables, cucumbers, water-mellons, tropical fruits, &c. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + + +Among my new neighbors I found eight runaway negro slaves who had +deserted from the Island of St. Andreas, in canoes, a distance of about +two degrees, and took refuge here. To make the reader understand the +tragic scenes that follow, I shall describe them by giving the names of +the tribes they belonged to in their native country. Two of them being +called Jim, I shall be obliged to attach to the name of each that of the +tribe to which he belonged, to distinguish the parties. + +The English traders from Jamaica, who have monopolized the trade of this +country, frequently visit this place, stopping at St. Andreas and Corn +Island on their passage. They are often commissioned to apprehend +runaway slaves, return them to their masters, and receive their rewards. +These negroes were well apprised of this custom, and took great +precaution to arm and defend themselves if they were attacked. On the +arrival of any English vessel in the harbor, they retreated to the woods +and remained until the vessel left the port before they made their +appearance among us again, when they returned to the house which they +occupied when I first landed in the place, situated about fifty rods +from my store. When they went upon any excursion they were each armed +with a loaded musket and plenty of ammunition, determined never to be +taken prisoners alive. In addition to their armament, they purchased +from me five cutlasses, which they ground very sharp and carried with +them daily. Scotland and Jim belonged to the Ebo tribe in Africa, their +native country. Moody and the other Jim to the Mandingo tribe in the +same country; another negro, named Prince, was a native of Jamaica. +Scotland had a daughter with him, Moody and Mandingo Jim, both had their +wives with them. There always appeared a national antipathy existing +between the Ebo and Mandingo negroes, which caused many disputes between +them. Prince always tried to remain neutral between the parties, often +acting as umpire in the settlement of their difficulties. On the arrival +of any vessel, or any dangerous report, they compromised all their +private quarrels and united for the common defence. + +The negroes soon discovered that I had no means to annoy them, and that +the English traders were very jealous of me as a trespasser on their +exclusive right to trade here, I being the first American who had +attempted to open a trade with the Indians within the last fourteen +years. These negroes soon commenced trading with me, having fifty or +sixty dollars in money, and earnestly solicited my friendly aid, by +informing them of any plot I should discover from the English traders, +or the Mosquito king's officers to apprehend them, promising on their +part to sell me all the tortoise-shell they could catch, and purchase +all their goods from me. I readily ratified the treaty for my own +safety. To use an old adage, "Those who live in glass houses must never +throw stones." + +My goods were poorly protected against robbers, my store being covered +on the outside with thin slips of wood, resembling lath wove together +like a basket and admitting light through the spaces sufficient to read +or write without windows. A man could kick a hole through it in two +minutes. + +Soon after I purchased a mahogany canoe, made a sail to fit her, and +took a number of excursions to the neighboring villages, purchasing +shell, gum, &c. It frequently happened that I did not see a white man in +two or three weeks. The negroes often got alarmed by hearing false +reports about their apprehension, and finding that I sometimes did not +reach home until after dark, they came to my store and requested me to +wear a white chip hat when I went on any excursion, or appeared out +after dark, that they might know me, as they had agreed to shoot any +strange white man who should approach them in the night. I complied with +their request for my own safety. I have frequently called at their house +in the night to procure a light, always calling them by name before I +approached their door, and always found them laying on their arms, ready +to repel any attack. + +Some weeks after, my landlord purchased from me a quantity of goods, +and I advanced him about six hundred dollars in cash, which he agreed to +pay me in tortoise-shell, at two dollars per pound, it being worth at +that time seven dollars in New-York. He embarked in a large canoe on a +trading voyage, along the southern coast of that country, a distance of +about two degrees. Most of the able-bodied men of this and the +neighboring villages fitted themselves out for a three months' voyage to +the southward, to catch turtle. After they had all embarked I found +there was no male inhabitant left except myself, my five negroes, two or +three old infirm Indians, and a whole village of women and children. The +negroes gave me the title of governor, and agreed to submit to such laws +as I should prescribe for them. One of the laws I passed was to sell +them only one bottle of rum per day, which they agreed to, and behaved +themselves well for two or three weeks, caught some shell, and sold it +to me. Ebo Jim I found to be a good marksman with a gun, and I furnished +him often with powder and shot, with which he killed a great many wild +parrots for me to eat, from which I had a number of good meals. + +After a few weeks the negroes imagining there was a plot laid to entrap +them, agreed to retire to a house they had found in the woods, where +they thought themselves secure, and live in peace together. Scotland, +Moody and the two Jims, took their leave of me and departed. Prince, the +neutral negro, remained in the village. He was a coarse carpenter, and +made some tables and sundry little articles for the Indians, and had +many friends among them. Scotland and his party visited me two or three +times after they had gone to their new habitation, and were supplied +with their one bottle of rum per day, according to agreement, when they +would depart peaceably to their new home. The fourth time they visited +me they asked me for their bottle of rum, as usual, which was furnished +them. They then left for a short time and returned with a request that I +would fill the bottle again for them, which I refused to do, by telling +them it was a breach of our agreement; but on their promising me +faithfully if I would let them have another bottle they would not broach +it until they got home, I filled it; they left, and as I supposed, had +gone home. About one hour after, a number of women and children appeared +at my door, where I had laid myself down in my hammock, reading, and +making a most hideous noise, called on me to come out, as Scotland was +killing Moody. I ran as fast as I could until I came near to the +combatants, when I saw Scotland thrust his cutlass into the thick part +of Moody's thigh, near the bone, the point running at least one foot +through. Moody being vanquished, Mandingo Jim, his comrade, then rushed +forward with cutlass in hand and struck at Scotland's head, who dodged +the blow, at the same time returning a blow with his cutlass which +struck Jim near the wrist, severing his hand from his arm, leaving it +hanging by a small string of skin and flesh. Ebo Jim then ran into the +battle with his gun cocked to shoot down his conquered adversaries, when +I interfered, and by threats and persuasion prevented any further +effusion of blood. The battle being ended, I proposed to cut off the +wounded hand, but my opinion was overruled by the company, who decided, +to use their own language, that "The hand could be mended up again." My +landlord's oldest wife, whose name was Sally, and who was considered a +great doctress among the inhabitants of this region of country, procured +some splinters of wood, dressed the wound with wild honey and bound it +up, Sally acting as head surgeon among the company. I furnished them +with candles, which they made great use of as salve to dress the wounds. +On the third morning after, Sally came to my store and told me that +Jim's hand was all spoiled, that she had ground up her butcher knife to +cut it off. She repaired to the room and requested Jim's wife to open +the wound that she might dress it, which she complied with. Sally +instantly drew her knife, which was concealed behind her, and cut the +hand off, to the great surprise of all the spectators. She continued the +application of honey and tallow for three or four weeks, when Jim so far +recovered as to be able to shoot parrots for me again. After the battle, +Scotland and Ebo Jim retired to their habitation in the woods, and in +the course of three or four weeks Moody and Mandingo Jim removed to +Bigman's Bank, about two miles from this place. + +[Illustration: Triangular fight between three Colored Men.] + +A few weeks after, Moody and his partner Jim came to my store on some +errant. My provisions getting short, I agreed to accompany them home to +Bigman's Bank and procure a fresh supply of such articles as I stood in +need of. I got on board of their canoe, which had but two seats, and +placed myself by the side of Moody, who commenced a long negro story +which absorbed our attention. On the way I discovered a pelican sitting +in a tree near by, and called on Jim to shoot it; he drew up his gun and +cocked it: at that instant the pelican flew from the tree before he had +time to fire: the old negro laid his gun down on the seat along side of +us, and proceeded on with his long story, carelessly holding his hand +over the muzzle. By some accidental movement, unobserved by me, the gun +was discharged, and having a lead slug in it, cut a large piece of flesh +from the thick part of his hand, and took off three of his fingers, +leaving them hanging by small pieces of skin. We made the best way we +could to the village, where I procured a pair of scissors and severed +the fingers from the hand. + +Some time after, another report was circulated that some of the king's +officers had received orders to arrest these negroes, which gave them +great alarm. Ebo Jim implored me to write to Mr. Ellis, my old friend, +begging his protection until he could procure a passage back to his +former owner, which Mr. Ellis readily granted, and making me a visit +soon after, he took Jim home with him and afterwards sent him back to +his former mistress. I was much pleased to see Mr. Ellis, he being the +first white man I had seen within the last three weeks. + +Moody, Mandingo Jim and Scotland, had a meeting soon after, and agreed +to forgive and forget all their former difficulties and return to their +old retreat for safety, and there unite for the defence of each other. +All their former contests being settled, I advised them to retire and +live peaceably together, and not annoy me or the Indians any more with +their private quarrels, which they faithfully promised to adhere to. + +I now employed myself cheerfully in reading and other amusements for a +few days, when suddenly an Indian called at my door and told me that +Scotland wanted me to come down to the landing place, that he was lying +in his canoe badly wounded. I repaired to the place, where I found his +sail spread over his canoe, and he lying on the bottom. I perceived that +the blood had covered the whole bottom of the canoe, apparently one inch +or more deep. On examination of his body I found he had received a large +charge of shot in his right breast, which had cut out about one pound of +flesh; and another in his thigh, which had severed the bones, and cut +the flesh to pieces in the most shocking manner. I asked him how this +misfortune happened to him. He answered me by saying, "Captain, Jim and +Moody do me too bad. This morning Jim and me go a hunting together, we +come home about eleven o'clock, I feel tired and lay down on my crawl +and go to sleep; first I know, I hear a gun go pow, I look at the door +and see Jim stand there, I say, 'Jim, see what these Indians do me;' Jim +say, Moody give it to him, Moody fire his gun and break my thigh, and +then both run away and left me. By and by one Indian come, and I give my +gun to paddle me here to see you. Now I want you to get Sally and the +other woman to mend me up again." + +I called on my hospitable Sally, who hastily declared she would not try +to mend Scotland up, or have him left in the village, and I must send +him back to his house in the bush: if she should mend him up again he +would kill Moody and Jim, and that she would have no farther trouble +with these negroes. There being no white person to advise with, I called +Prince, the neutral negro, and told him he must take Scotland back to +his house, help him on his crawl or bed, set a calabash of water within +reach, and leave him. Prince hesitated some about obeying my orders, but +by persuasion and some reward, he embarked in the canoe and paddled him +back to his house, helped him into it, placed him on his crawl, and at +his request built a fire, set water within his reach, loaded his gun, +and placed ammunition near him, for he was determined to defend himself +as long as he had breath. + +After they had departed, I sat down on the beach and reflected on the +forlorn situation of this unfortunate desperado. He well knew he must +die from his wounds, or be murdered by Moody and Jim, or destroyed by +tigers, his hut having no doors to protect him from wild beasts. When +Prince returned I asked him if he had any conversation with Scotland on +the passage. He replied, "Yes, I told Scotland that Moody and Jim would +kill him this night. He replied, then they will say, there is a _man_ +dead." + +At night I retreated to my lodgings in my store, where I slept for the +protection of my property. At this time I had learned that the English +traders on the coast had held a meeting and entered into an agreement, +pledging themselves never to carry me, nor take any letters to Jamaica +or elsewhere, to help me to get away from this coast. Having no white +friends to console me, and being more than two thousand miles from my +family and friends, I retired to bed with solitary feelings. Not having +much inclination for sleep, I remained awake until about twelve o'clock, +when I heard the report of a gun, which I imagined had ended the +tragedy. + +At daylight I arose and called on an old negro who had resided here with +his family many years, the Indians called him _darmer_, equivalent to +grandfather in the English language, who conducted me to Scotland's hut. +I found the old negro laying dead on his crawl, or bed, a musket ball +having passed through his body. Having met Moody and Jim, before our +arrival at Scotland's house, I compelled them to go back with me. I +accused them with having committed the murder, and endeavored to impress +upon their minds the enormity of the crime. They denied the firing of +the last fatal shot, by saying, Scotland had tied the trigger of his gun +to the side of his house, placed the muzzle against his side, and by +pulling the gun discharged the contents, becoming his own executioner. I +selected a place to bury the remains of the old negro, but having no +shovels to dig with, we were obliged to use wooden paddles, my only help +being Moody and Jim, and they both cripples, we made but slow progress. +Soon after Prince arrived, when I sent him to an Indian house some +distance from the place, to borrow a hoe, to assist in digging the +grave. The woman of the house refused to lend it, saying, "Her daughter +was sick, and if she lent the hoe to dig a grave the doctor or +_sookerman_, who attended her, would forsake the house if he knew the +hoe had been used for that purpose." We finally succeeded in digging two +or three feet deep, when I sent home and got a saw and cut Scotland's +canoe in two pieces, then placing the corpse between them, put him, +together with all his clothes in the grave, according to the custom of +the country. Previous to interring the corpse, I offered to give away +his clothes, but no person would accept of them, because the owner was +dead. The funeral ceremonies being ended, I returned home, hoping to +enjoy some repose after the long annoyance from these negroes. + +Fresh reports were soon circulated that the king had commissioned one of +his officers, called Sambo Tom to arrest Moody and Jim. They hearing of +this report, determined to leave this part of the country, and pass +through a border settlement inhabited by a tribe of Indians called the +Woolwas, adjoining the Spanish settlements, and seek protection from the +Spaniards. Sambo Tom pursued, but not daring to arrest them himself, he +employed the Woolwas to do so. The negroes having arrived among the +Woolwas, hired some of them to transport them in their canoes to the +Spanish settlements; but being well armed, and having plenty of +ammunition, the Indians were afraid to attack them, and therefore +professed great friendship, agreeing to convey them where they wished to +go. Two canoes joined in this expedition, and while passing a fall in +the river the Indians upset the one containing the negroes, which wet +their guns and ammunition, when the Indians in the other canoe threw +their lances and killed them in the water. Their wives were given up to +their former owners at St. Andreas. + +Little did I think when I landed in this country among a mixed race of +Indians, that I should find some _blood_ relations, so called by the +natives, among them. An Indian woman, calling her name Sally Bryant, the +wife of Scipio, one of the king's quarter-masters, called on me and told +me she was a blood-relation of mine, and claimed some present as an +acknowledgment of it on my part. I asked her what evidence she had of +our relationship. She replied, "That her father was an American." The +argument was so conclusive that I did not think it necessary to +contradict it, but gave her some small presents, which were well repaid. +Sally often volunteered to assist me in selling my goods, and brought me +many customers by saying to the Indians, "My countryman's goods are +better and cheaper than them Englishman's, and he no rogue, like them +English traders." + +Soon after, a Curracoa man arrived from Bluefields, one of the +wealthiest men of that place, who brought a message from his wife, known +by the name of Mrs. Peggy, requesting me to furnish her with some goods +to sell on commission, and she would deal honestly by me, having heard +of my misfortune in losing my vessel, &c. that she wanted to see me very +much, and pitied me more because I was a relative of hers, her father +being an American. I forwarded Mrs. Peggy two or three hundred dollars' +worth of goods to sell on commission, the greatest part of which she +sold, made good returns, and I found her more honest than white +relations generally are in their trade with each other. + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +Visit to Corn Island. + + +I sold the Biddle's sails, which I had saved from the wreck, for eighty +pounds of tortoise-shell, payable at Corn Island, which lies in the +wide ocean, forty miles from the main land. I soon received a message, +saying the shell was ready for delivery, but I must come and receive it. +Having been advised of the danger of leaving it there, and that delays +were dangerous in dealing with those I had bargained with, and fearing I +should lose my debt if I neglected it, I determined upon making the trip +in my canoe, the only conveyance I had for getting there. The easterly +trade-winds constantly prevail here, except the westerly land breezes, +which blow during the night, and extend out a few miles from the shore. +My canoe was fitted in Indian style, having a number of small holes +bored in her sides near the top, and small cords attached to them, to +which we tied our dinner-pot, gun, or any other articles we wished to +carry with us, which I found a safe plan for preserving the necessaries +we carry on board. If the canoe happens to turn over, such accidents +having frequently happened to me, the whole crew swim along side, turn +her up, and by rolling her quickly soon discharge most of the water. +This being done, one man gets into the canoe and bails out the remainder +with his hat or paddle, while the goods remain hanging by the ropes. +After this is accomplished all hands get on board and go on. + +I hired three Indians, took some provisions, a jug of rum and a +dinner-pot on board, and proceeded on the voyage. After losing the land +winds we had to paddle our canoe directly against the wind and a rough +sea. We paddled about fifteen miles, when we landed on a small desolate +island or sand bank, having no vegetation on it except half-a-dozen +small trees about the size of a man's leg. It being nearly dark, we +hauled our canoe up the beach, cooked and ate some fish, and then laid +ourselves down on the ground to sleep. Soon after, it commenced raining, +when the Indians got up and stripped themselves naked, turned the canoe +bottom upwards and put their clothes under it. I followed their example, +and we all sat down naked on the ground, leaning against some small +trees, and remained in that situation until about daylight, the rain +pouring down in torrents during the night. As the sun arose the weather +became pleasant, and we proceeded on our voyage, arriving at Corn Island +that evening, after a hard days' paddle. + +Great Corn Island lies in latitude 12 deg. 10' N., longitude 82 deg. 11' W. and +is about six miles in circumference. The soil is fertile, producing good +cotton, abundance of provisions, and all kinds of tropical fruits; +breeds good horses, cattle, hogs, poultry, &c. and has abundance of +fish. The Island contains about twenty-five dwelling houses, and from +one to two hundred slaves. Little Corn Island lays about ten miles north +of the Great one, is uninhabited, but produces an abundance of +cocoa-nuts. + +I remained at Corn Island two days, where I was treated with the +greatest hospitality, being furnished with plenty of provisions, fruits, +&c. and having collected my shell, I embarked early in the morning, +with a fair wind, for Pearl Key Lagoon. The wind soon died away and left +us with a dead calm, and we were obliged to paddle under a burning sun +during the day, which blistered my cheeks and ancles, not having any +stockings on my feet. We arrived at our home about eleven o'clock that +night. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +Visit to Bluefields. + + +Bluefields lies about twenty-five miles south of Pearl Key Lagoon on the +main land, and has a good harbor for small vessels, the water on the bar +at the mouth being about nine feet deep. + +The English government took possession of it many years ago, but +afterwards exchanged their possessions here with the Spanish government +for the Bay of Honduras. Colonel Hudson, an English planter from the +Island of Jamaica, settled here with a number of negro slaves. By the +exchange of the country, he found it difficult to remove his slaves, who +had intermarried with the Indians, and he was obliged to sell them their +freedom and take their security for the payment of the debt, which was +to be paid in yearly instalments. From what I could learn from these +negroes, he never realized much from them. The inhabitants of +Bluefields are mostly called Samboes, being a mixture of negro, Indian, +and white blood. + +After remaining a few months at the Lagoon, and receiving many +invitations, I concluded to make a visit to Bluefields, form some new +acquaintance, and call on my _countrywoman_, Mrs. Peggy, who claimed to +be a relation of mine because her father was said to be an American, and +ascertain what progress she made in disposing of the goods I had sent to +her to sell on commission. + +I fitted up my canoe, hired three Indians, put our dinner-pot, gun, +fishing spears and some provisions on board, and launched out into the +broad ocean again. After we had proceeded about fifteen miles the wind +increased, which caused the sea to run so high that we were obliged to +run our canoe on shore, and hauling her up we built a fire, a precaution +necessary in travelling in this country to avoid being attacked by wild +beasts, and after cooking a scanty meal took lodging on the ground. We +were much annoyed during the night by musquittoes and small gnats, or +sand-flies, which allowed us but little sleep. The next morning, the +wind having moderated, we got under weigh and proceeded to Bluefields, +where we arrived about sunset. + +Here we learned that a negro man had lately been employed in cutting up +a large green turtle on the shore near that place, and while stooping +down to accomplish his undertaking, a tiger sallied out of a thicket of +bushes, sprang upon his back and struck one of his claws into the back +of his neck, inflicting a mortal wound which caused his death the third +day after. + +I was joyfully received by Mrs. Peggy, my countrywoman, and all her +family: also received invitations to visit most of the families of the +town. A good supper was provided for me, and I was treated with the best +food and fruits that the country afforded. The usual lodgings in this +country is hammocks, suspended across the house, in which a person +accustomed to them can sleep very comfortably. Mrs. Peggy wishing to +treat me with extraordinary kindness, I being a kinsman of hers, +furnished me with what she called a crawl, fitted up in a spare bedroom, +for my lodging. + +A crawl is made by cutting four small crotched sticks of wood, three or +four feet in length, which are driven into the ground, (the house having +no floor,) and two sticks some three feet in length, placed across the +ends, then a number of round sticks, much resembling hoop-poles roughly +trimmed with the bark on them, are laid closely together, resting on the +cross-poles and covered over with a piece of Indian cloth, which forms +the sacking of the bedstead. I retired to my lodging at an early hour, +as I had not enjoyed much sleep the preceding night, and laying myself +down on the crawl thought to take some repose, but I soon found the +knots in the poles were harder than my flesh. "So coy a dame was sleep +to me, with all the weary courtship of my care-tried thoughts, I could +not win her to my bed," and I was glad to _crawl_ off the crawl and take +up my lodgings on the ground under it. + +The next day Mrs. Peggy wishing to treat me with the best food the +country afforded, procured a large fat monkey, had it neatly dressed, +and roasted in good style for dinner. As it was roasting before the fire +it looked so much like a human being that I felt my appetite crawl off, +and told my good countrywoman that I had made an engagement to meet an +Indian at a village about two miles from that place, at 12 o'clock, to +purchase a quantity of shell, and wished to be punctual in my promise. +This excuse for absence obtained her reluctant consent to let me go, and +I lost my dinner. I left Bluefields the next day and returned to Pearl +Key Lagoon. + +I must here relate a humorous conversation I heard at Bluefields between +two of the most respectable young ladies of that place, named Mary and +Mauger. A vessel having arrived there from Curracoa, the captain and two +others came on shore, and setting down along side of these young ladies, +commenced a vulgar conversation with Mauger. Mary having more modesty +than her companion, immediately called Mauger away from them, and said, +"Mauger, you fool gal, why you talk them Curracoa Buckras, mind by and +by, mouth fly off." + +The father of the present Musquitto king must have been fond of women, +as he had no less than fourteen wives. He was a great tyrant, and was +murdered by his subjects for his tyranny over them. The English +government ordered his two eldest sons to be carried to Jamaica and put +under the care of the Duke of Manchester, then governor of that island, +where they remained about six years and obtained a fair English +education. The present king, who calls his name George Frederick, was +furnished with a large outfit from the duke, consisting of a suit of +clothes worth eighteen hundred dollars, repairs of his father's crown +fifteen hundred dollars, and four thousand dollars' worth of goods and +presents to distribute among his subjects. A sloop of war was fitted out +to carry him to the Bay of Honduras, where he was crowned, and from +thence conveyed to his own dominions. + +Soon after my return from Bluefields I was visited by the new king, it +being his first visit to the Lagoon. After my introduction I told him +the English traders on the coast were determined to prevent my opening a +trade with his subjects, and solicited his protection. He readily agreed +to give me a permit, which he himself signed, and is as follows: + + "Pearl Key Lagoon, _July 20th, 1815_. + + "Permission is hereby given to Captain Jacob Dunham, a citizen + of the United States of America, to touch and trade in all + parts of my dominions in any vessel from North America. + + "GEORGE FREDERICK, + King of the Musquitto Nation." + +I made the king a few presents, and the inhabitants gave us a ball, +where we amused ourselves by dancing on a ground floor. The king left us +a few days after. + +I soon became familiar with the Indians, by joining in their amusements +and obtaining a knowledge of their laws, customs, &c. I received an +invitation to go to what they call "a drink-about of pine-liquor." I +quickly dressed myself in Indian fashion, having my face ornamented with +red paint, forming curls and other figures, and my hat ornamented with +beautiful plumage plucked from the birds of the forest. I proceeded +about two miles in company with most of the inhabitants of our place to +the village of Bigman's Bank, where we were joined by the principal +inhabitants of the neighboring villages within five or six miles of that +place, who had previously brought their pine-apples, pealed them, grated +them up fine and squeezed out the juice into a sixty gallon cask, which +was full, and had been in a state of fermentation for some days past, +but had now become pure, and contained spirit sufficient to intoxicate +all those who drank much of it. Before the drinking commenced the men +gave up their knives and other weapons to the squaws. The men remained +there two or three days, but I returned home the first evening, fully +satisfied. I continued my trade with the Indians, bartering my goods for +tortoise-shell, cow-hides, deer-skins, tiger-skins, gum copal, India +rubber, &c. + +Having much leisure time, I devoted a great part of it to learning +their language, customs, laws, manner of taking turtle, fish, birds and +different animals; mode of agriculture; births, marriages and burials, +of which I shall endeavor to give the reader some information. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +Mode of Taking Turtle. + + +There are three kinds of turtle inhabiting these seas: the first and +most valuable are the hawk-bill, they are caught for the beauty of their +shell, which contains thirteen pieces, covering the thick callipach of +the turtle, which is from two to four feet long. The outer shell is +taken from the carcase by setting it up before a warm fire, when it +peels off. The second is called loggerhead turtle, having a shell much +resembling the hawk-bill, but not worth anything for manufacturing. The +third is the green turtle, whose flesh is very delicious, and so well +known that I consider any description unnecessary. The Indians take them +by what they call striking, having a pole about the size of a fishing +rod, with a small spear, two or three inches long, well barbed at the +point, to which one end of a small cord, about sixty feet long, is made +fast and wound round a piece of cork-wood, resembling a weavers spool. +He then stands up in his canoe, and by taking aim hits his mark and +secures his prey. + +Another mode of taking turtle is by making set nets, about thirty feet +square, from large twine, they then carve imitation turtle out of soft, +light wood, which are smoked over the fire to give them a turtle color, +and then attached to the upper side of the net, where they float on the +surface of the water as buoys, while the bottom is anchored with stones. +The turtle resort to the nets to play with the wooden decoys, and during +their sport generally get one of their flippers entangled, and by +struggling to extricate themselves get into the net and are easily +taken. + +The next operation of catching them is performed by three or four +Indians going to the resort of the turtles, where they build a temporary +hut to live in, each takes possession of his ground, say one quarter or +half a mile; on which he walks backwards and forwards like a sentry on +guard during the night, watching the movements of his game; and when the +turtles crawl up the beach to deposit their eggs, during the laying +season, he turns them over on their backs, where they remain until he +wants to take possession. When ready, he removes them at pleasure. + +The turtle generally crawls up about ten rods from the sea-shore on the +soft beach-sand, making a large track with its flippers, and digging a +hole in the sand about two feet deep, lays forty eggs, and returns to +the sea again the same night. About fifteen nights after, the identical +turtle returns to the same nest and lays forty more eggs, then retreats +into the sea again and returns there no more during that season. + +The manatee, or sea-cow, is from ten to fourteen feet long, and has a +head much resembling our common cow without horns. They often get asleep +on the surface of the water, when the Indians very carefully paddle +their canoes to them, and by throwing their small spears into them, +capture them in the same manner they do the turtle. The beef when cut up +is twelve or fourteen inches thick, having a strip of fat and lean +intermixed about every inch, being the handsomest beef I ever beheld or +tasted, and having no kind of fish taste or smell. + +The coast here abounds with a variety of good fish; the larger ones are +mostly taken by spearing. + +The Indians have often brought me beef of the mountain-cow, which I +found of a very good flavor. I never saw but one young one of that +species, and cannot give a very good description of them. The young one +I saw, much resembled a young fawn. They are killed by shooting. + +Parrots, when cooked, taste much like our wild pigeons, and are taken in +abundance by shooting. A few tame ones are kept about the houses, which +fly into the shade-trees near the premises, and serve as stool-pigeons +to call down the wild flocks that are daily passing over the villages. + +The armadilla also inhabits this country, and is considered very +palatable food. The guana, resembles the common lizard in shape and +color, and is from two to four feet in length, in this country its flesh +is considered delicious meat. + +The cattle are much larger than those of the United States. They seldom +milk the cows, which run in herds, and are not domesticated. Each +inhabitant marks his calves when young; and when he wants to kill a beef +he shoots one of his own mark. They domesticate but few horses, having +scarcely any roads, the country being cut up with lakes, rivers, and +creeks, without bridges. The principal travel is performed in canoes. +The horses are well formed, but a kind of tick eats the gristle out of +their ears, which causes them to fall down on their head, giving them +the appearance of lopped eared hogs. + +They have abundance of hogs and poultry, which are cheaply fed on +cocoa-nuts that grow wild along the sea-coast, and are gathered in large +quantities. The first work of the morning, performed by the Indian +women, is breaking cocoa-nuts for the hogs, and cracking some for the +dogs, then cutting up fine for the poultry. They grate up a large +quantity with tin graters, put it in pots and extract the oil, which +makes good lard for frying fish; and when it turns rancid becomes very +fair lamp oil. Forty cocoa-nuts will produce one gallon of it. + +The forests abound with wild hogs of two different species, called Warry +and Pecara, having a small tit or navel on their backs. When they are +shot the Indians immediately cut out the tit to prevent its scenting the +meat. I have ate the flesh of it often, and found it equal to other meat +of the pork kind. + +Plantain is the principal bread food of the country, and easily +cultivated. It also produces yams, cassauder, sweet potatoes or eddies, +and many other vegetables; but the natives are too indolent to cultivate +them. I lived seven months among them without tasting a mouthful of +bread, or even craving it. + +I will now give a small extract of Musquitto laws, viz: If a man commits +adultery with his neighbor's wife, and it comes to the knowledge of her +husband, he takes his gun and goes to the forest where he finds a herd +of cattle belonging to the neighborhood; he shoots a good fat bullock +and calls on the neighbors to assist him to dress it and convey it home, +where he makes a great feast, inviting the man who committed the +offence, and all the neighbors to partake with him, when the offender, +who is bound by law, pays for the bullock and all is amicably settled. + +If a man prevails on another man's wife to leave her husband and live +with him, the law compels him to pay a fine of four backs of +tortoise-shell, worth six dollars each, amounting to twenty-four +dollars, and a receipt in full is verbally acknowledged, without any +hard feelings between the parties. + +I once witnessed a settlement between two men in a cause of this kind, +both parties appeared well satisfied, and parted on the most friendly +terms. + +They have a singular law for the collection of debts. If I trust an +Indian goods, he belonging to another town or settlement, and he +neglects to pay me, and I find another Indian belonging to the same +town, having tortoise-shell or other produce in his canoe, I can take it +away from him for the debt, and he must look to the man who was indebted +to me, for remuneration. + +Marriage contracts are made by parents while the children are infants. +Two families living in one neighborhood, one of them having a son and +the other a daughter, enter into a contract that they shall be +considered man and wife. When they are of a proper age to be joined +together, all the inhabitants of the place assemble together, build them +a house, help them to a hammock to sleep in, and a dinner-pot for +cooking, and they commence as house keepers. After living together for +some years as man and wife, the husband receives a present of a female +child from _its_ parents, which he carries home, and calls it his _young +wife_, the first wife taking the same care of it she would of her own +children until it becomes of proper age, when the husband builds a new +house for the first wife to live in, and takes the young wife for a +house-keeper. I have often been invited into Indian houses and +introduced to the family in this manner: "This is my old wife," pointing +to an elderly woman, and "This is my young wife," pointing to a girl +from six to ten years old. The old wife would smooth her hair and +appear to feel a great deal of pride in being presented to me. + +On the day a woman is delivered of a child she goes to the sea-side, +wades into the water knee depth, washes herself and infant, and the next +day slings the child on her back, gets into a canoe and paddles two or +three miles to visit her friends. + +I here take my leave of Musquitto laws and customs for the present. + +As the plan of cutting a canal from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean, +by the way of the River St. Johns, which leads from the Atlantic into +the Lakes Nicaragua and Leon, has so much engaged the attention of the +public latterly, my thoughts have been carried back to a conversation I +had with an old Musquitto Indian about thirty-five years since. + +He said, "The Indians frequently paddled their canoes up the St. John's +River, through Nicaragua Lake into Lake Leon, where they found a small +river, and proceeded to the head of it, which brought them so near the +head of another river which led into the Pacific, that they hauled their +canoes over by land from the head of one river to the other, and then +passed through into the Pacific Ocean." + + + + +CHAPTER X. + + +The bite of many of the snakes of this country is so poisonous as to +cause death in a few hours. During my residence at the Lagoon I was +visited by an Indian admiral, named Drummer, who resided at Sandy Bay, +some forty miles north of the Lagoon; he related the following story, +which happened a few weeks before. "He sent an Indian slave to his +plantain walk, distant two or three miles, to cut some bread-stuffs; not +returning that night, he the next morning sent his son-in-law to look +after the slave. He not returning, the following morning a number of the +inhabitants proceeded to the plantain walk, where they found the dead +bodies of the two men, and the snake which had caused their death lying +near them." + +Some hurricanes occasionally visit this coast, which destroy their crops +of bread-stuffs, and cause temporary famine in certain districts. + +While cruising along the coast some months after the occurrence of one +of these tornadoes, I landed within a few miles of the residence of +Admiral Hammer, in company with a man named Benjamin Downs, who was well +acquainted with the admiral. We proceeded to his house and asked for +something to eat, when he told us his bread-stuffs had all been +destroyed by a gale of wind, and addressed Downs as follows: "Ben Downs, +don't you think the Almighty little bit too bad this time?" "Why, and +what do you mean?" asked Downs. The admiral replied, "He send too much +strong breeze and broke all the plantain walk." + +The country is infested with numerous insects, &c. such as mosquittoes, +sand-flies, fire-ants, chigoes, centipedes, scorpions, cock-roaches, and +an immense number of alligators. The ground in many places is overrun +with large ants, called the travelling army, which destroy whole fields +of vegetation. It is also infested by insects called dog-fleas, which +are a great annoyance at night; and the sea-coast abounds with sharks of +a very large size. + +To give the reader a short description of the country and inhabitants I +shall quote from a late writer. "The Musquittoes are a small nation of +Indians, never conquered by the Spaniards, the country being so situated +as to render any attempts against them impracticable; for they are +surrounded on all sides by land, by morasses or impassable mountains, +and by sea with shoals and rocks; besides, they have such an implacable +hatred to the Spaniards, for inhumanity and cruelty in destroying many +millions of their neighbors, that they would never have any +correspondence with them; for whenever they sent any missionaries or +other agents amongst them, they _hid them_, that is, put them to death. +The king has little more than the title, unless the nation is at war; +having no revenues, and few prerogatives; being obliged in time of peace +to fish and fowl for the support of himself and family. He hath indeed +some distinction shown him, and now and then presents made him by the +governor of Jamaica, and the English traders, who frequently touch and +trade there." + +I occupied my time in selling goods and purchasing shell, skins, gums, +&c. and during my leisure hours partook of the sports of the Indians, +that I might pass away the time as agreeably as my situation would admit +of, not knowing how I could get away from the country, as the English +traders [the only people who visited the Musquittoes] had agreed never +to carry me to Jamaica, or take any letters that would assist me to get +to my family, fearing I should become a rival in the trade, and be the +means of introducing others into it. + +About the first of November a Captain Humphreys, one of the Jamaica +traders, arrived in the harbor, and came on shore and took supper with +me. The Indian ladies got up a ball on the occasion. After dancing was +over, Captain H. and myself took a walk together. During which he said +to me, "Dunham, your case is a hard one, the old English traders on this +coast, myself among them, have agreed never to carry you to Jamaica, or +to assist you to get away from here, or take any letters from you to +Jamaica or elsewhere, notwithstanding we consider you a very clever +fellow; but if we assist you to get home, you will lead down twenty +Yankee traders and destroy our business with the Indians." Captain H. +appeared to possess the feelings that one seaman should have for +another, and continued, "Dunham, if you can get ready to go with me in +two days I will carry you to Jamaica; but I will not carry your shell, +or any other articles you have bought of the Indians." I expressed my +sincere thanks for his kind offer, but told him I did not wish to be +taken there for nothing; that I had money, and was willing to give him +one hundred dollars for my passage. I informed him that I had kept one +half barrel of pork and a case of gin hid away for some months, +intending to purchase a large canoe with them to carry me to the Bay of +Honduras, if no other conveyance offered. He refused to accept any +compensation whatever for my passage. + +The next day I packed up my shell, amounting to five hundred and +seventy-two pounds, and the remnants of my goods, and sent them thirty +miles up the river Waa-waa-han to be left with my worthy old French +friend, Mr. Ellis. I then called on my landlord for his bill for the +rent of my store, and board for two or three months. He laughed at my +being so simple as to suppose he would charge anything for it, and +peremptorily refused; but as he was indebted to me for goods, I deducted +forty dollars from his account, which he reluctantly accepted. The +vessel being now ready for sea, the inhabitants of the village all +escorted me to the beach, bringing me many presents of fruits, and +shaking me by the hand, with downcast eyes bade me a hearty farewell. + +Captain H. had to proceed to the coast of St. Blas to settle with his +traders, having left goods with three or four Indians, at different +settlements, to sell for him. This circuitous route made the distance to +Jamaica five or six hundred miles further, stopping at a number of +places on the Musquitto Shore, viz: St. John's River, Boco Toro and +Crekimala, where we took on board a quantity of sarsaparilla and sundry +other articles, and then proceeded to St. Blas. On our arrival there we +were visited by a large number of Indians in canoes, who commenced +trading with us. One of them acting as clerk took charge of the goods +and dealt them out to the others by fathoming them off with his arms, +this being their custom of measuring cloth. The goods being mostly +staple articles, the prices there seldom varied. Shell had a fixed price +of one dollar per pound. The captain paid little attention to the trade. +A small pump was left in a hogshead of rum, from which the clerk filled +the bottle and passed it round as often as it was called for, and every +few hours he would call the captain and give him a handful of money, +saying, "Here is so much," which he would put in his pocket, neither of +them counting it, nor would the captain ask anything about the trade. +Often the captain and myself took a canoe and went off fishing, leaving +fifty or sixty Indians on board dealing with the clerk, who had the sole +control of the trade. When we had finished trading at one place the +Indians piloted us to another harbor on the coast, where we proceeded in +the same manner. We sailed along the coast more than one hundred miles, +touching and trading at the different towns. Two of the natives took +passage with us for Jamaica, where we arrived about the first of +December. Here I tasted bread for the first time in eight months, having +lived on Indian bread-stuffs during that time, and seldom thinking of +any other, being well satisfied with that food. On our arrival at +Montego Bay the captain took me home to his house, and treated me very +politely. + +Soon after my arrival in Jamaica I found a brig bound to Baltimore, and +took passage in her; I arrived there after a voyage of twenty-five days, +and sailed for New-York, where I had an interview with my owners, and +obtained a furlough from them for a few days, that I might visit my +family; after which I returned to New-York and proceeded back to the +Musquitto Shore. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +Sloop Governor Tompkins. + + +In February, 1817, I took charge of the Sloop Governor Tompkins, of +thirty-four tons, belonging to the same owners that the Biddle did; +being promoted two tons in the size of the vessel. I took on board an +assorted cargo, bound for Old Providence, Corn Island, and Musquitto +Shore. I took with me a young man named Samuel B. Warner, to serve as +clerk of our store at Pearl Key Lagoon, where I intended to resume the +trade I had left. My crew consisted of a mate, two seamen, and a cook. +In the Gulf-stream we encountered a violent gale of wind, shipped a +heavy sea, which swept our deck and washed the cook overboard, and I +never saw him again. I made a passage of seventeen days to Old +Providence, where I met with a heavy sale of goods; from thence I went +to Corn Island, and to Pearl Key Lagoon. There I hired part of an Indian +house, landed some goods, and Mr. Warner opened a store. From thence I +sailed for Cape Gracios a Dios, and visited the king, who entertained me +with a ball and other amusements. I then proceeded back to the Lagoon, +touching and trading at Sandy Bay, where I was visited by a large number +of Indians, who brought on board tortoise-shell, tiger-skins, +deer-skins, India rubber, gum copal, &c. which I bought in exchange for +goods. The chiefs and their subjects got very drunk on the occasion, and +as it was difficult to suppress the quarrels that arose among them, I +was obliged to get my vessel under weigh to rid myself of them. I +returned to the Lagoon, where Mr. Warner had opened a very good trade +with the Indians, and appeared well pleased with the country. + +I hired three Indians to man my canoe, and took a trip up the river +Waa-waa-han, to visit my old friend Mr. Ellis, with whom I had left the +tortoise-shell and other articles previous to my embarking with Captain +Humphreys for Jamaica. On my passage up the river I called on Mr. Gough, +an Englishman, whom I have spoken of in a former chapter; I remained but +a few hours with him, having but little leisure to view his plantation, +which had the appearance of a good soil, but lacked cultivation. When I +arrived at the house of Mr. Ellis I was received with a hearty welcome, +and treated with the best the country afforded. After taking some +refreshments we took a walk over his grounds, which were well +cultivated, having a beautiful orange walk, with two rows of trees set +out in straight lines for nearly half a mile, forming a most +delightfully shaded road. I purchased two or three tons of coffee from +him, which he had raised on his place, and kept on hand for want of +purchasers, the Jamaica traders always refusing to buy it. He told me +he had plenty of cattle on his premises, which could be made very useful +in clearing the ground, by breaking them in to work with ploughs. I told +him to make out a memorandum, and I would bring him out ploughs, chains, +ox-yokes and such other articles as he wanted. He gave me a list of what +he needed, which I furnished him on the next voyage, when he broke in +his cattle, cleared up new lands, and used his ploughs with very good +success for many years afterwards. Mr. Ellis agreed to send my shell, +goods, and coffee, down to the Lagoon in canoes, which promise he +punctually performed. I remained with him during that night. In the +morning, soon after I arose, I heard the bellowing of a cow near the +house, and running out of the door a laughable scene attracted my +attention. Mr. Ellis had domesticated a large ring-tailed monkey, and +raised a long pole near the house, on the top of which was put a box for +the monkey to sleep in; having fixed a small chain around his neck, with +the end fast to the pole, jocko was furnished sufficient length of chain +to go up and down at his pleasure. Mr. Ellis kept two or three docile +milch cows about his premises, and one of them having ventured near the +monkey's pole, he ran down and seized the end of her tail, taking a +couple of turns round the pole and holding fast to the end of her +switcher; the poor cow struggled and bellowed to get her liberty, but +jocko held on until his master appeared with a cane, when he reluctantly +gave up his sport. + +[Illustration: Jocko amusing himself with a Cow.] + +I took leave of my old friend and proceeded down the river. The weather +being clear and warm, the woods and banks swarmed with macaws, parrots, +bill-birds, and others of variegated plumage. An immense number of +monkeys, chattering and jumping from one tree to another with great +rapidity, formed a most pleasing and lively scene; added to which was +the fragrance of countless flowers. + +I arrived at the Lagoon that evening. The next day I took my coffee, +shell, &c. on board, arranged my business with Warner, took leave of my +Indian friends, and sailed for home. + +Nothing very material happened on the way except contrary winds, which +prolonged our passage. We arrived in New-York after an absence of one +hundred and one days from the time we left that city, having made a +profitable little voyage, which always procures a captain a good +reception from all concerned in it. I then returned to Catskill, where I +found my family and friends all well. Finding the Tompkins too small and +uncomfortable, I requested the owners to purchase a larger craft. After +remaining six days with my family, I received a letter from them, saying +they had exchanged the Tompkins for a more commodious vessel, and +requesting me to come to New-York as soon as circumstances would permit. +Two days after the receipt of the letter I arrived there. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +Schooner Price.--First Voyage. + + +About the last of May, 1817, my former owners of the Biddle and Tompkins +purchased the Schooner Price, built at Baltimore, sixty-eight tons +burden. On my last two voyages I found all the harbors along the Spanish +Main so destructive to a wood-bottomed vessel, that in a few months it +would be entirely destroyed. The fresh water emptying into the sea at +these places make the water brackish, which increases the quantity of +worms. The Price being iron fastened, obliged us to cover her bottom +with zinc instead of copper, which was accomplished in a few days. We +then put an assorted cargo on board suited to that market. + +On the second day of June I sailed from New-York, bound to Old +Providence, St. Andrews, Corn Island, and Musquitto Shore. Nothing +worthy of notice took place on the passage. We arrived at Old Providence +in seventeen days, where I commenced a brisk trade. The inhabitants +urgently requested me to give them a ball. I had on board a drummer and +a cook who played the flute; they had a fiddler and triangle player on +shore. I complied with their request, they agreeing to make all the +necessary arrangements, as my time was occupied in selling goods, (such +as calicoes, jackonets, muslins, shoes, ribbons, jewelry, cologne water, +pomatum, beads, liquors, &c.) having an invoice of one hundred and sixty +different articles to be sold at retail. During the day the managers of +the ball came on board, and I furnished them with coffee, sugar, +crackers, cheese, &c. Soon after sunset I went on shore, where I found a +motley group of English, Spanish, and Curracoa natives of all colors. I +was introduced to a young white lady as a partner, who had been educated +in Jamaica, and understood the rules of country dances. According to the +custom of the place, the person giving a ball is expected to lead the +figure during the whole night. I conformed to the fashion of course. On +examining the room, I soon found it had no floor, but being an old +sailor, thought I could beat my way, which I accomplished in as gallant +a manner as did Lord Nelson when he fought through the combined fleet. + +I had a trunk full of sheep skin morocco ladies' shoes on board, which +cost at auction thirty-one cents per pair, I sold most of them here at +two dollars per pair; many of them were danced out in one night. I sold +many other articles at about the same per centage. + +By the custom of the Island, every person invited to a ball must give +one in return. One of the ladies who attended my ball gave one two +nights after. Her outlay for goods bought from me was over sixty +dollars. + +Two or three days after the second ball I sailed for St. Andrews, where +we arrived the same evening. Immediately on our anchoring a large number +of the inhabitants of the Island came on board, ours being the first +American vessel they had seen there in fourteen years. I commenced a +heavy trade with them. This Island contains three times the population +of Old Providence. As these Islanders had heard that I gave a ball at +Providence, it would not do to refuse them one. It being agreed upon, I +told them to appoint their own managers, and then send on board and get +such articles as they required to treat their company with, not wishing +to be annoyed until they were ready; and as I was a stranger, I did not +want to have anything to do with giving the invitations. At the +appointed hour I went on shore, a horse and servant were waiting to +convey me to the ball-room, where I found a polished English lady, who +was to act as my partner, and lead the figure during the night, which I +was compelled to submit to until the ball ended. There was a floor in +the ball-room here, which made our dancing less laborious. We kept it up +briskly until 12 o'clock, and then partook of some refreshments. We then +recommenced dancing, and kept perseveringly at it until sunrise next +morning. But my trouble had just commenced. More than one half of the +free inhabitants were colored, whom I afterward found to be my best +customers, none of whom had been invited to the ball except an old man, +by the name of Bent, the wealthiest man on the Island, owning about +ninety slaves, whom the whites dare not overlook. I satisfied the +colored people that it was no fault of mine that they had not received +an invitation to my ball, at the same time treating them with the +greatest politeness, inviting them on board to partake of refreshments. +They, in order to be revenged on their white neighbors, gave a ball two +or three nights afterward, passing a resolution that no white man except +Captain Dunham should be invited. + +At the appointed time a horse and waiter were sent to convey me to the +dance, which I knew it was my interest to attend. On arriving at the +place I found everything in good order, and was received with the most +facinating flourishes of high life, and introduced to a partner +three-fourths white, dressed in silk. I was called upon again to lead +the figure for the night. At 12 o'clock partook of refreshments, and +retired at four next morning, highly delighted with my prowess in +dancing. + +By this introduction I secured all the trade of the colored population, +and retained it until I left, which was several years after the dance. + +We next sailed for Corn Island, having parted with all the inhabitants, +both white and black, on the most friendly terms. We arrived in two +days, and commenced trade, as usual; we procured hogs, poultry, and +fruits in abundance. Our trade was unexpectedly interrupted by a gale of +wind which parted my largest cable. I lost the anchor, was driven over +a reef of rocks, broke the rudder, and found myself at sea in a gale, +which lasted about three days; after which we rigged a spar to act as a +substitute for a rudder, by which means we regained the harbor. There we +repaired the damage, and sailed for Pearl Key Lagoon, where I found Mr. +Warner in good health and spirits, and my Indian friends overjoyed to +see me. I landed many goods here, that I might get at my assortment and +recruit our store, and sold some articles to the inhabitants. + +We then sailed for Cape Gracios a Dios. On our arrival, the king, who +had built himself a new house, came on board, with some of his admirals +and other great men, whom I treated with liquor until they were all +badly intoxicated. I bartered some goods in exchange for shell, skins, +gums, &c. and proceeded down along the coast to Bluefields, touching and +trading at the different harbors, and then returned to the Lagoon, where +I landed the remainder of my goods at our store, and then sailed for +New-York. Nothing material happening on the passage, I shall omit a +description of it. On arriving in the city I was well received by my +owners and friends, having made a prosperous voyage. After discharging +my cargo, I visited my family in Catskill, where I spent ten days, and +then returned to New-York to prepare for another voyage. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +Schooner Price.--Second Voyage. + + +Finding our trade increasing, my owners and myself thought it would be +much advanced by sending out a small vessel to be stationed on the +coast, and employed in running along the shore selling goods, and +collecting return cargoes for the Price, viz: tortoise-shell, hides, +skins, gums, sarsaparilla, &c. The owners of the Price then purchased a +small sloop, called the Traverse, of near nineteen tons burden, having a +mast fifty feet long. We sheathed her bottom with zinc, and rigged her +for sea. My old mate, Captain N. Soper, volunteered to take command of +her; a man from Troy, named Thomas Teft, shipped as mate, and a man from +Staten Island as seaman. I had an Indian boy who was bound to me as an +apprentice, who volunteered as cook. The Price was armed with a +six-pound cannon, well mounted, and the Traverse with a swivel. We soon +got our cargoes on board, and insured both vessels. The intention was to +keep company as long as the weather would permit. Both were placed under +my control. The weather being very cold, and our little vessels deeply +loaded, a heavy sea in the harbor had coated them with ice. + +On the nineteenth day of February, 1818, we got under weigh, the +wharves being lined with spectators to see a vessel of eighteen tons +commencing a voyage of over two thousand miles. They gave us three +hearty cheers, which we answered by discharging our cannon. A fair wind +carried us to sea, where we kept company for three days, when a violent +gale separated us. I cruised the whole of next day in search of the +Traverse, without finding her. Thinking it useless, I resumed my course +and proceeded to the Island of Old Providence, where we arrived after a +passage of seventeen days, and opened my trade as usual. The Traverse +arrived four days after, having sprung her mast near the deck. + +The next day we hauled the Traverse along side of the Price, raised her +masts with the schooner's purchases, sawed off the broken part, about +five feet, took her sails on shore and shortened them to fit the mast, +put them in good order for sea, exchanged part of her goods and gave her +a suitable cargo to retail along the coast. Two or three days after I +gave the captain orders to proceed to the Main and stop to trade at +sundry ports, named in his instructions, and from thence proceed to St. +Blas, where he would meet me in the Price. I took Henry T. Smith with me +to Lagoon, to act as clerk in our store, in place of Mr. Warner, who +wished to return to New-York. I remained here two or three days, and +then sailed for the Lagoon. On my arrival Mr. Warner was in good health, +and much pleased to find himself released by Mr. Smith's taking his +place as clerk in the store. We landed the most of our heavy goods, +made every necessary arrangement for business, and giving the proper +directions, I proceeded to Bluefields, sold a few goods, cancelled some +old debts, and procured a pilot for the coast of St. Blas, for which we +soon after sailed. + +I obtained information at Corn Island, at the Lagoon, and at Bluefields, +of the English traders having heard that I intended to extend my trade +to that coast. They had employed an agent whom they had supplied with +the necessary articles of trade, and told the inhabitants that if they +traded with that Yankee captain they would withdraw from them; and also +told them that the Yankee captain might sell them some articles a little +cheaper at first, but that he was a worthless fellow, and could not +continue the trade long, when they would be left destitute, as no +Englishman would supply them. The English traders urged the Indians to +put myself and crew to death, and burn our vessel. My friends who gave +me the information, strongly remonstrated against my going to St. Blas, +saying that my life would be sacrificed in so doing. In a conversation +afterwards with one of the English traders, I spoke of the cold-blooded +murder they wished the St. Blas Indians to be guilty off, which he +denied, but admitted that they told the Indians to destroy our goods. + +However the minds of the Indians might have been operated upon at the +time of hearing their murderous proposals, they made no attempt to harm +me. + +[Illustration: Captain Dunham landing at St. Blas.] + +On our arrival on the coast of St. Blas, not knowing the channel, we +came to anchor near an island, where we discovered a number of canoes, +and thirty or forty Indians on the shore. Being short of water, I +concluded to take a small water-keg into my canoe and land among the +Indians for the purpose of procuring some, and also to get a pilot, if +possible, to take the vessel into the harbor. Before leaving the vessel +I told the mate that the Indians had such an inveterate hatred against +the Spaniards, that if any of their vessels were cast away on this coast +they would massacre every person on board; that I thought they had never +seen the American flag, and bade him keep a good look-out with the +spy-glass, and not hoist our colors until he saw me safe among the +Indians, fearing they might suppose it to be Spanish, or some enemy's +flag. My mulatto pilot and sailor, and myself, then proceeded toward the +island where we had seen the Indians. When within about one hundred rods +of the shore there were about thirty bows and arrows pointed towards us. +On looking back to the vessel I saw the colors hoisted and streaming +with the wind. It being too late to retreat, and perceiving that the +water was only about two feet deep, I jumped overboard, and told my men +to follow; having no other clothes on save our shirts and pantaloons, +the water was not particularly annoying. I took my hat in my hand and +extended my arms full length, showing thereby that there were no weapons +about me. As I approached the shore they all laid down their bows and +arrows and met us with a hearty welcome. The Indian arrows are made of +strong reed, four or five feet long, pointed with nails or spikes about +fourteen or fifteen inches in length, which they sharpen with files or +cold chissels. With these they kill wild beasts, fowls and fish. When +shot into the water the reed is so buoyant that the light end swims +about one foot above the surface. + +Previous to my departure from the Price, my Mate took a scissors, a +knife, and some other articles out of the goods belonging to the cargo, +and left them lying carelessly about the vessel. I requested him to put +them back into the packages, together with any articles he might use; +but he told me very abruptly that _he_ purchased them in New-York. Some +angry words passed between us. As he was an intemperate, bad +dispositioned man, I had reason to suppose that he hoisted the colors +for the purpose of revenging himself on me; thinking, doubtless, that +the Indians would murder me, though he excused himself by saying he +thought I had landed before he hoisted them. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + + +St. Blas has no king, but is a kind of Patriarchal government, being +ruled by the old men and the sookerman of the Island, whose laws are +obeyed in the strictest manner. The sookerman acts as physician, and +also foretells future events. Theft or adultery is seldom known in that +country. The civilized world talk of liberty, but these savages alone +truly enjoy it. They pay no tithes or taxes, require no locks to protect +themselves from thieves, have neither taverns nor boarding houses, every +traveller being made welcome at whatever house he may happen to stop. +There he will receive such entertainment and fare as is provided for the +family. Their hospitality is the same, whether he remains a day, a +month, or longer. I never heard of but one woman of that tribe who had +issue by a white man. The father of the child was a captain of a Jamaica +trading vessel. When the Indians discovered her situation, she was +separated from the tribe, placed in a house built for her in the woods, +entirely deprived of all kind of intercourse with them; being considered +as an outcast. When the child was three or four years of age it was put +on board of a Jamaica vessel and banished from the country. + +In describing my next voyage I shall narrate many of the customs and +manners of this region. The Indians brought their canoes alongside of +our vessel and piloted us safely into the harbor, called Little Cordee, +where we found good anchorage; we were immediately visited by some +thirty or forty canoes. One of the Indians asked the privilege of +trading for me. I told him he might if he got permission from the old +men and sookermen, as we had not yet their leave so to do. He paddled to +the shore, and returned in a short time with three old men and a +sookerman, from whom we received the license which we desired. + +I gave them plenty to eat and drink; they in return invited me on shore, +where I was well entertained. My Indian trader then commenced the +business for me by fathoming off cloth, many articles of staple goods, +such as shirting, check, powder and shot, &c. all of which had been sold +at one uniform price for many years. The Indians also had always +received one dollar per pound for tortoise-shell. When any goods +differed from such as the English traders had sold them, my Indian agent +would ascertain the price from me and proceed in his usual way in +bartering and selling. It was entirely unnecessary for me to trouble +myself about his bargains. He would come to me with his hands full of +silver change, saying, here captain, is so much money, and without +further remark would again turn to his business of salesman. + +After remaining three or four days, my clerk asked me if he might be my +trader during the season of taking turtle, which lasted four or five +months. His price was ten pounds Jamaica currency, about thirty dollars. +This being pretty reasonable, I answered him in the affirmative, telling +him to select such goods as he wished for his trade, I at the same time +taking an account of them, although I dared not let him know that I had +done so. I furnished him with the means of preserving his goods from the +rain, supplied him with steelyards, and every article necessary for the +trade on that coast. The goods amounted to about six hundred dollars. He +then volunteered to pilot us along the coast free of expense, except his +board and liquor. + +We at length got under weigh, having about twenty canoes in tow, +proceeded a few miles and came too at night under the lee of an island. +In the morning we started again, and arrived at the River Caledonia; +here we obtained permission to trade, the inhabitants giving us a hearty +welcome. After remaining here two or three days we sailed for the River +Mona, opening our trade immediately on our arrival, having obtained such +license from the proper authorities, remained but a few days, and sailed +for the River De Ablo, or River Devil. Here I engaged an Indian named +Billy, who had sailed with Captain Humphrey, an English trader, some two +years before. Billy was much pleased to see me, and immediately +commenced trading in my service, upon the same terms as those on which I +had engaged the former Indian, Campbell; he selected his goods and took +about the same quantity as Campbell had, and was fitted out much in the +same manner, having everything necessary to carry on the trade during +the season. After remaining here three or four days, we sailed back to +the River Cordee, where I had ordered Captain Soper to meet me with his +sloop. + +I remained at Cordee about two weeks, waiting for the appearance of the +vessel. On her arrival we took out all the cargo she had collected along +the coast, and put it on board the Price, and took what was left on +board the Price and put it on board the Traverse, and, according to my +letter of instruction, gave Captain Soper command of the Price, with +directions to proceed to New-York; he took Mr. Warner with him. On +taking charge of the Traverse myself, I retained Mr. Tefts, my Indian +apprentice boy, also an Indian lad who was one of the Musquitto king's +brothers with me, and one of the St. Blas Indians, who acted as seaman. +The schooner soon sailed for New-York, and we for Corn Island, where we +arrived in four days. After touching at Corn Island, we sailed from +thence to Cape Gracios a Dios, where we were visited by the king, who +invited us to his house, which I accepted of. Remaining here some days, +my little sloop was overloaded with Indians, eating and drinking, the +king being constantly intoxicated. He gave me directions not to trust +any Indian on his account without a written order from him. He came on +board one day and asked me for the amount of his account, which was +near one hundred dollars. He examined it silently, then ordered his men +into his canoe and abruptly left the vessel. I felt somewhat surprised +at his leaving in this manner without an explanation. + +In the afternoon some Indians came on board who had been in the habit of +bringing the king's verbal orders for goods, and said the king had sent +them to get a ten gallon keg of rum for him; not wishing to offend him, +I asked the Indians where he, the king, was, they replied, "We must +paddle up the river a little bit, and then ride horse a little bit." +Determined to know if there was any fraud in the verbal order, I started +with the Indians to see the king. + +We paddled up the river about four or five miles, when we landed. A +horse was brought for each man; our leader mounted, taking his ten +gallon keg up before him; each was supplied with a bunch of plantain +leaves for a saddle. The night being dark, and the rain falling in +torrents, we groped our way through thick woods, my horse acting as my +guide. I kept my hand extended before my face to protect my eyes from +the limbs of the trees for some distance, when we arrived at a small +creek; we dismounted and crossed over in a canoe, the Indians swimming +their horses across. Being mounted again we rode about three miles +further through a level prairie land. The foot-path being covered with +water about four inches deep, and the rain falling incessantly. At +length we arrived at the king's house, his majesty not having a dry +thread of clothes about him. On entering I found an Indian by the name +of Thompson, an old acquaintance, acting as door-keeper, who conducted +me into the house and presented me with a hammock; and being very much +fatigued, begged him not to tell the king that I had arrived. He +promised he would not. Soon after I got in my hammock, the king, who lay +in an adjoining room, called for a drink of water, which was brought. +The servant at the same time telling him that the American captain had +arrived (that being the name by which I was known on the Indian coast.) +He immediately arose, told his servants, called quarter-masters, to +bring the women for a dance. To please him I had to put on an Indian +dress, have my face painted, and my head ornamented with feathers. The +king took the lead in the performances, which lasted until morning; he +ordered a bullock to be killed for breakfast, which made a very good +repast, after which I retired, much fatigued, to a hammock, where a +sound sleep soon refreshed me. The king retired to rest, slept until +dark, when, springing up suddenly, he ordered his quarter-masters to +bring the horses. I remonstrated with him, saying, "For pity sake, king, +do not take me through that wilderness this night." Rubbing his eyes, he +declared, "It is not night, but morning." After some time, being +convinced of his mistake, he ordered the quarter-masters to collect the +women again for another dance, which was kept up until 11 o'clock that +night, when I begged permission to retire. + +Next morning the king apologized to me by saying, since he had detained +me so long, I should be remunerated with some tortoise-shell, for "I +know," said he, "you would willingly stop any where, two or three days, +if you could get a few pounds of tortoise-shell." Our horses were soon +brought, rigged as usual, with a bunch of plantain leaves for a saddle, +and a bridle made of bark. The king mounted, one of his queens being +placed behind him on the same horse; the gristle of his horse's ears +being removed, caused them to lap down on his head much like a +long-eared hog. I mounted the other. The mud and water was at least four +inches deep on the road, being the rainy season. We proceeded about a +quarter of a mile, when the king dismounted, and getting up behind me, +called to his waiters to get him a large stick, which he applied to my +poor old horse's flank without mercy; off we went in a smart gallop, the +mud and water flying in every direction. Having proceeded about a mile +we came to a small lane leading from the main road, which we were +travelling, along which were three small houses to be seen. The king +halted, saying to me, "Go up here and I will get you some shell." I rode +with the king to the front of the house, where a young Indian girl, +apparently eighteen years of age, stood near the door. The king +addressing me, asked if I did not think her handsome. My answer, of +course, was in the affirmative. The king then commanded his +quarter-masters to catch her and throw her on behind me. The girl having +an old dress on, ran into the house and returned with a clean one, the +quarter-masters then lifted her on behind me astride the horse. The king +kept in the rear to drive my horse into a canter, the mud and water +flying into our eyes at such a rate that I could hardly keep the road. +When we came to the creek the horses swam across, while the king, the +two women, and myself crossed in a canoe; the king trying to upset us, +which I prevented almost by main force, as the creek swarmed with +alligators. Having passed it, we travelled through woods for two or +three miles, when we embarked in a canoe for the Cape. Gladly did I +return to my vessel. The king, not unmindful of his promise to make me +some remuneration for my detention, sold me some thirty or forty pounds +of shell, which he owed to an English trader. + +[Illustration: Mosquito King and Captain Dunham taking an airing.] + +There was at the time two English trading vessels lying in the harbor. I +had one passenger on board, belonging to Corn Island. One day the +English captains, my passengers, and myself, being overtaken by a rain +storm on shore, took shelter under an old woman's roof, where she was +engaged in frying fish for her dinner. Her house was built like many +houses in that country, simply of a thatched roof, supported by +crotches, having no sides. As we were assembled here, the notion got +into our heads to try the old lady's temper and placing ourselves at +the four corners of her domicile, clapped our shoulders under the +roof and bore it off, leaving the poor old woman frying her fish in the +rain, which soon put out her fire, while we received a volley of curses +for our sport. We, however, returned it to its proper place, breaking +the poor old creature's crockery in so doing, which was all she +possessed. We invited her on board our vessels the next day, telling her +we would make good her loss; nor were we unmindful of our promise when +she made her appearance. We supplied her with plates, cups, saucers, +knives, forks, &c. so that her house was better furnished with these +articles than any in the town. We also threw in a bottle of rum to make +the affair perfectly satisfactory to her. + +After remaining at the Cape a few days, where I purchased some shell, a +considerable quantity of India rubber, gum copal, deer and tiger-skins, +and deer-horns, paying for them in goods, we proceeded to Sandy Bay, +where, after bartering four or five days for such articles as we got at +the Cape, we next sailed for Great River, continuing our bartering for +the same articles, and then started for Corn Island, intending to take +in provision there, it being decidedly the best place for that purpose +in the country. From thence we sailed for the Lagoon, where having +landed such goods as were needed to keep a good assortment in our store, +we proceeded along the coast, touching at Bluefields, Martina, +Buckatora, and some other small ports, and then returned to Corn +Island. Here I met the schooner Price, which had arrived two days +previous, direct from New-York, with a new supply of goods. Captain +Soper informed me that he had lost one man overboard on his passage +home. I found on board the Price a man named Mores, who had some +interest in the cargo. I gave the command of the sloop to Mr. Tefts, and +took charge of the schooner again. I supplied Captain Tefts with a new +assortment of goods, and ordered him to proceed along the Musquitto +coast and procure all the return cargo he could, and from thence to St. +Blas, where he could meet me in the Price. I proceeded with the Price +direct to St. Blas, where I repainted her. Here Mr. Morse was taken sick +and died, and we buried him on an uninhabited island, and then sailed +for the harbor of Cordee, where I found my Indian trader, Campbell, who +came on board and brought the returns for the goods I had left with him +to sell. He brought on board a quantity of shell, a few bags of cocoa, a +purse of money, and the remnants of the goods, and told me he had three +or four canoe loads of fustic, laying on the beach, which he had +purchased for me. He laid the shell, cocoa, return goods, and the purse +of money down on the deck, telling me that was all he had. I asked him +if he had taken out his wages. He said he had, and we considered all +accounts between us settled, without making any figures. We remained +here two or three days, and purchased a few thousand cocoa-nuts, and +then sailed for the River De Ablo, where I met my other trader, Billy, +who came on board with his returns, which being the same as Campbell's, +I settled his account in the same manner, with one exception. I asked +him if he had taken out his wages, he answered, "Not all," when I handed +back the purse of money to him, and he took out fourteen dollars, and +then returned it, saying, "Now we are even," which was as good as a +receipt. + +Campbell was on board acting as pilot, and he and Billy told me they +must go and see my country, which request I readily granted. I purchased +more cocoa-nuts, and took them on board when the Traverse arrived. I put +all the goods I had left of her cargo on board the schooner Price, and +prepared to sail the next morning. That evening we were visited by all +the old men and sookermen in that vicinity, together with forty or fifty +young men; the bottle of rum was passed round among them often during +the night by Campbell or Billy, the old men relating stories and giving +their charge to my traders, who were going to New-York with me. The St. +Blas Indians have a peculiar custom about talking: when an old man is +speaking, all the company are silent, not one lisp is heard from any +other person, except at the end of every sentence, when each listener +says, "Ah!" When one old man has ended his story another commences +without any interruption. I laid down to sleep at eleven o'clock and +slept till five in the morning, when I awoke and found them talking. +Some time after, I called one of the Indians aft who spoke English, and +asked him why this talk had continued all night: he answered me by +saying, "The old men had told Campbell and Billy that they would be the +first of their tribe whoever visited my country; that they must keep +sober and honest, and conduct themselves like gentlemen." + +Having all things ready for sea, I took leave of the old patriarchs by a +hearty shake of the hand, and proceeded on my voyage. + +Nothing material occurred until we got into the latitude of 24 deg., when +our main-mast was carried away and we rigged a temporary jury-mast: +having a long fore-sail, we were enabled to keep the schooner on her +way; and being a sharp Baltimore clipper, she made pretty good headway +under her fore-sail. Three days after, while laying too in a gale of +wind, we lost one of our seamen, named William Latch, overboard. After a +passage of thirty-five days we arrived in New-York. My Indians knew not +what cold meant, and having some flannel on board, I made them some +shirts on the passage, and gave them some old cast-off woollen clothing +to protect them from the wintry weather of our coast. When we approached +the cold latitudes we had a warm south-east wind, which brought us into +the harbor of New-York without experiencing much of the severity of the +weather. The first night after our arrival I went to my boarding house, +where I tarried until early next morning, when I went to visit the +schooner. As I approached the wharf where she lay, I saw Campbell +looking at his fingers, turning his hands over and viewing them very +closely. I accosted him in his accustomed manner of speaking, saying, +"Campbell, what de matter?" he replied, "My God! captain, somet'ing bite +me and I can't see 'im." His own country being infested with +musquittoes, sand-flies, fire-ants, and sundry insects, which he could +see, this invisible sting of cold he could not account for. I took them +to a clothing store and rigged them with winter dunage. I then took them +to a boarding house, and in the evening the mate escorted them to the +play-house, thinking he could astonish them. The next morning I asked +Campbell how he liked the play, he replied, "Too much fight; one old man +go dead." In spite of all my efforts to the contrary, they would follow +me at a distance. One day being near the City Hall, my two Indians +following, as usual, I thought I would stop and let them overtake me, +and have a view of the building, knowing that Campbell had never seen +even a frame house, previous to his arrival in New-York. As they came up +with me the keeper came out, and invited us up into the picture gallery, +where we saw full-length portraits of all the governors of the State, +and many other distinguished men, which the Indians viewed without any +manifestation of surprise. We soon after went down Broadway, and as we +approached St. Paul's Church, Campbell observing the covered figure of +the Saint, set in the wall of the building, stopped, and looking at it +some time, said, "Captain what dat old man tand dare for?" We passed on +a little further, when I met my old acquaintance, Doctor Samuel L. +Mitchell, who had visited me on my return from every voyage since I had +been in this trade, in consequence of my furnishing him with roots, +plants, and Indian curiosities. He was pleased at seeing the Indians, +and asked what country they came from, their customs, manners, &c. I +gave him a brief explanation, and he then insisted upon my going home +with him, saying, "Mrs. Mitchell must see them," to which I consented. +We repaired to his house, where I made a short visit, and he agreed to +let me retire, provided I would come to the college at two o'clock that +day, as he was to lecture there at that hour. On my return from the +doctor's I passed through Maiden Lane, where many of the windows were +decorated with toys. My Indians stopped to view them, and I could not +get them any further until I entered the stores and purchased some +whistling birds, swimming geese, &c. which they looked upon as the +greatest curiosities in the whole city. At two o'clock I repaired to the +college with my Indians. The doctor felt of their heads, looked down +their throats, &c. and said they belonged to the same species as those +who inhabit the Sandwich Islands and a part of Asia. The students gave +them a donation of eight dollars, and we returned to our respective +boarding houses. + +A few days after, General Jackson visited New-York, which caused +considerable noise and bustle. My Indians called on me to conduct them +to the place of his landing, which was Whitehall, saying, "Me want to +see dat big big American gineral." I conducted them to the place of +landing, and the first object which attracted their attention was the +military officers forming the procession, with long feathers on their +hats, and they begged me very hard to go purchase some of those feathers +for them. These Indians had every temptation to get intoxicated, having +plenty of money given them by the owners of the Price and myself, and a +donation of eight dollars from the students of the college: in addition +to which the cartmen daily put up six-penny pieces for them to shoot at +with their bows and arrows, which they generally got. We made them +acquainted with a number of pleasant liquors which they had never before +tasted, such as wine, cordial, beer, &c. but nothing could induce them +to get drunk, having received a strict charge from the old men of their +own country before they left home to keep sober until they returned. + +After going through the necessary forms at the Custom House, the vessel +was unloaded, and I obtained a furlough of two weeks to visit my family +at Catskill, whom I found in good health. At the appointed time I +returned to New-York and made the necessary preparations for another +voyage. + + + + +CHAPTER XV. + +Schooner Price.--Third Voyage. + + +Having purchased a suitable cargo for the trade, and got it on board, we +were prevailed upon to take as passengers, a man and his wife, with two +small children and a black servant, whom we tried hard to get rid of, by +charging them an exorbitant price; but the man insisted on going, having +been formerly a resident of Old Providence, and one of my old customers +in that island. My cabin was not larger than a farmer's hen-roost, +having only four berths, and those so narrow that one could hardly turn +over in them. At night we covered the floor of the little cabin +completely; the man and his wife, two children, the black servant, my +two Indians, cabin boy, the mate and myself, all lodged in one nest. We +sailed from New-York about the third of March, 1819, bound to Old +Providence, St. Andreas, Corn Island, Musquitto Shore, and St. Blas. +When we arrived in latitude 32 deg. we were overtaken by a violent gale of +wind, which obliged us to heave the vessel too. As the gale abated (the +sea running very high) we shipped a sea which swept our deck, taking the +cook and caboose, which was well served down to ring-bolts, drove into +the deck, but they were drawn out by the violence of the waves. Our +boat, oars, and other articles on deck were all swept overboard. By +means of some spare running gear the cook was hauled on board. The next +day the sea moderated, when we opened the hatches and got out a new +caboose. On my departure from Corn Island I had taken an order from an +English trader to bring out two patent American cabooses for him, which +I then had on board. We rigged our new caboose and proceeded on our +voyage, meeting with no further disasters worthy of notice. On our +arrival at Old Providence I found a small fleet of vessels there, called +patriots, (another name for pirates,) who had taken possession of the +island, and had hoisted the Columbian flag. On my entering the harbor +they laid an embargo on my vessel for a few days. The expedition was +commanded by a man who called himself Aurey, assisted by another, styled +Admiral Bogar, and the third went by the title of Commodore Parker. +Their squadron consisted of two small gun brigs, and two or three +privateer schooners. Their land force amounted to two or three hundred +men: they had what they called an English camp, a French camp, and an +American camp. They had hanged one American, and severely flogged +another for some crime, giving him one hundred lashes under the gallows. +They pretended to hold some commission under General Bolivar. I demanded +a return of my vessel, which they reluctantly granted me, and I sailed +for the Island of St. Andreas, where I found another squadron of vessels +from England, consisting of a twenty-gun brig, commanded by Captain +Hudson, with three transport ships, having about five hundred officers +and soldiers on board, bound to Porto Bello, all under the command of +Sir Gregor McGregor. On my arrival I was visited by an old English +officer, named Rafter, who was apparently a gentleman, he acted as +commander in the absence of Sir Gregor McGregor, who had not arrived at +that time; he wanted to purchase a pipe of gin from me for the use of +the troops, and give me a bill on London in payment. The next day Sir +Gregor arrived from St. Domingo, in company with an old Spanish +gentleman, named Lopes, from whom he had borrowed about twelve thousand +dollars, and promised to make him governor of the first city he should +capture. + +The next day Commodore Hudson came on board the Price, and offered me +one hundred dollars per day and a handsome present for myself, to join +the fleet and go on an expedition with them for a few days. I told him +that my vessel was insured, and that it would be a total breach of my +orders to comply with his request. In the afternoon they laid an embargo +on the Price. The following day was appointed for a great celebration, +which was to take place at the house of Mrs. Lever, a respectable widow +lady. I visited the place where they landed the troops from the vessels, +raised a flag staff and hoisted the New Grenadian flag. Silk cushions +were brought into the house and placed on the table where General +McGregor, Governor Lopes, and other officers, took the oath of +allegiance to the government of New Grenada; most of the officers being +under half pay from the English, looked sad when they renounced their +allegiance to their own country. Three days after, they sailed for Porto +Bello, taking Colonel Woodbine as pilot, and proceeding within a few +miles of that place, they landed in a thicket of woods; then taking a +foot-path, they entered the city undiscovered by the inhabitants, and +took possession of the place without the loss of a man. Most of the +inhabitants fled from their houses and left them to the conquerors. Old +Lopes was appointed governor, and the officers taking possession of the +vacant dwelling houses which the Spaniards had left, sat themselves down +like private gentlemen. Soon after the soldiers revolted and refused to +do duty, alledging that the general had promised them twenty dollars +bounty for the first city they should capture. Before the insurrection +could be put down, the general raised eight dollars per man and +distributed it among them, and then issued a proclamation to the +inhabitants, inviting them to return to their habitations and take the +oath of allegiance to the new government, when private property would be +respected. Most of the people complied with his request, by taking the +oath required of them. In the meantime information was secretly sent +over to the Pacific by these Spaniards, where they raised an army of +eight hundred men, who marched across the Isthmus, and lay encamped in +the woods three or four miles back of the city; while those who had +taken the oath of allegiance were keeping up a regular communication +with them. The soldiers who had possession of the city having procured +an abundance of liquor, all got intoxicated, and the officers retired to +their beds without placing any sentries on duty. The Spaniards in the +city sent spies to the royalists, informing them that the patriot +soldiers were all drunk, and totally off their guard. During the night +the royalists marched into the city and took possession of the forts, +which were very strong, (one in particular is said to mount three +hundred and sixty-five guns,) without meeting with any resistance, or +the loss of a single man. They killed about thirty of the patriots and +made the remainder prisoners, only twelve escaping. I here give you a +sketch of the complete success of the Spaniards, as recited by the +General's right hand man. Lieutenant Cookley, aid-de-camp to General +McGregor, about three weeks after the loss of the army, said, "That on +the night of the re-capture of the city by the royalists, he was +quartered in the second story of the government house in Porto Bello, +General McGregor occupying one room, and Governor Lopes another, and +being himself very unwell, he was obliged to get out of his bed and walk +the room. Between three and four o'clock he heard some persons coming up +stairs. Feeling alarmed, he seized his sword and pistols and ran to the +door of the room, where he met three men well armed; he shot one, and +killed another with his sword, the third one retreated with a slight +wound; in the meantime he cried out, 'General McGregor, you are +betrayed.' The general sprang from his bed, and taking his mattrass, +dropped it from the window on the ground; then letting himself down to +it, ran for the shore, and jumping into the sea attempted to swim to the +commodore's vessel; but being unskilled in swimming, he was picked up by +a boat and carried on board, having no clothing on except his shirt. +Another division of Spaniards ascended the stairs of the government +house, and proceeding to the room of Governor Lopes, killed him in his +bed." + +Those taken prisoners were marched across the Isthmus to the South Sea, +where they were compelled to work in chains on the fortifications. Some +months after I learned that these prisoners, in trying to effect their +escape, were most of them butchered by the Spaniards. + +After my release from the embargo at St. Andreas I sailed for the coast +of St. Blas, where I arrived without any further molestation, at the +harbor of De Ablo. My vessel was soon surrounded with canoes, filled +with old men and young ones. No ambassador returning from a foreign +mission to his own country was ever received with a more hearty welcome +than my Indians were by their own countrymen. Liquor was soon passed +around, and a long conversation commenced, which lasted, with little +intermission, until the next morning; and my traders seemed to be +absolved from the injunction laid upon them by the old men, not to get +drunk during their voyage, as I discovered that Campbell was so drunk +before twelve o'clock, that he could not rise from his seat without +help. While relating his adventures he gave his hearers a long +description of the white rain he had seen in New-York, (meaning snow,) +and sundry other wonderful events and curiosities. + +The Andes mountains on this coast extend near the sea-shore, and are +inhabited by baboons and other large monkeys, who keep up a hideous +noise during the night, which was a great annoyance to our slumbers, as +the echo passes from mountain to mountain. The next day after our +arrival here we experienced a violent thunder storm, the noise of the +thunder echoed in a most tremendous manner from different hills, which +appeared like a cannonading along the whole coast. I sat amazed at the +sound, when an old Indian who was intoxicated, broke silence, by saying, +"That thunder is great rascal, he make too much quarrel here." + +My traders now applied for another outfit of goods for the coming +season, which I readily supplied them with, they taking about the same +quantity as on the previous voyage. + +The men of St. Blas are of small stature, generally about five feet two +or three inches high; wearing their hair long on the back of the head, +cued down on their backs with a cotton ribbon of their own manufacture, +the hair cut straight across the forehead, high cheek bones, and of a +light copper complexion. They dress in check or flannel shirts, with +linen trowsers. The young men are not allowed to wear their shirt flaps +inside of the waist-bands of their trowsers until they are about forty +years old, when they assume the character of old men. The women are +small and delicately formed, having very small feet and hands, and are +remarkably modest in their behaviour. Their dress consists of a piece of +blue cloth, about four feet long, wrapped around their bodies under the +arms, and extending to their knees, a string or two of coral beads tied +around their legs, below the knee, and another around above the ankle. +The women all wear a piece of pure gold wire of large size, in the form +of a triangle, stuck through the inside of the nose. The old men wear a +number of strands of coral beads around their necks, and hanging down on +their bosoms. The sookerman wears two or three pounds of large coral +beads hanging closely about the neck, and the old men wear their shirt +flaps inside of their waist-bands as a mark of their dignity. From the +best information I can obtain, St. Blas is the oldest Republic on the +Continent of America, and should be a model government for Mexico and +the South American Republics, which are constantly driving their rulers +out of the country and changing Republics into Empires. + +The soil of St. Blas produces an abundance of bread-stuffs, such as +yams, sweet potatoes, cassader, eddies, plantains, &c. Also cocoa-nuts, +lemons, oranges, sugar cane and cocoa. They here breed a great number +of hogs, poultry, &c. The country abounds with large quantities of wild +hogs, mountain cows, armadillas, deer, conies, and innumerable wild +fowl. The whole coast swarms with turtle, craw-fish, manatee's, and a +great variety of shell-fish. There are some four hundred islands, lying +from two to four miles from the main land-shore, which forms an inland +sea, making the whole coast a good harbor. Every one of these islands +produces limes, or lemons, bird, cayenne, gourd and squash peppers. When +a table is set in this country a green pepper and lemon are placed by +the side of your plate, which serves for pepper and vinegar to season +your meat or vegetables. After clearing up half an acre of ground, ten +days labor of one man in each year would produce bread-stuffs sufficient +for a family of fifteen persons. Plantains set out on good soil will +yield a crop, every nine months, for twenty years. Yams and sweet +potatoes require planting and digging yearly. + +Having given the reader a short description of St. Blas, which may +appear somewhat imperfect, I hope it will be recollected, should there +be any imperfections, that I have no history of that country to refer +to; most of my information having been obtained from the natives, who +speak broken English. On taking leave of St. Blas I proceeded to St. +Andreas, at which place I arrived after a passage of two days. Here I +met General McGregor, who appeared much dejected, having among other +losses left all his clothing behind, which fell into the hands of the +enemy. Lieutenant Coakley came on board my vessel and related to me all +the particulars of the expedition which I have narrated. Of the land +forces, only twelve returned out of five hundred who left here some +three weeks before. After remaining here three or four days, we sailed +for Cape Gracios a Dios. On my arrival there I commenced trading, as +usual. The next morning, it being the Fourth of July, and being in a +strange port, I thought I would not make any preparations for +celebrating the day. I told the mate, however, that he might release the +crew from work and give them some extra rations of grog, &c. Before I +had finished giving my orders to the mate, the king came on board with a +large canoe, loaded with Indians, and saluting me with a loud voice, +said, "Blast your eyes, why don't you fire a salute, hoist your colors +and celebrate your country's holyday." I answered him, by saying, "I +have nothing good to eat." He replied, "You shall soon have something;" +when getting into the canoe with the Indians, they paddled him on shore, +and killing a beef, soon returned with two quarters. We then hoisted our +colors and fired a salute; and a number of the king's officers coming on +board, we partook of a good dinner; and not forgetting plenty of liquor, +we made ourselves delightfully merry. At night the king and company +retired very peaceably. + +The king had frequently solicited me to take him home with me, but never +got himself ready to embark, and he now renewed the conversation on the +subject. I told him that my family did not reside in the city of +New-York, but lived two degrees north of it, at a small village called +Catskill, near a mountain of that name. He replied, that would suit much +better, as he wanted to see the country and my home. He then said, +"There is one condition in the bargain; if I go home with you, you may +call me major, or colonel, or some other officer; but if you call me +king I will be the death of you, for I am not going home with you to be +made a damned puppet-show of." + +Having finished my trade here, I sailed down along the coast, touching +and trading at the different harbors, as usual, until I arrived at the +Lagoon, where I landed the goods from the vessel at the store, and +taking in all the exchange goods collected there, sailed for Corn +Island, where we took in some more return cargo. While at Corn Island +Captain Mitchell gave me an order to bring him a new boat, thirty feet +long, to row with six oars, &c. + +We now sailed for New-York, where we arrived without meeting with any +occurrence worth recording. After discharging our cargo I again visited +my family at Catskill, whom I found in good health. I remained with them +about eight days, and then returned to New-York. In the course of a few +days we had procured another cargo, which taking on board, together with +the new boat for Captain Mitchell, we were again ready for sea. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +Schooner Price.--Fourth Voyage. + + +The Price being now ready for sea, about the first of August we got +under weigh and proceeded on our voyage towards Old Providence, St. +Andreas, Corn Island and the Main. We made our passage to Old Providence +in seventeen days, where we remained about three days bartering off +goods in our usual manner. We then sailed for St. Andreas. On the +passage we, in a squall, carried away the head of the schooner's +main-mast, above the eyes of the shrouds. On our arrival at that port I +repaired the mast-head by cutting off five or six feet, and forming a +new one. This altered the appearance of the vessel very much, when +viewed from a distance. We remained some time at St. Andreas, selling +goods, collecting debts, taking in all the cotton and other freight we +could procure. Here I took on board a captain and crew belonging to +Jamaica, whose schooner had been upset in a squall and lost near this +island. I agreed to carry them to the Main, where they expected to get +on board of some of their own country vessels. We got under weigh and +sailed for Corn Island with a light breeze. When we arrived within seven +or eight miles of Great Corn Island the wind died away to a dead calm, +and we lay drifting at the mercy of the sea. I was in great haste to +get on shore at the island, as I had ordered Captain Teft, who commanded +the sloop Traverse, to meet me there in the Price on the tenth of +September, which time had expired some days before. Fearing he would be +discouraged by waiting, and sail for some other port, which would cause +a great delay in our meeting, and there being no signs of a wind that +would carry the Price into the harbor that night, I was advised to hoist +out the new boat which we carried out for Captain Mitchell; having a +double boat's crew with the Englishmen, we could man her with six oars +and soon row in. The boat was accordingly hoisted out and manned, and we +proceeded toward the shore. It being a star-light evening, and the +harbor having some rocks and stones on the bottom, I seated myself on +the taffrail of the boat, which raised my head some two feet above the +heads of the crew, and enabled me to see any dangerous rocks, and steer +clear of them, it being what seamen call a bright bottom. I had on my +head a large brimmed white Panama hat, of course a good mark to shoot +at. A few days previous to my leaving Corn Island, on my last voyage, it +was currently reported there that the United States man-of-war Schooner +Fire Brand was cruising in these seas. We approached the harbor about +nine o'clock in the evening. As we came near the shore we were hailed by +one of the gang who were there, saying, "What boat is that?" My schooner +always carried canoes instead of boats, which we found much better to +land in the surf, and for that reason I had abandoned the use of the +latter in this trade, for the last three years, and all the inhabitants +of that island knew it. My boat being long, and much resembling what is +called on board of a man-of-war the captain's gig, I answered, "United +States Schooner Fire Brand." They said, "pull in then." At that instant +fourteen men fired into us, the shot whistling past my head so close +that it appeared to deafen me for a moment. As soon as they hailed us, I +told the men in the boat to stop rowing, so that the questions and +answers could be distinctly heard. As soon as they had fired, a favorite +old sailor in the boat, who pulled the after oar, with his back toward +the shore, being between me and those who fired at us, spoke to me in a +very mild tone, saying, "Captain, I am wounded." I then told the crew to +pull away, they all gave way upon their oars except this man, who laid +still in the bottom of the boat; this irritated me so much, thinking +that my favorite old tar should be the first to skulk from danger, not +supposing from the mildness of his expression that he was much wounded, +I jumped from the tiller of the boat in great haste, caught him by the +collar and gave him a shake, saying, "Pull away, you skulking fellow." +You may imagine my astonishment when I found that he was a lifeless +corpse. In the meantime I heard the company on shore ramming down their +cartridges into their guns, preparing for another fire. All the time +keeping a bright look-out alongside of the boat, for fear of running +her on the rocks, I discovered that we had got into two or three feet +water, and were not more than one hundred and fifty feet from those who +were preparing to fire a second time. I ordered my men to stop rowing +and follow me, which they immediately did. I jumped overboard into the +water, my crew following me. We then made our way to our assailants, +when I found my own clerk, and Captain Tefts, of the little sloop +Traverse, who were here waiting for my arrival, Captain Mitchell, for +whom I brought the boat, and Benjamin Downs, father of a colored +apprentice boy I had then on board. In short, they were all old +acquaintances of mine. I was highly excited on the occasion. They made a +long apology by saying, that the royalists in Porto Bello had fitted out +two armed schooners to scour the coast, and that they had captured two +English vessels found trading with the Indians: that they mistook the +Price for one of them, her appearance being so much altered by the loss +of the head of her main-mast, that they supposed I had been captured by +one of these vessels and was a prisoner in the boat, and compelled to +answer their questions, as they all knew my voice, and that if they +suffered a crew to land they would all be butchered, as they had given +aid and shelter to the patriots for a long time. I landed the body of my +unfortunate man and placed it under the care of some of my friends, +procured a pilot, went on board the Price, and brought her into the +harbor the next morning. I then buried the poor sailor in as decent a +manner as the country would admit of, collecting most of the inhabitants +of the island to join the funeral procession. There being no clergymen +in the island, I read the burial service at the grave, this being my +usual custom at sea on committing dead bodies to the ocean. + +[Illustration: Captain Dunham landing at Corn Island.] + +I fitted out the Traverse for another cruise by giving Captain Teft a +new supply of goods, when he proceeded on a trading voyage to the Main. +I took Mr. Smith, the clerk of the store on board, and sailed for the +Lagoon, when we took on board all the goods we had there, and proceeded +to a small harbor, called Salt Creek, supposed to be a better place for +our trade. I also took a few Indians to assist in building the store, +which I landed there, with myself and crew, and erected a comfortable +building in less than four days, modeled after the houses of that +country, landed a supply of goods, and left Mr. Smith to dispose of +them, sold the Sloop Traverse, and took Captain Teft and his crew on +board. Having learned that the royal governor of Porto Bello had fitted +out one or two man-of-war schooners, which had captured two English +traders on the coast of St. Blas, where it was necessary for me to +proceed, I hired three men in addition to Captain Tefts and his little +crew, to proceed with me to that place. My schooner being armed with a +six-pound cannon, with about thirty fowling guns, plenty of cutlasses, +and some boarding pikes, we proceeded to the coast of St. Blas, where +we were advised by the Indians to put the schooner into a small river, +about two hundred feet wide, and wait a few days before we proceeded to +the River De Ablo, our port of destination. We warped the schooner into +the mouth of the river, in shoal water, where we supposed the enemy's +vessels could not come near enough to injure us, and prepared ourselves +for an encounter with their boats if they sent them to attack us, by +making cartridges of musket-balls and buck-shot, put up in bags of six +pounds each, in addition to round balls and cannister-shot. I likewise +supplied about thirty Indians with ammunition, who promised to come to +my assistance if the enemy disturbed me. I divided my men into two +watches, and kept a good look-out four days and nights. About the fifth +night we heard the sound of a horn a number of times; about 12 o'clock +all hands were called to quarters. We soon discovered, however, that the +sound proceeded from a canoe, which when we had let it approach within +hail, we found to contain the crew of an English trader, who had been +captured by a royal privateer and carried into Porto Bello, where they +had escaped from their prison, stolen a canoe, and then paddled to this +place, a distance of about sixty miles, without food. Soon after, we +learned from the Indians that the cruisers had left the coast. We then +proceeded to the River De Ablo, where I found my traders waiting my +arrival. They brought their returns, goods, &c. on board, and a +settlement was made in a satisfactory manner on both sides in less than +one hour. I purchased a few thousand cocoa-nuts and some fustic, which I +took on board, and sailed for Cape Gracios a Dios, touching at Corn +Island. + +On my arrival at the Cape I took on board all the return cargo I could +procure, and proceeded to the Lagoon, stopping at the different harbors, +as usual. When at the Lagoon I made known my intention of leaving the +trade, when a number of sookermen assembled to bestow their farewell +benediction upon me, saying that I had traded a long time with them, and +that they were much pleased with me, and did not blame me for leaving +them, as they supposed I wanted to stop at home and mind my wife and +pickaninies (meaning children) for a time, but should never die until I +returned to that country, and would never die there, but return to my +own country, after I had visited them, and die at my own home. After +taking an affectionate leave of them all, we took our departure toward +home. + +After buffeting the storms and tempests of the ocean for nearly four +years, carrying on an average, a crew of six persons, including the mate +and myself, and having lost six, viz: one by desertion, one by death on +board, one shot, and three by drowning, I thought it best to seek some +more comfortable trade in which to gain a support for myself and family, +and one less exposed to hardships, and such constant risk of health and +life. I was always compelled, while on this trading business, to sleep +on deck, my cabin being small and dark, having no windows. If I laid +down in the cabin I was soon covered with cock-roaches, musquittoes, and +fire-ants, besides being exposed to centipedes, scorpions, &c. which +terrified me so much that I dare not take lodging there while we were in +the tropical climes, although I needed shelter from the excessive rains +which visit that country from May until November. Having a good awning, +which was always spread when the vessel was anchored, we generally ate, +drank and slept on deck until we arrived in the cold latitudes, when +those insects became torpid, and cold weather compelled me to seek +shelter in the cabin. On parting with the Indians I felt distressed, and +could not avoid showing my gratitude toward them for their native +kindness, and the many evidences of friendly intent which they had shown +for me. I had often called at their hovels when out on excursions, being +fatigued and hungry, needing food and rest, when the poor Indian, having +but one plate and one old knife and fork in his house, would place them +on his little table, or some substitute for one, and cook the best meal +he could procure, making me take a seat by the table, and with a hearty +good will urging me to eat, while he, sharpening the end of a stick that +he might take the meat out of the pot with it, would sit down on the +ground-floor and eat his dinner, refusing to come to the table with me, +because he had but one set of dishes. Having but one hammock to sleep in +himself, he invariably left that for me, while he would take his +lodging on a cow-skin placed on the ground-floor. + +The whole furniture of each Indian family would not cost ten dollars. + +We stopped at Corn Island, collected all the return we could obtain, and +sailed for New-York, where we arrived about the first of January, 1820, +without any particular incident worth notice, discharged the cargo, +settled with my owners, and returned to Catskill, where I found my +family in the enjoyment of their usual health. I now determined to +remain at home during the winter, and enjoy some repose from the toils +of the sea, having spent but five or six weeks with my family during the +last five years. + +I now entered into an agreement, in company with Mr. Apollos Cooke, +merchant, of Catskill, to open a trade from that place to the West +Indies. During the winter we purchased a cargo of lumber for that +market, intending to charter or purchase a vessel to carry it there as +soon as the navigation of the Hudson River opened. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +Schooner Enterprise. + + +Early in the month of March, 1820, I proceeded to New-York, for the +purpose of chartering or purchasing a vessel to carry our timber to the +West India market, and spent a few days in the city on that business. +While sitting at the breakfast table one morning, I was asked by a +ship-master, an old acquaintance, if I did not want to take a voyage to +Bermuda. I replied no; that I came to New-York to charter a vessel to go +to Catskill, and take in a cargo of lumber there. He said he thought I +might make some sale or contract for it in that place. Here our +conversation ended, and I thought no more about it. After breakfast he +asked me to take a walk with him. When we had journeyed some little +distance, we met a man with whom he passed the usual compliment of good +morning, and said, "This is Captain Dunham, of whom I spoke to you." He +asked me what wages I would require to take charge of a schooner to go +to Bermuda. I told him fifty dollars per month. He said he had agreed +with a captain to go the voyage for forty dollars per month, but he was +unfortunately taken sick and could not go. I bid him good morning, and +had proceeded a few rods when he called on me to stop, saying he would +split the difference with me. I told him I would go. He then took me +into a store, saying, "There is your mate and crew, and I wish you to +take them to a Notary Public's office in Pine-street, and have the +shipping papers made out, and I will come there with the money and pay +the expenses;" which he soon performed. After this was accomplished we +went to the Custom House and obtained a clearance, and then parted and +went to dinner. He requested me to call immediately after dinner at a +lumber-yard he mentioned, where I would find him on board the schooner, +as he had engaged a passage for New-Haven at four o'clock that +afternoon, where he resided. He handed me a letter addressed to the +captain of the Schooner Enterprise, containing direction for the voyage; +and telling me he hoped I would do for him as I would for myself, took +leave of me. I found the schooner to be one of the large full-built +Eastern vessels, having the deck loaded to the height of eight feet. I +hurried and got some clothing and a small out-fit, and having left some +old clothes and bedding, charts, quadrants, &c. in New-York, on my last +voyage; I had them put on board that afternoon, procured a pilot and +went to sea at eight o'clock the next morning. We made our passage to +Bermuda in seven days, where we discharged our cargo, and taking on +board a ballast of fustic, returned from Bermuda to New-York in seven +and a half days; making the whole time gone only twenty-nine days, being +one of the most pleasant voyages I ever made. My acquaintance with the +owner was so short, that, after my return, when he came on board and +gave me his hand, I looked for some time before I could recollect him. +When I left Catskill I took with me only two or three changes of shirts, +&c. promising my family to return in a few days. In the journey I so +unexpectedly took there was nothing interesting, and I merely insert it +to keep up the chain of my voyages. + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +Schooner Felicity. + + +About the first of June, 1820, I chartered the Schooner Felicity in +New-York, and proceeded to Catskill, and took in a cargo for St. +Domingo; returned to New-York, and after shipping a crew, sailed on the +twenty-second of June for Port au Prince, in the Island of St. Domingo, +where we arrived after a passage of eighteen days, without the +occurrence of anything which would interest the reader. I found Port au +Prince to be a large but dirty city, no care being taken to clean the +streets, the yellow fever often raging here, particularly among the +shipping. The government is called a Republic, with a president elected +for life, receiving a salary of forty thousand dollars for his services, +and thirty thousand for his table expenses. The president being a +military chieftain, exercises great power over his subjects, who have +only the shadow of a Senate and Assembly, as they are subservient to his +will. The soil of the Island is very fertile, producing sugar-cane, +coffee, cocoa, and three crops of corn in one year; also, beans, +cabbages, water-mellons, and most kinds of garden vegetables: plantains, +yams, and every variety of tropical fruits in abundance. The Island at +this time was divided into three departments; the northern part was held +by a black royal Emperor, who styled himself Christoff, and exercised as +much power over his subjects as does the Emperor of Russia over his. The +southern part was owned by the Spaniards, as a Republic; the western by +the Republicans called Haytians, who were then at war with the Royalists +under the command of the black emperor. The war between those two +parties had been carried on for many years, and ended in the total +overthrow of the Royalists; the emperor blowing his brains out with his +pistol. + +The president of this Republic lays heavy export duties on the produce +of the Island. The stamp duties on paper are said to amount to over two +millions per annum. All merchants and mechanics pay a heavy tax for +licenses to carry on their business. Whites are excluded from carrying +on their trades in their own names, or from purchasing real estate in +this Republic. A white can take a black partner, male or female, and do +business in his or her name. Most of the white men settled here prefer +the latter. This government has a mint, and coin their own money, which +contains ten per cent of silver mixed with other metal. They coin no +pieces larger than twenty-five cents, none smaller than six and a +quarter. This coin is considered a lawful tender, and the laws strictly +prohibit the carrying of any foreign gold or silver out of the country, +on penalty of forfeiting it. This compels any person selling a cargo +there to lay the returns out in some of the produce of the Island, which +is consequently the cause of heavy losses to the shippers. The +inhabitants are a mixed race of black and white, varying in color from +the blackness of charcoal to almost the whiteness of a snow-ball, and +hundreds of them have to take hard oaths to satisfy the authorities that +they have some black blood running through their veins, which entitles +them to the rights of citizenship in the Island. I have seen many +red-whiskered fair complexioned men pass themselves off for men of +color. Their national religion is Roman Catholic, no other being +tolerated, but strictly prohibited. The president keeps up a standing +army of forty thousand men, well uniformed, disciplined and equiped. As +I shall have to refer to their laws, customs and manners in my next +voyage, I shall leave the subject for the present. + +Not being able to sell my timber at Port au Prince without a sacrifice, +my consignee applied to the government agent to purchase it, of which he +acquainted the president, who gave me a letter addressed to the public +administrator of Jerimie, and requesting me to proceed with my vessel +and cargo to that port, which I immediately complied with, after getting +a letter of address from an Italian Jew I found in Port au Prince, but +who resided in Jerimie, addressed to Messrs. Laforet & Brier, to whom I +consigned my vessel and cargo. On my arrival at that place my consignees +sold to the administrator all the timber he wanted, and the remainder at +an under price to individuals. My provisions sold at a saving. Jerimie +contains about two hundred houses, most of them being in a dilapidated +condition, in consequence of the constant alarm in which the inhabitants +have been kept by a troop of banditti, headed by an insurgent colonel, +who had deserted from the army, and had so terrified the people that the +women and children took shelter in the forts during the night, while the +men were kept under arms, being obliged to suspend all agricultural +pursuits, and leave their villages to decay. A few months since, the +chief of the banditti had been killed, his troops surrendered their arms +and received a pardon from the president. The inhabitants were now +making great preparations to repair their buildings and call back their +former trade. + +While in this port, the padre, or priest died; he was carried to the +church in a chair, being tied fast to it, in a sitting posture, a book +placed in his hands. The corpse remained in this situation until about +four o'clock in the afternoon, when a marble slab was taken out of the +floor, an excavation made in the ground, the body deposited in the hole +with the clothes on, and then covered with a thick coat of lime. + +A friend of mine, named Ghio, arrived here from Port au Prince in +company with one Captain Mills, from New-York, and while he and the +captain were walking the streets of Jerimie, Ghio for the first heard of +the death of the padre, when bursting into a flood of tears, he +exclaimed, "Captain Mills the poor padre is dead, and I suppose I shall +have to fill his place again," weeping at the same time. After a moments +pause, he said, "Captain Mills, it is a damned good berth, I can make +ten dollars a day by it." Ghio acted as a substitute in the place of the +deceased padre until his place was supplied by another. + +I remained at Jerimie three or four weeks, employed in selling out my +cargo and obtaining a return freight of coffee, &c. I procured many +orders for house frames and other articles, and was strongly urged to +bring out some carpenters and a blacksmith, whom the inhabitants +promised to aid and assist in their business. Having disposed of all my +cargo and taken on board my return freight, I proceeded to sea, bound to +New-York, where I arrived in safety after a passage of eighteen days, +sold my return cargo, and sailed for Catskill, where I arrived about the +first of November. I then repaired the schooner and prepared for another +voyage. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + +Schooner Felicity.--Second Voyage. + + +At Catskill I procured another cargo, filled up all my orders, and +taking on board four carpenters as passengers, bound to Jerimie, sailed +for New-York, where we remained three or four days employed in shipping +a crew, purchasing stores, &c. We sailed from New-York about the eighth +of December, and arrived at Jerimie about the first of January, 1821. On +my arrival I called on my old friends, Leforet & Brier, where I was +politely received, particularly by Mr. Brier, who escorted me to his +house to take breakfast. After inquiring about the passage of my vessel, +news in New-York, &c. he said he had news to tell me. I told him I +should be pleased to hear it. He said, "Captain Dunham, we have got a +new padre here since you left for home; he is the smartest padre we ever +had; he can beat any man in Jerimie playing at billiards, boxing, +fencing, or jumping; he has killed two men in duels, and I assure you, +sir, he is the smartest padre in all the West Indies." + +Among the orders given me, was one for thirty thousand loose cedar +shingles, which, when landed on the beach, I learned were intended to +re-cover the church. All the ladies in the town soon assembled at the +place where the shingles were landed; rich and poor, some dressed in +silk, and others with fine muslin gowns, having hoops in their hands, +which they stuck full of shingles, and laying them on their backs +carried them to the church, when they were taken by the carpenters, who +put them on the roof, not allowing one of them to be carted; thus +showing great zeal to protect from contamination every thing connected +with their church. + +The negroes on this Island are far more numerous than the mulattoes, +mustees, and other colors. The old mulattoes being the heirs of their +former masters, were many of them sent to France and educated; and the +president being a mulatto, gives them as many offices as he dare; but is +obliged to confer some on the blacks to prevent an insurrection; still I +found there was considerable hatred between them. One day while walking +the streets I heard a quarrel between a mulatto and a negro. The mulatto +commenced, "What are you doing, nigger?" the negro replied, "Who are +you, mulatto? you no got any country; white man got country and negro +got country, mulatto no got any country, he's a damned _mule_." + +My carpenters landed and were seeking some employment, when they were +informed that they could not make any contracts in their own names, +being white men, and not having any license, and the laws of the country +not allowing a white man to obtain one. To obviate this a petition was +drawn up and signed by most of the inhabitants, and sent to the +president, for a special permit for the eldest carpenter to carry on +his trade. Some weeks after the president sent him a license, the rest +of the carpenters working under him. I was very fortunate in the +disposal of my cargo, most of it selling at a good profit, and by paying +a large premium I procured about twenty hundred Spanish dollars, which +were smuggled on board and brought to New-York. + +Coffee being high in that port, I was obliged, in purchasing it, to +dispose of the St. Domingo coin I received in payment for my cargo. +Being ready for sea, I took leave of my friends and sailed for New-York, +where we arrived about the first of May, 1821. The schooner having +proved leaky on the passage, I refused to make another voyage in her. +Soon after my arrival in New-York I received a letter from my old +friend, Mr. Apollos Cooke, of Catskill, advising me to purchase, on our +joint account, a schooner called the Combine, which was now laying in +New-York, and could be procured very cheap. On viewing the Combine I +found her timbers sound, but her decks and upper works badly worn, so I +called on the agent, and after some time spent in chaffering, purchased +her and left for Catskill, where I arrived about the 26th of May. + + + + +CHAPTER XX. + +Schooner Combine. + + "A wolf will not a wolf ensnare, + "And tigers their own species spare, + "Man more ferocious, bends his bow, + "And at his fellow aims the blow." + + +After the arrival of the Combine at Catskill, we had her well examined +by a carpenter, who found her timbers sound. We then agreed to repair +her by laying a new deck, putting in new ceiling, and giving her a +thorough overhauling, so as to fit her for a sea voyage, which was done +at an expense of nine hundred dollars. Large quantities of freight was +offered for shipment, which I advised to take some part of, informing my +partner in the vessel, Mr. A. Cooke, that I had but little over two +thousand dollars, which would fall short of paying for one-half of the +vessel and cargo; but he preferred our owning the whole cargo jointly, +saying, "I will advance you any money you may want until you make the +voyage." We then purchased a suitable cargo and filled up many orders I +had brought from Jerimie. After we had gathered all our bills together, +I found my money exhausted and myself indebted five hundred and +seventy-two dollars to my partner. The vessel being repaired and +loaded, we took on board four passengers, bound to Jerimie, and sailed +for New-York. On my arrival at New-York I made it my first business to +apply to the Marine Insurance Office for insurance, expecting I should +have to pay an extra premium, my vessel being seventeen years old. After +applying at all the offices in the city, and producing a certificate +from old respectable carpenters, and some of our best citizens, that +they considered her timbers as good as any North River vessel of two +years old, my application was rejected, and I had no alternative but to +proceed to sea as my own insurer, having my little all at stake, except +a small homestead. I shipped a crew and made the necessary preparation, +put to sea about the 10th of August, and shaped my course for Jerimie, +where we arrived the sixth of September. + +On my arrival at that port I sold my cargo, as usual, with the +assistance of my former consignees, Messrs. Laforet & Brier. Jerimie +being a dangerous port in heavy gales of wind, I was advised to send my +vessel to Corail, a distance of twenty miles, to remain a few weeks, it +being a safe harbor, while I remained in Jerimie to collect debts and +procure a return cargo. After remaining here some fourteen or fifteen +days, I was attacked with a violent fever, which confined me to the bed +until the vessel was ready for sea, when I was taken on board, hoping +the air would restore me to health. After being at sea some thirty-six +hours, my mate found the fever increasing on me so fast that he gave up +all hopes of my recovery, and asked my permission to return to Jerimie, +to which I consented. The vessel was put about and steered for that +port, we neared the entrance of the harbor early the next morning, when +I thought the fever began to abate, and requested the mate to put to sea +again and proceed toward home. My health improving slowly, I was helped +on deck every morning, where I remained during the day, lying under a +small awning to screen me from the scorching sun, and helped into the +cabin at night to protect me from the heavy dews. My health continued to +improve daily. On the eleventh day of October we discovered land ahead, +which proved to be the south side of the Island of Cuba. Finding it +impossible to beat up against the current, we concluded to run round the +west end of the island. Nothing material occurred until the thirteenth +of October, in the morning, when I discovered land, which I identified +as Cape Antonio; my health by this time was so much improved that I was +able to get on deck without assistance. I told the mate to go below and +get some repose, he having had but little rest during my sickness, and +that I was well acquainted with the passage round the Cape. + +About nine o'clock, while doubling the Cape, we discovered three small +schooners, one small sloop, and a large open boat lying at anchor about +two miles from the land. In about the space of fifteen minutes the whole +fleet got under weigh and bore down for us. One of the largest +schooners ran down within musket-shot of us, fired a gun, and we hove +too, while the rest of the fleet surrounded us. The largest schooner +immediately sent a boat alongside of us, containing eight or nine men, +who boarded us with muskets and drawn cutlasses in their hands, each of +them having a long knife and a dagger slung by his side. Immediately +after getting on deck, one of them cried out, "Foward," two or three +times in broken English, pointing at the same time toward the +fore-castle. The mate, sailors, and two passengers who were on board, +ran forward and jumped into the fore-castle. I being very weak, dragged +along slowly, when the man who gave the order commenced beating me +severely with the broad side of his cutlass. I remonstrated with him, +saying I was sick and could not walk any faster; he answered me, "_No +intende_." I then discovered he was a Portuguese, and not understanding +that language, I excused myself as well as I could in the French +language, hoping he understood me; but I found it did not relieve my +back, as he continued to beat me all the way to the fore-scuttle, and +there giving me a heavy blow on the head as I descended, closed it, +where we remained about half an hour; they in the meantime appeared to +be searching the vessel. After letting us up from the fore-castle they +ordered the sailors to work the vessel in near the land and anchor her, +which was soon accomplished. While beating the vessel toward the shore, +they told me if I would give up my money they would let me go with my +vessel. This I readily complied with, hoping to save the vessel and +cargo. I then gave them all the money I had, consisting of four hundred +and eighty dollars in gold and silver. After they had received it they +broke open our trunks, seized all our clothes, taking the finest shirts +and vests, and putting them on one over another. + +As soon as they had anchored my vessel they hauled their largest +schooner alongside, while the rest of the fleet were laying within a few +rods of us, and then all hoisted the bloody flag, a signal for death. I +was ordered into the cabin, where one of the pirates, having found a +bottle of cordial, took it up in one hand, and drawing his cutlass with +the other, struck off the neck and handed it to me, flourishing his +cutlass over my head, and making signs for me to taste it, which I found +it difficult to do on account of the broken particles of glass. After I +had tasted it he went to a case of liquor standing in the cabin, took +out the bottles and compelled me to taste of them. After this ceremony +was over one of the pirates drew a long knife from its sheath, and +taking hold of the hair on the top of my head, drew the knife two or +three times across my throat near the skin, saying, "Me want to kill +you." Another pirate soon approached me with a dagger, with which he +pricked me lightly in the body, two or three times, saying, "Me kill you +by and by." I was then dismissed from the cabin and driven into the +fore-castle with the sailors and passengers. My cook was put on board +the schooner lying alongside of us. Some of the pirates went aloft on +board my vessel and cut loose her square-sail, top-sail, and +top-gallant-sail, and afterwards took our fore-sail, boat, oars, loose +rigging, one compass, one quadrant, all our beds and bedding, +tea-kettle, all our crockery, knives and forks, buckets, &c. leaving us +destitute of every kind of cooking utensil except the caboose. We +remained some time in the fore-castle, when suddenly the fore-scuttle +was opened and the mate called on deck, and the scuttle again closed, +leaving us in the dark in a state of uncertainty. We soon heard them +beating the mate; after that noise had ceased, we heard the word, +"Fire," given with a loud voice, then after a moment's pause another +voice was heard, saying, "Heave him overboard." I had a desperate +sailor, called Bill, who flew to his chest for his razor to cut his own +throat, saying he would be damned before he would be murdered by them +rascals. The pirates had previously robbed the sailors' chests of all +the articles they contained, and among them Bill's razor. After a little +while the scuttle was again opened, when they called for a sailor. There +were four in the fore-castle, who looked earnestly at each other, when +Brown, a favourite old sailor, arose and addressed me, saying, "Captain, +I suppose I might as well die first as last," then taking me by the hand +gave it a hearty shake, saying, "Good bye." I told Brown to plead with +them in the French language, as I thought I had seen some Frenchmen +among them, and knew that he spoke French fluently. When he had got upon +deck I heard him speak a few words in that language, but soon after we +heard them beating him severely. As soon as they had finished beating +him we again heard the word fire, and soon after, heave him overboard. +Shortly after, the scuttle was again opened and the captain was loudly +called. I crawled up the scuttle, being very feeble; they then told me +if I did not tell them where the money was they would serve me as they +had the mate and sailor, shoot and then throw me overboard. I still +persisted that there was no money on board, and entreated them to search +the vessel. An old Spaniard was pointed out to me who they said was the +commodore. I asked him what he wanted of me, looking him earnestly in +the face. He replied, he wanted my money. I told him I had no money, but +if I had I would give it to him; that the property belonged to him, but +he had no right to take my life, as I had a family depending on me for +support. Previous to this, the man who had flogged me before had made a +chalk ring on the deck, saying, "Stand there," beating me with the flat +side of a heavy cutlass until the blood ran through my shirt. During my +conversation with the commodore, finding all my entreaties unsuccessful, +and my strength much exhausted, I took a firm stand in the ring marked +out for me, hoping to receive a ball through the heart, fearing if I was +wounded I should be tortured to death to make sport for the demons. +Two of the pirates with loaded muskets took their stand and fired them +toward me, when I cast my eyes down toward my feet looking for blood, +thinking that I might have been wounded without feeling the pain. During +this time the man who had beat me before commenced beating me again, +pointing aft toward the cabin door, where I proceeded, followed by him, +beating me all the time: he forced me into the cabin, at the same time +giving me a severe blow over the head with his cutlass. When I entered I +found both the mate and sailor there whom I supposed had been murdered +and thrown overboard. The next person called out of the fore-castle was +Mr. Peck, a passenger, who was immediately asked where the money was; he +told them he knew of no more money on board. One man stood before him +with a musket and another with a cutlass, they knocked him down and beat +him for some time, took him by the hair and said they would kill him. He +was then ordered to set upon the bit of the windlass to be shot and +thrown overboard, as the captain and others had been. He took his +station by the windlass, when a musket was fired at him; he was then +driven into the cabin. They then called up the remainder of the men from +the fore-castle, one after the other, and beat and drove them into the +cabin also, except a Mr. Chollet, a young man, passenger, who escaped +beating. We were kept in the cabin some time, and after repeated threats +that they would kill us, were all driven into the fore-castle again. +They took out all our cargo, consisting of coffee, cocoa, +tortoise-shell, eight kedge anchors, all our provisions, except part of +a barrel of beef and about thirty pounds of bread. After they had taken +all the cargo, spare rigging, &c. of any value, they shifted all the +ballast in the hold of the vessel in search of money, and calling us on +deck, we were told to be off. After getting under weigh we proceeded but +slowly, having no other sails left but the two jibs and the main-sail. +We looked back with a great deal of anxiety, and saw the pirates seated +on the deck of the largest schooner, drinking liquor and making +themselves merry, while we feared that they might change their minds, +pursue us and take our lives. Night beginning to approach, I thought +best to go down into the cabin and see what we had left to eat or drink. +As soon as I had reached the cabin, it being dark, I stumbled against +something on the floor, which I found to be our cook, whom we supposed +we had left behind, having seen the pirates put him on board the +schooner which was lying alongside of us, but knew nothing of his +return. I spoke to him, but received no answer, I hustled him about the +cabin, but could not make him speak. I at last got a light and looked +about for some provisions, cooking utensils, &c. and found about thirty +pounds of bread, a little broken coffee, and most of a barrel of beef, +but no cooking utensils except the caboose, with one or two pots set in +it. The next morning I called all hands into the cabin, showed all the +bread we had left, and told them it was necessary to go on allowance of +one biscuit a day per man, which was agreed to, until we could get +further supplies. I then questioned the cook, (knowing that he was +driven into the hold of the pirate schooner,) as to what kind of a cargo +she had. He said there were calicoes and all kinds of dry goods +scattered about, and more than a hundred demijohns; and "O captain, it +was the best old Jamaica rum that you ever tasted." I told him if the +pirates had caught him drinking their rum they would have killed him. He +said it looked so tempting he thought he would try it. I suppose that +after having drank a large quantity he made his escape on board of the +Combine before he felt the effects of it, as he was not aware of our +release. + +[Illustration: The Pirates' plan of exercising the nerves of Captives.] + +The next day we were boarded by a boat from a Spanish man-of-war brig. I +plead hard with the officer who boarded us to go in pursuit of the +pirates, which he refused to do, saying it was out of their limits to +cruise. I asked him for a supply of bread, which he denied me. In our +crippled state we reached Havanna in nine days, where we put in for +supplies. + +On my arrival at Havanna I was met by Captain Dimond, master of the brig +Harriet, of Baltimore, who had been robbed by these pirates at the same +place, on the 12th of October. Captain Dimond informed me that the +pirates put a rope around his neck and hoisted him up to the fore-yard +of the brig three times, and then let the rope loose, which caused him +to fall on the deck, where he lay insensible for some time. I asked him +why he did not give up his money as I had done. He said that twenty-five +hundred dollars of the money belonged to himself, which was all he was +worth, and having a family to support, he thought he had almost as well +part with his life as his money. After he had recovered his senses they +made another attempt to put the rope round his neck the fourth time, +when one of the pirates told his comrade to let him alone, because he +had children. They hauled their vessels alongside of his brig and took +out all his cargo, also the greatest part of the brig's sails, rigging, +&c. together with twelve thousand dollars, which they found while +removing a quantity of fire-wood, and then let him depart. + +I proceeded to the American Consul's office, having on an old straw hat, +which the pirates had put on my head in place of my own, an old ragged +jacket, one pump, one shoe, and an empty pocket. I entered a protest, +and asked him to render me some assistance, for which I would give him a +draft on New-York at sight. This he refused unless I would bottom the +vessel, but referred me to the house of Grey, Fenandes, & Co. who +attended to my wants in the most friendly manner. Three days after, the +ship Lucies, of Charleston, arrived in the harbor, having a prize-master +on board, who informed me that the United States Brig Enterprise, +Captain Kearney, had re-captured the Lucies from these pirates, and had +taken three of the piratical vessels, (the crews having escaped to the +shore,) and sailed for some port of the United States. I called again on +Mr. Grey, and told him that Captain Kearney would probably steer for +Charleston or New Orleans with his prizes, and I felt anxious to +communicate with him as soon as possible, to reclaim my property. He +said they had a very respectable correspondent in Charleston, named John +Stoney, to whom he would write to claim my property for me if he should +arrive in that port; that I could write to Captain Kearney and enclose +his letter to Mr. Stoney. Fearing he might sail for New Orleans, I +addressed a letter to a friend of mine living there, to claim the +property for me, should the Enterprise arrive at that port. + +I learned here that these pirates had been fitted out in this port, +where most of their cargoes were to be disposed of, and was advised not +to make much noise about my robbery, as they had many friends here who +would assassinate me. I found a number of American vessels here, but got +little assistance from any of them except the captain of a small sloop +from Bristol, Rhode Island, who tendered me a loan of thirty dollars, +for which he got my draft on New-York. He gave me many articles which I +stood in need of, for which I shall ever feel grateful. After my vessel +was under weigh the captain of a Baltimore ship, who had arrived an hour +before, learning my misfortune, sent his boat alongside with a barrel of +beef, some flour, wine, &c. with a message to me, saying, if I wanted +any other articles he would send them on board. We put to sea with next +to no conveniences, having no beds or bedding, and but three or four +knives and forks, some trifling cooking utensils, and all my wardrobe on +my back. Without any additional sails for our vessel we shaped our +course for New-York. The winds proving favorable we performed the +passage in sixteen days. + +For a particular account of the capture of the piratical vessels I refer +the reader to the following letter, published in the papers of the day: + + "_Capture of the Aristides by Pirates._ + + "Copy of a letter from Captain Couthony, late master of Brig + Aristides, to Mr. Edward Cruft, the owner, in this town, giving + the particulars of the capture of that vessel by pirates. + + "_At Sea, United States Brig Enterprise, October 24, 1821._ + + "_Dear Sir_:--The melancholy news which I am about to relate + will be extremely afflicting to you. We sailed from Liverpool + the 28th of August, and had a very pleasant passage till off + the west end of Cuba, which we made on the 15th of October at 6 + P. M. When off Cape Antonio were assailed by five piratical + vessels, three schooners, one sloop, and an open boat; the + latter after firing several shots at us came alongside with + nine men in her; the men mounted the deck, armed with + cutlasses, pistols and dirks; on coming on board one took the + helm, another knocked me down, seized my watch, &c. and the + others ran into the cabin. By this time the other pirates got + close around us, and I discovered they were about to run my + vessel on shore. On begging them to desist from this design, I + was again knocked down; on rising, a musket was pointed at me + and one of the villains made several passes at me with a + dagger, which I avoided by running forward. + + "We were soon in shoal water, when I again begged of them for + God's sake not to run the vessel ashore. They ordered us to let + go the anchor. + + "I then went into the cabin, where I found all my trunks, + chest, &c. on the floor, and the pirates filling bags, + handkerchiefs, &c. with my clothes. They took my chronometer + and everything I had, even robbing me of the jacket I had on, + and leaving me almost naked. They then ordered us to open the + hatches, beating every one of the crew they came across, + declaring they would kill every man on board, beginning with + me, saying they were pirates, and should not be discovered. + During the night our vessel began to strike very hard, when + they compelled us to weigh anchor and the vessel was run on + shore. + + "They then commenced loading their craft with the most valuable + part of our goods, remarking that we should be put to death in + the morning to prevent discovery. They struck me down several + times, beating the mate and threatening him with instant death + if he did not discover where the most valuable goods were. They + nearly strangled the boy, bidding him tell where my money was + stowed. In the morning they had one of their cruisers loaded + with dry goods, and a number of packages in the others; when on + the 16th, at 7 A. M. a sail was discovered coming round the + Cape. They then consulted on the expediency of murdering me; + but one, more humane than the others, dissuaded them from + committing the crime. Perceiving the sail to be a vessel of + war, they took to their boats, pulled for their vessels and + immediately proceeded along shore. + + "They had stove our yawl to prevent our using her, but we + patched her so that she floated, and went on board the vessel + that was approaching. She proved to be the United States Brig + Enterprise, L. Kearney, Esq. commander. I stated to him my + dreadful situation, and pointed out to him the five piratical + vessels in shore; he immediately made all sail in pursuit, but + a reef prevented his getting within gun-shot. He armed all the + boats, and with the crews of the ship Lucies, and an English + brig, which were likewise in the hands of the pirates, gave + them chase, and overhauling them fast, they rowed their vessels + on shore inside the Cape, set the loaded one on fire, and took + to the woods. Lieutenant M'Intosh, who went on the expedition, + took four of the vessels, the boat having escaped. The vessel + sat on fire was entirely destroyed, but few remnants of goods + were saved, and those partly burnt. The pirates had a train of + powder to blow up the vessel on the approach of the boats. + + "On the 17th, at noon, Capt. Kearney brought all the vessels at + anchor near our wreck, and sent his crew to our assistance, the + Combine being in a bilged condition, with seven feet of water + in her hold, and her rudder unshipped. He then loaded three of + the late piratical vessels out of the cargo of the Aristides, + also the American Schooner Bold Commander, of Staten Island, + with goods, one cable, and some of her sails. The brig has on + board some goods, a chain cable and a hawser, the latter taken + from the pirates. + + "Captain Kearney, after having done his utmost, and saved all + he could, in loading the four vessels and his brig, set the + wreck on fire on the 20th, at 7 P. M. and remained by her until + she was burnt to the water's edge. She was in ten feet of water + when I abandoned her, 8 A. M. all in flames. This whole + dreadful calamity has nearly overpowered me. A Columbian + schooner of one long gun and eighty men likewise anchored near + the wreck before she was destroyed, and took a few casks porter + and a few bales goods, which would otherwise have been burnt + with the vessel. This was done with the consent of Captain + Kearney after he had loaded all the other vessels. + + "I shall ever be grateful to Captain Kearney for his kind + assistance, friendship and hospitality. He offered me his own + clothes, as I was destitute of everything. He will call at + Havanna, and from thence proceed to Charleston, where he will + deliver the vessels and goods to the proper authorities." + +Captain Kearney proceeded with his prizes to Charleston, where the +vessels and goods were condemned, and sold within eleven days after his +arrival to accommodate him and his crew, when he sailed on another +cruise. This gave me no opportunity to reclaim my property, Mr. Stoney +having neglected to claim it for me. Some weeks after, having learned +that the property had been carried into Charleston and sold, I proceeded +to that place and applied to the District Judge of the United States, +who, after a detention of thirty days, awarded me about seven hundred +dollars. A large portion of the coffee, and other articles, which were +taken on board my vessel at Jerimie during my sickness, not being +marked, caused much difficulty in identifying them. I saw in the +possession of purchasers at that sale, eight anchors, two saddles, four +bridles, a number of coffee bags, and other articles of mine; also a +quantity of tortoise shell, which cost me eight dollars per pound. The +expenses on what I recovered consumed the greatest part of the goods; +deducting one-fourth for salvage, duties, cartage, storage, commissions, +court fees, &c. the remainder went into the Treasury of the United +States, or should have gone there. I have petitioned Congress for some +remuneration, which claim has been denied. + +On my arrival in New-York (being literally clothed with rags) I was met +on the way to my boarding house by some of my kind friends, who took me +to their houses and fitted me with a temporary suit of clothes, and some +of them advanced me money to purchase more. Mr. Luman Reed loaned me two +or three hundred dollars to pay the wages due my crew, and defray other +expenses. Soon after, I proceeded to Catskill with the schooner, sold +one half of my interest in her; and after paying my old friend, Mr. A. +Cooke, all the money he had advanced on the out bound cargo for me, I +proceeded to Charleston to claim my property, as I have before related. + +On my return from that port we refitted the Combine with new sails, +rigging, &c. and agreed to take out an assorted cargo in her hold, and a +deck load of horses, to the Island of St. Domingo. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. + +Schooner Combine.--Second Voyage. + + +About the middle of May, 1822, we commenced loading at Catskill, and +finished in about ten days, when we sailed for New-York, where I shipped +a crew and left for Cape Francios, in the Island of St. Domingo. We met +with light winds and strong currents on the passage, which carried us +some distance to the leeward of our course, and obliged me to put into +the harbor of Port-au-Prince, where we arrived without any material +incident. I landed my horses, and having procured a stable for them, was +advised to select ten or twelve of the handsomest and proceed with them +to the president's country seat, about six miles from the city, where +he was confined by ill health. This I consented to as a matter of +courtesy, and a black colonel, named Burblong, volunteered to accompany +me. I took my hostler and an interpreter and proceeded to his house. At +his residence there was an extensive park enclosed by a high brick wall, +which we entered after passing two armed sentries, when we drew near to +a large wooden building fitted up in good style, having a piazza all +round it, and six or eight sentries walking on it, well armed and +uniformed. As we approached the outside door of the house we found a +sentry stationed there, who conducted us into the hall, where we found +another who conducted us into the president's room, which was splendidly +furnished, where I was introduced to his excellency by Colonel Burblong. +After the introduction was over, he invited us to take a glass of wine +with him. The horses were then brought near the door, which, having +examined, he said were worth two hundred dollars apiece; but since I had +been so polite as to call on him, he would give me two hundred and fifty +for as many as his groom should select. The president is about six feet +in height, of a mulatto color, rather thin in flesh, and makes a good +appearance on horseback, particularly in reviewing his army, who perform +their evolutions in the most graceful and soldier-like manner. I sold +the president one pair of horses, and disposed of a few to individuals +at a fair profit; the remainder sold at a loss, after deducting +expenses. The slow sale of horses detained me nearly two months, during +which time the yellow fever made its appearance, and raged with unabated +violence until our departure, particularly among the shipping. By the +laws of the country a ship-master is obliged to land all persons seized +with sickness on board of his vessel, and place them under the care of +the nurses of the city, who receive them into their houses at a charge +of two dollars and fifty cents per day for seamen, and three dollars per +day for masters and mates. If a seaman dies on board, the master is +fined five hundred dollars. + +About three weeks after our arrival here my cook and one sailor were +attacked by the yellow fever, I took them ashore and placed them under +the care of nurses; the hostler was next landed with the same complaint, +and the third day after I put on shore another seaman in like condition. +During this day, after a long walk in the hot sun, I retired to the +house of one of the nurses, where I was taken down with the same fever; +my cook dying about the time I became fairly sick. The next day one of +the seamen died. The seamen, hostler, and myself were put under the care +of different nurses, and in a few days such of us as were spared +returned to duty. + +After the death of my cook I hired an English negro, (who had deserted +from Turks Island and taken refuge here,) on condition that he should +serve a few days on trial, and if both parties were suited he was to act +as cook until the voyage was ended, and to receive the same wages I had +given his predecessor. After remaining on board a few days, the mate +sent a message to me on shore, informing me that the cook had threatened +the lives of some of the sailors by attacking them with an axe. I sent a +note to the mate requesting him to send the cook on shore. He soon made +his appearance, when I took him to the store of my consignees and made +out an account of his time, allowing him wages at the rate of fourteen +dollars per month, according to agreement. I read the statement to him +and he appeared well satisfied. I then asked one of the firm to pay the +bill. He said his partner had stepped out with the key of the money +drawer in his pocket, but as soon as he returned it would be paid, and +asked the cook to take a seat; he walked out of the door and was missing +for some time, when he entered the store in company with a black man, +dressed in a sergeant's uniform, with a sword and bayonet hanging by his +side, who introduced himself by saying he had a warrant for me. I was a +little surprised, and asked him if he wanted me to go with him, or +required any security for my appearance. He said he did not, and told me +I must appear in the third ward, No. ----, to-morrow, at 11 o'clock. The +next day I called at the store of my consignees and got the clerk to +accompany me to the court. On our way we met a genteel looking, well +dressed mulatto man, who asked the clerk where we were going. The clerk +related the story to him, and he volunteered his service to defend my +cause, and accompanied us to the court room. After we got inside of the +door I discovered a sentry dressed in full uniform, with side arms, +walking in front of the door. As I entered the court room I took off my +hat to show some respect to the honorable black justice. Soon after, my +antagonist, the cook, entered the door with his hat on his head, when +the sentry approached him without uttering a word and struck him a heavy +blow with his flat hand on the side of his head, which knocked his hat +across the room; this caused the poor fellow to look amazed for a few +moments, when he picked up his hat very carefully. The trial was soon +called on. I related the whole story by my interpreter, and the judge, +without calling a witness on either side, decided that I should pay him +the same amount of money I had offered him, and that he should pay the +costs, which was one dollar and fifty cents, being one-half the sum he +recovered from me. + +When I returned to the wharf to go on board my vessel I found the poor +fellow had been impressed, and sentenced to go on board of a man-of-war, +and was then lodged in the guard house. He sent a message to me +imploring my pardon, and begging my assistance to obtain his release. + +About this time there was a very great excitement raised in the city in +consequence of the circulation of counterfeit coin, in imitation of the +government silver, and a story had been circulated that a considerable +quantity of this spurious silver was expected from Baltimore. As +several vessels arrived from that place soon after, they were strictly +searched, by boring barrels of flour, breaking open boxes and packages +of goods, by custom house officers, and otherwise searching them. After +some days it was discovered that the counterfeit coin was brought from +Jamaica by a Jew, who had been lurking about the city. He was arrested +and brought before the president for trial, and a report circulated that +he would certainly be hanged. The president sent for a silver-smith to +examine the coin, who pronounced it to be one-half pure silver, while +the government coin was only one-tenth part silver: upon which the +president said, "Damn him, let him go, for his money is better than +ours." + +The laws of this country are very arbitrary, although they help to +encourage industry and suppress idleness and dissipation. The president +makes donations from the public lands to all poor individuals who will +cultivate them. After they take possession of a lot he obliges them to +cultivate it. To accomplish this, he sends a small military guard +through the new settlements, accompanied by an officer, who stops at +every house, where he makes the following inquiries: "Is this your house +and plantation?" which being answered in the affirmative, he proceeds, +"How large is your family?" The man answers, a wife and ---- children. +The officer then compels him to go and show him the plantation, and to +point out the number of coffee trees he has planted, &c. If, on +examining the premises the officer finds only a few trees, and is +convinced of the indolence of the occupant, he says, "You cannot +maintain your family by this, and must be a cheat, or steal, you must +therefore go with me," and he is obliged to join the army or navy. + +The farmers being out of the cities and villages, are not allowed to +come to market except two days in each week, say Sundays and Wednesdays, +without a special permit. All persons found drinking or rioting about +public places or grog shops are immediately taken up under the vagrant +act, sent to prison, and then transported to the army or navy as a +punishment. The authorities of cities and villages license a limited +number of butchers in each town, and compel them to keep the market +supplied with meat every day, and limit the price to twelve and a half +cents per pound. + +Since my last voyage to this Island the president, at the head of his +army, had many engagements with the royalists under the emperor +Christophe, whom he conquered, and had obtained possession of all his +dominions. The emperor, fearing he should be taken prisoner, committed +suicide by blowing his own brains out with his pistol. The president +took possession of his castle, where they found about seven millions of +dollars. By their wars with the French, and their internal wars among +themselves, they have reduced the male inhabitants so much that they now +estimate there is eleven females to one male, throughout all their +dominions. + +Having disposed of my cargo and got a return freight on board, I sailed +for the port of Jerimie, where we arrived the twenty-fourth of July. +Here I collected about eight hundred dollars in coffee, which was due +from my last voyage. I sailed for New-York on the twenty-eighth, and +arrived at Staten Island after a passage of twenty-two days, where we +were compelled to perform a quarantine of thirty days, at the expiration +of which time we proceeded to the city, where I disposed of my cargo and +then returned with the schooner to Catskill, when we refitted her +previous to the next voyage. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII. + +Schooner Combine.--Third Voyage. + + +We loaded the schooner's hold with an assorted cargo, and her deck with +twenty-eight horses, about fifty hogs, a number of coops of poultry; and +taking on board three passengers bound for the Island of Trinidad, +sailed from Catskill the tenth of November, 1822, and arrived in +New-York after a passage of two days, where I shipped a crew and +prepared for the voyage. About the seventeenth of November we sailed +from New-York, bound to the Island of Trinidad. After we got under +weigh I found the greater part of my crew so badly intoxicated that they +could not stand upon deck, but having fair wind and good weather I +proceeded to sea; the mate, cooper, and cook, being sober, I thought we +could manage the vessel until the crew could attend to their duty. We +passed the night without getting any assistance from them. The next +morning I ordered the mate to go into the fore-castle, where they slept, +and search for liquor, and if necessary, break open all the seamen's +chests, and if he found any he was to break the bottles or heave them +overboard. He returned to the cabin with one bottle containing about a +pint, being all he could find. We learned afterwards that they had some +more secreted, which he was not able to discover. Towards evening the +second day we were able to get them all at work but one. About eight +o'clock in the evening that one came on deck and appeared somewhat +bewildered with delirium tremens. + +I was then called to my supper, being much fatigued, having stood at the +helm over twenty-four hours, while the mate, cooper, and cook took care +of the stock on deck. Within two minutes after I entered the cabin I +heard the cry, "He is overboard," when I jumped on deck and threw over +many articles of lumber, long lines, &c. but the night being dark, and a +heavy sea running, we soon lost sight of him. This seaman's name was +James Currie, who said he was born in Rhode Island, and I found by the +papers he left, that he had lately been discharged from the Frigate +Constellation. One of his shipmates informed me that he had just arrived +from a three years' cruise, and had received three hundred dollars when +he was paid off, but had spent the whole of it in three weeks, and was +indebted to his landlord about seventeen dollars more. My seamen were +all sober and at their duty in a couple of days, and we proceeded on the +voyage without any other occurrence worth recording, and arrived, after +a passage of thirty-five days, at Port Spain, in the Island of Trinidad, +where we landed our horses, which had stood on their feet the whole +passage. Many of them had the heaves badly when they were taken on +board, but were perfectly cured when they landed. This being the third +time of successful experiment with diseased horses as a veterinarian, I +pronounced a sea voyage a perfect cure for the heaves, whether in horses +or other animals. + +The Island of Trinidad was ceded to the English by the Spanish +government, and by the law of Nations the Spanish laws were to remain in +force for twenty years after the transfer, which time had not expired. A +Spanish governor is clothed with almost as much power as an emperor. Sir +Ralph Woodford had been selected as governor, and was a tyrannical man, +and very unpopular among the inhabitants. The city of Port Spain is one +of the pleasantest places I have ever seen in the West Indies. The +streets are kept very clean and in good order. No man can leave the +Island without a permit from the governor. A merchant of Port Spain +visited the Island of Tobago, a distance of about sixty miles, where he +remained two or three days and then returned, when the governor had him +arrested and committed to jail, where he remained six days: his only +crime was leaving the Island without a passport signed by the governor. + +A Mr. J. Robbins, an American, informed me that he owned a house in one +of the principal streets in the city, which street the governor ordered +to be paved, and a tax laid on the property in that street to defray the +expenses of flagging. The tax on his house and lot amounting to over six +hundred dollars, and not being able to pay it, the property was sold at +a great loss. + +The license to retail liquors in the city is sold annually at auction, +to the highest bidder; one person purchasing the license for the whole +town, gives security, and then divides it as he pleases. The soil of +this Island is rich, producing sugar-cane and cocoa in abundance. +Coffee, and all kinds of tropical provisions and fruits are raised here +in large quantities. The Island abounds with snakes of an enormous size. +I visited an American gentleman, residing in the country about twelve +miles from Port Spain, who had a snake-skin stuffed which was +twenty-three feet long; it was shot by one of his negroes, and on +opening it they found a whole deer. A few hours before we left the port +news was received from the interior of the Island that a snake had been +shot containing the bodies of a black woman and child. The principal +currency of the country is Spanish dollars punched through the centre, +making a hole about the size of a five cent piece; the dollar still +passing for the same value in the way of trade, and the plug which is +taken out passes for one-eighth of a dollar. After passing through a few +hands they find their way to some Jew, who reams the hole so large that +you can pass a twenty-five cent piece through them, but they still pass +for a dollar by way of trade. To prevent deception and loss, most +bargains are stipulated to be paid in whole dollars. + +The English government has made a strong effort to introduce the +cultivation of tea into this Island, by importing a number of Chinese +laborers; it has proved to be a thorough failure. After their arrival in +the country they became so indolent that it was found impossible to make +them cultivate the land. They intermarried with the negroes, and became +useless to society, laboring only to supply their daily wants. + +Having sold all my cargo, and taken on board over a hundred hogsheads of +molasses, I sailed for New-York, where we arrived about the first of +April, 1823. On the passage home we experienced a heavy gale of wind, +which caused the loss of one thousand gallons of molasses. + +On selling the cargo we found the West India trade unprofitable, in +consequence of the low prices of the produce of the Islands, which +caused heavy losses on return cargoes. I held a consultation with my +partners in the vessel, when it was agreed to sell the Combine at +auction and abandon the trade. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. + + +The following, copied from the _Northern Whig_ of December 3d, 1822, is +a correct account of the capture of the piratical vessels by Lieutenant +Commandant Allen, who lost his life during the engagement: + + "It becomes our painful duty to record the death of Lieutenant + William Howard Allen, of the United States Navy. He commanded + the United States Schooner Alligator, and on the 11th of + November last, while leading his brave tars in the Alligator's + boats to attack a nest of pirates near Matanzas, was shot by + them in the head and breast, and survived but four hours. + Undaunted, even in death, he cheered his men, and had the + consolation of witnessing the surrender of one of the piratical + vessels, and the re-capture of five merchantmen before he + expired. He was buried on the succeeding day at Matanzas, with + military honors. + + "Lieutenant Allen was a native of this city, (Hudson,) was born + on the 8th of July, 1790, entered the navy in the 20th year of + his age. He was Second Lieutenant on board the Argus, in the + summer of 1813, and during the bloody conflict between the + Argus and the Pelican, the command of the former devolved for a + time upon him. W. H. Watson, the First Lieutenant of the Argus, + a brave and worthy officer, speaks of his conduct in high and + merited terms. He was also in the Congress Frigate during her + cruise in the Chinese Seas. + + "He was attached to his profession, courted glory, and feared + no danger. In the last war he saw much service; and whether in + war or peace, never failed to do his duty. + + "We shall conclude our brief observations with the following + remarks, which have been kindly furnished us at the particular + request of a number of the friends of Lieutenant Allen, and + which were the conclusion of a discourse delivered from the + pulpit, by the Reverend B. F. Stanton, on the Sunday succeeding + the day on which the afflictive news of the death alluded to + arrived here. + + "After a reference had been made to the frequent instances in + which, for a few years past, the inhabitants of Hudson have + been suddenly and unexpectedly deprived of some of their most + respected and valued fellow citizens, it was observed, that, in + addition to all the previous calamities of the nature which we + had experienced, we have recently been called upon by the + righteous Providence of Him whose 'path is in the great deep, + and whose footsteps are not known,' to contemplate another, + which, in some of its features, perhaps, is the heaviest of + all. I shall undoubtedly be readily understood, by most of my + hearers, to refer to the tidings which have lately reached us + of the lamented death of Lieutenant William H. Allen, a native + of this town, and an officer in the United States Navy. + + "It is not any design on this occasion to attempt to do justice + to his memory by pronouncing his eulogy. This will probably be + done by abler pens and more eloquent tongues. My aim at present + is merely to advert to a few of the leading traits in his + character, and to call on those who hear me to listen to the + monitory voice of Heaven which addresses us in this afflictive + dispensation. As a son he was filial, as a brother he was kind + and affectionate, as a gentleman he was amiable and + accomplished in his manners, as a friend he was trusty and + sincere, as a man he was humane and generous: he had a soul + that was indignant at meanness and vice! In his morals, I + believe, he was free from those defilements which are too often + known to tarnish the reputation of those in his profession, and + to which they are so peculiarly liable: In his religious + sentiments, if I am not mistaken, he was a candid believer in + divine revelation: As a lover of his country, he was ardent and + ever eager, when summoned by her call, to be foremost in her + defence; and as an officer he was active, faithful, skilful, + and courageous. In the engagement that terminated his naval + career, he occupied a post most pregnant with danger, and + though mortally wounded in the early part of it, he still + animated his valiant tars, while the life-blood was fast ebbing + from its seat, to persevere till the victory was gained. By + these encomiums, however, it is not intended that he was + exempted from a participation in that polution of our nature + which is common to every individual of the human family. Though + he was possessed of excellencies which _we_ may be allowed to + admire and applaud; in the sight of infinite purity, like every + other human being, he was a ruined sinner, + + "Sprung from the man whose guilty fall, + "Corrupts our arce and taints us all." + + But neither the personal excellencies which so strongly + endeared him to those who knew him, the affections of his + numerous friends, nor the wants of his country, could render + him impervious to the shaft of death. No, his generous spirit + is fled. Though brave, he has fallen a victim to the king of + terrors, who conquers all. A band of piratical marauders, whose + iniquitous occupation is the plunder of the seas, and whose + perfidies and cruelties, which are audaciously committed on the + broad highway of nations, are continually augmenting, and in + our opinion, loudly call for the interfering arm of national + government, to extirpate, if possible, these freebooters, from + the face of the earth; a horde of these unprincipled + miscreants, who are the stigma of the human kind, have deprived + his country of his valuable services. He has lain down and will + rise not. 'Till the heavens be no more he shall not awake, nor + be raised out of sleep. His mangled remains are deposited in a + land of strangers, and far from his family and his home. He + will no more return to alleviate, by his presence, the severe + and long continued afflictions of 'the mother that bare him,' + to meet the embraces of the fond sisters that loved him, and to + receive the gratulations of the inhabitants of this place, who + were proud to claim him as their fellow-citizen. Yes, his + generous spirit has gone! The war song has died away upon his + ear. By the thrilling notes of the clarion, which once prompted + him to deeds of valor, he is now unmoved! His body is silent + and still in 'the narrow house of all living.' He reposes, with + others of his valiant compeers, to await 'the sound of the + archangel and the trump of God.' But it is the consolation of + surviving friends to reflect, that, though he sleeps, and they + shall behold him no more, he has fallen in the arms of victory, + and in the common cause of his country and of mankind. His + memory will be for ever embalmed in the tenderest recollections + of his acquaintances. His loss will be deplored as a national + calamity; and we would reverently trust, that, before his + spirit took its returnless flight, as he had been educated in + the principles of the Christian faith, and knew to whom a + sinner has to go, if his soul is ever saved, from his bloody + bed of glory he raised his dying eyes and his supplicating + voice to that God who is no respecter of persons, but who is + rich in mercy unto all that call upon him, in whose presence + the rich and the poor alike meet together; with whom the high + and the low, the noble and the ignoble, stand upon the same + level, in the effulgence of whose holiness the lustre of the + hero is dimmed, who permits none to glory before Him, save in + the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, and with whom alone can + avail the sacrifice of a broken and a contrite heart." + + * * * * * + + From the New-York Evening Post. + + "With emotions of indignation and unavailing grief, we find + from the following article, that one of our bravest American + officers and most valuable citizens, Lieutenant Commandant + Allen, has fallen by the merciless hands of the sea-robbers who + for several years have roamed the seas unchecked, fearlessly + plundered our vessels, and remorselessly assassinated their + crews with every species of barbarity that hellish ingenuity + could invent." + + * * * * * + + From Relf's Philadelphia Gazette. + + "MELANCHOLY TIDINGS.--We have to-day to record an event which + must excite in the breast of every American, and we may venture + to add, in that of every civilized man, emotions of profound + regret and indignation--Lieutenant Commandant Allen, one of the + rising stars in our national galaxy, has fallen by the hands of + unprincipled pirates. In the earnest and honorable execution of + his duty to his country and to mankind, this gallant and + accomplished young officer has become the victim of a gang of + desperate buccaneers; but in this, as in most of the + occurrences of our naval warfare, he died in the lap of + victory. This melancholy intelligence was received this morning + from an intelligent gentleman, passenger in the Mary Ann, + Captain Cory, from Havanna, (now below,) and is furnished to us + in these words: + + "About the 9th, two masters of American vessels came to + Havanna for the express purpose of raising money for the ransom + of their vessels, bound to Havanna, which with two other + Americans (bound to New Orleans) had been recently captured by + two piratical schooners near Key Romain, and left at anchor in + that neighborhood waiting their return. Captain Allen, of the + Alligator, on coming into port next day, being informed + thereof, started, without coming to anchor, in search of the + pirates, whom on that or the next day he discovered in the + channel of Matanzas. The Alligator drawing too much water, two + boats were manned and stood for them; an action ensued, in the + early part of which Captain Allen received two musket balls, + one in the head, the other in his breast, and soon died, + encouraging his men to do their duty; which they nobly + performed, for after a short contest the pirates abandoned + their vessel and swam to the shore. The vessels were taken + possession of by the victors and carried into Matanzas. + + "They mounted one gun each, amid-ship, with forty men each, + well armed, and considerable plunder on board. Our informant + does not know what became of their prizes. + + "The Mary Ann has despatches on board from the American Agent + at Havanna, furnishing official information in relation to this + disastrous occurrence. + + "Since the above was in type, (says _The Evening Post_,) the + following letter was handed us, confirmatory of the melancholy + truth of the account, with further particulars. We cannot but + express our unqualified admiration of the gallantry of spirit + that impelled the undaunted Allen, undismayed by the bloody + signal of _no quarter_, which waved aloft, to attack an armed + vessel, with a desperate crew in an open boat, and with only a + few men. His virtuous indignation bore away all prudent + reflections, and he rushed into the jaws of death itself to + rescue or avenge his fellow citizens. Captain Allen is a native + of Hudson, in this State, where his mother and sisters now + reside. May we not hope that the vessels in our harbor will + unite in giving at least one outward testimony of their + mourning for his loss, by raising their flags half-mast high + to-morrow. + + "Matanzas, November 11, 1822. + + "To Messrs. G. G. & S. Howland, + + "My dear Sirs:--The gallant Allen is no more! You witnessed the + promptitude with which he hastened to relieve the vessel which + I informed him had been captured off this port. He arrived + just in time to save five sail of vessels, which he found in + possession of a gang of pirates, three hundred strong, + established in the Bay of Lejuapo, about fifteen leagues east + of this. He fell, pierced by two musket balls, in the van of a + division of boats, attacking their principal vessel, a fine + schooner of about eighty tons, with a long eighteen-pounder on + a pivot, and four guns, _with the bloody flag nailed to the + mast_. Himself, Captain Freeman, of marines, and twelve men, + were in the boat much in advance of his other boats, and even + took possession of the schooner after a desperate resistance + which nothing but a bravery almost too daring could have + overcome. The pirates, all but one, escaped by taking to their + boats and jumping overboard, before the Alligator's boats + reached them. Two other schooners escaped by the use of their + oars, the wind being light. + + "Captain Allen survived about four hours, during which his + conversation evinced a composure and firmness of mind, and + correctness of feeling, as honorable to his character and more + consoling to his friends than even the dauntless bravery he + before evinced. + + "The Alligator arrived here to-day, in company with the prize, + and five re-captured vessels. Arrangements are making with the + governor, with the concurrence of the commander of the Spanish + Brig of war Marte, [of whose conduct the officers of the + Alligator speak in the highest terms,] to inter him with the + honors of war to-morrow morning. It is certain that the pirates + are but little weakened by this contest, and there is reason to + fear that our commerce with this Island and New Orleans will be + almost annihilated, unless an effectual force is stationed here + to prevent it. But the best comment I can make is to add a list + of vessels re-taken, and to state that many of the men are + missing, and probably have been murdered. Should any of our + vessels of war arrive, please state these facts, and leave no + efforts untried to procure some additional force to come + immediately here. + + "In great haste, your's very truly, + "Francis Adams. + + "Loss in Alligator's two boats--Captain Allen and two oarsmen + killed; two men mortally wounded; three severely. + + "[By an arrival at Philadelphia we learn that the United States + Schooner Alligator had arrived at Matanzas with the pirate + schooner and the vessels re-taken from the pirates, (the Ship + William & Henry, of New-York, Brig Iris, of Boston, and Brig + Sarah Marael, of New-York, bound to New Orleans; Schooner + Sarah, of Boston, for Mobile, Schooner Mary Ann, of Salem, for + Matanzas,) are all ordered for Charleston. The pirate schooner + has arrived, it is said, at Norfolk.]" + +After the arrival of the piratical schooner at Norfolk she was condemned +and sold to a citizen of that place, who gave her the name of Allen, in +remembrance of the brave but unfortunate commander who lost his life in +capturing her. Some time after she was purchased by Messrs. H. & D. +Cotheal and A. D. Hallett, the former owners of the Price, and I was +employed to take the command of her, and proceed to the Island of St. +Andreas, and from thence to Chagres. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. + +Schooner Allen. + + +About the twenty-seventh of December, 1823, I took charge of the Allen. +She was a small sharp-built schooner, armed with a long six-pound +cannon, mounted on a circle, with a patent slide, and was well fitted +for sea. My crew were three seamen, a mate and cook. We sailed from +New-York the twenty-ninth of December, and made our passage to the +Island of Old Providence in seventeen days, where we stopped and traded +two or three days, and then proceeded to the Island of St. Andreas, +where I met Mr. Henry T. Smith, who had been my former clerk in the +Indian trade. I supplied him with what goods he wanted and then sailed +for Chagres. On my arrival there I wrote a letter to the American Consul +at Panama, informing him that I had a consignment of goods on board for +him. After a few days I received a letter from a Mr. Montaudevert, +informing me that Mr. Craig, the consul had left Panama and departed for +New-York on a visit, leaving him in charge of his business during his +absence. In three or four days after I received his letter he arrived at +Chagres and took lodgings on board with me. The next day he hired a +large canoe to take the goods up the river to a place called Cruses, a +distance of forty-two miles, which is said to be the head of canoe +navigation on that river. The provisions I had on board was all put up +in half barrels for the customary mule transportation over the Isthmus, +by slinging two across each mule's back, two half barrels being a load +for a mule. After all our arrangements were made the canoe was hauled +alongside of the Allen. When she made her appearance there I was struck +with surprise at her length and breadth, she being some feet longer than +my little schooner. I took up a rule and measured her breadth, which I +found was eight feet from one side to the other, and her length over +sixty feet, being dug out of one solid tree, free from shakes or cracks. + +In the morning we loaded the canoe with one hundred and forty-one half +barrels of flour, and twenty half barrels of pork and mackerel, and two +hogsheads filled with firkins of butter. The canoe had a large quantity +of other freight on board before she come alongside of the Allen. After +delivering all the goods consigned to Mr. Craig, I sold Mr. Montaudevert +thirteen hundred and forty dollars' worth of goods consigned to myself, +on a credit of ninety days, and took his note, payable in gold dust, at +two hundred and fifty dollars per pound, or Spanish dollars, at my +option. Mr. Montaudevert told me if I returned there in the Allen next +voyage he would ship on board of her on freight, thirty thousand +dollars' worth of dust. This may show the reader that gold dust has been +gathered in that region for many years; and if that country was as well +searched as California is at this day, no doubt many beds of that +valuable ore might be found. I remained in Chagres eight or ten days, +selling goods from the vessel at retail at good prices. Having four +hogsheads of rum and brandy on board, which I found was a contraband +article in that government, I entered them at the custom house for +exportation, and afterwards sold them to an American captain, who agreed +to meet me a few miles at sea, out of the jurisdiction of that +government, where I delivered them and received my pay. + +The river Chagres is navigable for small vessels about half a mile +inside of the bar, which has about eleven feet of water on it at full +tide. The town contains about fifty huts, called houses, built after the +model of the Indians. The inhabitants are called Samboes, being a +mixture of native Indian, Negro, and white blood. They are a very +indolent, harmless, and inoffensive race; and their customs and manners +are much like the native Indians. + +I got under weigh and proceeded a few miles to sea, when I found the +vessel lacked ballast, so we ran into Porto Bello and purchased a few +tons of fustic, which put her in good sailing trim, when we shaped our +course back towards the Island of St. Andreas, where I took Mr. Henry T. +Smith, and his return cargo on board, consisting of four hundred pounds +of tortoise shell, and five or six thousand dollars in gold and silver, +which he had collected for the owners of the Allen. We soon got under +weigh and shaped our course for New-York. + +As my little schooner was a fast sailor, pilot-boat model, I beat to the +windward, hoping to get sight of the Island of St. Domingo and sail +through the windward passage. After a few days we succeeded in obtaining +sight of that Island and sailed along under the lee of it; keeping a +bright look-out for suspicious looking vessels. Knowing that my vessel +had been taken from the pirates, I was fearful that some of the former +gang who once had possession of her might capture me, when I could not +expect anything but immediate death. + +[Illustration: Schooner Renegade firing into the Schooner Allen.] + +The morning after we got sight of the Island we discovered a suspicious +looking schooner laying at anchor near the land, about five miles to the +windward of us, who got under weigh in great haste. I soon perceived +with my spy glass that her deck was full of men. She bore down towards +us, we hauled close upon the wind, which brought her into our wake about +four miles astern of us. Both vessels had their colors flying. Neither +of us dared to trust the other. Our new neighbor soon after rounded too, +hauled up his fore-sail, and fired a large shot, which we could plainly +discover skipping on the surface of the water some distance from us. I +took the helm myself and kept the vessel close to the wind, fearing my +seamen would be careless about steering her. The strange schooner +continued firing at us about every half hour, while we were going fast +to the windward of him, until about twelve o'clock. In the afternoon the +wind became light, when we discovered that the strange vessel was +gaining upon us. The captain afterwards informed me that he had thirty +sweeps, and most of his men employed in rowing for some hours, being +determined to overhaul us. We kept on our course until about 3 o'clock, +when we found ourselves near the land on the Island of Cuba, and the +suspicious craft gaining fast upon us. We had no alternative but to tack +ship; soon after, he fired a shot which struck under our bowsprit, and +wet our fore-sail up to the gaff, this was followed by another that +grazed our mast-head, and another fell a few feet under the stern. The +fourth shot struck the after leach of the main-sail and cut off the bolt +rope and the after-cloth of the sail, and glancing downwards, struck the +trunk-deck and entered the cabin, passed through my bed, and then +followed the ceiling into the hold, cutting away the plank and three +timbers and landed in a bag of cotton. Although the ball, weighing +thirty-two pounds, passed through the deck within six feet from where I +stood at the helm, being much engaged in giving orders to set the +square-sail, I did not discover that it had passed through the deck +until some minutes after, when the cook came out of the cabin and told +me that Mr. Smith was wounded by a splinter striking him on the head. I +then raised my spy-glass and took a good survey of my antagonist, +supposing him to be a pirate. On looking at him some time, (all hands on +board the Allen being greatly agitated,) I discovered a number of red +coats on her deck, when our grief was turned to joy, being satisfied +that they were English marines. Soon after she approached within hailing +distance of us, when I was ordered to hoist out my boat and come on +board of her. When I got on board I was accosted by the captain with, +"Did you not see the colors flying on board of my vessel." I answered, +"Yes, sir, but I do not trust to colors in these piratical days." He +then said, "You have cost me a great deal of powder and shot this day." +I answered, by saying, "Never mind, King George is able to pay for it." +He then asked me if my vessel leaked badly. I told him that I had but +little time to ascertain how bad she did leak, but knew that she had +some holes in her. He sent a lieutenant, carpenter, and four men on +board of the Allen to examine and pump her out, and invited me into the +cabin to drink with him. I told him I did not drink any ardent spirits; +he then said, "Damn it, you're a Yankee, and can take a bottle of cider +with me." After we entered the cabin and were seated, he looked at me +with a smile, saying, "Curse me if you ain't game, you stand fire well." +In the mean time he called the gunner to the cabin door, saying, +"Gunner, how many shot have you fired at this man this day." The gunner +answered him, "Sixteen thirty-two pound shot, and four long +twelve-pounders." + +He then told me, if I thought it necessary to put into some port for +repairs, he would recommend Kingston, Jamaica, as the best to sail for; +and if I had any valuable articles in her, he would take them on board +of his vessel for safety, and convoy me to that port. I informed him +that I had over eight thousand dollars in specie, and four hundred +pounds of tortoise-shell, worth ten dollars per pound. In the mean time, +the lieutenant arrived from the Allen and reported that he thought she +could be kept perfectly free from water by having the pump well manned. +After some consultation together, he agreed to let his carpenter, +sailing master, and four seamen remain on board the Allen, and he would +hoist lights and signals, and convoy her to Kingston for repairs. He +then gave his name, and a history of himself and the schooner he now +commanded. He said, "About one year since I obtained a furlough from my +government, and took charge of a merchant ship bound from Liverpool to +Jamaica and back to that port. On my passage from Jamaica towards home I +was captured by the pirates, robbed of eight thousand dollars, and many +articles, and most cruelly beaten and horribly tortured. The vessel he +was now in was taken from the pirates by one of his Majesty's ships, and +carried into Jamaica, condemned, and then fitted out under the name of +the Renegade, for the purpose of capturing pirates; and that he was +appointed to the command of her, and was determined to cruise after them +until he had obtained some satisfaction from them." After this +conversation ended I went on board my vessel and followed the Renegade, +who shaped her course for Kingston. Night soon approached, when she +showed her signal light, which we followed. During the night the light +winds and smoky weather caused us to lose sight of her until the next +morning, when we found ourselves near a place called the White Horse, +about twelve miles from Port Royal, which lies at the entrance of +Kingston harbor. Our vessels were now laying becalmed a short distance +from each other. Soon after the sea-breeze arose, both vessels being +under weigh, near together, we set all our sails and steered for the +mouth of the harbor, and the Allen arrived there three miles ahead of +the Renegade. This satisfied me that the use of the sweeps on board of +the Renegade caused the long chase between us, and the loss of his +Majesty's powder and shot. + +On my arrival at Kingston I called on Messrs. O'Hara & Onfloy for +advice, when we applied to the admiral on that station to allow the +Allen to be taken into the king's dock-yard for repairs, which he +refused. We then applied to the collector of the port for leave to take +out her cargo, in order to heave her bottom out of water and repair it. +The collector informed us that he could not grant us that leave without +permission from the governor, who resided at Spanish Town, twelve miles +from Kingston. We had to employ a competent person to draw the petition, +who let us know that we must advance him thirty dollars to purchase a +sheet of stamped paper to write the petition upon. After the article was +drawn I was obliged to hire a man and furnish him with a horse and +carriage to convey it to the governor, who granted my request. The only +favor I had to acknowledge was, the governor's sending me the thirty +dollars which I paid for the sheet of stamped paper, in consequence of +the assault being committed by an English-government vessel. + +The carpenter hove the schooner's bottom out and repaired her in three +or four days; but I was detained eight days in obtaining a permit to +land the cargo for that purpose. The whole of the expenses were about +two hundred and sixty dollars. During this time I often met Captain +Fiatt, the commander of the Renegade, at public houses and elsewhere, +who was a gentleman in all respects. He was profuse in expressing his +regret that the unfortunate occurrence had happened to my vessel; and +was still full of his determination to pursue the pirates until he got +some revenge for the injuries he had received from them. After the +vessel was repaired I took on board four thousand six hundred dollars +belonging to my owners, and returned with the Allen to New-York. About +one year after, I visited Kingston on my way home from the Spanish Main. +When I inquired after Captain Fiatt, whom I left in the Renegade, an +English naval officer informed me that while cruising he landed with his +boat and crew on the Isle of Pines, and was missing for some time, when +another man-of-war's boat was sent in search of him. When the officer +and boat's crew landed on the Island they found the bodies of Captain +Fiatt and his boat's crew strewed on the ground, riddled with balls, and +the captain so horribly and vulgarly mangled as showed that none but +fiends could have been guilty of murdering them. + +To give the reader some idea of the horrible atrocities committed by the +pirates at that time, I have thought proper to insert the following +account, copied from _The Evening Post_ of April 15th, 1822: + + "_Commodore Porter's Squadron._ + + "_Piracies._--The last news that has been received from this + squadron is contained in the New-York papers extracted from the + _St. Thomas' Times_ of March 5. On the 4th the squadron got + under weigh and put to sea from St. Thomas'. Piracies of an + enormity that the bare recital of them make the blood run cold, + are continually taking place. A Dutch Brig was taken in sight + of Moro Castle, at Havanna. The French Brig La Jeune Henrietta + was taken on the 17th of March, the captain, passengers, and + all the crew were most cruelly beaten, and they and the vessel + robbed. The Schooner Success, from Matanzas, bound to New + Providence, was captured and converted into an assistant + pirate, two ladies, passengers, made prisoners, one of whom was + hanged up till life was almost extinct, in order to make her + confess where the money on board was secreted. The Dutch Brig + Minerva was captured and burned. The Brig Columbia, from + Washington, North Carolina, was captured, robbed of parts of + her cargo and sails. The Brig Alert, from New Orleans, was + boarded off the Moro by three boats, the captain and cook + killed, and one man mortally wounded. A brig has lately arrived + from the Balize, belonging to Kennebunk, formerly commanded by + Captain Perkins, she was from Port-au-Prince, via Campeachy, + where he was boarded by a pirate schooner of about forty tons, + manned by forty ruffians. 'They stabbed Captain Perkins in a + cruel manner and cut off one of his arms; he then told them + where the money was, which amounted to two hundred doubloons; + after which they cut off his other arm and thigh, placed oakum + dipped in oil under his body and in his mouth, and set fire to + it, which soon put an end to his life. The mate had a sword + thrust through his thigh, and the vessel was robbed of + everything moveable, such as cables, anchors, charts, books, + rigging, sails, &c.' It would seem by these accounts, which + have all come to hand the past week, that our squadron was of + little or no use in those seas. The true way we think would be + to put armed crews on board of merchantmen, at sea, after they + had left the port they sailed from, and in this way the pirates + could get no intelligence of vessels destined to go against + them. + + "Captain Harding, of the Schooner Aspray, who arrived at Boston + last Monday, from Havanna, in twelve days, informs that he was + chased out of the Bay of Matanzas by two piratical boats, and + running down for Havanna threw off her deck load to get clear + of a piratical schooner. Brig Alert, of Portsmouth, from New + Orleans, had just arrived off the Moro with a deck load of + hogs. She was boarded in the night by two piratical boats, with + six men each, and Captain Charles Blunt was murdered and thrown + overboard; the cook was stabbed, thrown among the hogs and + partly devoured by them. The crew were maltreated, and the + vessel plundered. Captain Harding states, that when she sailed + from Havanna it was hourly expected that orders would be issued + for the detention of French vessels in port." + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. + +Schooner Frances. + + +On the sixteenth day of July, 1824, I made a contract with one Captain +Oliver C. Murray, master of the Schooner Frances, of New-York, to +proceed with him on a trading voyage to the Musquitto Shore, Chagres, +Porto Bello, St. Blas, &c. as a pilot and assistant trader. + +We took on board an assorted cargo, and sailed from New-York about the +last of July. After being at sea some three days Captain Murray was +taken sick, when he called the mate and crew into the cabin and told +them that he had given up the charge of the schooner to me, that they +must obey me accordingly. This was unsolicited by me. We then proceeded +direct to Porto Bello, where we opened a trade with the inhabitants, +remaining there about three weeks, experiencing heavy showers of rain +every day we tarried there, it then being the rainy season on that +coast. We proceeded from that port to Carthagena, a distance of about +two hundred and sixty miles, where we were informed by the inhabitants +that there had not fallen a drop of rain in that place during the last +ten months. + +Carthagena is the strongest fortified city I ever visited, being +enclosed with a wall some fifteen feet high, which is approached by a +slope of easy assent. The wall appears to be from fifteen to twenty feet +thick, having embrasures with heavy cannon mounted on it, about one +hundred feet from one to another, all around the city, with a good road +on the top of the wall. On the outside of the wall there is a deep +trench, where water can be let in five or six feet deep if the city +should be invaded by an enemy. Vessels bound into the harbor are obliged +to keep close to the main land, which brings them near a long tier of +forts. The greatest part of the channel is filled in with large stones, +which appears to have been the work of ages. + +We remained here about two weeks, and were visited by numbers of +captains of Columbian privateers, most of them Americans, who had +obtained commissions signed by General Bolivar; they purchased many +articles from us. Before we got the schooner under weigh we took on +board three members of the Columbian Congress and their servants. A son +of one of the congressmen had been educated in Europe, and spoke good +English. We agreed to convey them to Chagres. They came direct from +Bogata, the seat of government of this Republic, their congress having +just adjourned; they were on their way home, across the Isthmus. The +Columbian Congress had passed a law to raise the duties on imports about +twelve per cent. We had a large assortment of goods on board, which we +sold at retail at every port where we landed. On our passage these +members of congress, who had come direct from the seat of government, +and assisted to pass laws to raise the revenue and prevent smuggling, +purchased over three hundred dollars' worth of goods of us on the +passage, and had them put up in proper packages to pass through the +custom house as their baggage, so as to defraud the government of the +duties. + +A short time before we arrived at Chagres one of them, who had an +English negro servant, ordered him to tell Captain Murray that he could +put some of his goods amongst their baggage if he wanted to smuggle them +on shore through the custom house, as their baggage was considered +sacred, and that no custom house officer dare to examine it. Being well +acquainted with the tricks of these Spanish officers, I prevailed on +Murray not to trust them, telling him this was only a trick to cheat him +out of his goods, as I had heard, from good authority, of a number of +tricks of this kind which had been practised by the collector of Porto +Bello and other ports on the Main. + +We landed our passengers and remained some days at Chagres, where we +sold some goods and then returned to Porto Bello. We purchased some +fustic and other articles, and proceeded to the coast of St. Blas, +touching at a number of small harbors, where we bought fustic in small +quantities. While laying in the mouth of one of these narrow rivers, +called Nombre Dios, (name of God,) I found by inquiry that I was only +about thirty miles from the residence of one of my old traders, named +Campbell, who had visited New-York with me in the Schooner Price, and +was there when General Jackson made his first visit to that city. I told +Captain Murray that I should feel much pleased to visit Campbell, and I +would willingly assist to paddle a canoe thirty miles to see any honest +friend. This pleased him much, as he wanted an introduction to the trade +on that coast. The next morning we fitted out our canoe, by putting a +dinner-pot, fire-works, and some provisions, and a large jug, containing +two or three gallons of gin, on board, to treat my Indian friends on my +arrival among them. We were now well prepared for the trip, having +plenty to eat and drink. If the winds or weather detained us on the +passage we could go on shore, haul up our canoe, build a fire, cook our +provision and then lay down on the ground and get a comfortable sleep, +by keeping a kind of watch amongst ourselves to prevent the fire from +going out, that being our only protection from tigers, panthers, and +other wild beasts, who will never approach a fire. They are very +numerous on this coast. I tried this experiment many years successfully. + +We left the schooner early in the morning and proceeded more than one +half of our journey, when a strong breeze of head wind compelled us to +go on shore and take up our lodging for the night. The next morning, the +wind having abated, we got under weigh, and reached Campbell's house +that afternoon. I was received by my old friend in the most affectionate +manner. He, knowing that I was very fond of craw-fish, wilkes, &c. +despatched a number of young men to fish for them, and others to go and +gather some of their best fruits for us to eat. At the same time the +most of his neighbors visited his house, many of them bringing fruits, +sugar-cane, &c. We were treated to the best supper the country afforded, +and he furnished us with clean hammocks to sleep in. The morning after, +we made a good breakfast; a large assemblage of Indians met at +Campbell's house, when he asked me to christen his children, which I +declined, by saying I had no book with me. I soon discovered that he +felt dissatisfied with my denial, for he had invited all his neighbors +there to witness the performance. He earnestly entreated me a second +time to perform the ceremony. After some further entreaty I yielded to +his request, which seemed to throw a gleam of joy on all the assembly of +Indians, whose eyes were steadily fixed upon me. When I got prepared to +perform the ceremony, I asked Campbell in his usual way of speaking +English, "What him name." He answered me, saying, "Dat General Jackson." +I then sprinkled water on his head, laid my hand upon it, and pronounced +his name with an audible voice; this was the oldest boy. I called for +the next, when he brought forward a younger lad; when I asked his name, +the answer was, "Dat must be your name," so I christened him Jacob +Dunham; then calling for another, he brought me a small girl, when I +asked concerning the name, he answered me, "Dat must be your wife name," +and I christened her Fanny Dunham. The fourth one being called for, +Captain Murray requested Campbell to have it christened after his wife; +he agreed to it, as it was a small girl, and I named her Lucretia +Murray. After the ceremony was ended Captain Murray presented the +children with fifty cents each. A good dinner was prepared on the +occasion, which we partook of in the most jovial and friendly manner, +after which we visited a number of the neighboring houses in company +with my friend Campbell, where we were received with a hearty welcome, +and presented with such fruits as the country afforded. + +In the morning, while we were preparing to return to the schooner, +Campbell called me out to a small store house, where he took up the hind +quarter of a baboon or large monkey, well smoked, and presented it to me +to eat on our passage back to the schooner. I did not like to wound his +feelings by refusing his present. On looking into his store room I +observed a number of large smoked birds about the size of a common +turkey, which I told him suited my taste much better than monkey, which +he readily exchanged, as the natives consider a fat monkey the best +meat that the country produces. He supplied us with bread-stuff and +fruits. We took our departure for the vessel, and arrived on board that +night. + +We continued trading along the coast a few days, when we fell in with an +old schooner under Columbian colors, but American built, said to belong +to a man named Varney, who was on board of her, but could not hold her +papers while sailing under that flag, not being a naturalized citizen of +that government. It appeared he had employed a black citizen of that +country to hold her papers, in the capacity of captain, who was then +laying sick in a canoe on the schooner's deck. + +Captain Murray told me he had heard from Carthagena that a government +schooner was cruising in pursuit of the Frances to capture her for +trading on this coast without license, that we must take the goods out +of her and put them on board of Varney's old schooner as speedily as +possible, and then proceed to sea with her immediately; that I must go +on board of her and take charge of the goods as supercargo. The goods +were transferred that afternoon in great haste, without my having time +to examine the old vessel as I ought to have done. She had a motley crew +of different nations on board. When I took a view of them, I told Murray +that I would not trust my life on board of her without he gave me two or +three of the Frances' crew to go with me, which request he complied +with, when we hurried to sea, bound to the Island of St. Andreas. After +we got out a little from the land we tried the pump, and found she +leaked very badly, but dared not put back, fearing we might be captured. +So we all agreed to pursue the voyage. We were now compelled to try the +pump every fifteen minutes during the passage to St. Andreas, which was +twenty-three days. + +Immediately after our arrival in that harbor I took all the goods on +shore. Two days after, Varney undertook to heave the old schooner out, +to repair her bottom, when the deck slid off, and she sunk, never to +rise again. The negro captain died the second day after we went to sea, +when we committed his body to a watery grave. + +Some time after Captain Murray arrived with the Frances in the harbor +and learned the fate of Varney's old vessel, when he chartered a small +schooner belonging to St. Andreas to take the remainder of his goods on +board, and carry them to St. John's, on the Spanish Main. The next day +they were all put on board of the new schooner. Murray now made up his +mind to send the Frances back to New-York, and wanted me to take charge +of her as master, which I refused to do, knowing it to be a broken +voyage, and if I acted as master of her I could not libel the vessel for +my wages. I told him he could give the mate charge of the Frances, and +that I would assist to navigate her back to New-York, which he agreed +to. He and Varney went on board of the new chartered schooner, and +proceeding to St. John's, took out the goods and transported them up +that river into Nunanger Lake, on a trading voyage. All our arrangements +being finished, both vessels proceeded to sea, when we shaped our course +for New-York. + +Soon after we got to sea I examined the list of return cargo which +Murray had left on board the Frances; it consisted mostly of fustic, +which was selling in New-York at that time at reduced prices, and I +found that the whole cargo would not pay the charter of the schooner, +which was two hundred dollars per month, besides victualing, manning and +port charges. + +The Frances proved to be such a dull sailer that we could seldom force +her more than seven knots per hour, in addition to which her sails and +rigging had been badly injured by the continued rains on that coast, +which rendered her unfit for any voyage. We were beating to the +northward about fourteen days before we made the land, which proved to +be Cape Antonio, we then steered into the Gulf-stream, which assisted us +to work our way to the northward and eastward, and were a number of days +sailing in the Gulf before we reached the latitude of Charleston, where +we encountered a succession of heavy gales of wind which split our sails +and carried away the greatest part of our running rigging. Finding our +water and provisions growing short, we concluded to put into Charleston +for relief, and the next day the wind proving favorable we steered +direct for that port, where we anchored in a crippled condition. After +our arrival there, we wrote to the men whom we supposed were Captain +Murray's sureties for the charter of the Frances, informing them of our +misfortune, when they applied to the underwriters for relief. When we +had waited two or three weeks in Charleston, an agent of the +underwriters arrived there from New-York, bringing with him rigging and +sails, when we made some tempory repairs, and then sailed for New-York, +where we arrived after a passage of two weeks. + +After we arrived in port it was discovered that Murray had not over +twenty dollars when he first undertook the voyage. He was a good looking +man, and belonged to the Masonic order, could sing a good song, and tell +a humorous story, and had a peculiar way of gaining the confidence of +his associates. He had but few personal acquaintances in the city; but +had obtained security from two or three responsible merchants for the +charter of the schooner Frances for a voyage of some months, at two +hundred dollars per month, and they had loaned him money to pay the +advance wages of the mate and seamen, and supplied him with ship stores, +besides making large shipments of goods on their own account. He took +many goods from different people in invoices of from fifty to one +thousand dollars, agreeing to carry them free from freight, and return +them one-half of the net profits. Among the shippers was his landlady, a +poor widow woman, whom he persuaded to make a shipment of crockery +amounting to fifty or sixty dollars, who, no doubt expected it would be +sold at California prices. I have since conversed with many of the +shippers by the Frances on this voyage, who say that they never received +any returns for the goods which they shipped on board the schooner, or +any account of the sales of them. The sureties were compelled to pay the +seamen's wages and all other expenses. Some years after I learned that +Murray died in some part of Central America. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. + +Voyage to New Orleans. + + +About the first of December, 1831, I entered into an agreement in +Philadelphia with a large contractor, who had engaged to open a canal +from the city of New Orleans to Lake Ponekertrain. He had hired about +one hundred and fifty men, and chartered a brig to carry them to New +Orleans. We sailed about the sixth of December, and made our passage out +in twenty days. The captain of the brig was a young man who was but +little acquainted with that coast. As he found that I was more +experienced than himself, he was very civil to me. I gave him +information about this dangerous coast. On our arrival at New Orleans +we were conveyed to some large shantees, built for the accommodation of +the workmen. I was stationed in the store-room, with orders to weigh out +the provisions, keep a daily account of the expenditures, and make +weekly returns to the treasurer. This I found a very disagreeable +situation, as the men were constantly finding fault with their +provisions, although they were furnished with good tea, coffee, sugar, +smoked shoulders, potatoes, salt fish, wheat bread and butter every +Friday, fresh beef twice in the week, and eight glasses of whiskey per +day. Notwithstanding this good treatment, we had riots among the men +every few days, and all deficiency in stores or cooking was laid to my +charge, and they often threatened my life. There were two other +encampments on the same canal, one on the lake side, and one in the +middle station, where they murdered one cook, mortally wounded one +overseer, and severely injured many others. + +A few months after they grew so riotous that the City Guards had to be +called out to suppress them, when they were discharged by the company, +and I was released from my contract. After they had spent all their +wages they returned to their work and were very orderly. This canal is +only six and a half miles long, and eight feet deep, but has added +greatly to the wealth of the city. There was an old canal, formed mostly +by nature, running nearly parallel with this new one, having about five +feet depth of water in it, but it was often so much out of repair as to +make it difficult to navigate, and as it did not answer the desired +purpose, the new one was made. I obtained employment in a little +schooner, which ran between New Orleans and Covington, through the old +canal, crossing the lake and ascending a small river called Chepunkee, +navigable some twenty-two miles. We sailed into the mouth of it about +three miles, and then took in our sails and towed her the remaining +distance to the little village called Covington. The river is so narrow +in many places that vessels have scant room to pass by each other; a +slight current sets down the river the whole time. + +At Covington I found a number of steam sawmills, and abundance of sawed +timber and boards, a few hotels, boarding houses, stores, and a printing +office and several dwelling houses. This place is considered a healthy +resort in the sickly season. Many small vessels find employment here in +transporting lumber, brick, and cotton. We soon took in a cargo of +lumber and returned to New Orleans, where we discharged it; when I +entered on board of another schooner and made a trip to Mobile, which I +found a very handsome city. The houses are built in modern style, the +place has in it a number of large elegant hotels and stores, and many +handsome streets. I was much annoyed with musquittoes while we remained +in port, but soon left for New Orleans, where we landed after a passage +of two days. In a short time I started for another trip across the +lake. On my return I was taken sick. Finding that my small means would +not support me long at a boarding house, and also pay the doctor's +bills, I applied to the collector of the port, who gave me an order to +go to the Marine Hospital, supposing I had a just claim to go there +after paying hospital money to support such institutions over thirty +years. During my stay in the hospital I found it was a private +institution; that the collector and the keeper of it were kinsmen, and +that the collector paid the keeper seventy-five cents per day for the +board of every seaman he sent there. The daily rations allowed each man +were about eight or ten ounces of bread, and five or six ounces of fresh +meat, with the accompaniment of a small bowl of tea. The whole would not +cost per day over twelve cents per man. + +A number of seamen remain here a long time after they are restored to +health, without receiving a discharge from the doctor, who is making +fifty cents per day, or more, for their board. These men leave the +hospital in the morning in pursuit of work, which they generally find, +purchase their dinners at eating houses, and return to the hospital at +night, where they receive their small rations and lodgings, the keeper +pocketing his seventy-five cents per day from government during their +stay here. They are left to decide for themselves when it is best to be +well. In consequence of this, many of the sick in the hospital are +crowded out of comfortable lodgings. + +It will easily be seen that the greatest part of the tax collected from +the hard earnings of seamen is used to enrich political favorites. I +remained in this establishment about sixty days, during that time the +yellow fever raged there violently, causing a number of deaths in the +house. Many patients were brought there who were unable to walk or stand +on their feet, and were most of them soon cured. + +After I left the hospital I found some light employment for a few days, +when I agreed to take another trip across the lake. Previous to my going +on board of the vessel I returned to the hospital, where I had left some +of my clothing, took with me such as I wanted, and left some of my heavy +articles in charge of a sailor named Daniel Dunn, with whom I had formed +a short acquaintance in the hospital, and proceeded over the lake, where +we remained a few days, and then returned to the city. On my return I +found the cholera had broken out and was raging to such an alarming +degree that the inhabitants were terror-struck. The returns of deaths +were over two hundred per day. Laborers wages for digging in the church +burying ground was seven dollars per day. Not being able to procure +laborers sufficient to dig single graves, they dug canals about one +hundred rods in length, of sufficient depth to place three coffins one +above the other, the water in the bottom of it being about eighteen +inches deep. All graves dug in New Orleans are half filled with water +before the coffins are deposited in them. + +The morning after my return I proceeded to the hospital to see after my +clothing. On visiting the building I was much surprised on walking +through many of the rooms without seeing a living soul. In the back yard +I found eight or ten dead bodies laying on the ground in a putrid state. +I then searched the upper stories, and in a room called the small-pox +ward, I found one dead body laying on a bed covered with a woollen +blanket, in a very putrid state, the offensive gas rising through the +blanket like a dense fog. Some few were still alive, but suffering for +want of attendance. On descending the stairs I met the assistant +physician of the hospital, and asked him the cause of this great neglect +of the few who were still living. He told me that Doctor M'Farlane, the +proprietor, was very sick, and that the cook, steward, washer woman, and +the black man who conveyed the corpses to the grave, were all dead, and +that they could not procure any assistance. He asked me if I would try +to hire some help for him. I told him that I would use my best exertions +to procure him some, but if I could not obtain any I would assist him +myself. I then left him and returned to my lodgings. Just before I left +my boarding house to visit the hospital I heard one of the boarders, a +journeyman hatter, who had been on a drunken frolic for some days, say +that he had spent all his money and had not enough left to get his +bitters that morning. Knowing that the want of money in such +circumstances stimulate men to undertake unpleasant jobs sooner than go +without their bitters, I proposed his going to work with me at the +hospital, and rendering the doctor all the assistance in our power, +which he readily agreed to. When we arrived at the place I introduced +the doctor to the hatter. After the introduction was over my partner +showed a great anxiety to fix on the price of our day's work, which was +soon settled at five dollars each. The bargain being closed we were +presented with some antidote, which we were ordered to snuff up our +noses. + +About this time three or four carts arrived at the door, when we were +requested to assist in carrying out the few sick persons that remained +in the building, which we found to be only sixteen, being all that were +left alive out of about sixty inmates that I left there some ten days +before. + +The doctor showed us a number of rough boxes, called coffins, which were +placed in the back yard. Many of them were made very wide, that they +might hold two dead bodies. He requested us to harness up a poor old +half-starved horse, which we found on the premises. After a long search +we found the old harness scattered about the yard, which we gathered up, +both of us being ignorant of the way of putting it together. After a +long consultation we placed it on the horse's back, which was so sore +that he trembled badly during the operation. After we had rigged him and +the cart, we agreed to take on one of the double coffins for the first +load. We opened one of them and placed a large body in it, and then +hunted for a small one to crowd into the same box; when we had +accomplished this we attempted to lift the double coffin on to the cart; +finding that we were not able to accomplish it we were obliged to roll +it on. I asked the hatter if he would drive the horse to the grave-yard, +telling him I was unacquainted with that employment. He told me he was a +stranger to that business, and insisted upon it that I must be the +driver. I mounted the cart and proceeded towards the burying ground, on +the road we found the mud so deep that the cart wheels buried themselves +nearly up to the hubs. After driving nearly a mile we arrived at the +Catholic burying ground, where we found a long canal and twenty or +thirty men employed in digging and receiving dead bodies. Before our +arrival there, a board burst off from the coffin, which caused one arm +to hang out. The Irish laborers employed there commenced a quarrel with +us, swearing that they would be the death of us if we brought any more +coffins there in that situation, and we found some difficulty in +prevailing upon them to receive the present one. They at last agreed to +help lift it off the cart. It was then placed in the canal, where the +water was about two feet deep, two men stood upon it until they put +another coffin on the top of it, when they placed the third one on the +top of the second one, making the tier three deep, laying the coffins +crossways in the canal. When one tier was finished they hove large +quantities of lime upon it and commenced another. + +We now returned to the hospital and took in two more bodies, enclosing +them in single coffins. This time we found a number of chickens busily +employed in the hospital yard picking maggots out of the eyes and ears +of the putrid bodies laying on the ground in the yard. The hatter and +myself had a long consultation about handling the putrid carcases, and +agreed between ourselves to pick out the soundest of them first. We +noticed some cartmen drawing a number of loads of wood and depositing +them on a vacant lot of ground near the hospital. A report was +circulated that the Mayor of the city had ordered the building to be +burned down that night. We proceeded back to the grave-yard, where we +met with a more peaceable reception. On our return we found the fowls +still busily engaged on the dead bodies, which had become more putrid +during our short absence. This was one of the most unpleasant scenes I +ever witnessed. We stopped on our way and took some refreshments, and +then conveyed two more loads to the burying ground, carrying two at each +load. + +About sunset we unharnessed our old horse and put him in his place. +Having satisfied our employer we took our discharge. We agreed between +ourselves to stop at the hospital a short time and see what disposal was +to be made of the remaining dead bodies. Soon after sunset some eight or +ten men made their appearance and took up an old door and bored one or +two holes through it, and putting a rope through the holes, rolled two +of the putrid bodies upon it, and then took hold of the rope and dragged +it to a vacant lot near the hospital, which process they continued until +they had gathered them all into one heap, when they went to the various +rooms and took all the beds and bedsteads containing the dead bodies, +and carried them into the same yard and deposited them on the putrid +heap; they next broke down the fence to more readily kindle the fire on +this offensive mass, when they piled on the three cords of wood which +the Mayor had sent there for that purpose, set it on fire, and consumed +the whole of it. + +On viewing the place, while passing it the next morning, I could not +discover a particle of bone larger than a man's finger-nail left. + +The Cholera raged in New Orleans to a frightful degree for some months +after; the average number of deaths in the city was two hundred per day +for several weeks. + +Soon after this I made a trip in a little schooner to St. Marks, and a +small port called Magnolia, in West Florida, and then returned to the +city, where I remained about two months, when I found employment as a +mate on board of a brig called the Commodore Barry, bound to New-York, +where I was to receive my wages and be discharged. We performed our +passage home without meeting with any occurrence worth recording. + +New Orleans is one of the most immoral cities I ever visited. All kinds +of amusement are indulged in on Sundays: most of the military +companies, both foot and horse, are assembled on that day in a public +square in front of the Mayor's office and drilled. The Sabbath is the +day elected for sham fights. The piazzas of the largest hotels are +filled with bands of musicians, playing enchanting tunes to attract +customers. The doors of billiard rooms are thrown open to public view, +and large sums of money are often bet on the games. Strolling negro +musicians are found playing on their banjoes and tamborines at the +corners of the streets. On Sunday evenings, circuses, play-houses and +gambling rooms, attract a large collection of people. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. + +Schooner Horizon. + + +Having lost all my property except a small homestead, by the many +captures I had experienced, the perils of the sea, and the fluctuations +of prices in the West India produce, and being now out of employment, +and looking upon every man as slothful who remained idle when he could +earn a competence by working for less wages then he formerly received, I +agreed with a young inexperienced captain to perform a voyage with him +in a small schooner of seventy tons, called the Horizon, from New-York +to the Island of Teneriffe. My name was entered on the shipping articles +as mate, although it was verbally understood that I was to be considered +as the navigator and sailing master. + +We commenced loading about the first of January, 1835, with staves and a +few other articles, and went to sea about the eighth, the vessel being +deeply loaded, which made her wet and uncomfortable for a winter's +voyage. We proceeded on the passage without any material accident until +we arrived in the latitude of Teneriffe, when we were overtaken by a +violent gale of wind, which lasted nearly two days; we shipped a number +of seas, which cleared our decks of staves, carried away our bulwarks, +broke our bowsprit, and sprung the head of our fore-mast; rendering the +schooner totally unmanageable. The next day the wind abated, and the sea +became more moderate, when we made all the repairs that our scant +materials would admit of, and in the afternoon discovered the high Peak +of Teneriffe. Finding our water running low, having had our last cask +stove during the gale, we agreed to come upon an allowance of one bottle +of water for each man per day. The weather became mild, with light +variable winds, which rendered the vessel quite unmanageable, as we had +no head sail to keep her before the wind in light breezes. With longing +eyes we viewed the majestic pyramid for fourteen days, the wind +remaining the same during all that time, when we approached so near the +harbor of Oratava that we were boarded by a pilot who conducted us into +that port. Our schooner's cables being only about forty fathoms long, +would not reach the bottom in that harbor, and we were obliged to hire a +cable and anchor to ride by during our stay in port. + +While lying here it is necessary to keep a pilot constantly on board, +that we may be ready to proceed to sea the moment the wind changes so as +to blow towards the land. After we had remained in the harbor some four +or five days, and procured carpenters to repair our vessel, a gale of +wind commenced, and we were compelled to slip our cable and go to sea +again, where we remained about two days, when we put into the Island of +Palmos, at which place we continued three or four days. After the gale +abated we returned to our former anchorage in Oratava harbor. + +The harbor of Oratava is surrounded by high rocks, almost perpendicular, +faced with sharp points, which makes it impossible to ascend them. When +vessels are wrecked in this place they are very soon dashed to pieces, +and their crews meet a watery grave. The anchorage is situated about +twelve miles from the foot of the Peak, where the weather is so mild +that sailors are working on board vessels with no clothing except shirts +and trowsers, while the Peak is covered with snow. Our pilot informed me +that snow fell on the Peak every month in the year except March. The +snow, from the appearance, forms a body of ice, and the brilliant rays +of the sun at its rising are reflected on this ice-capped mountain with +such dazzling light that the beholder is struck with awe as he surveys +this mighty wonder of the world. I had but one opportunity to visit the +shore, where I remained but a few moments while signing a protest. My +short stay prevents my giving the reader any description of the place. + +We employed two native carpenters to repair the damages the schooner had +received on the passage, they came on board early every morning, +bringing their dinners with them, which consisted of a six cent loaf of +wheat bread, one head of lettuce, and a bottle of wine; this being the +only food they had. At twelve o'clock they sat down on deck, made their +meal and drank the wine. They brought on board a few very coarse +carpenter's tools, among which was a hand-saw that attracted my +particular attention, as it had a small hole in the point of it, through +which they put a nail gimblet; when they wanted to split a board they +lined in the usual manner, then placed one end on the deck and raised +the other end up to an angle of about forty-five degrees, being +supported by a saw-bench, when one of them took the saw by the handle in +the common way, while the other put the gimblet through the hole in the +point, which he took hold of by placing his fingers on both sides of the +blade, and assisted in drawing the saw through the board, his comrade +shoving on the other end; this was the first time I ever knew that it +took two men to work one hand-saw. + +The expenses of repairs here are very great. I think one American +carpenter will perform more labor in one day than six of those natives. + +We were detained here a long time in discharging our cargo for want of +lighters, being obliged to land it in small boats, which made but a few +trips on shore each day, the same boats bringing back our return cargo. +Our supply of fire wood getting very short we inquired the price of that +article on shore, and found that they asked twenty dollars per cord for +it. We purchased a few sacks of coal for the return passage. After +remaining here some weeks we sailed for New-York, where we shortly +arrived, all in good health. The cargo was soon discharged, all hands +paid, and I returned to my home. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. + +Sinking of the Sloop First Consul. + + +About the first of September, 1842, two of my friends in New-York +purchased a Sloop called the First Consul, about twenty-five tons +burden, and gave me the charge of her with orders to employ her in any +trade I thought proper to earn a living in. I remained in the city some +weeks seeking employment for my vessel, but after many applications for +freights, without success, I found myself disappointed in my +calculations in obtaining business for her in the city. As a last +resort, I determined to proceed up the Hudson River as far as Rondout, +where I expected to procure some small freights of coal to deliver at +the neighboring villages on the river. + +On the fifteenth of October I left New-York for Rondout, where I +obtained a freight of about thirty tons of coal to be delivered at +Poughkeepsie. We loaded and left for our port of destination, where we +discharged our cargo and agreed to return and take in another for the +same company. Finding the sloop proved leaky I proceeded home to +Catskill, where I procured a caulker and gave her some repairs, when we +returned to Rondout and took on board another cargo of coal. Supposing +the vessel to be perfectly tight in her upper works after the +overhauling she had received, we loaded her deep, in order to take a +full canal boat's cargo on board. After we had proceeded some distance +on our passage we discovered that the vessel leaked badly. We had light +baffling winds during the night, and tried the pump hourly. Finding we +could keep her free without very heavy fatigue, we apprehended no +serious danger, and soon arrived at the same wharf in Poughkeepsie where +we had landed our last cargo, and hauled into a small slip which I +considered a very safe harbor. I had one man on board with me, whom I +told we would get some breakfast, when we would go below and take a +short nap, as we had been on deck all night; after which would find the +owner of the coal and obtain leave to discharge the deck load that day, +although it was Sunday. We then retired into the cabin and laid down to +sleep, it being about eight o'clock in the morning. After laying about +two hours I was aroused by a loud cry, "Come out, come out, you are +sinking." I sprang upon my feet, determined to save my trunk and +clothing, which I was prevented from doing by a column of water rushing +in at the cabin door. I forced myself upon deck, which at this time was +some feet under water, when I found my legs entangled with old rigging +and lumber. While trying to extricate them, the shore being steep the +vessel settled down, which parted the hawser that held her fast to the +wharf, when she slid off into the channel and sunk in thirty feet water, +with all my clothing, &c. and I was compelled to swim on shore, which I +reached in a shivering condition, but was soon furnished with dry +clothing, and treated in the kindest manner by a gentleman living near +by. + +Two or three days after I hired two vessels, procured spars, chains, and +necessary apparatus, together with a number of men, and made an attempt +to raise the First Consul. After several days' hard labor and fatigue we +succeeded in raising her, so as to float her on the flats, when we +bailed the water out and discharged the coal from her hold, the bulk of +the deck load having been washed overboard. I found most of my clothing, +books, papers, &c. in the cabin in a very dirty condition. My troubles +did not end here: before I could receive any assistance from my friends, +the sloop was attached for the expenses of getting her up, and sold for +less than the amount of the bills, when I returned home penniless, my +mind fixed on the distich-- + + Since all things to destruction tend, + My voyage of life will shortly end. + + + + +FINIS. + + + + +Transcriber's Notes. + +There are many spelling irregularities and inconsistencies in this book. +The ones most obviously printing errors have been corrected as noted +below. Others were left as printed in the text. These include: "ancles" +and "ankles;" "alledging;" "armadilla;" "attrocities" and "atrocities;" +"Baratara" is probably "Barataria;" "bed quilt" and bed-quilt;" "Bigman +Bank" and "Bigman's Bank;" possibly "Boro Toro" and "Boco Toro" are the +same place; "Bogata" for "Bogota;" "Britanic;" "callipach" for +"carapace;" "cassader" and "cassauder" for "cassava;" "chissels;" +(Emperor) "Christoff" and "Christophe," presumably the same person; +"Lieutenant Coakley" and "Lieutenant Cookley;" "cocoa nuts" and +"cocoa-nuts;" "cowhides" and "cow-hides;" "errant" for "errand;" +"equiped;" "facinating;" "favourite" and "favorite;" "fopish;" +"gratulations;" "Grenada" and "Greneda;" "guana" is possibly "iguana;" +(Captain) "Humphreys" and "Humphrey", probably the same person; +"journies;" "Leforet" and "Laforet;" "Lynn Haven" and "Lynhaven;" +"mattrass" for "mattress;" "Mr. Mores" and "Mr. Morse", on page 134; +"Musquitto," "Musquito," "Mosquitto" and "Mosquito" (the tribe and +coast); "musquitto," "mosquito" and "mosquitto" (the insect); "out-fit" +and "outfit;" "out-sailed" and "outsailed;" "polution;" "Ponekertrain" +for "Ponchartrain;" "Port au Prince" and "Port-au-Prince;" "practice(s)" +and "practise(d);" "sailer" and "sailor" for a ship (not a seaman, which +is always "sailor"); "shantees;" "St. Andrews" and "St. Andreas;" +"sun-set" and "sunset;" "Captain Teft" and "Captain Tefts;" "temporary" +and "tempory;" "threshhold;" "too," as in "laying too," "hove too," +etc.; "visiters;" "water-mellons;" "wilkes" for "whelks." + +Left "Captain's Mitchell and Lafitte" on page 4, although "Captains" +would have been more grammatical. + +Changed period to comma on page 7: "Corn Island,"; and on page 8: +"Royalists of Port-au-Prince,". + +Changed "Schoouer to "Schooner" on page 8: "English Schooner." + +Changed "Croswel" to "Croswell" on page 10: "Thomas O'Hara Croswell." + +Added comma after "Stonington" on page 14: "Stonington, Connecticut." + +Left "the commodores word" on page 22, although "commodore's" would have +been more grammatical. + +Changed "Ramalies" to "Ramillies" in the caption to the figure for page +26. + +Changed "patatoes" to "potatoes" on page 31: "potatoes to be worth." + +Changed period to comma on page 37, after "blockading Savannah at the +time." + +Changed "sailidg ing" to "sailing" on page 37: "After sailing." + +Changed "blocakding" to "blockading" on page 39: "an old blockading +decree." + +Changed "fustick" to "fustic" on page 40: "fustic, sarsaparilla, &c." + +Changed "he" to "the" on page 50: "made the threat." + +Added closing double quote on page 53 after: "and every thing you want." + +Changed "ran" to "run" on page 68: "who had run away." + +Changed "day-light" to "daylight" on page 69: "until daylight." + +Changed "Coloured" to "Colored" in the caption to the figure on page 88. + +Left "a weavers spool" as is on page 98, even though "weaver's" would +have been more grammatical. + +Changed "licence" to "license" on page 126: "received the license." + +Changed "lea" to "lee" on page 127: "lee of an island." + +Changed "feathes" to "feathers" on page 130: "ornamented with feathers." + +Changed "traveling" to "travelling" on page 131: "we were travelling." + +Left "manatee's" on page 148, even though "manatees" would have been +more grammatical. + +Changed "birth" to "berth" on page 166: "a damned good berth." + +Page 187 refers to "Cape Francios" in the Dominican Republic. Although +this is probably "Cape Francois", it was left as is. + +Removed extra single quote before "in addition" on page 200. + +Left "your's very truly" on page 204, even though "yours" would have +been more grammatical. + +Changed "anothor" to "another" on page 209: "followed by another." + +Changed "throwu" to "thrown" on page 215: "thrown overboard." + +Changed "earnesly" to "earnestly" on page 220: "He earnestly entreated." + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Journal of Voyages, by Jacob Dunham + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JOURNAL OF VOYAGES *** + +***** This file should be named 33835.txt or 33835.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/8/3/33835/ + +Produced by Robert Cicconetti, Stephen H. Sentoff and the +Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net +(This file was produced from images generously made +available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/33835.zip b/33835.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a34aa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/33835.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e08a51 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #33835 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/33835) |
